Bulbapedia - User contributions [en]

Johto Route 29

2012-09-21T01:00:39Z

PatPeter: /* Generation II */ Fix for Crystal version.

{{Route infobox
|number=29
|imageII=Johto Route 29 GSC.png
|image=Johto Route 29 HGSS.png
|type=land
|north=Route 46
|regionnorth=Johto
|west=Cherrygrove City
|east=New Bark Town
|region=Johto
|prev=Route 28
|regionprev=Kanto
|cut=yes
|mapdesc=A road that begins a journey. The road smells like freshly cut grass.
|regionmap=Johto Route 29 Map.png
|generation=2
}}
'''Route 29''' (Japanese: '''２９ばんどうろ''' ''Route 29'') is a route in southern [[Johto]], connecting [[New Bark Town]] and [[Cherrygrove City]]. The southern part of {{rt|46|Johto}} can also be accessed from this route. This is the first route the player comes to upon receiving a [[starter Pokémon]] from [[Professor Elm]] in New Bark Town.

==Route description==
Similar to {{rt|1|Kanto}} in [[Kanto]], Trainers traveling from Cherrygrove to New Bark can hop over a series of ledges to avoid the grassy areas and to travel between the two areas quickly while Trainers traveling from New Bark to Cherrygrove must travel through a series of grass patches to reach their destination. The first such patch is near the start of the route where the path turns south into the patch to circumvent a ledge. Route 29 westbound continues to follow the ledge south, then to the west before the route opens up at a T-intersection. To the west, Trainers whose Pokémon can use {{m|Cut}} outside of battle can chop down a tree to open a grass-less path to Cherrygrove. Those who do not have Cut, however, must go north through a break in the ledge.

In this location on Tuesdays after [[Falkner]], the [[Violet City]] Gym Leader, has been defeated, [[Week Siblings|Tuscany, one of the Week Siblings]], appears, giving any Trainers that talk with her a {{DL|Type-enhancing item|Pink Bow}}, (a {{DL|Type-enhancing item|TwistedSpoon}} in [[Generation IV]]) the first time the player meets her, and a {{DL|List of Ribbons in the games|Shock Ribbon}} the second time and afterwards (Generation IV only). Immediately north of Tuscany, there is another tree that can be cut to avoid two grass patches to the northeast. However, Trainers lacking Cut are forced to traverse either of the two patches. Regardless of which way a Trainer takes, the route curves to the west, merging with the second Cut shortcut path directly south of a [[gate]] which separates Route 29 from {{rt|46|Johto}} in the north. Between this and Cherrygrove City is your first encounter with your rival.

East of the gate, the path heads to the northwest, then to the southeast, passing through another grassy area before straightening out and traveling due west. The route then juts south, merging with the first Cut shortcut path as it turns to the west, then north and west again as it enters Cherrygrove.

Route 29 is in a mountainous region of Johto, which means that the {{m|Headbutt}}-able trees that line the route hold Pokémon often found in the mountains, namely {{p|Spearow}} and {{p|Aipom}}. The route is also home to the [[Dude]], who teaches players how to capture Pokémon. In HeartGold and SoulSilver, this duty was role was given to {{ga|Lyra}} or {{ga|Ethan}} (depending on the player character's chosen gender).

==Items==
{{Itlisth|land}}
{{Itemlist|none|North of where the route turns south near Cherrygrove|G=yes|S=yes|C=yes|display={{DL|Berries (Generation II)|Berry}}}}
{{Itemlist|none|From [[Week Siblings|Tuscany]]{{dotw|Tu}}|G=yes|S=yes|C=yes|display={{DL|Type-enhancing item|Pink Bow}}}}
{{Itemlist|Potion|East of the gate past the pair of grass patches|G=yes|S=yes|C=yes|HG=yes|SS=yes|display={{DL|Potion|Potion}}}}
{{Itemlist|Grn Apricorn|North of where the route turns south near Cherrygrove|HG=yes|SS=yes|display={{DL|Apricorn|Grn Apricorn}}}}
{{Itemlist|Poké Ball|Gift from {{ga|Lyra}} or {{ga|Ethan}} after teaching the {{player}} how to catch Pokémon|HG=yes|SS=yes|display={{DL|Poké Ball|Poké Ball}} ×5}}
{{Itemlist|TwistedSpoon|From [[Week Siblings|Tuscany]]{{dotw|Tu}}|HG=yes|SS=yes|display={{DL|Type-enhancing item|TwistedSpoon}}}}
{{Itemlist|none|sprite=Shock Ribbon|From [[Week Siblings|Tuscany]]{{dotw|Tu}}|HG=yes|SS=yes|display={{DL|List of Ribbons in the games|Shock Ribbon}}}}
{{Itlistfoot|land}}

==Pokémon==
===Generation II===
{{catch/header|land|yes}}
{{catch/entry2|016|Pidgey|yes|yes|no|Grass|2-4|55%|55%|0%|type1=normal|type2=flying}}
{{catch/entry2|016|Pidgey|no|no|yes|Grass|2-3|50%|50%|0%|type1=normal|type2=flying}}
{{catch/entry2|019|Rattata|yes|yes|no|Grass|4|5%|5%|0%|type1=normal}}
{{catch/entry2|019|Rattata|yes|yes|no|Grass|2-4|0%|0%|15%|type1=normal}}
{{catch/entry2|019|Rattata|no|no|yes|Grass|2|5%|5%|0%|type1=normal}}
{{catch/entry2|019|Rattata|no|no|yes|Grass|2-3|0%|0%|45%|type1=normal}}
{{catch/entry2|161|Sentret|yes|yes|yes|Grass|2-3|40%|40%|0%|type1=normal}}
{{catch/entry2|163|Hoothoot|yes|yes|no|Grass|2-3|0%|0%|85%|type1=normal|type2=flying}}
{{catch/entry2|163|Hoothoot|no|no|yes|Grass|2-3|0%|0%|55%|type1=normal|type2=flying}}
{{catch/entry2|187|Hoppip|no|no|yes|Grass|3|5%|5%|0%|type1=grass|type2=flying}}
{{catch/div|land|Headbutt}}
{{catch/entry2|102|Exeggcute|yes|yes|yes|Headbutt|10|all=20%|type1=Grass|type2=Psychic}}
{{catch/entry2|163|Hoothoot|yes|yes|yes|Headbutt|10|all=50%|type1=Normal|type2=Flying}}
{{catch/entry2|165|Ledyba|no|yes|no|Headbutt|10|all=20%|type1=Bug|type2=Flying}}
{{catch/entry2|167|Spinarak|yes|no|no|Headbutt|10|all=20%|type1=Bug|type2=Poison}}
{{catch/entry2|165|Ledyba|no|no|yes|Headbutt|10|all=10%|type1=Bug|type2=Flying}}
{{catch/entry2|167|Spinarak|no|no|yes|Headbutt|10|all=10%|type1=Bug|type2=Poison}}
{{catch/entry2|204|Pineco|yes|yes|yes|Headbutt|10|all=10%|type1=Bug|10=k}}
{{catch/footer|land}}

===Generation IV===
{{catch/header|land|yes}}
{{catch/entryhs|016|Pidgey|yes|yes|Grass|2-4|55%|55%|0%|type1=normal|type2=flying}}
{{catch/entryhs|019|Rattata|yes|yes|Grass|2-4|5%|5%|15%|type1=normal}}
{{catch/entryhs|161|Sentret|yes|yes|Grass|2-4|40%|40%|0%|type1=normal}}
{{catch/entryhs|163|Hoothoot|yes|yes|Grass|2-4|0%|0%|85%|type1=normal|type2=flying}}
{{catch/div|land|Headbutt}}
{{catch/entryhs|102|Exeggcute|yes|yes|Headbutt|2-5|all=20%|type1=Grass|type2=Psychic}}
{{catch/entryhs|163|Hoothoot|yes|yes|Headbutt|2-5|all=50%|type1=Normal|type2=Flying}}
{{catch/entryhs|165|Ledyba|no|yes|Headbutt|4-5|all=20%|type1=Bug|type2=Flying}}
{{catch/entryhs|167|Spinarak|yes|no|Headbutt|4-5|all=20%|type1=Bug|type2=Poison}}
{{catch/entryhs|204|Pineco|yes|yes|Headbutt|2-3|all=10%|type1=Bug|10=k}}
{{catch/div|land|Special}}
{{catch/entryhs|311|Plusle|yes|yes|Hoenn|2-3|all=30%|type1=Electric}}
{{catch/entryhs|312|Minun|yes|yes|Hoenn|2-3|all=30%|type1=Electric}}
{{catch/entryhs|403|Shinx|yes|yes|Sinnoh|2-3|all=40%|type1=Electric}}
{{catch/footer|land}}

{{Johto}} 
{{Project Routes}}
[[Category:Johto locations|Route 029]]
[[Category:Routes|Route 029]]
[[Category:Gold, Silver and Crystal locations|Route 029]]
[[Category:HeartGold and SoulSilver locations|Route 029]]

[[de:Route 29]]
[[es:Ruta 29 (Johto)]]
[[fr:Route 29]]
[[it:Percorso 29 (Johto)]]
[[ja:29ばんどうろ]]

Johto Route 29

2012-09-21T00:59:42Z

PatPeter: /* Pokémon */ Fix percentages.

{{Route infobox
|number=29
|imageII=Johto Route 29 GSC.png
|image=Johto Route 29 HGSS.png
|type=land
|north=Route 46
|regionnorth=Johto
|west=Cherrygrove City
|east=New Bark Town
|region=Johto
|prev=Route 28
|regionprev=Kanto
|cut=yes
|mapdesc=A road that begins a journey. The road smells like freshly cut grass.
|regionmap=Johto Route 29 Map.png
|generation=2
}}
'''Route 29''' (Japanese: '''２９ばんどうろ''' ''Route 29'') is a route in southern [[Johto]], connecting [[New Bark Town]] and [[Cherrygrove City]]. The southern part of {{rt|46|Johto}} can also be accessed from this route. This is the first route the player comes to upon receiving a [[starter Pokémon]] from [[Professor Elm]] in New Bark Town.

==Route description==
Similar to {{rt|1|Kanto}} in [[Kanto]], Trainers traveling from Cherrygrove to New Bark can hop over a series of ledges to avoid the grassy areas and to travel between the two areas quickly while Trainers traveling from New Bark to Cherrygrove must travel through a series of grass patches to reach their destination. The first such patch is near the start of the route where the path turns south into the patch to circumvent a ledge. Route 29 westbound continues to follow the ledge south, then to the west before the route opens up at a T-intersection. To the west, Trainers whose Pokémon can use {{m|Cut}} outside of battle can chop down a tree to open a grass-less path to Cherrygrove. Those who do not have Cut, however, must go north through a break in the ledge.

In this location on Tuesdays after [[Falkner]], the [[Violet City]] Gym Leader, has been defeated, [[Week Siblings|Tuscany, one of the Week Siblings]], appears, giving any Trainers that talk with her a {{DL|Type-enhancing item|Pink Bow}}, (a {{DL|Type-enhancing item|TwistedSpoon}} in [[Generation IV]]) the first time the player meets her, and a {{DL|List of Ribbons in the games|Shock Ribbon}} the second time and afterwards (Generation IV only). Immediately north of Tuscany, there is another tree that can be cut to avoid two grass patches to the northeast. However, Trainers lacking Cut are forced to traverse either of the two patches. Regardless of which way a Trainer takes, the route curves to the west, merging with the second Cut shortcut path directly south of a [[gate]] which separates Route 29 from {{rt|46|Johto}} in the north. Between this and Cherrygrove City is your first encounter with your rival.

East of the gate, the path heads to the northwest, then to the southeast, passing through another grassy area before straightening out and traveling due west. The route then juts south, merging with the first Cut shortcut path as it turns to the west, then north and west again as it enters Cherrygrove.

Route 29 is in a mountainous region of Johto, which means that the {{m|Headbutt}}-able trees that line the route hold Pokémon often found in the mountains, namely {{p|Spearow}} and {{p|Aipom}}. The route is also home to the [[Dude]], who teaches players how to capture Pokémon. In HeartGold and SoulSilver, this duty was role was given to {{ga|Lyra}} or {{ga|Ethan}} (depending on the player character's chosen gender).

==Items==
{{Itlisth|land}}
{{Itemlist|none|North of where the route turns south near Cherrygrove|G=yes|S=yes|C=yes|display={{DL|Berries (Generation II)|Berry}}}}
{{Itemlist|none|From [[Week Siblings|Tuscany]]{{dotw|Tu}}|G=yes|S=yes|C=yes|display={{DL|Type-enhancing item|Pink Bow}}}}
{{Itemlist|Potion|East of the gate past the pair of grass patches|G=yes|S=yes|C=yes|HG=yes|SS=yes|display={{DL|Potion|Potion}}}}
{{Itemlist|Grn Apricorn|North of where the route turns south near Cherrygrove|HG=yes|SS=yes|display={{DL|Apricorn|Grn Apricorn}}}}
{{Itemlist|Poké Ball|Gift from {{ga|Lyra}} or {{ga|Ethan}} after teaching the {{player}} how to catch Pokémon|HG=yes|SS=yes|display={{DL|Poké Ball|Poké Ball}} ×5}}
{{Itemlist|TwistedSpoon|From [[Week Siblings|Tuscany]]{{dotw|Tu}}|HG=yes|SS=yes|display={{DL|Type-enhancing item|TwistedSpoon}}}}
{{Itemlist|none|sprite=Shock Ribbon|From [[Week Siblings|Tuscany]]{{dotw|Tu}}|HG=yes|SS=yes|display={{DL|List of Ribbons in the games|Shock Ribbon}}}}
{{Itlistfoot|land}}

==Pokémon==
===Generation II===
{{catch/header|land|yes}}
{{catch/entry2|016|Pidgey|yes|yes|no|Grass|2-4|55%|55%|0%|type1=normal|type2=flying}}
{{catch/entry2|016|Pidgey|no|no|yes|Grass|2-3|50%|50%|0%|type1=normal|type2=flying}}
{{catch/entry2|019|Rattata|yes|yes|no|Grass|4|5%|5%|0%|type1=normal}}
{{catch/entry2|019|Rattata|yes|yes|no|Grass|2-4|0%|0%|15%|type1=normal}}
{{catch/entry2|019|Rattata|no|no|yes|Grass|2|5%|5%|0%|type1=normal}}
{{catch/entry2|019|Rattata|no|no|yes|Grass|2-3|0%|0%|45%|type1=normal}}
{{catch/entry2|161|Sentret|yes|yes|yes|Grass|2-3|40%|40%|0%|type1=normal}}
{{catch/entry2|163|Hoothoot|yes|yes|no|Grass|2-3|0%|0%|85%|type1=normal|type2=flying}}
{{catch/entry2|163|Hoothoot|no|no|yes|Grass|2-3|0%|0%|55%|type1=normal|type2=flying}}
{{catch/entry2|187|Hoppip|no|no|yes|Grass|3|5%|5%|0%|type1=grass|type2=flying}}
{{catch/div|land|Headbutt}}
{{catch/entry2|102|Exeggcute|yes|yes|yes|Headbutt|10|all=20%|type1=Grass|type2=Psychic}}
{{catch/entry2|163|Hoothoot|yes|yes|yes|Headbutt|10|all=50%|type1=Normal|type2=Flying}}
{{catch/entry2|165|Ledyba|no|yes|yes|Headbutt|10|all=20%|type1=Bug|type2=Flying}}
{{catch/entry2|167|Spinarak|yes|no|yes|Headbutt|10|all=20%|type1=Bug|type2=Poison}}
{{catch/entry2|204|Pineco|yes|yes|yes|Headbutt|10|all=10%|type1=Bug|10=k}}
{{catch/footer|land}}

===Generation IV===
{{catch/header|land|yes}}
{{catch/entryhs|016|Pidgey|yes|yes|Grass|2-4|55%|55%|0%|type1=normal|type2=flying}}
{{catch/entryhs|019|Rattata|yes|yes|Grass|2-4|5%|5%|15%|type1=normal}}
{{catch/entryhs|161|Sentret|yes|yes|Grass|2-4|40%|40%|0%|type1=normal}}
{{catch/entryhs|163|Hoothoot|yes|yes|Grass|2-4|0%|0%|85%|type1=normal|type2=flying}}
{{catch/div|land|Headbutt}}
{{catch/entryhs|102|Exeggcute|yes|yes|Headbutt|2-5|all=20%|type1=Grass|type2=Psychic}}
{{catch/entryhs|163|Hoothoot|yes|yes|Headbutt|2-5|all=50%|type1=Normal|type2=Flying}}
{{catch/entryhs|165|Ledyba|no|yes|Headbutt|4-5|all=20%|type1=Bug|type2=Flying}}
{{catch/entryhs|167|Spinarak|yes|no|Headbutt|4-5|all=20%|type1=Bug|type2=Poison}}
{{catch/entryhs|204|Pineco|yes|yes|Headbutt|2-3|all=10%|type1=Bug|10=k}}
{{catch/div|land|Special}}
{{catch/entryhs|311|Plusle|yes|yes|Hoenn|2-3|all=30%|type1=Electric}}
{{catch/entryhs|312|Minun|yes|yes|Hoenn|2-3|all=30%|type1=Electric}}
{{catch/entryhs|403|Shinx|yes|yes|Sinnoh|2-3|all=40%|type1=Electric}}
{{catch/footer|land}}

{{Johto}} 
{{Project Routes}}
[[Category:Johto locations|Route 029]]
[[Category:Routes|Route 029]]
[[Category:Gold, Silver and Crystal locations|Route 029]]
[[Category:HeartGold and SoulSilver locations|Route 029]]

[[de:Route 29]]
[[es:Ruta 29 (Johto)]]
[[fr:Route 29]]
[[it:Percorso 29 (Johto)]]
[[ja:29ばんどうろ]]

Johto Route 29

2012-09-21T00:58:38Z

PatPeter: /* Generation II */ Fix for version-exclusive.

{{Route infobox
|number=29
|imageII=Johto Route 29 GSC.png
|image=Johto Route 29 HGSS.png
|type=land
|north=Route 46
|regionnorth=Johto
|west=Cherrygrove City
|east=New Bark Town
|region=Johto
|prev=Route 28
|regionprev=Kanto
|cut=yes
|mapdesc=A road that begins a journey. The road smells like freshly cut grass.
|regionmap=Johto Route 29 Map.png
|generation=2
}}
'''Route 29''' (Japanese: '''２９ばんどうろ''' ''Route 29'') is a route in southern [[Johto]], connecting [[New Bark Town]] and [[Cherrygrove City]]. The southern part of {{rt|46|Johto}} can also be accessed from this route. This is the first route the player comes to upon receiving a [[starter Pokémon]] from [[Professor Elm]] in New Bark Town.

==Route description==
Similar to {{rt|1|Kanto}} in [[Kanto]], Trainers traveling from Cherrygrove to New Bark can hop over a series of ledges to avoid the grassy areas and to travel between the two areas quickly while Trainers traveling from New Bark to Cherrygrove must travel through a series of grass patches to reach their destination. The first such patch is near the start of the route where the path turns south into the patch to circumvent a ledge. Route 29 westbound continues to follow the ledge south, then to the west before the route opens up at a T-intersection. To the west, Trainers whose Pokémon can use {{m|Cut}} outside of battle can chop down a tree to open a grass-less path to Cherrygrove. Those who do not have Cut, however, must go north through a break in the ledge.

In this location on Tuesdays after [[Falkner]], the [[Violet City]] Gym Leader, has been defeated, [[Week Siblings|Tuscany, one of the Week Siblings]], appears, giving any Trainers that talk with her a {{DL|Type-enhancing item|Pink Bow}}, (a {{DL|Type-enhancing item|TwistedSpoon}} in [[Generation IV]]) the first time the player meets her, and a {{DL|List of Ribbons in the games|Shock Ribbon}} the second time and afterwards (Generation IV only). Immediately north of Tuscany, there is another tree that can be cut to avoid two grass patches to the northeast. However, Trainers lacking Cut are forced to traverse either of the two patches. Regardless of which way a Trainer takes, the route curves to the west, merging with the second Cut shortcut path directly south of a [[gate]] which separates Route 29 from {{rt|46|Johto}} in the north. Between this and Cherrygrove City is your first encounter with your rival.

East of the gate, the path heads to the northwest, then to the southeast, passing through another grassy area before straightening out and traveling due west. The route then juts south, merging with the first Cut shortcut path as it turns to the west, then north and west again as it enters Cherrygrove.

Route 29 is in a mountainous region of Johto, which means that the {{m|Headbutt}}-able trees that line the route hold Pokémon often found in the mountains, namely {{p|Spearow}} and {{p|Aipom}}. The route is also home to the [[Dude]], who teaches players how to capture Pokémon. In HeartGold and SoulSilver, this duty was role was given to {{ga|Lyra}} or {{ga|Ethan}} (depending on the player character's chosen gender).

==Items==
{{Itlisth|land}}
{{Itemlist|none|North of where the route turns south near Cherrygrove|G=yes|S=yes|C=yes|display={{DL|Berries (Generation II)|Berry}}}}
{{Itemlist|none|From [[Week Siblings|Tuscany]]{{dotw|Tu}}|G=yes|S=yes|C=yes|display={{DL|Type-enhancing item|Pink Bow}}}}
{{Itemlist|Potion|East of the gate past the pair of grass patches|G=yes|S=yes|C=yes|HG=yes|SS=yes|display={{DL|Potion|Potion}}}}
{{Itemlist|Grn Apricorn|North of where the route turns south near Cherrygrove|HG=yes|SS=yes|display={{DL|Apricorn|Grn Apricorn}}}}
{{Itemlist|Poké Ball|Gift from {{ga|Lyra}} or {{ga|Ethan}} after teaching the {{player}} how to catch Pokémon|HG=yes|SS=yes|display={{DL|Poké Ball|Poké Ball}} ×5}}
{{Itemlist|TwistedSpoon|From [[Week Siblings|Tuscany]]{{dotw|Tu}}|HG=yes|SS=yes|display={{DL|Type-enhancing item|TwistedSpoon}}}}
{{Itemlist|none|sprite=Shock Ribbon|From [[Week Siblings|Tuscany]]{{dotw|Tu}}|HG=yes|SS=yes|display={{DL|List of Ribbons in the games|Shock Ribbon}}}}
{{Itlistfoot|land}}

==Pokémon==
===Generation II===
{{catch/header|land|yes}}
{{catch/entry2|016|Pidgey|yes|yes|no|Grass|2-4|55%|55%|0%|type1=normal|type2=flying}}
{{catch/entry2|016|Pidgey|no|no|yes|Grass|2-3|50%|50%|0%|type1=normal|type2=flying}}
{{catch/entry2|019|Rattata|yes|yes|no|Grass|4|5%|5%|0%|type1=normal}}
{{catch/entry2|019|Rattata|yes|yes|no|Grass|2-4|0%|0%|15%|type1=normal}}
{{catch/entry2|019|Rattata|no|no|yes|Grass|2|5%|5%|0%|type1=normal}}
{{catch/entry2|019|Rattata|no|no|yes|Grass|2-3|0%|0%|45%|type1=normal}}
{{catch/entry2|161|Sentret|yes|yes|yes|Grass|2-3|40%|40%|0%|type1=normal}}
{{catch/entry2|163|Hoothoot|yes|yes|no|Grass|2-3|0%|0%|85%|type1=normal|type2=flying}}
{{catch/entry2|163|Hoothoot|no|no|yes|Grass|2-3|0%|0%|55%|type1=normal|type2=flying}}
{{catch/entry2|187|Hoppip|no|no|yes|Grass|3|5%|5%|0%|type1=grass|type2=flying}}
{{catch/div|land|Headbutt}}
{{catch/entry2|102|Exeggcute|yes|yes|yes|Headbutt|10|all=20%|type1=Grass|type2=Psychic}}
{{catch/entry2|163|Hoothoot|yes|yes|yes|Headbutt|10|all=50%|type1=Normal|type2=Flying}}
{{catch/entry2|165|Ledyba|no|yes|yes|Headbutt|10|all=30%|type1=Bug|type2=Flying}}
{{catch/entry2|167|Spinarak|yes|no|yes|Headbutt|10|all=30%|type1=Bug|type2=Poison}}
{{catch/entry2|204|Pineco|yes|yes|yes|Headbutt|10|all=30%|type1=Bug|10=k}}
{{catch/footer|land}}

===Generation IV===
{{catch/header|land|yes}}
{{catch/entryhs|016|Pidgey|yes|yes|Grass|2-4|55%|55%|0%|type1=normal|type2=flying}}
{{catch/entryhs|019|Rattata|yes|yes|Grass|2-4|5%|5%|15%|type1=normal}}
{{catch/entryhs|161|Sentret|yes|yes|Grass|2-4|40%|40%|0%|type1=normal}}
{{catch/entryhs|163|Hoothoot|yes|yes|Grass|2-4|0%|0%|85%|type1=normal|type2=flying}}
{{catch/div|land|Headbutt}}
{{catch/entryhs|102|Exeggcute|yes|yes|Headbutt|2-5|all=20%|type1=Grass|type2=Psychic}}
{{catch/entryhs|163|Hoothoot|yes|yes|Headbutt|2-5|all=50%|type1=Normal|type2=Flying}}
{{catch/entryhs|165|Ledyba|no|yes|Headbutt|4-5|all=30%|type1=Bug|type2=Flying}}
{{catch/entryhs|167|Spinarak|yes|no|Headbutt|4-5|all=30%|type1=Bug|type2=Poison}}
{{catch/entryhs|204|Pineco|yes|yes|Headbutt|2-3|all=30%|type1=Bug|10=k}}
{{catch/div|land|Special}}
{{catch/entryhs|311|Plusle|yes|yes|Hoenn|2-3|all=20%|type1=Electric}}
{{catch/entryhs|312|Minun|yes|yes|Hoenn|2-3|all=20%|type1=Electric}}
{{catch/entryhs|403|Shinx|yes|yes|Sinnoh|2-3|all=40%|type1=Electric}}
{{catch/footer|land}}

{{Johto}} 
{{Project Routes}}
[[Category:Johto locations|Route 029]]
[[Category:Routes|Route 029]]
[[Category:Gold, Silver and Crystal locations|Route 029]]
[[Category:HeartGold and SoulSilver locations|Route 029]]

[[de:Route 29]]
[[es:Ruta 29 (Johto)]]
[[fr:Route 29]]
[[it:Percorso 29 (Johto)]]
[[ja:29ばんどうろ]]

Phone

2012-09-15T01:02:02Z

PatPeter: Create very useful redirect.

#REDIRECT [[Pokégear#Phone]]

Goldenrod City

2012-09-04T20:22:14Z

PatPeter: /* Friendship checker */ Values off by one position.

{{Town infobox
|name=Goldenrod City
|jpname={{tt|コガネシティ|Kogane Shiti}}
|jptrans=Kogane City
|image=Goldenrod City HGSS.png
|imageII=Goldenrod City C.png
|slogan=A Happening Big City
|region=Johto
|north=Route 35
|regionnorth=Johto
|south=Route 34
|regionsouth=Johto
|mapdesc=A developing city where people and Pokémon come and go as they like.
|gym=Goldenrod Gym
|gymno=3
|leader=Whitney
|leadervs=VSWhitney.png
|badge=Plain
|gymtype=Normal
|map=Johto Goldenrod City Map.png
|colordark=F3B95D
|colormed=f8cc88
|colorlight=FEE1B4
|generation=2
}}
[[File:Goldenrod City GS.png|thumb|220px|right|Goldenrod City in Gold and Silver]]
'''Goldenrod City''' (Japanese: '''{{tt|コガネシティ|Kogane Shiti}}''' ''Kogane City'') is a sprawling metropolis located in western [[Johto]]. It is the largest city in the region, rivaling [[Celadon City]], the largest city in [[Kanto]]. Goldenrod City is the third largest city in the [[Pokémon world]], behind [[Unova]]'s [[Castelia City]] and [[Nimbasa City]]. Goldenrod is the center of the region's economy and telecommunications. Major attractions for Trainers include the [[Goldenrod Radio Tower]], the city's [[Goldenrod Department Store|Department Store]], [[Goldenrod Game Corner|Game Corner]], [[Name Rater]], [[Magnet Train]], [[Global Terminal]] (HeartGold and SoulSilver only) and [[Goldenrod Gym|Gym]].

[[Pokémon Trainer]]s often come to Goldenrod City in order to win the {{Badge|Plain}} from [[Whitney]], the Goldenrod [[Gym Leader]], who specializes in {{type|Normal}} {{OBP|Pokémon|species}}.

The [[National Park]], along with the [[Pokéathlon Dome]], is located north of Goldenrod off {{rt|35|Johto}} while the [[Pokémon Day Care]] is just south of the city on {{rt|34|Johto}}.

==Places of interest==
===Miracle Cycle===
{{main|Miracle Cycle}}
The lone Bike Shop in [[Johto]] is located in an isolated neighborhood in east Goldenrod, where business doesn't seem to be doing very good. The owner of the shop moved his business from [[Cerulean City]] to Goldenrod between Generation {{gen|I}} and {{gen|III}} and Generation {{gen|II}} and {{gen|IV}}.

The player obtains their [[Bicycle]] from this shop for free. The owner of the store first simply loans the player the Bicycle, but after his number of customers drastically increases, he calls the {{player}} on the [[Pokégear]] to let the player know that he/she can keep it.

{{sign|DPcity|header|}}
{{sign|DPcity|title|Bike Shop Goldenrod Branch}}
{{sign|DPcity|The World is a Cycling Path!|}}
{{sign|DPcity|footer|}}

===Goldenrod Department Store===
{{main|Goldenrod Department Store}}
The Goldenrod Department Store, located in the city center, claims to have a full selection of Pokémon Goods for Trainers. Though the store does not carry more advanced items such as {{DL|Potion|Hyper Potion}}s{{sup|GSC}}, {{ball|Ultra}}s{{sup|GSC}}, or {{DL|Potion|Full Restore}}s, it does back up its claim by boasting the widest selection of specialty items in Johto. It one of the largest buildings in Goldenrod City, making it easy to find.

The lowest level of the store connects to the [[Goldenrod Tunnel]], which encompasses most of western Goldenrod. A team of workers and a {{p|Machoke}} are moving boxes around. People get told off by the worker for going down and distracting them. This is one of the endpoints of the Goldenrod Tunnel. Every time the player enters the area, the boxes will be moved in various places, allowing access to items that are on the ground in blocked rooms. In {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}, the boxes are instead moved when the player interacts with workers in the area.

===Goldenrod Game Corner===
{{main|Goldenrod Game Corner}}
[[Johto]]'s installment of the [[Game Corner]] is located in Goldenrod across the main north-south road from the department store. The parlor features slot machines among other varieties of games. In {{game|Crystal}}, the [[Move Tutor]] can be found standing outside the building on Wednesdays and Saturdays.

There are two games to play: the slot machines and [[Card flip]]. One to three coins can be put in the [[slot machine]] each play. One Coin will only count the center row across, two Coins will count all three rows across, and three Coins will count all three rows across as well as both diagonals. The reels stop spinning when the A button is pressed. The [[Card flip]] minigame is exclusive to [[Generation II]]. The {{player}} can pick either a card or a group of cards, making it much like {{wp|roulette}}. The deck has 24 cards, each one with a number between 1 and 6 and a picture of one of four Pokémon ({{p|Pikachu}}, {{p|Jigglypuff}}, {{p|Oddish}}, or {{p|Poliwag}}). Bets can be placed by a single card, by a single column, by a single row, by a pair of columns, or by a pair of rows. In non-Japanese versions of {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}, these games are replaced by the [[Voltorb Flip]] minigame.

{{sign|DPcity|header|}}
{{sign|DPcity|title|Goldenrod City Game Corner}}
{{sign|DPcity|A Safe and Sound Playground!|}}
{{sign|DPcity|footer|}}

===Johto Name Rater===
{{main|Name Rater}}
The Johto Name Rater is located in a house near the [[gate]] separating Goldenrod from {{rt|35|Johto}}. Here, {{pkmn|Trainer}}s can have the [[nickname]]s of their Pokémon rated and, if the Pokémon's ID number matches the [[Trainer ID number|Trainer's ID number]], the nickname can be changed.

If the Pokémon was caught by the {{player}} that currently owns it, he'll say that the name could be better and offer the player the option of changing it.

If the Pokémon he's judging was obtained via a [[trade]], he will say that the name is perfect and refuse to change it. However, if both players have identical Trainer IDs and [[Trainer ID number|secret IDs]], he will allow name changes.

{{sign|DPcity|header|}}
{{sign|DPcity|title|Name Rater}}
{{sign|DPcity|Get Your Pokémon Nicknames Rated|}}
{{sign|DPcity|footer|}}

===Radio Tower===
{{main|Goldenrod Radio Tower}}
The Goldenrod Radio Tower, located at the west end of the main east-west path through the city, is the source of all [[Pokégear]] broadcasts in [[Johto]]. An antenna on top of the tower transmits three radio programs daily, with a fourth program being aired between 6 P.M. and 12 A.M. every night. The building has three studios spread over five floors. The Radio Tower broadcasts numerous programs daily, the most prominent of such being [[Professor Oak's Pokémon Talk]] and [[Buena's Password]], a new radio show that debuted in {{game|Crystal}} and that returns in {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}.

In {{2v2|Gold|Silver}}, the station has two studios, located on the fourth and fifth floors. A third studio is added in Pokémon Crystal on the second floor. In every version, the tower has a welcome center, as well as a computer linked to [[Bill's PC]] and the {{pkmn|Trainer}}'s personal computer, on the first floor and a small café on the second floor. The technical operations of the tower are handled by way of a network of computers on the third and fourth floors. The manager of the tower has an office on the fifth floor.

For a short time in [[Generation II]] and its {{game|HeartGold and SoulSilver|s|Generation IV remakes}}, the tower falls into the clutches of [[Team Rocket]], during which time none of the normal broadcasts are aired. Following the {{player}}'s collection of seven [[Badge|Gym Badges]], it is necessary to purge the Radio Tower of Team Rocket in order to continue the storyline as a man selling [[RageCandyBar]]s in [[Mahogany Town]] will prevent access to {{rt|44|Johto}}, the eastern path out of Mahogany, until the Radio Tower has been returned to normal.

{{sign|DPcity|header|}}
{{sign|DPcity|title|Goldenrod City Radio Tower}}
{{sign|DPcity|A Network Providing Johto|}}
{{sign|DPcity|with Interesting Information|}}
{{sign|DPcity|footer|}}

===Magnet Train station===
{{main|Magnet Train}}
[[File:Magnet Train arrive HGSS.png|thumb|200px|right|The Magnet Train as seen in {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}]]
[[Saffron City]] and Goldenrod City are linked by a railway used by the Magnet Train, a high-speed train that runs regularly between the two cities. The train follows no set schedule, making the Magnet Train an ideal way to travel between [[Kanto]] and [[Johto]].

To board the train, a potential rider must have a {{DL|List of key items in Generation IV|Pass}}. The {{OBP|Copycat|character}} of [[Saffron City]] has one (given to her as compensation for the fact that the station in Saffron is built where her house used to be), and is willing to give it up as a reward for returning her {{pkmn|doll|Poké Doll}} that {{ga|Red}} gave to her [[Generation I|three years before]].

Initially, the train is out of service as a minion of [[Team Rocket]] has stolen the [[Machine Part]] from the [[Power Plant]] in Kanto. After defeating him in [[Cerulean City]], {{player}}s can retrieve the part from the [[Cerulean Gym]] and return it to the Power Plant. With the part back in place, the train will have the necessary power to run.

{{sign|DPcity|header|}}
{{sign|DPcity|Johto-Kanto Magnet Train Line|}}
{{sign|DPcity|Goldenrod City Station|}}
{{sign|DPcity|footer|}}

===Goldenrod Tunnel===
{{main|Goldenrod Tunnel}}
An underground path, the Goldenrod Tunnel, runs from the southwestern side of the city to the northwestern area, with a branch leading to the basement of the [[Goldenrod Department Store|Department Store]]. A [[Haircut brothers|pair of groomers]] in the tunnel will groom Pokémon, increasing the [[friendship]] of the groomed Pokémon, for a small fee.

This path contains a barber shop, [[Herb Shop]], and a shop selling [[valuable item]]s—which are to be simply resold for profit. Shops are only open on certain [[days of the week]], and in some cases, at certain [[time]]s. The path is also notorious for having litter carelessly left there by {{pkmn|Trainer}}s. Additionally, there is an entrance to the basement of the Department Store, which is initially occupied by [[Team Rocket]].

====Southern entrance====
{{sign|DPcity|header|}}
{{sign|DPcity|Be Careful!|}}
{{sign|DPcity|Get Off Your Bike in the Tunnel|}}
{{sign|DPcity|footer|}}

====Northern entrance====
{{sign|DPcity|header|}}
{{sign|DPcity|Watch Out!|}}
{{sign|DPcity|Get Off Your Bike in the Tunnel|}}
{{sign|DPcity|footer|}}

===Flower shop===
A flower shop is located in the northeast area of the city, where the player can obtain the {{DL|Watering cans|SquirtBottle}}, the [[key item]] needed to get past the {{p|Sudowoodo}} who blocks the player's path on {{rt|36|Johto}}; however, the SquirtBottle can only be obtained after defeating [[Whitney]]

In {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}, the {{OBP|Gracidea|flower}} can be obtained here with a [[fateful encounter]] {{p|Shaymin}} as the [[walking Pokémon]]. Also only in HeartGold and SoulSilver, after Sudowoodo has been cleared from {{rt|36|Johto}}, [[Mulch]] can also be bought here.

{{sign|DPcity|header|}}
{{sign|DPcity|title|Goldenrod Flower Shop}}
{{sign|DPcity|A Small Shop Providing|}}
{{sign|DPcity|Lots of Beauty|}}
{{sign|DPcity|footer|}}

{{shop|Mulch}}
{{shoprow|{{shopitem|Growth Mulch|200}}|{{shopitem|Damp Mulch|200}}}}
{{shoprow|{{shopitem|Stable Mulch|200}}|{{shopitem|Gooey Mulch|200}}}}
{{shopfooter}}

===Friendship checker===
A woman in a house near [[Miracle Cycle]] is able to determine the [[friendship]] of the first Pokémon in the player's party.


* When a Pokémon has between 70-149 happiness, she will say, "You should treat it better. It's not used to you."
* When a Pokémon has between 150-199 happiness, she will say, "It's friendly toward you. It looks sort of happy."
* When a Pokémon has between 200-219 happiness, she will say, "I get the feeling that it really trusts you."
* When a Pokémon has between 220-255 happiness, she will say, "It looks really happy! It must love you a lot."

===Bill's house===
Goldenrod City is the hometown of [[Bill]], the inventor of both [[Kanto]]'s and [[Johto]]'s [[Pokémon Storage System]]. It is also the home of the rest of his family, who lives in a small house near the southern entrance of [[Goldenrod Tunnel]]. However, some of his family also lives in [[Fuchsia City]], and in [[Generation II]] and [[Generation IV]], his [[Bill's grandfather|grandfather]] watches over his Sea Cottage on {{rt|25|Kanto}}.

===Pokémon Communication Center===
{{main|Pokémon Communication Center}}
[[File:Goldenrod City C JP.png|thumb|220px|right|Goldenrod City in the Japanese Crystal. Notice the PokéCom Center replacing the regular Pokémon Center.]]
In the Japanese version of {{v2|Crystal}}, the [[Pokémon Center]] was expanded into a much larger building, called the Pokémon Communication Center, and shortened to PokéCom Center. It took use of the [[Pokémon Mobile System GB]] and the [[Mobile Adapter GB]], which required connecting to a {{wp|mobile phone}}.

The Pokémon Communication Center housed the facilities for the aforementioned systems, such as the Pokémon News Machine, which compiles news from the save files of {{player}}s across Japan. Reading the news would sent out a player's own save file data, allowing others to read about the player's adventure.

It is most famous for being related to the [[GS Ball]] {{pkmn|event}} that allowed to encounter and catch {{p|Celebi}}. The GS Ball would be delivered to the player by a nurse in the Pokémon Communication Center, which should then be taken to [[Kurt]] in [[Azalea Town]] to investigate. In the day after, the player could retrieve the GS Ball from Kurt and take it to the shrine in [[Ilex Forest]] to summon a battle with a level 30 Celebi.

The building and its associated features were removed from international releases of Crystal, which also caused the restoration of the regular Pokémon Center from {{2v2|Gold|Silver}}. However, they are still available in the programming of the international releases and most of the scripts are fully translated in the English versions.

The sign outside in the English versions, either by restoring the Pokémon Communication Center in the map via hacking or by analyzing the game's dialog scripts in the programming, reads:

{{sign|RBY|header|}}
{{sign|RBY|For Mobile Tips!|}}
{{sign|RBY|POKéCOM CENTER|}}
{{sign|RBY|footer|}}

===Global Terminal===
[[File:Global Terminal HGSS.png|thumb|100px|right|The Global Terminal]]
{{main|Global Terminal}}
The Global Terminal is the worldwide network over which players can interact in different ways via [[Nintendo Wi-Fi Connection]], only seen in {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}. In order to access the terminal, {{player}}s must have the first [[Badge]] of Johto. The first Pokémon in the player's party is returned to its [[Poké Ball]] before entering the building.

The Global Trade Station lets a player send and receive Pokémon on the worldwide network. If the player talks with the woman at the counter, she will direct them into a room in which they can either trade for a Pokémon put there by another player, or put their own Pokémon up for trade.

Players can go to the second floor by using the green warp panels. There are two points of interest on this floor: Box Data, which is located on the western side and the northern set of green machines; and Dress-Up Data, which is located just below the Box Data in the south-eastern corner. Players can go here by using the pink warp panels. There is only one point of interest on this floor: the Battle Video Gallery located on the western side and the set of the pink machines.

{{sign|DPcity|header|}}
{{sign|DPcity|title|The Global Terminal}}
{{sign|DPcity|An Amazing and Completely|}}
{{sign|DPcity|Global Terminal!|}}
{{sign|DPcity|footer|}}

===Goldenrod Gym===
{{main|Goldenrod Gym}}
[[File:Goldenrod Gym HGSS.png|thumb|200px|right|Goldenrod Gym in HeartGold and SoulSilver]]
The Goldenrod Gym is the official [[Gym]] of Goldenrod City. It is based on {{type|Normal}} {{OBP|Pokémon|species}}. The [[Gym Leader]] is [[Whitney]]. {{pkmn|Trainer}}s who defeat her receive the {{Badge|Plain}}. In [[Generation II]], the Goldenrod Gym is a maze of flowers and ornaments. The {{player}} must navigate their way around the Gym floor by going around the wall of pretty flowers first, then enter the middle section. The Trainers in the Gym are hard to avoid, and most of the them must be battled in order to challenge Whitney, who is located in the middle of the Gym.

In {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}, many aesthetic changes have been made to the Goldenrod Gym. The overall layout of the Gym remains the same; however, the outer part of the Gym has been raised to create a platform above the rest of the Gym. To reach Whitney, the player must navigate their way around the raised platform, battle Trainers, and go though an arch below one of the platforms.

When Leader Whitney is defeated, she throws a temper tantrum and cries. Then, the player must talk to her. After drying her eyes and blowing her nose, she will get over her loss and give the player the {{Badge|Plain}}, {{TM|45|Attract}}, and the ability to use {{m|Strength}} outside of battle.

==Demographics==
===Pokémon Crystal===
In {{game|Crystal}}, Goldenrod City has a total population of 105, being the largest city at the time. However, this was short-lived, as {{game|Ruby and Sapphire|s}} introduced a larger city—[[Lilycove City]], which has a population of 123.

===Pokémon HeartGold and SoulSilver===
In HeartGold and SoulSilver, Goldenrod City has a total population of 126, making it the largest city in [[Johto]]. Its population is more than triple the second-most populous city in [[Johto]], [[Violet City]], which only has a population of 40. This number makes Goldenrod the third biggest city in the [[Pokémon world]], behind [[Castelia City]] and [[Nimbasa City]].

==Items==
{{Itlisth|building}}
{{Itlistbod|Bicycle|Given by the Bike Shop owner|GSCHGSS}}
{{Itlistbod|SquirtBottle|Given by the Flower Shop lady after winning the {{Badge|Plain}}|GSCHGSS|display={{DL|Watering cans|SquirtBottle}}}}
{{Itlistbod|Fashion Case|Gift from {{ga|Lyra}} or {{ga|Ethan}} upon first entering [[Goldenrod Tunnel]]|HGSS}}
{{Itlistbod|Super Potion|Northwest of the lamppost south of [[Miracle Cycle]] ''(hidden)''|HGSS|display={{DL|Potion|Super Potion}}}}
{{Itlistbod|Gracidea|Given by the flower shop lady (must have a [[fateful encounter]] {{p|Shaymin}} in the party)|HGSS|display={{OBP|Gracidea|flower}}}}
{{Itlistbod|Coin Case|Gift from [[Mr. Game]] in [[Goldenrod Game Corner]] (non-Japanese versions only)|HGSS}}
{{Itlistfoot|building}}

==Pokémon==
===Generation II===
{{Catch/header|building|4}}
{{Catch/div|building|Gift Pokémon}}
{{Catch/entry2|133|Eevee|yes|yes|yes|Gift|20|all=One}}
{{Catch/div|building|Special}}
{{Catch/entry2|066|Machop|yes|yes|no|Trade|The same as the Traded Pokémon|all=One|tradenum=096|tradename=Drowzee|type1=Fighting}}
{{Catch/entry2|066|Machop|no|no|yes|Trade|The same as the Traded Pokémon|all=One|tradenum=063|tradename=Abra|type1=Fighting}}
{{Catch/footer|building}}

===Generation IV===
{{Catch/header|building|4}}
{{Catch/div|building|Gift Pokémon}}
{{Catch/entryhs|021|Spearow|yes|yes|Gift|20|all=One|type1=Normal|type2=Flying}}
{{Catch/entryhs|133|Eevee|yes|yes|Gift|5|all=One|type1=Normal}}
{{Catch/div|building|Special}}
{{Catch/entryhs|066|Machop|yes|yes|Trade|The same as the Traded Pokémon|all=One|tradenum=096|tradename=Drowzee|type1=Fighting}}
{{Catch/footer|building}}

==In the anime==
[[File:Goldenrod City anime.png|thumb|180px|right|Goldenrod City in the anime]]
{{incomplete|section}}
Goldenrod City first appears in ''[[EP158|A Goldenrod Opportunity]]'', when {{Ash}} and {{ashfr}} arrive in the city so Ash may win his third Johto League Gym [[Badge]]. However, the Gym is closed, so the gang decides to explore the city, specifically the Goldenrod Galleria. Unfortunately, the city is so large, that {{an|Brock}} loses his way, which leads them to meet [[Whitney]], who offers to guide them to the Galleria through the [[Goldenrod Tunnel|Underground Path]]. Eventually, once the gang learns that Whitney is the Gym Leader, Ash battles her in attempt to win the {{Badge|Plain}}, though he ultimately ends up losing to Whitney's {{p|Miltank}}.

The travelers remain in the city through the events of ''[[EP159|A Dairy Tale Ending]]'', as Ash prepares for a rematch against Whitney, while Whitney takes them to visit her uncle's dairy farm. After an attack by {{TRT}} at the farm, Ash and Whitney begin their second battle. Ultimately, Ash does not win an even battle, but Whitney awards him the Plain Badge anyway.

The city is seen once again in ''[[EP160|Air Time!]]'', with Ash coming off his victory against Whitney, the gang visits the [[Goldenrod Radio Tower]], where Ash is interviewed by [[DJ Mary]]. Following the events of this episode, the trio departs from the city.

==Trivia==
* The placement of the [[Global Terminal]] in {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}} in Goldenrod City may have been inspired by the [[Pokémon Communication Center]] that replaced the regular [[Pokémon Center]] from {{2v2|Gold|Silver}} in the Japanese version of {{v2|Crystal}}.
* The song ''[[Pokémon HeartGold & SoulSilver Music Super Complete|Goldenrod City]]'' (Japanese: {{tt|コガネシティ|Kogane Shiti}}) serves as the base for the song ''[[Pokémon HeartGold & SoulSilver Music Super Complete|Bicycle]]'' (Japanese: {{tt|じてんしゃ|Jitensha}}), since the latter is a sped up version of the former which also uses different instruments.
* Goldenrod's English motto in [[Generation II]] was "''The Festive City of Opulent Charm''"
* When the player arrives in the city after using the [[Magnet Train]] in {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}, the guard states that the stress is to be placed on the letter "o". However, there are two "o"s in G'''o'''ldenr'''o'''d, and the guard does not state whether the stress is on the first "o" or the second.

==Name origin==
{| class="roundy" align="left" style="background: #F8CC88; border: 3px solid #F3B95D"
|- align=center
! style="{{roundytl|5px}}" | Language
! Name
! style="{{roundytr|5px}}" | Origin
|- style="background:#FFF;"
| Japanese
| コガネシティ ''Kogane City''
| From 黄金 (''kogane'') gold.
|- style="background:#FFF;"
| English
| Goldenrod City
| From {{wp|goldenrod}}, a type of yellow-colored flowering plant.
|- style="background:#FFF;"
| French
| Doublonville
| From ''doublon'' ({{wp|doubloon}}) and ''ville'' (city).
|- style="background:#FFF;"
| German
| Dukatia City
| From ''Dukat'', {{wp|ducat}}.
|- style="background:#FFF;"
| Italian
| Fiordoropoli
| From ''fiore d'oro'', golden flower, and the suffix ''-poli'', meaning city.
|- style="background:#FFF;"
| Spanish
| Ciudad Trigal Ciudad Caña Dorada {{tt|*|Season 3 and 12 (Latin American dub)}} Ciudad Camino Dorado {{tt|*|Season 4 (Latin American dub). However, in EP255, it is referred in its English name.}}
| From ''trigal'', wheatfield. Literally means ''golden road''.
|- style="background:#FFF;"
| Brazilian Portuguese
| Cidade de Quinhão Dourado{{tt|*|anime only}}
| Means ''golden share''.
|- style="background:#FFF;"
| Korean
| 금빛시티 ''Geumbit City''
| 금빛 (''geumbit'') means ''golden color''.
|- style="background:#FFF;"
| Chinese ({{tt|Mandarin|Taiwan and mainland China}})
| 滿金市 ''Mǎnjīn Shì'' (anime) 小金市 ''Xiǎojīn Shì'' (manga)
| 金 is taken from 黄金 (''kogane''). 滿金 (''mǎnjīn'') literally means "full of gold". From 小金 ''kogane''. 小金 (xiǎojīn) literally means "little gold".
|- style="background:#FFF;"
| Chinese ({{tt|Cantonese|Hong Kong}})
| 滿金市 ''Moongam Si''
| Same as the Mandarin name
|}
{{-}}
{{Johto}} 
{{Project Cities and Towns notice}}

[[Category:Johto locations]]
[[Category:Gold, Silver and Crystal locations]]
[[Category:HeartGold and SoulSilver locations]]
[[Category:Cities]]

[[de:Dukatia City]]
[[es:Ciudad Trigal]]
[[fr:Doublonville]]
[[it:Fiordoropoli]]
[[ja:コガネシティ]]

Ice Path

2012-09-03T21:50:45Z

PatPeter: /* B3F */ Goes down to 23 on Crystal.

{{Infobox location
|image=HGSS Ice Cave-{{#switch: {{#time: G}}|4|5|6|7|8|9=Morning|10|11|12|13|14|15|16=Day|17|18|19=Evening|20|21|22|23|0|1|2|3=Night}}.png
|type=snow
|location_name=Ice Path
|japanese_name=こおりのぬけみち
|translated_name=Ice Loophole
|location=Between {{rt|44|Johto}} and [[Blackthorn City]]
|region=Johto
|generation={{Gen|II}}, {{Gen|IV}}
|map=Johto Dragons Den Map.png
}}
The '''Ice Path''' (Japanese: '''こおりのぬけみち''' ''Ice Loophole'') is a four-floored cave located in the [[Johto]] region that connects {{rt|44|Johto}} with [[Blackthorn City]]. It is known for its numerous ice puzzles, which vary in size and difficulty. One example is a {{m|Strength}} puzzle, involving pushing boulders into holes in order to progress. It is the only place in Johto where {{pkmn2|wild}} {{p|Swinub}}, {{p|Jynx}} and {{p|Delibird}} can be caught.

==Items==
{{itlisth|snow}}
{{itlistbod|HM Water|1F; on the other side of the third patch of ice|GSCHGSS|display={{HM|07|Waterfall}}}}
{{itlistbod|Ice Heal|1F; northeast of the man who dropped HM07 ''(hidden)''|HGSS|display={{DL|Status ailment healing item|Ice Heal}}}}
{{itlistbod|Iron|B1F; bottom|GSCHGSS|display={{DL|Vitamin|Iron}}}}
{{itlistbod|Revive|B1F; exactly two steps right after picking up Iron ''(hidden)''|HGSS|display={{DL|Revive|Revive}}}}
{{itlistbod|Protein|1F; north of the last ladder|HGSS|display={{DL|Vitamin|Protein}}}}
{{itlistbod|PP Up|1F; bottom|GSCHGSS|display={{DL|Vitamin|PP Up}}}}
{{itlistbod|Max Potion|
* 1F; bottom ''(hidden)''
* West side of B2F left|GSCHGSS|display={{DL|Potion|Max Potion}} ×2}}
{{itlistbod|Full Heal|Center of B2F left|GSCHGSS|display={{DL|Status ailment healing item|Full Heal}}}}
{{itlistbod|Carbos|B2F; in southeast corner of left side ''(hidden)''|GSCHGSS|display={{DL|Vitamin|Carbos}}}}
{{itlistbod|NeverMeltIce|B3F; bottom left (On the other side of the {{m|Rock Smash|smashable rock}})|GSCHGSS|display={{DL|Type-enhancing item|NeverMeltIce}}}}
{{itlistbod|Ice Heal|B2F; right side ''(hidden)''|GSC|display={{DL|Status ailment healing item|Ice Heal}}}}
{{itlistbod|TM Psychic|B2F; bottom right|GSC|display={{TM|44|Rest}}}}
{{itlistbod|TM Ice|B2F, right side, southeast corner|HGSS|display={{TM|72|Avalanche}}}}
{{itlistfoot|snow}}

==Pokémon==
===Generation II===
====1F====
{{catch/header|snow}}
{{catch/entry2|041|Zubat|yes|no|no|Cave|22|25%|20%|25%|type1=Poison|type2=Flying}}
{{catch/entry2|041|Zubat|no|yes|no|Cave|22|5%|0%|5%|type1=Poison|type2=Flying}}
{{catch/entry2|041|Zubat|no|no|yes|Cave|22|all=30%|type1=Poison|type2=Flying}}
{{catch/entry2|042|Golbat|yes|yes|yes|Cave|22-24|all=30%|type1=Poison|type2=Flying}}
{{catch/entry2|124|Jynx|yes|yes|no|Cave|22|5%|10%|5%|type1=Ice|type2=Psychic}}
{{catch/entry2|124|Jynx|no|no|yes|Cave|21-23|1%|1%|0%|type1=Ice|type2=Psychic}}
{{catch/entry2|220|Swinub|yes|yes|no|Cave|21-23|all=40%|type1=Ice|type2=Ground}}
{{catch/entry2|220|Swinub|no|no|yes|Cave|21-23|40%|40%|0%|type1=Ice|type2=Ground}}
{{catch/entry2|225|Delibird|no|yes|no|Cave|22|all=20%|type1=Ice|type2=Flying}}
{{catch/entry2|225|Delibird|no|no|yes|Cave|21-23|0%|0%|40%|type1=Ice|type2=Flying}}
{{catch/footer|snow}}

====B1F====
{{catch/header|snow}}
{{catch/entry2|041|Zubat|yes|no|no|Cave|22|25%|20%|25%|type1=Poison|type2=Flying}}
{{catch/entry2|041|Zubat|no|yes|no|Cave|22|5%|0%|5%|type1=Poison|type2=Flying}}
{{catch/entry2|041|Zubat|no|no|yes|Cave|23|all=30%|type1=Poison|type2=Flying}}
{{catch/entry2|042|Golbat|yes|yes|no|Cave|22|all=30%|type1=Poison|type2=Flying}}
{{catch/entry2|042|Golbat|no|no|yes|Cave|23-25|all=29%|type1=Poison|type2=Flying}}
{{catch/entry2|124|Jynx|yes|yes|no|Cave|22|5%|0%|5%|type1=Ice|type2=Psychic}}
{{catch/entry2|124|Jynx|yes|yes|no|Cave|20-22|0%|10%|0%|type1=Ice|type2=Psychic}}
{{catch/entry2|124|Jynx|no|no|yes|Cave|22|1%|1%|0%|type1=Ice|type2=Psychic}}
{{catch/entry2|215|Sneasel|no|no|yes|Cave|22|0%|0%|1%|type1=Dark|type2=Ice}}
{{catch/entry2|220|Swinub|yes|yes|no|Cave|21-23|all=40%|type1=Ice|type2=Ground}}
{{catch/entry2|220|Swinub|no|no|yes|Cave|22|40%|40%|0%|type1=Ice|type2=Ground}}
{{catch/entry2|225|Delibird|no|yes|no|Cave|22|all=20%|type1=Ice|type2=Flying}}
{{catch/entry2|225|Delibird|no|no|yes|Cave|22-24|0%|0%|40%|type1=Ice|type2=Flying}}
{{catch/footer|snow}}

====B2F====
{{catch/header|snow}}
{{catch/entry2|041|Zubat|yes|no|no|Cave|23|25%|20%|25%|type1=Poison|type2=Flying}}
{{catch/entry2|041|Zubat|no|yes|no|Cave|23|5%|0%|5%|type1=Poison|type2=Flying}}
{{catch/entry2|041|Zubat|no|no|yes|Cave|24|all=30%|type1=Poison|type2=Flying}}
{{catch/entry2|042|Golbat|yes|yes|no|Cave|23|all=30%|type1=Poison|type2=Flying}}
{{catch/entry2|042|Golbat|no|no|yes|Cave|24-26|all=25%|type1=Poison|type2=Flying}}
{{catch/entry2|220|Swinub|yes|yes|no|Cave|22-24|all=40%|type1=Ice|type2=Ground}}
{{catch/entry2|220|Swinub|no|no|yes|Cave|23-25|40%|40%|0%|type1=Ice|type2=Ground}}
{{catch/entry2|225|Delibird|no|yes|no|Cave|23|all=20%|type1=Ice|type2=Flying}}
{{catch/entry2|225|Delibird|no|no|yes|Cave|23-25|0%|0%|40%|type1=Ice|type2=Flying}}
{{catch/entry2|124|Jynx|yes|yes|no|Cave|22|5%|10%|5%|type1=Ice|type2=Psychic}}
{{catch/entry2|124|Jynx|no|no|yes|Cave|22|5%|0%|0%|type1=Ice|type2=Psychic}}
{{catch/entry2|215|Sneasel|no|no|yes|Cave|22|0%|0%|5%|type1=Dark|type2=Ice}}
{{catch/footer|snow}}

====B3F====
{{catch/header|snow}}
{{catch/entry2|041|Zubat|yes|no|no|Cave|24|25%|20%|25%|type1=Poison|type2=Flying}}
{{catch/entry2|041|Zubat|no|yes|no|Cave|24|5%|0%|0%|type1=Poison|type2=Flying}}
{{catch/entry2|041|Zubat|no|no|yes|Cave|25|all=30%|type1=Poison|type2=Flying}}
{{catch/entry2|042|Golbat|yes|yes|no|Cave|24|all=30%|type1=Poison|type2=Flying}}
{{catch/entry2|042|Golbat|no|no|yes|Cave|25|all=20%|type1=Poison|type2=Flying}}
{{catch/entry2|220|Swinub|yes|yes|no|Cave|23-25|all=40%|type1=Ice|type2=Ground}}
{{catch/entry2|220|Swinub|no|no|yes|Cave|23-26|35%|40%|0%|type1=Ice|type2=Ground}}
{{catch/entry2|225|Delibird|no|yes|no|Cave|24|all=20%|type1=Ice|type2=Flying}}
{{catch/entry2|225|Delibird|no|no|yes|Cave|24-26|0%|0%|40%|type1=Ice|type2=Flying}}
{{catch/entry2|124|Jynx|yes|yes|no|Cave|22|5%|10%|5%|type1=Ice|type2=Psychic}}
{{catch/entry2|124|Jynx|no|no|yes|Cave|22|5%|0%|0%|type1=Ice|type2=Psychic}}
{{catch/entry2|215|Sneasel|no|no|yes|Cave|22-24|0%|0%|10%|type1=Dark|type2=Ice}}
{{catch/footer|snow}}

===Generation IV===
====1F====
{{catch/header|snow}}
{{catch/entryhs|041|Zubat|yes|no|Cave|22|25%|20%|25%|type1=Poison|type2=Flying}}
{{catch/entryhs|041|Zubat|no|yes|Cave|22|5%|0%|5%|type1=Poison|type2=Flying}}
{{catch/entryhs|042|Golbat|yes|yes|Cave|22|all=30%|type1=Poison|type2=Flying}}
{{catch/entryhs|124|Jynx|yes|yes|Cave|22|5%|10%|5%|type1=Ice|type2=Psychic}}
{{catch/entryhs|220|Swinub|yes|yes|Cave|21-24|all=40%|type1=Ice|type2=Ground}}
{{catch/entryhs|225|Delibird|no|yes|Cave|22|all=20%|type1=Ice|type2=Flying}}
{{catch/div|snow|Special}}
{{catch/entryhs|296|Makuhita|yes|yes|Hoenn|22|all=20%|type1=Fighting}}
{{catch/entryhs|359|Absol|yes|yes|Hoenn|21-22|all=20%|type1=Dark}}
{{catch/entryhs|433|Chingling|yes|yes|Sinnoh|22|all=20%|type1=Psychic}}
{{catch/entryhs|436|Bronzor|yes|yes|Sinnoh|21-22|all=20%|type1=Steel|type2=Psychic}}
{{catch/footer|snow}}

====B1F====
{{catch/header|snow}}
{{catch/entryhs|041|Zubat|yes|no|Cave|22|25%|20%|25%|type1=Poison|type2=Flying}}
{{catch/entryhs|041|Zubat|no|yes|Cave|22|5%|0%|5%|type1=Poison|type2=Flying}}
{{catch/entryhs|042|Golbat|yes|yes|Cave|22|all=30%|type1=Poison|type2=Flying}}
{{catch/entryhs|124|Jynx|yes|yes|Cave|22|5%|10%|5%|type1=Ice|type2=Psychic}}
{{catch/entryhs|220|Swinub|yes|yes|Cave|21-24|all=40%|type1=Ice|type2=Ground}}
{{catch/entryhs|225|Delibird|no|yes|Cave|22|all=20%|type1=Ice|type2=Flying}}
{{catch/div|snow|Special}}
{{catch/entryhs|296|Makuhita|yes|yes|Hoenn|22|all=20%|type1=Fighting}}
{{catch/entryhs|359|Absol|yes|yes|Hoenn|21-22|all=20%|type1=Dark}}
{{catch/entryhs|433|Chingling|yes|yes|Sinnoh|22|all=20%|type1=Psychic}}
{{catch/entryhs|436|Bronzor|yes|yes|Sinnoh|21-22|all=20%|type1=Steel|type2=Psychic}}
{{catch/footer|snow}}

====B2F====
{{catch/header|snow}}
{{catch/entryhs|041|Zubat|yes|no|Cave|22|25%|20%|25%|type1=Poison|type2=Flying}}
{{catch/entryhs|041|Zubat|no|yes|Cave|22|5%|0%|5%|type1=Poison|type2=Flying}}
{{catch/entryhs|042|Golbat|yes|yes|Cave|22|all=30%|type1=Poison|type2=Flying}}
{{catch/entryhs|124|Jynx|yes|yes|Cave|22|5%|10%|5%|type1=Ice|type2=Psychic}}
{{catch/entryhs|220|Swinub|yes|yes|Cave|21-24|all=40%|type1=Ice|type2=Ground}}
{{catch/entryhs|225|Delibird|no|yes|Cave|22-23|all=20%|type1=Ice|type2=Flying}}
{{catch/footer|snow}}

====B3F====
{{catch/header|snow}}
{{catch/entryhs|041|Zubat|yes|no|Cave|22|25%|20%|25%|type1=Poison|type2=Flying}}
{{catch/entryhs|041|Zubat|no|yes|Cave|22|5%|0%|5%|type1=Poison|type2=Flying}}
{{catch/entryhs|042|Golbat|yes|yes|Cave|22|all=30%|type1=Poison|type2=Flying}}
{{catch/entryhs|124|Jynx|yes|yes|Cave|22|5%|10%|5%|type1=Ice|type2=Psychic}}
{{catch/entryhs|220|Swinub|yes|yes|Cave|21-24|all=40%|type1=Ice|type2=Ground}}
{{catch/entryhs|225|Delibird|no|yes|Cave|22|all=20%|type1=Ice|type2=Flying}}
{{catch/footer|snow}}

==Eyecatch==
<gallery>
File:HGSS Ice Cave-Morning.png|Morning (Zubat)
File:HGSS Ice Cave-Day.png|Day/Evening (Swinub)
File:HGSS Ice Cave-Night.png|Night (Jynx)
</gallery>

==Layout==
{| align="center" style="background: #000; {{roundy|10px}}; border: 5px solid #{{ice color}}"
|-
! style="background:#{{ice color light}}; {{roundytl|5px}};" | Version
! style="background:#{{ice color light}}" | 1F
! style="background:#{{ice color light}}" | B1F
! style="background:#{{ice color light}}" | B2F
! style="background:#{{ice color light}}; {{roundytr|5px}};" | B3F
|- style="background:#000"
! style="background:#{{gold color}}" | {{color2|000|Pokémon Gold and Silver Versions|Gold}}
| rowspan="2" | [[File:Ice Path 1F GS.png|180px]]
| rowspan="2" | [[File:Ice Path B1F GS.png|90px]]
| rowspan="2" | [[File:Ice Path B2F GS.png‎|280px]]
| rowspan="2" | [[File:Ice Path B3F GS.png|180px]]
|-
! style="background:#{{silver color}}" | {{color2|000|Pokémon Gold and Silver Versions|Silver}}
|-
! style="background:#{{crystal color}}" | {{color2|000|Pokémon Crystal Version|Crystal}}
|[[File:Ice Path 1F C.png|180px]]
|[[File:Ice Path B1F C.png|90px]]
|[[File:Ice Path B2F C.png|280px]]
|[[File:Ice Path B3F C.png|180px]]
|-
! style="background:#{{heartgold color}}" | {{color2|000|Pokémon HeartGold and SoulSilver Versions|HeartGold}}
| rowspan="2" | [[File:Ice Path 1F HGSS.png|180px]]
| rowspan="2" | [[File:Ice Path B1F HGSS.png|90px]]
| rowspan="2" | [[File:Ice Path B2F HGSS.png|270px]]
| rowspan="2" | [[File:Ice Path B3F HGSS.png|180px]]
|-
! style="background:#{{soulsilver color}}" | {{color2|000|Pokémon HeartGold and SoulSilver Versions|SoulSilver}}
|-
| colspan="5" style="background:#{{ice color light}}; {{roundybl|5px}}; {{roundybr|5px}};" |  
|}

==Trivia==
* In {{game|Gold and Silver|s}}, the Ice Path looked like an average cave. However, in {{game|Crystal}}, its tileset was changed to make it look more ice-like. The icy design remains in Generation IV's remakes.
** Some of the puzzles in the cave were also redesigned for {{game|Crystal}}.

==In other languages==
{{Langtable|color={{johto color}}|bordercolor={{johto color dark}}
|zh_cmn=
|fr_eu=Route de glace
|de=Eispfad
|it=Via Gelata
|ko=얼음샛길 ''Eol'eum Saetgil''
|es_eu=Ruta Helada}}

{{Johto}} 
{{Project Locations notice}}
[[Category:Johto locations]]
[[Category:Gold, Silver and Crystal locations]]
[[Category:HeartGold and SoulSilver locations]]
[[Category:Caves]]
[[Category:Paths]]

[[de:Eispfad]]
[[es:Ruta Helada]]
[[fr:Route de glace]]
[[it:Via Gelata]]
[[ja:こおりのぬけみち]]

Talk:Friendship

2012-09-03T19:39:02Z

PatPeter: /* Does walking include bike riding and surfing? */ new section

==Soothe Bell==
What happens if you give one of the bitter healing items to a Pokemon holding a Soothe Bell? --Ketsuban

:Even better question: What happen when you give a Pokémon that likes bitter food the bitter herbs? [[Image:Psychic-attack.png|Psychic]] '''[[User:Optimus35|Agent]] [[User:Optimus35/Mission|4]][[User:Optimus35/Emerald|4]][[Gallade (Pokémon)|8]][[User talk:Optimus35|δ]] | [[User:Optimus35/Diamond&Pearl|DP]]''' [[Image:Fighting-attack.png|Fighting]] 12:55, 21 October 2007 (UTC)
:As for the first question: Giving bitter herbs are negative events so the Soothe Bell won't help there...
::Second, it's a different type of bitter, like earwax bitter. No one likes that kind. '''[[User:TTEchidna|TTE]][[User talk:TTEchidna|chidna]]''' 20:18, 21 October 2007 (UTC)

With evolution based on happiness, does the evolution occur when the happines level is reached, or when the pokemon grows a level at that happiness rating? --[[User:Mooresnakes|Mooresnakes]] 17:13, 30 December 2007 (UTC)

:The latter. [[User:Tina|Tina]] [[Special:Contributions/Tina|δ]][[User talk:Tina|♫]] 17:24, 30 December 2007 (UTC)

::Thanks, i just looked down at the bottom of the page and i noticed it said that under pokemon evolutions. Sorry! --[[User:Mooresnakes|Mooresnakes]] 17:27, 30 December 2007 (UTC)

:What happen at the happiness if I trade my pokémon? --[[User:I.megaphone|I.megaphone]] 15:46, 3 January 2008 (UTC)

It resets the happiness. [[User:Midnight Celtic|Midnight Celtic]] 15:56, 3 January 2008 (UTC)

thank--[[User:I.megaphone|I.megaphone]] 16:05, 5 January 2008 (UTC)

How the hell do you make a pokémon happy in Gen II? I know the methods, but it's almost impossible =S [[User:Hfc2x|Hfc2x]] 03:46, 10 April 2008 (UTC)
:: You smack it over the head until it learns it either has the choice of being happy or being beaten with a stick. [[User:MasterRichmond|MasterRichmond]] 02:53, 11 November 2008 (UTC)

== An observation on egg hatching ==

"When a Pokémon is still in its egg, its happiness value is ignored and the happiness value is used as a decrementing step value that triggers the egg hatch when it reaches zero."
''Unlikely'' - Cheat search couldn't find any values in RAM that decreased by any amount each step. Also, if "decrementing step value" means the happiness value is subtracted from a seperate counter (which I couldn't find), why do higher values give longer wait times? On 50, the egg would "take a long time" to hatch, while on 1 it was almost ready. --[[User:Kyoufu Kawa|Kyoufu Kawa]] 18:18, 19 June 2008 (UTC)
: I'm an idiot. --[[User:Kyoufu Kawa|Kyoufu Kawa]] 19:34, 11 November 2008 (UTC)

== Justification Request - "positive event" ==

I was just wondering, what exactly constitutes to fulfilling the term "positive event". Is it simply all of the things that are above the statement which increase happiness or are there (other) specific things? --[[User:Arpaleggia|Arpaleggia]] 22:12, 14 August 2008 (UTC)

== Generation II Happiness Checking ==

Quickly putting: is there anyway to check a Pokémon's happiness in Generation II games? It'd be useful to know at least wether my Pokémon are at maximum happiness or not. -- [[User:Pro-mole|Professional Mole]] ([[User talk:Pro-mole|Talk here]]) 13:28, 29 December 2008 (UTC)
:There's a lady in Goldenrod somewhere. [[User:The Dark Fiddler|The Dark Fiddler]] - [[User talk:The Dark Fiddler|Nos hablamos?]] 13:32, 29 December 2008 (UTC)
::Near the bike shop. '''[[User:Hfc2x|hfc]][[User talk:Hfc2x|2X]]''' 19:37, 29 December 2008 (UTC)

== Herb Items ==

I have two Ambipoms, same level, same Attack IV, same nature and same Attack EVs.
I got them to from trade because a friend of mine had borrowed them.
One has Frustration and the other one Return.
I gave 10 Energy Roots to the first and walked less than 200 steps, and the second one, I did nothing but walk around (a little).

I used them in PBR, against the same Pokémon and Return caused much more damage than Frustration, but I thought Frustration should be meaximum power.

Can anyone explain? {{unsigned|Diby esp}}

Sorry, I forgot to sign [[User:Diby esp|Gabriel Rocha (Diby esp)]] 20:35, 20 January 2009 (UTC)
:Try again in a handheld version. Stadium‐style games tend to keep happiness at a specific value for all Pokémon. [[User:IIMarckus|IIMarckus]] 21:03, 20 January 2009 (UTC)

::Thank you! =) Ok, I will. By the way, the one with Frustration was holding a Silk Scarf =D [[User:Diby esp|Gabriel Rocha (Diby esp)]] 21:06, 20 January 2009 (UTC)

== Healing Items and Drink Items ==

In Generation IV, do these two types of items that help Pokémon recover HP have different Happiness bonuses?
I am asking because I have heard/read this from somewhere some time ago, and I would like to hear from Bulbapedia regarding this. Thank you. --[[User:HechEff|HechEff]] 12:20, 24 January 2009 (UTC)
:I think its, stat vitamins, like Protein and Iron greatly boost happiness. Other items somewhat boost happiness, and herbal medicine lowers happiness. That's all I can think of. I'm [[User:Missingno. Master|Missingno. Master]]. See my new and improved user page, and [[User talk:Missingno. Master|comment on it!]] 12:23, 24 January 2009 (UTC)

== Evolving a Golbat in pseudo-Gen I ==
Can [[Golbat]] evolve in [[Fire Red]] or [[Leaf Green]] before I have the [[national dex]]? If it does and its not in the [[Kanto dex]] does it end up being one of those Pokémon that doesn't have a dex number, kind of like a few of them that I traded from [[Colosseum]] on the Wi (in cube mode) into [[Sapphire]] on the GBA, before getting the national dex? [[User:Iliekmudkips|Iliekmudkips]] 23:52, 5 February 2009 (UTC)
:It won’t evolve. The Pokémon will glow but then return to normal, with text saying “…?”. [[User:IIMarckus|IIMarckus]] 01:33, 6 February 2009 (UTC)

== More info. ==

Does anyone know the values of happiness corresponding to one or two hearts on the friendship checker -being that 2 big hearts is max/255- ? - ''unsigned comment from {{u|Twistedpokefan}} ([[User talk:Twistedpokefan|talk]] • [[Special:Contributions/Twistedpokefan|contribs]]) ''

== Again? ==
It already states that the Friend Checker checks a Pokémon's happiness in the middle of the article. Do we really need to put it again? --[[User:The Bulb's Master|The Bulb's Master]] 16:40, 16 August 2009 (UTC)

== Happiness from healing in Gen IV ==
I just checked this after reading on Serebii that healing a pokemon does not effect happiness. My pokemon was at a happiness of 208. I got into a random battle, got injured, and ran. I used a hyper potion on the pokemon, saved, and checked happiness again. It was still 208. Do we have any proof that this actually works? Because according to this, it doesn't. [[User:Lnodiv|Lnodiv]] 02:24, 3 September 2009 (UTC)

* I think you just proved your own point... the fact that it's still at 208 means that happiness is not affected. Letting your Pokémon get damaged doesn't affect happiness either, until it faints. [[User:Ztobor|Ztobor]] 01:44, 28 January 2010 (UTC)

== Friend Ball ==

There is nothing in regards to Johto's Friend Ball... [[User:Ht14|'''''ht''''']][[User talk:Ht14|''14'']] 07:26, 22 October 2009 (UTC)
The Friend ball sets happiness to 200, but does nothing else in terms of happiness. Its catch rate is the same as a pokéball. {{unsigned|Joninwannab}}

==Base happiness==
This was alluded to briefly in the article, but I'm curious about the details of this mechanic. Most Pokémon, when caught, have a base happiness value of 70. There are, however, few exceptions to this, with certain species having either a higher (Clefairy, Chansey etc) or lower (Ralts, Absol etc) value when caught. It's also said that trading resets happiness to 70.

My question is: does this also apply to the species with non-standard base happiness? When Absol is traded, is its happiness reset to 70 or to zero? Similarly, what's the situation with eggs? Would a newly-hatched Absol have a happiness of 70 or zero? Do the modified happiness values apply only to Pokémon caught in the wild, or do they carry over to other methods of obtaining Pokémon as well? [[User:Bikini Miltank|Bikini Miltank]] 17:54, 1 November 2009 (UTC)

== Walking 256 steps? ==

I've been playing Pokémon Gold on a tool-assisted emulator (Don't worry, the only cheats I use are save-states and "unlimited TM", basically creating my own GameShark code that sets the number of each TM available to 1, and makes it stay there), and it seems that in Gen.2, it takes 512 walked steps to raise a Pokémon's happiness by 1, not 256. (I've been watching the memory addresses for steps walked and happiness.) Can somebody verify this? [[User:Ztobor|Ztobor]] 00:51, 23 January 2010 (UTC)

== Pokewalker Happiness ==

If anyone knows the rate at which the [[Pokewalker]] increases the happiness of the pokemon within, it should probably be submitted here as well as the Pokewalker page. Thanks :) [[User:MarkoOhNo|MarkoOhNo]] 08:19, 30 March 2010 (UTC)

== Pikachu 147 Happiness ==
Does anyone know how Pikachu will react to being talked to if it has a happiness of 147+?--[[User:Zybera|Zybera]] 00:02, 25 June 2010 (UTC)
: I don't know where 147 came from, testing in Mt. Moon's exterior, there are actually a whole range of default responses for 147+, they include Pikachu jumping smiling, blinking and shifting his ear giving the "Pika Pika" message (actually 131 to 160), Pikachu excited, jumping fast and giving a swift "Pikachu!" message from (161 to 200), Pikachu giving a passionate "Pikachu" message with one heart from (201 to 250) and Pikachu giving two hearts touching his own cheeks from (251 to 255).

If you want the Bulbasaur from Melanie in Celadon City you could keep battling until he gives the "Pika Pika" message and then use a Potion on him 16 times, it'll even work when it gives the "It won't have any effect." message, you could use it 15 times when he has full HP and then win a battle. --[[User:Chickasaurus|Chickasaurus]] 14:29, 15 July 2010 (UTC)

== LG/FR Item Usage ==
When you use an item on your Pokémon outside of battle, doesn't the size of your Pokémon's sprite have some relation to happiness? It gets bigger/closer as it gets happier, right? [[User:Spudwalt|-Spudwalt]] 05:02, 28 July 2010 (UTC)
:I believe that's correct, though I don't know for sure. --[[User:Zesty Cactus|'''Zesty''']][[User talk:Zesty Cactus|'''Cactus''']] 05:32, 28 July 2010 (UTC)

== Any way to get the exact values for gen IV methods? ==

Would reducing a Pokemon to zero, then doing each happiness raising event with an unknown value (using methods that have exact values to get exact values from these events) suffice? If not, could one state where I would find happiness values in the memory (I'm a bit of a newbie at reading the memory) [[User:Shadowater|Shadowater]] 17:27, 23 August 2010 (UTC)
:You should be able to find them incrementally by searching the game RAM; start at zero happiness and perform a search for integer 00. Now perform one of the Generation IV methods and use the 'value higher' feature, you can keep raising the Pokémon's happiness and use the 'value higher' feature again to narrow down the results and even more so by perhaps using something like an [[Energy Root]] and performing a 'value lower' search. --[[User:Chickasaurus|Chickasaurus]] 00:07, 25 August 2010 (UTC)

== Move/Rename article==

Kill me if you want, but I've always wondered why do we call this feature (and thus the article) "happiness" and not "Friendship". I mean, In-game I've seen few (if any) hints about it being actual happiness, but lots of references towards merely making your Pokémon strongly bonded to you, thus "friendship":

-Dr. Footstep is supposed to measure your Pokémon's happiness, but his dialog has NOTHING to do with your Pokémon's actual happiness; instead his interpretations of your Pokémon's thoughts are always about how much they like your or how attached they are toward you. Just the same, every other in-game happiness indicator deals with you and your Pokémon being friends rather than your Pokémon being happy ("your Pokémon seems to like you" and so on).

-When you get a Pokémon on a trade or catch one from the wild, its happiness is low. I see this more having to do with your Pokémon not knowing you and thus not feeling attached to you. In a similar note, when you hatch a Pokémon, its happiness is higher, which can be interpreted as babies feeling attached to their mother or whatever they first see after being born, in this case, you.

-Many official guides (at least the ones I've read translated into Sppanish in my country, but still official) call it friendship, not happiness.

-Hell, the whole point of the games is to became friends with your Pokémon and build a deep bond with them.

-And maybe the strongest one as actual proof, as this one comes from the STATUS screen (so it's somehow of an actual name and not just a hint): when you use a EV berry or whatever item to raise your Pokémon's so-called 'happines', the text says "Your Pokémon became friendly", not "Your Pokémon became happy".

-On a similar note, all of the Soothe Bell bag descriptions say it boosts the Pokémon's friendship, not happiness: "A held item that calms spirits and fosters '''friendship'''." from RSE, "An item to be held by a Pokémon. A bell with a comforting chime that makes the holder calm and '''friendly'''." from FRLG and "An item to be held by a Pokémon. It is a bell with a comforting chime that calms the holder and makes it '''friendly'''." from GenIV. See, where is happiness ever mentioned?

So from this (I mean the latter two) I assume the official in-game term for it as a status/condition is "Friendship", not "Happiness".

I know a lot of articles link to here and changing all of them would be a hell, but I think Bulbapedia's policy is to give preference to correct information over comodity, so here's my contribution to the 'pedia. Think about it.- ''unsigned comment from {{u|Veggietable}} ([[User talk:Veggietable|talk]] • [[Special:Contributions/Veggietable|contribs]]) ''

: These are interesting arguments. Yes, the English versions explicitly and without exception refer to it in-game as "friendly" and not "happy", and there are some ways where it makes more sense that way (say, how can a {{p|Psyduck}} be all that ''happy'' when it is constantly having a headache?). And yes, happiness is the term already used extensively across Bulbapedia. But on the other hand, what is the term used in other language releases (like the Japanese originals) and what term does Nintendo/Game Freak officially refer to it as? ("Happiness" also seems to roll off the tongue a bit easier than "friendliness", but that's just IMO.) --''[[User:Stratelier|Stratelier]] 18:22, 14 April 2011 (UTC)''

== Amity Square ==

I didn't see this down there, so sorry if it is but... Does walking in Amity Square increase happiness any more than normal? --[[User:Mew is the Original One|Mew is the Original One]] 23:18, 4 October 2010 (UTC)

== List of Gen V phrases ==

Can we start compiling a list of phrases from Gen V? There are two happiness raters, and their responses differ not only from previous generations, but also each other. Here's some the ones I've seen:

{|
|Rater
|Phrase
|My context
|-
|[[Icirrus City]]
|"It is super friendly to you! I'm a bit jealous!"
|(Said of my Lv.75 [[starter Pokémon]])
|-
|
|"It is quite friendly to you! You must be a kind person!"
|(Said of a {{p|Glaceon}} bred and raised to Lv.25)
|-
|
|"The relationship is neither good nor bad... It looks neutral."
|(Said of a freshly caught, Lv.10 {{p|Taillow}})
|-
|[[Nacrene City]]
|"It's very friendly toward you! It must be happy with you."
|(both my starter and Glaceon)
|-
|
|"It's a little bit friendly to you... Something like that."
|(freshly caught Taillow)
|}

Evidently, the two Unova happiness raters also have different ranges for their responses. --''[[User:Stratelier|Stratelier]] 18:38, 14 April 2011 (UTC)''

:This is what the Icirrus woman says:
::It is super friendly to you! I'm a bit jealous!
::It is quite friendly to you! You must be a kind person!
::It is friendly to you. It must be happy with you.
::It is a little friendly to you... That's what I'm getting.
::The relationship is neither good nor bad... It looks neutral.
::Hmmm... It may not like you very much.
::By any chance, you... Are you a very strict person? I feel that it really doesn't like you...
:And from Nacrene City, only three phrases:
::It's very friendly toward you! It must be happy with you.
::It's a little bit friendly to you... Something like that.
::Hmmm... It may still take some time.
:[[User:ArcToraphim|Luna Tiger]] * [[User talk:ArcToraphim|the Arc Toraph]] 22:04, 28 April 2011 (UTC)

== Pokemon Dreamworld Happiness Effects (Gen V) ==

Anyone know anything about effects of Pokemon Dreamworld on happiness?
I've been putting in a Woobat daily and it seems to become happier just from that according to the lady in Icirrus City. [Though I have also been getting it a massage daily, but I just went up a level of happiness from yesterday before getting the daily massage today. (Only maybe 3 massages ever, and I'm on "It is friendly to you. It must be happy with you." from the rater in Iciruss City on Pokemon White.)]

No idea how to find numbers, but it seems like Pokemon Dreamworld can raise happiness -- [[User:RyelaSilverwolf|RyelaSilverwolf]] 02:43, 28 May 2011 (UTC)

It could be the [[Pokémon Dream World|Dreamworld]], but it is likely that just by keeping [[Woobat|Woobat]] with you in your party and walking around will be contributing these increments in [[Happiness|happiness]]. Correct me if I'm wrong, but I believe it is about 256 steps for one [[Happiness|happiness]] point cycle? [[User:Herbalfusion|Herbalfusion]] 08:03, 3 June 2011 (UTC)

== FR/LG and R/S/E ==

I've found phrases list (do not ask how). Unfortunately I do not know at what happiness they are...

{{sup|FRLG}}
{| class="expandable" border=1 align="left" style="background: #fff; border:1px solid #000; border-collapse:collapse;"
|- style="background: #CCCCFF;"
! Statement
! Happiness
|-
| "It couldn't possibly love you any more than it does now. Your POKéMON is happy beyond words."
| ???
|-
| "It looks very happy. I wish <rival> could see this and learn something from it."
| ???
|-
| "It's quite friendly with you. Keep being good to it!"
| ???
|-
| "It's warming up to you. Trust must be growing between you."
| ???
|-
| "It's not quite familiar with you yet. POKéMON are all quite wary when you first get them."
| ???
|-
| "<Player>, I don't like the way it glares at you. Could you try being a little nicer to it?"
| ???
|-
| "...Um, it's not easy for me to say this, but... Is there some reason why your POKéMON would hate you so much?"
| ???
|}

{|
|Phrase
|Pokémon rated
|-
| "It looks very happy. I wish <rival> could see this and learn something from it."
| My level 83 starter and level 67 Pidgeotto caught at Route 24 (at level 11)... I guess their happiness is high, but not close to maximum.
|-
| "It's quite friendly with you. Keep being good to it!"
| Level 54 Golem caught at Rock Tunnel at level 16 and level 35 Beedrill caught in Viridian Forest at level 3
|-
| "It's not quite familiar with you yet. POKéMON are all quite wary when you first get them."
| Freshly caught Doduo.
|}
Note that the Pokémon other than Doduo are in my team since early game (and ofk all were evolved).

{{sup|RSE}}
{| class="expandable" border=1 align="left" style="background: #fff; border:1px solid #000; border-collapse:collapse;"
|- style="background: #CCCCFF;"
! Statement
! Happiness
|-
| "It adores you. It can't possibly love you any more. I even feel happy seeing it."
| ???
|-
| "It seems to be very happy. It obviously likes you a whole lot."
| ???
|-
| "It likes you quite a lot. It seems to want to be babied a little."
| ???
|-
| "It's getting used to you. It seems to believe in you."
| ???
|-
| "It's not very used to you yet. It neither loves nor hates you."
| ???
|-
| "It's very wary. It has scary viciousness in its eyes. It doesn't like you much at all."
| ???
|-
| "This is a little hard for me to say... Your POKéMON simply detests you. Doesn't that make you uncomfortable?"
| ???
|}
{|
|Phrase
|Pokémon rated
|-
| "It adores you. It can't possibly love you any more. I even feel happy seeing it."
| Level 100 starter, level 100 Metagross, level 91 Azumarill (caught at level 13), level 83 Pellipper (caught at level 14), level {{tt|69|SERIOUSLY}} (caught at level 7) Delcatty, level 44 Weezing (caught at level 16) and Level 64 Machoke (caught at level 15).
|-
| "It seems to be very happy. It obviously likes you a whole lot."
| Level 54 Graveler (caught at level 8).
|-
| "It's getting used to you. It seems to believe in you."
| Level 33 Electrode (caught at level 23), and level 50 Salamence (caught at level 35).
|-
| "It's not very used to you yet. It neither loves nor hates you."
| Level 15 Spinda that for most time was in Box.
|}

Can anyone find out happiness for these phrases? [[User:Marked +-+-+|Marked +-+-+]] 20:35, 1 August 2011 (UTC)

== Gym Leader & Elite 4 effect? ==

It says battling gym leaders and elite 4 increases happiness in generations 1-2, but there is no mention of it from gen 3 onwards. Did this get removed? [[User:DisgruntledGoat|DisgruntledGoat]] 12:22, 5 August 2011 (UTC)

== In Pokemon Colosseum side series? ==

Should we include the happiness raters in ''[[Pokemon Colosseum]]'' and ''[[Pokemon XD: Gale of Darkness]]'' as well? In ''Colosseum'', the happiness rater is an elderly woman living in [[Agate Village]], however she will not rate happiness if there is a [[Shadow Pokémon]] currently in the player's party. In ''XD'', the rater is a man in the upstairs floor of [[Gateon Port]]'s Club Krabby, and his phrases are quite different from the ones seen in the main series. --''[[User:Stratelier|Stratelier]]'' 20:48, 10 February 2012 (UTC)
:They should definitely added. Since you seem to have a better idea then me, go ahead. --[[User:Spriteit|Spriteit]] 14:48, 11 February 2012 (UTC)

== Icirrus name rater ==

I was just checking my Swaldoon's friendship (gona take a while to get used to that) in Icirrus City and the rater said a quote that wasn't on the list: It is a little frendly to you... That's what I'm getting. i '''think''' that it's 150-199 but i'm not sure... if someone could confirm this that would help. [[User:Volcronaperson|_Volcronaperson_]] 16:23, 28 April 2012 (UTC)
:I just got the same quote with my new Shiny Eevee. i then went to the Nacrene one and she said It's very friendly toward you! It must be happy with you. i get the idea that that's very high, but i'm not sure [[User:Volcronaperson|_Volcronaperson_]] 23:08, 6 May 2012 (UTC)

== Name change ==
Why was the name of the article changed to freindship? It is supposed to be happiness, right? Tell me the reason, please. [[User:PSinha|PSinha]] 07:51, 29 April 2012 (UTC)
:It has actually always officially been called friendship; for some reason, fans interpretted it as happiness. A bunch of sources were mentioned on the forums starting from [http://bmgf.bulbagarden.net/f195/suggestions-ideas-problems-39604/index123.html#post3959760 this post] (be sure to look at the next page). --[[User:SnorlaxMonster|'''Snorlax''']][[User talk:SnorlaxMonster|'''Monster''']] 08:10, 29 April 2012 (UTC)

== Icirrus City Friendship checker values ==

Just posting this if someone wants to check my results and point out any flaws in it. (Possible friendship points are in the parentheses)

I did a bit of testing to see what the values were for the messages. To test, I caught a Scraggy on Route 4 since they only start out with 35 Friendship points. I flew to Icirrus City for a check of the message getting: "Hmmm... It may not like you very much."(35/36) Then I went to the grass outside of Dragonspiral Tower and fainted Scraggy.(34/35) After battle, I used Revival Herb and went back to check the message getting again, "Hmmm... It may not like you very much."(19/20) Another battle where I used an Energy Root and checked again to get the same message.(9-11) Another Battle, using EnergyPowder and getting fainted again.(3-5) Did another checked and still got the same message. Used a Revival Herb and Checked to finally get "By any chance, you... Are you a very strict person? I feel that it really doesn't like you..."

With Scraggy have zero friendship points, I prepared to give some vitamins to Scraggy. First doing calculations to reach 179 and 186 since I felt that it was somewhere in that range I gave Vitamins to get to those values. I gave Scraggy a Soothe Bell to bring the value of giving Vitamins from 5 points to 7 points(due to rounding down) and gave Scraggy seven Proteins(49) before I removed the Soothe Bell. Next I gave Scraggy ten Irons without the bell.(99) I checked and received the message: "The relationship is neither good nor bad... It looks neutral." Next I used another Protein to get to 102 and then gave Scraggy the bell a second time. For the next part I gave Scraggy ten Calciums(142) and then seven Zincs with the bell on(170). A check gave the message: "It is friendly to you. It must be happy with you." Afterwards, I took the bell off and gave Scraggy two more Zincs to get to 176 and then put the Soothe Bell on again. I used a final Zinc to get to 180 and check to get "It is friendly to you. It must be happy with you." With that, I remove the bell for the final time and used two Carbos.(186) Checking still gave the same message. From here, Soft resetting several times from 186 gave 194(2 vitamins with Soothe Bell) as the end of one message and 195(3 vitamins without Bell) the being of the next.

For the final part I captured a Mienfoo to clean the slate at 70 points. This time around I gave Mienfoo the Vitamins with the Soothe Bell up until 252 points, then adding one move Vitamin without the Bell and checking the message at 254. The result was "It is quite friendly to you! You must be a kind person!" and a final Vitamin gave "It is super friendly to you! I'm a bit jealous!"(255)

Sorry for this being so long, but I wanted to give an explanation of the values on the page. Hopefully, this will be useful. [[User:Super goku|Super goku]] ([[User talk:Super goku|talk]]) 06:30, 26 August 2012 (UTC)

== Does walking include bike riding and surfing? ==

When it says, "Walking X steps", does that include bike riding and surfing? –[[User:PatPeter|'''Pat''']][[User talk:PatPeter|'''Peter''']] 19:39, 3 September 2012 (UTC)

Talk:Gyarados (Pokémon)

2012-08-25T11:30:13Z

PatPeter: /* Gender of in-game Red Gyarados */ new section

== Flying? ==

According to trivia Gyarados has been seen flying in the anime. What episode/movie was this? -- Nepse 04:11, 27.02.12 (UTC)

== Why not part Dragon? ==

I think it's best to bring it up here, where the issue would be relevant, than elsewhere. We all know Gyarados is Water/Flying, and that Dragon was a type in Generation I. However, I read somewhere (I forget where exactly) that there were only 13 types in the original Red and Green, and that Ice and Dragon were added in Blue. Of course, I theorize that any Ice Pokémon were Water, since that's what they use in the TCG, and that any Dragon Pokémon were Normal. Since the Base Set came out only ten days after Blue was released in Japan, it would make some sense.

After all, look at how many Pokémon from Gen I are Ice only. None. There are several Water/Ice (which I think was because the type was added as an afterthought), and Articuno's the only one where missing the Ice-type would really matter (since there's NEVER a pure Flying-type). Heck, if Articuno was originally Water/Flying (which I suspect), both the beasts and birds would be the same types. The Dratini family were the only Dragon-types, so they could have used Normal instead.

But I do suppose that they wanted Gyarados to have at least something different from Magikarp in Red/Green (if the "Ice and Dragon came later" story is true), so they gave it the Flying-type as its secondary type, and just never changed it because it would alter a lot (and maybe because Kingdra was already in the works). As for why Magnemite and Magneton got Steel? Eh, they're magnet-based. If they didn't get the Steel-type when it was introduced people would be thinking "wow, that was dumb". And they needed to give Jasmine more than just Steelix. Sure, there'd be Skarmory, Forretress, and Scizor otherwise, but jeez. Two are Bug, and one of those is evolved from something Bugsy has, and Skarmory's known to have been a good choice for a long time; they can't make the Gyms too hard.

...yeah. So if the thing I read was correct, to trivia with that tidbit. If it wasn't, well... I dunno. '''[[User:TTEchidna|T]][[User talk:TTEchidna|T]][[wp:Echidna|Echidna]]''' 04:36, 19 August 2007 (UTC)
:I always just figured it was because a Water/Dragon type would be too hard to beat with the sparse moves in Gen I. {{m|Dragon Rage}} was, like, the only Dragon move, and it only did 40 damage. So there'd be nothing super-effective against it. --[[User:DarkfireTaimatsu|DarkfireTaimatsu]] 05:24, 19 August 2007 (UTC)

Calling BS on that Ice/Dragon thing since this is the first I've ever heard of it. Seem like something too significant to just be that unknown. edit: Also it would make link battles between Blue and Red/Green probably incompatible, sooo...--[[User:Porygon|Porygon]] 08:46, 19 August 2007 (UTC)
:Hmm... yeah, never thought about that, since those types came with their own weaknesses which are different than Water's and Normal's. '''[[User:TTEchidna|T]][[User talk:TTEchidna|T]][[wp:Echidna|Echidna]]''' 03:30, 20 August 2007 (UTC)
::How about Lorelia in Elite Four? If Ice was introduced in blue, what was she then? [[User:TheBlazikenMaster|TheBlazikenMaster]] 19:14, 5 February 2008 (UTC)

I think Gyarados should evolve from Magikarp when its happiness is low. I know they didn't have Happiness then, but they could change it now... {{unsigned|Kasumi-chan}}
::I don't really like the idea. Magikarp is nearly impossible to train, due to the fact it sucks. Happiness would make it even harder to evolve. [[User:TheBlazikenMaster|TheBlazikenMaster]] 20:53, 13 February 2008 (UTC)

:::Nor do I, evolution ''increases'' a Pokémon's happiness. [[User:Tesh|'''TESHIGIGAS''']] 21:22, 13 February 2008 (UTC)

I think its inaccurate to say they never learn any Flying moves, I'm pretty sure I recall using my Gyarados for Fly in the original Red back in the day. Also, while the entire arguement is stupid because none of us had anything to do with actually making the game or Gyarados, it is my opinion that it is not Dragon type because it would be fairly unbalancing. Gyarados is an incredibly powerful Pokemon and has been in my main line up in every game, it is also very easy to get, get a Magikarp and level it up, on the other hand I recall spending quite alot of time trying to catch a Dratini in the Safari Zone, that was around level 15 as I recall, and then I had to level it up alot to even make it useful to me. Even a Dragonair's stat's are pitiful compared to a Gyarados, training up 40 levels just to make something useful to me when I could be training things already useful is annoying. [[User:Lowlandlord|Lowlandlord]] 11:49, 9 March 2008 (UTC)
: Also consider that there were very few Dragons in the original games, 3, all in the same family, Dratini, Dragonair and Dragonite. They obviously wanted to make them very rare and unique. [[User:Lowlandlord|Lowlandlord]] 12:43, 9 March 2008 (UTC)
:: You definitely didn't use Gyarados for Fly, short of gamesharking your original game... [[User:Gastly's mama|Gastly's mama]] 18:02, 24 November 2008 (UTC)

== "Gyarados is one of eight non bug, flying-type pokémon that can't learn Fly." ==

It would be nice if that fact also included the other seven. [[User:TheBlazikenMaster|TheBlazikenMaster]] 00:58, 20 June 2008 (UTC)
:Gyarados, Hoppip, Skiploom, Jumpluff, Gligar, Gliscor, Mantine and Mantyke (counting Shaymin's Sky Forme might add another one if it turns out it can't learn it, though it is likely it will be able to). Don't know if it's worth adding though, would have to be added to all the mentioned Pokémon, and might be unnecessary information.--[[User:Thembi|Thembi]] 12:16, 4 July 2008 (UTC)
It's worth a try, if you want the golden Mudkip enough. [[User:Pikawitchu|Pikawitchu]] 15:18, 28 February 2009 (UTC)

== When did Gyarados become a common pokemon? ==

After playing through the sinnoh generation games, I noticed that gyarados started to appear more often as the game went on. In fact, pretty much any trainer with a fishing rod had a gyarados on their team. There are 29 gyarados in the game owned by trainers as far as I counted including the routes, victory road, and gyms. In past games, gyarados was a power house (and still is), but you would only battle one when fighting the elite four or strong trainers on victory road. It just seems strange that one of the strongest Pokémon in the games became so common with trainers. Route 213 has a total of 5 gyarados you have to battle. What happened? [[User:Darkcloud1111|Darkcloud1111]] 18:52, 2 August 2008 (UTC)Darkcloud1111
:I could have sworn I have fought a fisherman or someone swimming in a water route that has a Gyarados in Ruby or Emerald. Yes, Gyarados is indeed strong, but don't forget that Magikarp is a very common Pokémon and will evolve at a low level (20 to be exact) so there is no surprise to be that several trainers have it. Besides, {{m|thunder}} can beat it easily. [[User:TheBlazikenMaster|TheBlazikenMaster]] 19:25, 2 August 2008 (UTC)
: i mean i know there were other trainers in the game with gyarados, but it just seems that in the diamond and pearl games, a lot more trainers have a gyarados in their party than in previous games[[User:Darkcloud1111|Darkcloud1111]] 23:21, 2 August 2008 (UTC)Darkcloud1111
::Well, Gyarados is still easy to defeat with {{m|thunder}}. Yeah, D/P is supposed to be harder than the previous games. In the hoenn games the trainers in Victory Road only had the first evolution in the Alakzam evolutionary line. But trainers actually had the evolved forms of all the Pokémon that evolve via trading without the aid of an item. [[User:TheBlazikenMaster|TheBlazikenMaster]] 00:28, 3 August 2008 (UTC)

== Snorlax Sprite? ==

Why is there a Snorlax sprite with the Gyarados sprites? It should be removed {{unsigned|Posidon09}}
:You're right it should be. [[User:TheBlazikenMaster|TheBlazikenMaster]] 22:49, 12 August 2008 (UTC)
::Fixed. Sign your comments on talk pages pls. - [[User talk:SpontaneousCombusken|s.]][[User:SpontaneousCombusken|'''Combusken''']] 22:45, 12 August 2008 (UTC)
:::I usually sign, don't understand why I forgot this time... [[User:TheBlazikenMaster|TheBlazikenMaster]] 22:49, 12 August 2008 (UTC)

== Difference? ==

In the game, is there a SINGLE way to differentiate the male and female Gyarados? No, I don't think so. (Other than the male and female symbol) So what is the use of putting in the article "The female has white barbells"?
[[User:FireHazard|FireHazard]] 01:53, 24 August 2008 (UTC)

It's the WHISKERS--[[User:Kuki|Kuki]][[User talk:Kuki|Talk]] 01:54, 24 August 2008 (UTC)

I think this guy does not own one of the Gen IV games, when female and male differences became apparent. [[User:Hellkaiserryo12|Hellkaiserryo12]] 13:49, 2 December 2008 (UTC)

== did I miss something ==
why does it say this ''In Generation II, it became the first and only shiny Pokémon to be integrated into a game's plot, along with being the only 100% certain shiny encounter''
becos in Pokémon Mystery Dungeon 2 a pokemon was shiny. [[user:GoldsWigglytuff ]]
:That was written before MD2 was released. --[[User:Fabu-Vinny|FabuVinny]] |[[User talk:Fabu-Vinny|Talk Page]]| 21:06, 27 October 2008 (UTC)

== The only shiny... ==

This article claims that in Generation II, Gyarados "became the first of only two shiny Pokémon to be integrated into a game's plot". What is the other? If it is referring to the news report at the start of DPPt, isn't that referring to the same Gyarados? I apologise if this is not what it is referring to, as I have not played Platinum or any non-main series games. If my theory is not the case, perhaps this page should link to or indicate what the other pokemon is. For example: "it became the first of only two shiny Pokémon to be integrated into a game's plot, the other is X"[[User:Gastly's mama|Gastly's mama]] 13:07, 3 December 2008 (UTC)
:Maybe it's another Gyarados... After all, the Gen 2 was in Johto and the Gen 4 was in Sinnoh. If it's another Pokémon then I agree that it should be linked.--'''[[User:Diby|Di]][[User talk:Diby|b]][[Special:Contributions/Diby|y]]''' 13:24, 3 December 2008 (UTC)
::Shiny Celebi in Mystery Dungeon 2. [[User:The Dark Fiddler|The Dark Fiddler]] - [[User talk:The Dark Fiddler|Smarter than the average bear!]] 13:36, 3 December 2008 (UTC)
:::Read the section ''right above this one''. --[[User:Fabu-Vinny|FabuVinny]] |[[User talk:Fabu-Vinny|Talk Page]]| 14:20, 3 December 2008 (UTC)
::::Haha, my bad, sorry. This page should probably say something like "the other one was Celebi in Mystery Dungeon 2" or words to that effect. [[User:Gastly's mama|Gastly's mama]] 15:39, 3 December 2008 (UTC)

== Gyarados ATK ==

Should we add that Gyarados has the Highest ATK Stat of all the Water Type Pokemon? [[User:Pokemon94|Pokemon94]] 20:02, 24 January 2009 (UTC)

:No it doesn't. {{p|Kingler}} does. [[User:Chocolate|Chocolate]] ([[User talk:Chocolate|Chat with Me]]) 20:04, 24 January 2009 (UTC)
::Then Gyarados has the Second highest ATK Of all The Water type Pokemon only surpassed by Kingler [[User:Pokemon94|Pokemon94]] 20:08, 24 January 2009 (UTC)

:::True, but that's really not too notable. [[User:Chocolate|Chocolate]] ([[User talk:Chocolate|Chat with Me]]) 20:10, 24 January 2009 (UTC)

== Has any body else noticed this? ==

I don't know how, but I was fishing in [[Fuchsia City]] hoping to catch a {{p|Psyduck}} when I encountered and caught a lv. 16 Gyarados (I swear to {{p|Arceus}} that I didn't cheat)! Is this normal? has anyone else found an under-aged Gyarados? [[wp:Dolphin|Dolphins]][[User:Dolphin2|_are]][[Special:Contributions|_awesome]] (and [[Vulpix (Pokémon)|Vulpix]] are too)! 23:03, 12 February 2009 (UTC)

:It's normal. [[User:0 Degrees|0]][[User talk:0 Degrees|°]] 23:10, 12 February 2009 (UTC)

== Red Gyarados in D/P ==

This page previously stated that the Red Gyarados in GSC was mentioned at the beginning of DP. This isn't necessarily true, however, because you can find Red Gyaradoses any time, it doesn't necessarily mean it was the same one from GSC. It is shiny after all, so it could have been found in Lake Verity for all we know. {{unsigned|Edge578}}
:It's meant to be an assumption and connection to Gen II. [[User:Ht14|'''''ht''''']][[User talk:Ht14|''14'']] 17:15, 4 September 2009 (UTC)

== Water/Dragon? ==

In the trivia, someone noted that Gyarados was probably going to be Water/Dragon typed. This, however, is likely speculation.--[[User:GreenGyarados|''Green'']][[User Talk:GreenGyarados|ギャラ]][[Special:Contributions/GreenGyarados|ドス]] 03:33, 8 September 2009 (UTC)
:This has been discussed on the first section at the top of the page. [[User:Poisson14|Poisson14]] 03:34, 8 September 2009 (UTC)
::It's been discussed, but that doesn't mean it was proven. Besides, why would they care that Gyarados wouldn't have any weaknesses? They already made {{p|Sableye|two}} {{p|Spiritomb|Pokémon}} that lack weaknesses. --[[Tracey Sketchit|'''ケンジ''']][[User talk:Kenji-girl|'''の''']][[User:Kenji-girl|'''ガール''']] 03:48, 8 September 2009 (UTC)

== unconfirmed (?) ==

The Lake of Rage is a known nesting area for a red Gyarados, something that researchers believe happen when a Magikarp is forced to evolve, having no time to change its scale color from red to blue.

Is that true? --[[User:Gen1king|'''GE''']][[User talk:Gen1king|'''N1''']][[Special:Contributions/Gen1king|'''KI''''''NG''']] 20:34, 23 February 2010 (UTC)
:Yes? What's the problem? -[[User:Sketch|Sketch]] 20:36, 23 February 2010 (UTC)
::It's just that that is only in the anime, in the games it most likely was just a normal shiny Gyarados, or something of the sort. [[Talk:Red Gyarados|Unown Lord explains it pretty well]]. --[[User:Gen1king|'''GE''']][[User talk:Gen1king|'''N1''']][[Special:Contributions/Gen1king|'''KI''''''NG''']] 07:44, 1 March 2010 (UTC)
::Actually, in the games, it isn't just a shiny pokemon. It says that radio waves forced them to evolve so fast that they had red scales in the crystal version. [[User:Mikkim|Mikkim]] 07:17, 28 August 2010 (UTC)

== Parenting Fish-Beast ==
In the episode Houndoom's special delivery Ash, Brock, and Misty ran into a Gyarados. Brock said that the Gyaradose looked small and suggested that its parents may be swimming neer by. This sugests that Gyarados take care of their young or at the very least meet up with their offspring later in life. should this be added to the behavior section? [[User:EpicShadow|EpicShadow]] 23:38, 8 September 2010 (UTC)

== 3rd Gen back sprites ==

In FireRed and LeafGreen Gyarado's back sprite is different than the R/S/E one. Too bad I don't have a way of uploading the sprite to prove it. [[User:Shiramu Kuromu|Shiramu Kuromu]] 00:34, 31 January 2011 (UTC)
:[http://veekun.com/dex/pokemon/gyarados/flavor#main-sprites:gen-iii There's proof here.] —[[User:Minimiscience|Minimiscience]] 00:40, 31 January 2011 (UTC)

== FRLG Sprites ==

Has any one else noticed that the first segment behind G's head is reversed and that the fins on Segments 2 and 3 are different depending on what side you are viewing [[User:Truthseeker4449|Truthseeker4449]] 16:42, 12 July 2011 (UTC)

== Origin ==

Gyarados looks sorta like the creature from the black lagoon. Or whatev. -- [[User:Pringles|Pringles]] 00:10, 1 August 2012 (UTC)

== Gender of in-game Red Gyarados ==

[[Talk:Red Gyarados#Gender of in-game Red Gyarados]]

Talk:Red Gyarados

2012-08-25T11:28:33Z

PatPeter: /* Gender of in-game Red Gyarados */ new section

== Canon ==
Very few fans realize that the presence of the red Gyarados in the games is not caused by the induced evolution of the resident Magikarp. The anime intertwined the two events and used the connection as an excuse for the unusual coloring (the Magikarp retained its color upon evolving irregularly); the game dialogue never so much as hints at such a connection.

It is true that battling the red Gyarados triggers Lance's appearance, from which point the battle against Team Rocket ensues, eventually leading to the termination of the source of electromagnetic waves responsible for inducing evolution on Magikarp. However, that is the extent of it; the characters who actually reference the red Gyarados at Lake of Rage have nothing to do with the Team Rocket event.

Also of note is the fact that the report found in FireRed and LeafGreen pertains to plans of the electromagnetic waves incident; the news broadcast in Diamond and Pearl deals with the ''potential'' sighting of red Gyarados, not necessarily at Lake of Rage itself. Both of these are instances of a reference to Generation II events from different angles - plot continuity (FireRed and LeafGreen) and contemporary storylines (Diamond and Pearl).

It is incorrect to place Diamond and Pearl's beginning at the time of red Gyarados' appearance in Gold, Silver and Crystal. The news broadcast does not mention the appearance of the red Gyarados before a trainer in Johto, but rather pinpoints the Pokémon's background as being elusive and sought after. Therefore, it stands to reason that the Lake of Rage sighting takes place later on, possibly allowing for the Johto storyline to commence at the same time as that of Sinnoh. --[[User:Unown Lord|Unown Lord]] 12:32, 13 January 2008 (UTC)

:Uhhh... I followed almost none of that but, in response to the last part it could just be a rumor of a gyrados or sun reflecting off one scales and such but you do make a point. (one that I couldn't follow) [[User:Crystallucario|CrystalLucario]] 13:46, 13 January 2008 (UTC)

:That's actually very good reasoning. I never gave it much attention that the Red Gyarados wasn't created by the forced evolution. However, the information from the start of D/P does definitely agree - the Red Gyarados could NOT have been created by the Rockets because s/he was a legend from before the Chôji Town incident. As for FR/LG, everything about the Sevii storyarc is building towards Johto, and those electromagnetic waves are simply another part of the process. In a way, the Red Gyarados serves as another sign that Gen II is coming back. Good discerning, Unown Lord! --[[User:Kumori Satosuke|Satosuke]] 14:13, 10 February 2008 (UTC)

:Couldn't it be just a shiny Gyarados in DPP, and not necessarily the one in GSC?--[[User:Edge578|Edge578]] 23:08, 29 June 2009 (UTC)
::Yeah, though the fact that they chose Gyarados instead of another shiny Pokémon suggests a connection, and they mentioned a lake too, right? Gyarados are found in any large body of water, so why a lake and not a seashore? --[[User:LaprasBoi|LaprasBoi]] 13:28, 3 July 2009 (UTC)
:Very well reasoned... does it make an changes in the article necessary? If not, who cares? Forums. --[[User:LaprasBoi|LaprasBoi]] 13:28, 3 July 2009 (UTC)

== Lake of Rage ==
I was at Lake of Rage, I battled the red Gyarados, but it blue instead!! I think it was a shiny shiny, a pokemon supposed to be shiny but ended up being normal. --[[User:Doomey|Doomey]]
:...Thats probably just a gitch D: I've never heard of that happening before. [[User:Takoto|Takoto タコト]]| サソデイ = 愛 09:17, 2 July 2008 (UTC)
::I think that since the Gyarados had a 99.999999% chance of being shiny, the creators didnt bother to make it sure shiny. Try restarting. '''[[User:Optimus35|It's the <sc>Θρtιmαtum♏</sc>]][[User talk:Ph34r4ever|Talk]]|[[User:Optimus35/sig/Pikachu|Links]]''09:19 2 Jul 2008'''''
:::The Red Gyarados has a 100% chance of being shiny. No ifs, ands, or buts; it's literally impossible for the Red Gyarados to not be shiny. [[User:IIMarckus|IIMarckus]] 01:34, 3 July 2008 (UTC)
== Shiny ==
I looked through the article and didn't find anyhting about the Red Gyarados being a shiny Gyarados in the games. It just says about any alternate colour being Red, so I'm going to change it a little. [[User:Team Hyper|Team Hyper]]
:It’s shiny, it has the sparkles. Alternate color=shiny. It’s the official term. --[[User:LaprasBoi|LaprasBoi]] 13:28, 3 July 2009 (UTC)

==HG/SS Sprite==

The HG/SS sprite for the Red Gyarados is messed up. Most of the time, it won't show up but sometimes it will. I'm sure that someone is already working on fixing the problem but I just wanted to address it just in case no one knew about this. --[[User:Dialgafan1|Dialgafan1]] 22:15, 17 July 2009 (UTC)

== Better Sprite Proposal ==

Sorry for making a second section about the sprite, but it's a different problem technically.
The current image depicting the HGSS sprite is, in my opinion, unsatisfactory.
I had previously created a sprite with {{tt|much better quality|Again, in my opinion.}}.
http://PokeShinkon.webs.com/Games/HeartgoldSoulsilver/Images/RedGyaradosComparison.bmp

The current one has {{tt|many|I could point them all out for you.}} problems and mine stays pretty much close to the original image. I propose that we use mine (optional) for now until the official game sprite is released or until a better quality image comes along. My image alone is below.

http://pokeshinkon.webs.com/Games/HeartgoldSoulsilver/images/redgyarados.png

If this is acceptable, could somebody take my image and re-upload it onto the archives in place of the old one? [[User:Rpp|Rpp]] 21:18, 13 August 2009 (UTC)

==Regeneration?==
Does anyone know if the Red Gyarados regenerates after beating the Elite 4 in HGSS, allowing it to be caught later, like Legendary Pokemon? For that matter, what of Snorlax and Sudowoodo?--[[User:Purimpopoie|Purimpopoie]] 21:48, 21 November 2009 (UTC)
:No it does not, and what legendaries are you talking about? No legendaries just come back after you beat the elite 4, it would make no sense plot-wise, plus it would make for infinite of a legendary pokemon. And no, Snorlax and Sudowoodo are 1-time only in Johto. --[[User:Gen1king|'''GE''']][[User talk:Gen1king|'''N1''']][[Special:Contributions/Gen1king|'''KI''''''NG''']] 00:01, 24 February 2010 (UTC)
::Dunno about Gyarados, but the legendaries will be regenerated if you accidentally fainted/fled from battle and beat the Elite Four... it'd be nice if you uh, played the game first before answering... ▫▪''[[User:Tina|Ťïňắ]]'' [[User talk:Tina|♫]][[Special:Contributions/Tina|♥]] 00:03, 24 February 2010 (UTC)

:::Technically {{p|Snorlax}} isn't even a one-off in [[Johto]]. Even in games that feature Johto as the main [[country]], Snorlax is always lazing about on the [[Kanto]] side of the international border, although it is indeed a one-off in games with Johto as the main country. --[[User:Shiningpikablu252|Shiningpikablu252]] 00:08, 24 February 2010 (UTC)

::::Sorry, usually I don't run from battles against a legendary Pokémon, plus I thought he meant even if you catch it. Also, just to clarify, If you kill Dialga at spear pillar, beat the elite 4 and come back, he will warp through time to battle you? That's great to know. --[[User:Gen1king|'''GE''']][[User talk:Gen1king|'''N1''']][[Special:Contributions/Gen1king|'''KI''''''NG''']] 00:34, 24 February 2010 (UTC)

:::::And what games do you suggest feature Johto that DON'T have Johto as the main region? Snorlax is a One-off in Johto. --[[User:Gen1king|'''GE''']][[User talk:Gen1king|'''N1''']][[Special:Contributions/Gen1king|'''KI''''''NG''']] 00:36, 24 February 2010 (UTC)

== Pictures! ==

I just couldn't resist. The picture we have now, while nice, is, in my opinion, kinda bland. This one okay?

'''PIC REMOVED'''

The quality looks really low because it's so big, but it actually looks really good smaller :) --[[User:Gen1king|'''GE''']][[User talk:Gen1king|'''N1''']][[Special:Contributions/Gen1king|'''KI''''''NG''']] 00:41, 24 February 2010 (UTC)
:The quality still isn't really good, the one we have now is good for right now...--[[User:PsychicRider|'''Psy''']][[User talk:PsychicRider|'''ライダー''']]''[[Special:Contributions/PsychicRider|'''☮''']]'' 00:43, 24 February 2010 (UTC)
::I never said it wasn't good, I just said that there's room for improvement. What quality flaws can you see in that picture at that size, anyway? Besides it shows more of its body, not just a headshot. --[[User:Gen1king|'''GE''']][[User talk:Gen1king|'''N1''']][[Special:Contributions/Gen1king|'''KI''''''NG''']] 00:49, 24 February 2010 (UTC)
:::The fact that it looks soooo low quality...That's the quality flaw...No one cares if whither its a fully body shot or not...--[[User:PsychicRider|'''Psy''']][[User talk:PsychicRider|'''ライダー''']]''[[Special:Contributions/PsychicRider|'''☮''']]'' 00:51, 24 February 2010 (UTC)
::::Jeez, sorry. I don' think it looks '''that''' low quality. And who are you to say no one cares? I'm just saying, more of Gyarados sometimes means a better picture, and people do in fact care whether pictures are good or not. --[[User:Gen1king|'''GE''']][[User talk:Gen1king|'''N1''']][[Special:Contributions/Gen1king|'''KI''''''NG''']] 00:54, 24 February 2010 (UTC)
:::::Just because the image size was bigger, doesn't mean the picture is better, whether shrunk or not. It was clearly blurry and compared to the one we have now. I would avoid taking Youtube screenshots on fullscreen if I were you, it's not going to make the quality any better. —♥ [[User:Jello|Jel]][[User Talk:Jello|lo]] 00:58, 24 February 2010 (UTC)
:::::::Also, the fact that if you look around you won't see pics that are horrible quality kinda speaks for itself...--[[User:PsychicRider|'''Psy''']][[User talk:PsychicRider|'''ライダー''']]''[[Special:Contributions/PsychicRider|'''☮''']]'' 00:59, 24 February 2010 (UTC)
::::::::It was not a youtube screenshot, but it was low quality. Either way, the fact that you do not like a picture doesn't mean that you have the authority to delete it. It '''was''' low quality, but still. --[[User:Gen1king|'''GE''']][[User talk:Gen1king|'''N1''']][[Special:Contributions/Gen1king|'''KI''''''NG''']] 01:04, 24 February 2010 (UTC)

== sprites ==

Should the Generation III and D/P/Pt sprites for the Red Gyarados be shown as well? I know that the Red Gyarados doesn't appear as a guaranteed shiny in those games, but it ''does'' have sprites, as all shiny Gyarados are red... :P --[[User:Zesty Cactus|'''Zesty''']][[User talk:Zesty Cactus|'''Cactus''']] 00:55, 2 April 2010 (UTC)

== The Magikarp Sprite ==
On the Template that explains the basic information about the Red Gyrados, the evolution chain shows a shiny magikarp on there intstead of the normal sprite, I think. This Gyrados was a regular colored Magikarp but kept it's red color when it was forced to evolve. Is there any way to change that shiny Magikarp sprite to it's normal colored on because if there is, I have no idea what. [[User:Swampert Man|Swampert Man]][[User talk:Swampert Man|''Swampert'']] [[Special:Contributions/Swampert Man|''is Awesome!'']] 03:00, 28 June 2010 (UTC)
:Yeah, I don't know how to do it, so someone needs to change the shiny magikarp to a regular magikarp or something. [[User:Pokemonemerfan1954|Pokemonemerfan1954]] 20:30, 16 July 2010 (UTC)

== IVs in Generation II ==
In Generation II, do the IVs for the Red Gyarados line up to what they have to be to be shiny, or is it just programmed so that it's always shiny? I think it's just programmed that way, because I just tried the [[List of minor glitches#Shiny Ditto glitch|Shiny Ditto glitch]] with my Red Gyarados, and it didn't work, but I might've just done something wrong. I would try calculating its IVs, but I don't have its EV count, and I'm not about to restart my game. [[User:EnosShayrem|EnosShayrem]] 02:43, 1 May 2011 (UTC)

== Intimidate ==

In Pokémon Adventures, did the Red Gyarados have the ability {{a|Intimidate}}? It can usually have that ability in the games (other than Dream World) but I wasn't sure if this Gyarados had it in the manga. [[User:Pattyman|Patty]][[User talk:Pattyman|Man]] 02:51, 24 January 2012 (UTC)

== Gender of in-game Red Gyarados ==

How is the gender of the in-game Gyarados determined? Is it set from the beginning of the game? I caught my Red Gyarados several times but it was always male and always had the same [[IV|IVs]]. –[[User:PatPeter|'''Pat''']][[User talk:PatPeter|'''Peter''']] 11:28, 25 August 2012 (UTC)

Talk:Red Gyarados

2012-08-25T11:23:24Z

PatPeter: Sort into section.

Pokégear

2012-08-25T10:45:13Z

PatPeter: /* Trainer phone listing */ Move Notes to Notes column.

[[File:PokéGear HGSS m.png|thumb|right|Blue Pokégear in HeartGold and SoulSilver]]
[[File:PokéGear HGSS f.png|thumb|Pink Pokégear in HeartGold and SoulSilver]]
'''Pokémon Gear''' (Japanese: '''ポケモンギア''' ''Pokémon Gear''), mostly known as '''Pokégear''' (Japanese: '''ポケギア''' ''Pokégear''), is an electronic device found in [[Johto]]. It looks like a large, advanced wristwatch with the [[Silph Co.]] logo on it. It was first introduced in [[Generation II]]; the [[Hoenn]] region's analog to the Pokégear appears to be the [[PokéNav]], the [[Sinnoh]] counterpart is the [[Pokétch]], and the [[Unova]] counterpart is the [[C-Gear]].

The Pokégear is an important tool for {{pkmn|Trainer}}s, some see it necessary to have one on a Trainer's adventure. The main character of {{game2|Gold|Silver|Crystal}} receives a Pokégear from their mother at the start of their journey. The {{player}} is able to have access to the Pokégear by selecting it from the [[menu]]. At that, it is easy to navigate through the Pokégear by selecting through four different functions located at the top-left of the screen. It displays the map of the region, names of previously fought Trainers, and the current time. It also allows players to call registered Trainers. Certain functions need to be unlocked during the game by receiving special expansion cards.

The Pokégear returns in the Generation IV remakes, {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}. The interface has been completely redesigned, using both screens on the [[Nintendo DS]]. The top will always display the time function on the Pokégear, while the touch screen will display the other different functions of the Pokégear, as well as selecting other functions using the touch screen. The outer aesthetics of the Pokégear have changed abruptly as well. The whole Pokégear is a flip top, while the bottom section of the Pokégear is used to scan special expansion cards to upgrade it with other functions. Its color skin is changeable between blue, pink, a [[Team Rocket]] theme, a Japanese dojo theme, a Pokémon League theme, and teal-and-white with a Silph Co. theme.

==Functions==
[[File:PokeGear.png|thumb|150px|right|Pokégear artwork from [[Generation II]]]]
The Pokégear's functionality comes from the several features and applications that can be installed in it, making it extensible. Many people are willing to give away special expansion cards to upgrade the Pokégear with other functions. In {{game2|Gold|Silver|Crystal}}, there are 4 available functions, two of which are included with the Pokégear. The rest are not available at the start but can be received at a later time.

===Time===
Included in {{game2|Gold|Silver|Crystal}} with the Pokégear, the time function is the most basic feature. The Pokégear will {{wp|digital clock|digitally}} display the time of day using the {{wp|12-hour clock|12-hour AM/PM format}} as well as the day of the week. It runs off the time the {{player}} input at the beginning of the game.

A glitch in Gold and Silver will change the day if the functions are scrolled through; this was addressed in Crystal. A function in Gold and Silver that allowed players to reset the game's time in the title screen was also removed from Crystal.

In {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}, the time will always be displayed on the top screen of the DS. However, unlike in Gold, Silver, and Crystal, the time is displayed using the {{wp|24-hour clock|24-hour format}} instead of the {{wp|12-hour clock|12-hour format}} and runs on the [[Nintendo DS]]'s internal clock, much like the Pokétch. There is also a wireless signal measurement next to the time, though it has no purpose and always displays the same.

<gallery>
File:PokéGearTime.png|The time function in {{3v2|Gold|Silver|Crystal}}
File:PokéGearPhone_HGSS.png‎|The top screen in {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}
</gallery>

===Map===
Obtained after the player receives a map card for the Pokégear after taking a tour of [[Cherrygrove City]] from the Guide Gent, the map function of the Pokégear acts as a [[Town Map]], displaying a map of [[Johto]] and later [[Kanto]] with cities, towns and other important landmarks. It is the most basic of the map devices used by the {{player}}, and is the navigational item for all [[Generation II]] games.

In {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}, the mechanics of the map remain the same, only to have several added features, including the ability to zoom in to display areas of interest, with certain locations having a small flavor text. There is another feature that allows the player to add notes and markings to different locations, to allow the player to make notes about each area about the Pokémon in the area, any [[Apricorn]] or [[Berry]] trees, any special buildings, [[TM]] locations or any other notes. These notes will appear on the top screen when the player highlights that specific area on the map. Like the Marking Map on the [[Pokétch]], it also displays the current locations of all [[Roaming Pokémon]], including {{p|Entei}} and {{p|Raikou}}.

If, in HeartGold and SoulSilver, a non-player character calls the player on the Pokégear phone for a rematch or to give an item, then the Pokégear map will display a small red exclamation point next to the name of the route or location.

<gallery>
File:PokéGearMap.png|The map function in {{3v2|Gold|Silver|Crystal}}, displaying the map for [[Johto]]
File:PokéGearMap HGSS.png|The map function in {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}, displaying the [[Johto]] half of the map
</gallery>

===Phone===
[[File:HGSSPokéGearPhone.png|thumb|left|The phone function in {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}]]
[[File:PokéGearPhone.png|thumb|right|The phone function in [[Generation II]]]]
Included in {{game2|Gold|Silver|Crystal}} with the device, the Pokégear's phone acts like a cellphone, allowing the user to make calls to people that they've traded phone numbers with. This allows the player to talk to other characters and learn information from them, such as battling tips or when rare Pokémon appear. Trainers with whom the player has exchanged numbers may also sometimes call the player to request a rematch, in which they will use higher-level Pokémon than during their initial battle.

The phone can also store numbers of other important people, like the player's [[mom]] or [[Professor Elm]]. Mom will also ring every so often, telling the {{player}} about the money she has saved (if opted for by the player) and occasionally spending that money on decorations for the player's [[bedroom]] or items such as {{DL|Potion|Super Potion}}s for the player. In Generation II, the phone function has a memory bank that can store the numbers for up to ten people.

In {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}, the phone function makes a return and is used in the same way as before, though the interface (like the rest of the Pokégear) can now be controlled with the touch screen in addition to (or as an alternative to) the DS's buttons. In the remakes, the phone has no limit on how many numbers can be stored, though, unlike Generation II, numbers cannot be deleted from it. Also in the remakes, the player now has the option not to answer when someone calls them.

In HeartGold and SoulSilver, Trainers will only begin calling the player for rematches once the player has collected seven Badges and beaten [[Team Rocket]] at the [[Goldenrod Radio Tower|Radio Tower]] in [[Goldenrod City]]. In addition, once the Radio Tower has been saved, the player can call registered Trainers to arrange rematches with them without having to wait for the respective Trainers to call the player. Each Trainer has a specific time during a specific day each week where they will accept a rematch when called; if they are called at any other time of the week, they will use their usual script, and a rematch will not be arranged. When a Trainer is called at the appropriate time, as long as the player is not at the same route or location as the Trainer, they will accept the challenge of a rematch and can then be battled at their original location with higher-level Pokémon at any later point in time (though, once the rematch has taken place, the player will need to call or be called again in order to carry out another rematch). Additionally to further power up the Trainer's team in two additional phases, defeating the Elite Four and later collecting all 16 Badges are the necessary requirements for these powerups as long as each incarnation of that Trainers' team is fought at least once. If a rematch with a Trainer has been arranged but not carried out, a red exclamation point will appear next to the name of the Trainer's location on the Pokégear map (unless it is against a Gym Leader, in which Saffron City will not have the exclamation point).
{{-}}
====Trainer phone listing====
{| class="roundy" align="center" style="background: #73B1B7; border: 5px solid #7A8B8B;"
|-
|
{| border=1 width="100%" align="center" class="sortable" style="background: #FFFFFF; border:1px solid #73B1B7; border-collapse:collapse;"
|- style="background:#73B1B7"
! Person !! Location !! Rematch{{sup|HGSS}} !! Notes
|-
|| [[Mom]]{{tt|*|cannot be removed from phone in Gold, Silver, or Crystal}} || [[New Bark Town]] || || Saves the player's money and buys items.
|-
|| [[Professor Elm]]{{tt|*|cannot be removed from phone in Gold and Silver and Crystal}} || [[New Bark Town]] || || Calls about major events.
|-
|| [[Professor Oak]]{{sup|HGSS}} || [[Pallet Town]] || || Gives phone number when first met at [[Mr. Pokémon]]'s house; call him to have [[Pokédex]] rated
|-
|| {{tc|Youngster}} [[Joey]] || {{rt|30|Johto}} || {{sort|22|3=Monday afternoon}} || Gives away {{DL|Vitamin|HP Up}}.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| {{tc|Bug Catcher}} Wade || {{rt|31|Johto}} || {{sort|33|3=Tuesday night}} || Reminds player of the [[Bug-Catching Contest]]. Gives away [[Berry|Berries]].{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| {{tc|Picnicker}} Liz || {{rt|32|Johto}} || {{sort|52|3=Thursday afternoon}}
|-
|| {{tc|Fisher}} Ralph || {{rt|32|Johto}} || {{sort|41|3=Wednesday morning}} || Calls during a {{p|Qwilfish}} swarm.
|-
|| {{tc|Hiker}} Anthony || {{rt|33|Johto}} || {{sort|63|3=Friday night}} || Calls during a {{p|Dunsparce}} swarm.
|-
|| Poké Ball Creator [[Kurt]]{{sup|HGSS}} || [[Azalea Town]] ||
|-
|| {{tc|Picnicker}} Gina || {{rt|34|Johto}} || {{sort|12|3=Sunday afternoon}} ||Gives away {{evostone|Leaf Stone}}s.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| {{tc|Camper}} Todd || {{rt|34|Johto}} || {{sort|71|3=Saturday morning}} || Reminds player of the [[Goldenrod Department Store]]'s [[Goldenrod Department Store#Rooftop|bargain sale]].{{sup|C}}
|-
|| {{tc|Youngster}} Ian{{sup|HGSS}} || {{rt|34|Johto}} || {{sort|71|3=Saturday morning}}
|-
|| Day Care Lady{{sup|HGSS}} || {{rt|34|Johto}} ||
|-
|| Day Care Man{{sup|HGSS}} || {{rt|34|Johto}} || || {{sort|01|3=Calls when Pokémon left at the Daycare produce an Egg if the player wishes him to{{tt|*|After he gives the player a Pokémon egg the first time around.}}}}
|-
|| Childhood Friend {{ga|Ethan}}/{{ga|Lyra}}{{sup|HGSS}} || [[New Bark Town]] || || Number is obtained from them when first visiting the Daycare Center on {{rt|34|Johto}}; when contacted, they will give information on how certain Pokémon will react to different areas
|-
|| [[Bill]] || [[Goldenrod City]] || || Calls when Bill's PC box is full{{sup|GSC}} or when every box is full.{{sup|HGSS}} Can be called to find out how much space is left in the current box{{sup|GSC}} or the entire storage system{{sup|HGSS}}.
|-
|| [[Buena]] || [[Goldenrod City]] || || Obtainable after getting 30 Blue Card points.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| {{tc|Bug Catcher}} Arnie || {{rt|35|Johto}} || {{sort|31|3=Tuesday morning}} || Calls during a {{p|Yanma}} swarm.
|-
|| {{tc|Firebreather}} Walt || {{rt|35|Johto}} || {{sort|22|3=Monday afternoon}}
|-
|| {{tc|Juggler}} Irwin || {{rt|35|Johto}} ||
|-
|| Lass Krise || [[National Park]] || {{sort|71|3=Sunday morning}}
|-
|| {{tc|Pokéfan}} Beverly || [[National Park]] || || Requires {{p|Marill}} in party{{sup|C}}: Gives away {{DL|Valuable item|Nugget}}s.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| {{tc|Schoolboy}} Jack || [[National Park]] || {{sort|21|3=Monday morning}}
|-
|| {{tc|School Boy|Schoolboy}} Alan || {{rt|36|Johto}} || {{sort|42|3=Wednesday afternoon}} || Gives away {{evostone|Fire Stone}}s.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| {{tc|Gentleman}} Alfred || [[Glitter Lighthouse]] || {{sort|32|3=Tuesday afternoon}}
|-
|| {{tc|Sailor}} Huey || [[Glitter Lighthouse]] || {{sort|43|3=Wednesday night}} || Gives away {{DL|Vitamin|Protein}}.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| {{tc|Lass}} Dana || {{rt|38|Johto}} || {{sort|53|3=Thursday night}} || Calls during a {{p|Tauros}} swarm{{sup|GSC}}, and gives away {{evostone|Thunderstone}}s.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| {{tc|Schoolboy}} Chad || {{rt|38|Johto}} || {{sort|61|3=Friday morning}} || Calls during a {{p|Snubbull}} swarm.
|-
|| {{tc|Pokéfan}} Derek || {{rt|39|Johto}} ||
|-
|| {{tc|Fisherman|Fisher}} Chris{{tt|*|Gold and Silver}}/Tully{{tt|*|Crystal and HeartGold and SoulSilver}} || {{rt|42|Johto}} || {{sort|72|3=Sunday afternoon}} || Gives away {{evostone|Water Stone}}s.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| {{tc|Picnicker}} Tiffany || {{rt|43|Johto}} || {{sort|32|3=Tuesday afternoon}} ||Gives away [[Escape item|Poké Dolls]]{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| {{tc|PokéManiac}} Brent || {{rt|43|Johto}} || {{sort|21|3=Monday morning}}
|-
|| {{tc|Bird Keeper}} Vance || {{rt|44|Johto}} || {{sort|43|3=Wednesday night}} || Gives away {{DL|Vitamin|Carbos}}.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| {{tc|Fisher}} Wilton || {{rt|44|Johto}} || {{sort|51|3=Thursday morning}} || Calls during a {{p|Remoraid}} swarm{{sup|GS}}{{sup|HGSS}} and gives away various [[Poké Ball]]s.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| {{tc|Black Belt}} Kenji || {{rt|45|Johto}} || {{sort|80|3=Random}} || Gives away {{DL|Vitamin|PP Up}}s during random lunch breaks at noon.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| {{tc|Hiker}} Parry || {{rt|45|Johto}} || {{sort|62|3=Friday afternoon}} || Calls during a {{p|Marill}} swarm{{sup|GSC}}{{sup|HGSS}}, and gives away {{DL|Vitamin|Iron}}.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| {{tc|Picnicker}} Erin || {{rt|46|Johto}} || {{sort|73|3=Saturday night}} || Gives away {{DL|Vitamin|Calcium}}{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| Safari Warden [[Baoba]]{{sup|HGSS}} || [[Johto Safari Zone]] || || Gives phone number on {{rt|39|Johto}}
|-
|| {{tc|Bug Catcher}} Doug || {{rt|2|Kanto}} || {{sort|41|3=Wednesday morning}}
|-
|| {{tc|Bug Catcher}} Rob || {{rt|2|Kanto}} || {{sort|61|3=Friday morning}}
|-
|| {{tc|Fisher}} Kyle || {{rt|12|Kanto}} || {{sort|42|3=Wednesday afternoon}}
|-
|| {{tc|Fisher}} Kyler || {{rt|12|Kanto}} || {{sort|52|3=Thursday afternoon}}
|-
|| {{tc|Camper}} Tanner || {{rt|13|Kanto}} || {{sort|23|3=Monday night}}
|-
|| {{tc|Hiker}} Kenny || {{rt|13|Kanto}} || {{sort|72|3=Saturday afternoon}}
|-
|| {{tc|Young Couple}} Tim & Sue || {{rt|13|Kanto}} || {{sort|62|3=Friday afternoon}}
|-
|| {{tc|Bird Keeper}} Josh || {{rt|14|Kanto}} || {{sort|33|3=Tuesday night}} || Gives away {{evostone|Shiny Stone}}s.{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| {{tc|Schoolboy}} Torin || {{rt|14|Kanto}} || {{sort|43|3=Wednesday night}}
|-
|| {{tc|Schoolboy}} Billy || {{rt|15|Kanto}} || {{sort|63|3=Friday night}}
|-
|| {{tc|Teacher}} Hillary || {{rt|15|Kanto}} || {{sort|53|3=Thursday night}}
|-
|| {{tc|Twins}} Kay & Tia || {{rt|15|Kanto}} || {{sort|73|3=Saturday night}}
|-
|| {{tc|Biker}} Aiden || {{rt|17|Kanto}} || {{sort|21|3=Monday morning}}
|-
|| {{tc|Biker}} Ernest || {{rt|17|Kanto}} || {{sort|12|3=Sunday afternoon}}
|-
|| {{tc|Biker}} Reese || {{rt|17|Kanto}} || {{sort|13|3=Sunday night}}
|-
|| {{tc|Ace Trainer|Cool Trainer}} Beth{{tt|*|Gold and Silver and Crystal}}/Ace Trainer Jamie{{tt|*|HeartGold and SoulSilver}} || {{rt|26|Kanto}} || {{sort|62|3=Friday afternoon}}
|-
|| {{tc|Cool Trainer}} Gaven || {{rt|26|Kanto}} || {{sort|51|3=Thursday morning}}
|-
|| {{tc|Cool Trainer}} Reena || {{rt|27|Kanto}} || {{sort|71|3=Sunday morning}}
|-
|| {{tc|Bird Keeper}} Jose || {{rt|27|Kanto}} || {{sort|73|3=Saturday night}} || Gives away {{DL|Valuable item|Star Piece}}s.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|}
|}

====Gym Leader phone listing====
''See also [[Rematch#Gym Leader phone listing|Gym Leader Phone Listing (sub-section of Gym Leader Rematch)]]''.

The rematch concept is expanded in HeartGold and SoulSilver to allow players to [[Rematch#Pokémon HeartGold and SoulSilver|rematch the Gym Leaders]] of Johto and Kanto. The phone numbers for most of the sixteen Leaders can be obtained after defeating the [[Elite Four]], but rematches with the Gym Leaders cannot be scheduled until the {{Badge|Earth}} has been obtained (i.e {{ga|Blue}} has been defeated). By speaking with them at the appropriate time and place, players can obtain their phone numbers. At a later, specified date, the player can call the Leader and ask for a rematch. The Leader will always accept, and the battle will be fought at [[Saffron City]]'s [[Fighting Dojo]].

{| class="roundy" align="center" style="background: #73B1B7; border: 5px solid #7A8B8B;"
|-
|
{| border=1 width="100%" align="center" class="sortable" style="background: #FFFFFF; border:1px solid #73B1B7; border-collapse:collapse;"
|- style="background:#73B1B7"
! Leader !! Time and Location of Phone Number !! {{color2|000|Time#Generation IV|Time of Battle}}
|-
|| [[Falkner]] || Mondays in the [[Celadon City]] [[Celadon Department Store|Department Store]]; must have beaten Janine; any time || Saturday morning
|-
|| [[Bugsy]] || Thursdays in [[Viridian Forest]]; any time || Thursday afternoon
|-
|| [[Whitney]] || Any day in the [[Goldenrod City]] [[Goldenrod Department Store|Department Store]]; between 12:00 PM to 4:00 PM || Saturday afternoon
|-
|| [[Morty]] || Mondays and Tuesdays on the [[Bell Tower|Bellchime Trail]]; any time || Tuesday night
|-
|| [[Chuck]] || Any day from [[Chuck's wife]]; any time || Wednesday night
|-
|| [[Jasmine]] || Any day in the {{ci|Olivine}} Café; {{DL|Time|Pokémon HeartGold and SoulSilver|between 1:00 PM and 2:00 PM}} || Wednesday afternoon
|-
|| [[Pryce]] || Any morning by the [[Lake of Rage]]; {{DL|Time|Pokémon HeartGold and SoulSilver|between 6:00 AM and 10:00 AM}} || Monday morning
|-
|| [[Clair]] || Any morning in the [[Dragon's Den]]; must have beaten [[Lance]] and her in a double battle; {{DL|Time|Pokémon HeartGold and SoulSilver|between 6:00 AM and 10:00 AM}} || Friday night
|-
|| [[Brock]] || Any day in [[Diglett's Cave]]; must have beaten Blue; {{DL|Time|Pokémon HeartGold and SoulSilver|between 12:00 PM and 3:00 PM}} || Saturday night
|-
|| [[Misty]] || Any day on {{rt|25|Kanto}} (unless {{p|Suicune}} is present); must have beaten Blue; {{DL|Time|Pokémon HeartGold and SoulSilver|between 4:00 PM and 6:00 PM}} || Wednesday morning
|-
|| [[Lt. Surge]] || Any day by the [[Power Plant]] after {{p|Zapdos}} is captured and the player is {{pkmn2|walking}} with a {{p|Pikachu}}; must have beaten Blue; {{DL|Time|Pokémon HeartGold and SoulSilver|between 9:00 AM and 11:00 AM}} || Friday morning
|-
|| [[Erika]] || Saturdays and Sundays by the [[Celadon City]] fountain; must have beaten Blue; between 3:00 PM and 5:00 PM || Sunday morning
|-
|| [[Sabrina]] || Fridays at the [[Olivine City]] harbor; must have S.S. Ticket; any time || Sunday afternoon
|-
|| [[Janine]] || Any evening by the [[Pokémon League Reception Gate]]; {{DL|Time|Pokémon HeartGold and SoulSilver|between 4:00 PM and 6:00 PM}} || Monday afternoon
|-
|| [[Blaine]] || Tuesdays on [[Cinnabar Island]]; must have beaten Blue; any time || Tuesday afternoon
|-
|| {{ga|Blue}} || Any day from [[Daisy Oak]], after having at least seven massages and showing her a Pokémon with full happiness; any time || Sunday night
|-
|}
|}

===Radio===
After acquiring a Radio Card from a quiz host at the [[Goldenrod Radio Tower]], the Radio function of the Pokégear can now be used. It allows the player to tune in to the various radio stations being broadcast from the two Radio Towers in [[Goldenrod Radio Tower|Goldenrod (Johto)]] and [[Lavender Town#Kanto Radio Tower|Lavender (Kanto)]]. When traveling to Kanto, however, the EXPN Card must be obtained from the manager of the Kanto Radio Tower before all Kanto stations can be played in {{v|Crystal}}, and the Poké Flute station can be played in {{game3|Gold and Silver|Gold, Silver,|s}} {{game3|HeartGold and SoulSilver|HeartGold, and SoulSilver|s}} versions.

The Radio usually allows the players to tune in to the local programs, allowing the player to get tips from [[Professor Oak]] and [[DJ Mary]] on Prof. Oak's Pokémon Talk, or to let the player tune in to specific channels such as [[Buena's Password]] to win prizes. However, the Radio is also capable of picking up other signals within its tunable range, thereby occasionally causing weird noises to be heard such as the Mysterious Transmissions coming from the [[Ruins of Alph]], or Team Rocket's evolution-forcing signals near the [[Lake of Rage]].

During Team Rocket's takeover of the Goldenrod Radio Tower, all other stations were being replaced by the Team Rocket Announcement.

The Radio function also works when the Pokégear is not in use, allowing the player to play tunes from a specific radio show when on the move. Some tunes even affect how wild Pokémon appear, notably in HeartGold and SoulSilver, when {{DL|DJ|Ben}} from the [[Pokémon Music Channel]] occasionally broadcasts the {{DL|Pokémon Music Channel|Hoenn Sound}} or {{DL|Pokémon Music Channel|Sinnoh Sound}} to allow the player to attract wild Pokémon native to [[Hoenn]] or [[Sinnoh]].

====Generation II====
[[File:PokéGearRadio.png|240px|thumb|right|The radio interface in {{3v2|Gold|Silver|Crystal}}]]
In Generation II when the Radio was first introduced, the interface features an interactive box at the top right corner, consisting of a number line divided into 'channels' and a slider that is controlled by the up (slider moves right) and down (slider moves left) buttons. The channels range from 0 to 20.5, and when the slider reaches a correct channel, a program will play (in this case, 4.5 for Prof. Oak's Pokémon Talk). Most of the screen shows the name of the program and a large space for the dialog box to appear.

The following lists the shows available in Generation II:

''See also [[Goldenrod Radio Tower#Broadcasted programs|Broadcasted programs in Goldenrod Radio Tower]].''
{| align="center" width="100%  style="{{roundy|15px}}; background: #{{locationcolor/light|building}}; border: 5px solid #{{locationcolor/dark|building}};"
|-
! Radio shows in Generation II
|-
|
{| class="sortable" cellspacing="2" width="100%" align="center" style="{{roundy|15px}} background:#{{locationcolor/dark|building}}; border:3px solid #{{locationcolor/dark|building}};"
|- style="background:#73B1B7"
! class="roundytl" width=20% style="text-align:center" | Program
! width=10% | Host(s)
! width=10% | Channel
! class="roundytr" width=50% | Description
|- style="background:#FFF"
| [[Pokédex Show]]
| (no host)
| 4.5 (Johto) 4 AM-10 AM only
| A show that broadcasts [[Pokédex]] entries gathered by the player.
|-style="background:#FFF"
| [[Professor Oak's Pokémon Talk]]
| [[DJ Mary|Mary]] and {{prof|Oak}}
| 4.5 (Johto) 10 AM-4 AM only
| Talk show discussing locations where Pokémon can be found.
|-style="background:#FFF"
| [[Pokémon Music Channel|Pokémon Music]]
| {{DL|DJ|Ben}}
| 7.5 (Johto)
| Broadcasts different music of different effects depending on the [[days of the week|day of the week]].
|-style="background:#FFF"
| [[Lucky Channel]]
| {{DL|DJ|Reed}}
| 8.5 (Johto)
| Broadcasts one ID per week; Trainers who come to the welcome center with a Pokémon whose ID is similar will win a prize.
|-style="background:#FFF"
| [[Buena's Password]] (Crystal only)
| [[Buena]]
| 10.5 (Johto)
| Broadcasts one password per night between 6 PM-12 AM; Trainers who come to Buena and recite the password can get points redeemable for prizes.
|-style="background:#FFF"
| Mysterious Transmission (Un(kn)own Radio Station)
| {{p|Unown}}
| 13.5 (Johto)
| Strange noises will play. Only when the player is at [[Ruins of Alph]].
|-style="background:#FFF"
| [[Places and People]]
| {{DL|DJ|Lily}}
| 16.5 (Kanto)
| Talk show discussing [[Kanto]] locations or Trainers the player has faced. Requires EXPN Card in {{game|Crystal}}.
|-style="background:#FFF"
| [[Pokémon Music Channel|Let's All Sing]]
| {{DL|DJ|Fern}}
| 18.5 (Kanto)
| Broadcasts different music of different effects depending on the day of the week. Requires EXPN Card in {{game|Crystal}}.
|-style="background:#FFF"
| [[Poké Flute]]
| (no host)
| 20.0 (Kanto)
| Plays Poké Flute music. Used to awaken {{p|Snorlax}}. Requires EXPN Card.
|-style="background:#FFF"
| Radio Transmission Team Rocket evolution signal
| [[Team Rocket HQ]]
| 20.5 (Johto)
| An eerie tune plays over and over. Only plays in [[Mahogany Town]], {{rt|43|Johto}}, and [[Lake of Rage]]. No longer plays when the player has cleared the Team Rocket HQ.
|- style="background:#FFF"
| class="roundybl" | Team Rocket Announcement
| [[Team Rocket]]
| All stations (Johto)
| class="roundybr" | Plays on all stations once Team Rocket has succeeded in taking over the [[Goldenrod Radio Tower|Radio Tower]]. A Team Rocket executive announces over the airwaves that they have rejoined, and pleads their boss, [[Giovanni]], to come out of hiding and rejoin them. Begins playing once the player has obtained seven Badges; no longer plays when Team Rocket disbands.
|}
|}

====Generation IV====
[[File:PokéGearRadio HGSS.png|240px|thumb|right|The bottom screen of the radio interface in {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}]]
In {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}, the radio function makes a return, but the interface changes much drastically from [[Generation II]]. Most of the dialog and the reception icon is now shown at the top screen, while tuning can be done at the bottom screens. Tuning is done in two ways: moving a rounded indicator around the circular area using the stylus, or by selecting one of the four buttons at the side of the circular area, which directly tunes the radio to a pre-set Radio Station. (The Mysterious Transmission and the Poké Flute have to be manually tuned using the stylus.)

Programs in HeartGold and SoulSilver are now more varied; Prof. Oak's Pokémon Talk will update the player on recent [[Pokémon outbreak|swarm]], while a [[Variety Channel]] features a documentary and radio play. The broadcast timings for [[Buena's Password]] have also been changed, allowing her program to be received for one out of every three hours. Most programs are also not limited to their respective broadcast regions; the four main stations can be heard in both [[Kanto]] and [[Johto]].

The following lists the shows available in Generation IV:
{| align="center" style="{{roundy|15px}} background: #{{heartgold color}}; border: 5px solid #{{heartgold color dark}};"
|-
! Radio shows in Generation IV
|-
|
{| class="roundy" cellspacing="2" cellpadding="4" width="100%" align="center" style="background:#{{soulsilver color dark}}; border:3px solid #{{soulsilver color dark}};"
|- style="background:#{{silver color}}"
! class="roundytl" width=20% style="text-align:center" | Program
! width=10% | Host(s)
! class="roundytr" width=60% | Description
|- style="background:#{{heartgold color light}}"
!colspan="3"| Station 1 (top-left)
|- style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| [[Pokémon Music Channel|Pokémon Music]]
| {{DL|DJ|Ben}}
| Broadcasts different music of different effects depending on the [[days of the week|day of the week]].
|- style="background:#{{heartgold color light}}"
!colspan="3"| Station 2 (top-right)
|- style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| [[Professor Oak's Pokémon Talk]]
| [[DJ Mary|Mary]] and {{prof|Oak}}
| Talk show discussing locations where semi-rare Pokémon can be found. Also broadcasts updates on [[Pokémon outbreak|swarms]] and where Sinnoh/Hoenn and other Pokémon currently reside after receiving the National Pokédex.
|- style="background:#{{heartgold color light}}"
!colspan="3"| Station 3 (bottom-left)
|- style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| [[Street Corner Channel]]
| {{DL|DJ|Snap}}
| Broadcasts a show called "Trainer Profiles", which describes a randomly selected Trainer class. Switches with the Town Channel every hour.
|-style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| [[Town Channel]]
| Unknown
| Broadcasts a show called "That Town, These People" that selects the top 3 landmarks or persons in any given city or town. Switches with the Street Corner Channel every hour.
|- style="background:#{{heartgold color light}}"
!colspan="3"| Station 4 (bottom-right)
|-style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| [[Variety Channel]]
| [[Silver Drama]]
| Broadcasts Pokémon Search party, Serial Radio Drama and the [[Buena's Password]] channel. The three programs rotate on an hourly basis throughout the day.
|-style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| [[Buena's Password]] (part of Variety Channel)
| [[Buena]]
| Broadcasts one password every hour at 2 AM, 5 AM, 8 AM, 11 AM, 2 PM, 5 PM, 8 PM, and 11 PM; Trainers who come to Buena and recite the password can get points redeemable for prizes.
|- style="background:#{{heartgold color light}}"
!colspan="3"| Others (stations that have to be manually tuned, or otherwise)
|-style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| [[Poké Flute]] (manually tuned)
| (no host)
| Plays Poké Flute music that is used to awaken {{p|Snorlax}}. Only plays in Kanto. Requires EXPN Card upgrade. '''Tuning instructions:''' somewhere near the top, above stations 1 and 2.
|-style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| Mysterious Transmission (Un(kn)own Radio Station, manually tuned)
| {{p|Unown}}
| When the player is at the [[Ruins of Alph]], strange noises will play and there will be no reception from other stations. It also increases the chance of encountering an {{p|Unown}} [[Form differences#Unown|shape]] the player has not yet encountered. Sounds similar to the [[Azure Flute]]. '''Tuning instructions:''' somewhere in the center.
|-style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| Radio Transmission (Team Rocket evolution signal)
| [[Team Rocket HQ]]
| An eerie tune plays over and over. Only plays in [[Mahogany Town]], {{rt|43|Johto}}, and [[Lake of Rage]] and causes interference that prevents the radio from tuning in to other stations. No longer plays when the player has cleared the Team Rocket HQ.
|-style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| class="roundybl"| Team Rocket Announcement
| [[Team Rocket]]
| class="roundybr"| Played on all stations after Team Rocket had succeeded in the taking over the [[Goldenrod Radio Tower|Radio Tower]]. A Team Rocket executive announces over the airwaves that they have rejoined, and pleads their boss, [[Giovanni]], to come out of hiding and rejoin them. Begins playing once the player had defeated the seventh Gym leader, no longer plays when Team Rocket disbands.

|}
|}

==In the anime==
[[File:HGSS Pokegear anime.png|200px|right|thumb|Brock's Pokégear]]
In the anime, it is shown that the Pokégear has at least three designs, a black one, a white one, and a pink one. Several characters in the anime own Pokégears:
* {{mov|Lisa}} lent hers to Ash so that he could keep in contact with Professor Oak in ''[[M03|Spell of the Unown]]''.
* A Pokégear under the ownership of [[Jasmine]], the [[Olivine City|Olivine]] [[Gym Leader]] made a brief appearance in ''[[EP208|Fight for the Light]]''.
* {{jo|Jimmy}}, {{jo|Marina}} and [[Vincent]] all own Pokégears. A plot point of ''[[The Legend of Thunder!]]'' is that it includes a tracking system to show where the other Pokégears currently are.
[[File:{{#switch: {{#expr: {{#time: U}} mod 2}}|0=Pokegear|1=Pokegear black}} anime.png|200px|right|thumb|{{#switch: {{#expr: {{#time: U}} mod 2}}|0=Misty's|1=Jimmy's}} Pokégear]]
* {{an|Misty}} also owns one, so that she can keep in contact with [[The Sensational Sisters|her sisters]] at the [[Cerulean Gym]].
* {{an|Lyra}} owns the new version of the Pokégear, and she owns a pink model. Likewise, her friend [[Khoury]] owns a blue model.
* {{an|Brock}} received his own Pokégear at the end of ''[[DP147|Bagged Then Tagged!]]'' when he was given one by [[Khoury's father]]. It has been used fairly regularly by him since then, normally being used by Brock to track the group's location (similar to how [[Max]] did with the [[PokéNav]]).

==In the manga==
===In the Pokémon Adventures manga===
{{incomplete|section}}
The Pokégear is often used in Pokémon Adventures, first appearing in the {{chap|Gold, Silver & Crystal}}. The Pokégear is the Pokémon world's equivalent of a cellular phone, albeit with more functions such as a Map Card. In addition to the [[Johto]] [[Pokédex holder]]s, {{adv|Red}}, {{adv|Blue}}, {{adv|Green}}, and {{adv|Ruby}} also possess one. [[Misty]], [[Erika]], [[Norman]], [[Juan]], [[Wallace]], [[Volkner]], and {{EF|Flint}} are also seen to own a Pokégear.

In addition to its role as a cellular phone, the Pokégear can also be used as a remote control. It played a large role in the development of the [[Masked Man]]; this gadget was used to send signals to his Pokémon so that the Masked Man and his alter ego could be in "two places at one time."

Later in the {{chap|Ruby & Sapphire}}, Ruby explained to Sapphire how a password is needed to operate an aircar, having learned how to do so from his mentor.

==In the TCG==
Both iterations of the PokéGear appear as cards in the [[Pokémon Trading Card Game]].

{{cardlist/header|Related cards|Trainer|char=yes}}
{{cardlist/entry|cardname={{TCG ID|Neo Genesis|PokéGear|88}}|type=Trainer|enset=Neo Genesis|enrarity=Rare|ennum=88/111|jpsetlink=Neo Genesis|jpset=Gold, Silver, to a New World...|jprarity=Rare}}
{{cardlist/entry|cardname={{TCG ID|HeartGold & SoulSilver|Pokégear 3.0|96}}|type=Trainer|enset=HeartGold & SoulSilver|enrarity=Uncommon|ennum=96/123|jpsetlink=HeartGold & SoulSilver|jpset=SoulSilver Collection|jprarity=Uncommon|jpnum=064/070}}
{{cardlist/footer|Trainer}}

==Trivia==
*Music from the Pokégear doesn't stop when the player uses {{m|Surf}}; however, it does stop when the player gets out of the water.
*In HeartGold and SoulSilver, the Pokégear's map displays Ethan's icon's hat with black sides, however the [[Pokédex]] display Ethan's icon's hat with yellow sides. This may be a leftover from conversion from his Generation II design (where the front of his hat was all black and the back was all yellow) to his Generation IV design (where the sides of his hat are black and the middle is yellow).

==Names==
{{langtable|color={{silver color}}|bordercolor={{gold color}}
|de=PokéCom
|en=Pokégear
|es_eu=PokéGear
|fr_eu=PokéMatos
|it=Pokégear
|pl=PokéŁącze
|ja=ポケギア

|zh_cmn=神奇寶貝裝置 ''Shénqíbǎobèi Zhuāngzhì''
}}
{{-}}
{{Menu}} 
{{Project ItemDex notice}}
[[Category:Map equipment]]

[[de:PokéCom]]
[[es:PokéGear]]
[[fr:PokéMatos]]
[[ja:ポケギア]]
[[pt:PokéGear]]
[[it:Pokégear]]

Pokégear

2012-08-25T10:22:11Z

PatPeter: /* Generation II */ Wrong buttons.

[[File:PokéGear HGSS m.png|thumb|right|Blue Pokégear in HeartGold and SoulSilver]]
[[File:PokéGear HGSS f.png|thumb|Pink Pokégear in HeartGold and SoulSilver]]
'''Pokémon Gear''' (Japanese: '''ポケモンギア''' ''Pokémon Gear''), mostly known as '''Pokégear''' (Japanese: '''ポケギア''' ''Pokégear''), is an electronic device found in [[Johto]]. It looks like a large, advanced wristwatch with the [[Silph Co.]] logo on it. It was first introduced in [[Generation II]]; the [[Hoenn]] region's analog to the Pokégear appears to be the [[PokéNav]], the [[Sinnoh]] counterpart is the [[Pokétch]], and the [[Unova]] counterpart is the [[C-Gear]].

The Pokégear is an important tool for {{pkmn|Trainer}}s, some see it necessary to have one on a Trainer's adventure. The main character of {{game2|Gold|Silver|Crystal}} receives a Pokégear from their mother at the start of their journey. The {{player}} is able to have access to the Pokégear by selecting it from the [[menu]]. At that, it is easy to navigate through the Pokégear by selecting through four different functions located at the top-left of the screen. It displays the map of the region, names of previously fought Trainers, and the current time. It also allows players to call registered Trainers. Certain functions need to be unlocked during the game by receiving special expansion cards.

The Pokégear returns in the Generation IV remakes, {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}. The interface has been completely redesigned, using both screens on the [[Nintendo DS]]. The top will always display the time function on the Pokégear, while the touch screen will display the other different functions of the Pokégear, as well as selecting other functions using the touch screen. The outer aesthetics of the Pokégear have changed abruptly as well. The whole Pokégear is a flip top, while the bottom section of the Pokégear is used to scan special expansion cards to upgrade it with other functions. Its color skin is changeable between blue, pink, a [[Team Rocket]] theme, a Japanese dojo theme, a Pokémon League theme, and teal-and-white with a Silph Co. theme.

==Functions==
[[File:PokeGear.png|thumb|150px|right|Pokégear artwork from [[Generation II]]]]
The Pokégear's functionality comes from the several features and applications that can be installed in it, making it extensible. Many people are willing to give away special expansion cards to upgrade the Pokégear with other functions. In {{game2|Gold|Silver|Crystal}}, there are 4 available functions, two of which are included with the Pokégear. The rest are not available at the start but can be received at a later time.

===Time===
Included in {{game2|Gold|Silver|Crystal}} with the Pokégear, the time function is the most basic feature. The Pokégear will {{wp|digital clock|digitally}} display the time of day using the {{wp|12-hour clock|12-hour AM/PM format}} as well as the day of the week. It runs off the time the {{player}} input at the beginning of the game.

A glitch in Gold and Silver will change the day if the functions are scrolled through; this was addressed in Crystal. A function in Gold and Silver that allowed players to reset the game's time in the title screen was also removed from Crystal.

In {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}, the time will always be displayed on the top screen of the DS. However, unlike in Gold, Silver, and Crystal, the time is displayed using the {{wp|24-hour clock|24-hour format}} instead of the {{wp|12-hour clock|12-hour format}} and runs on the [[Nintendo DS]]'s internal clock, much like the Pokétch. There is also a wireless signal measurement next to the time, though it has no purpose and always displays the same.

<gallery>
File:PokéGearTime.png|The time function in {{3v2|Gold|Silver|Crystal}}
File:PokéGearPhone_HGSS.png‎|The top screen in {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}
</gallery>

===Map===
Obtained after the player receives a map card for the Pokégear after taking a tour of [[Cherrygrove City]] from the Guide Gent, the map function of the Pokégear acts as a [[Town Map]], displaying a map of [[Johto]] and later [[Kanto]] with cities, towns and other important landmarks. It is the most basic of the map devices used by the {{player}}, and is the navigational item for all [[Generation II]] games.

In {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}, the mechanics of the map remain the same, only to have several added features, including the ability to zoom in to display areas of interest, with certain locations having a small flavor text. There is another feature that allows the player to add notes and markings to different locations, to allow the player to make notes about each area about the Pokémon in the area, any [[Apricorn]] or [[Berry]] trees, any special buildings, [[TM]] locations or any other notes. These notes will appear on the top screen when the player highlights that specific area on the map. Like the Marking Map on the [[Pokétch]], it also displays the current locations of all [[Roaming Pokémon]], including {{p|Entei}} and {{p|Raikou}}.

If, in HeartGold and SoulSilver, a non-player character calls the player on the Pokégear phone for a rematch or to give an item, then the Pokégear map will display a small red exclamation point next to the name of the route or location.

<gallery>
File:PokéGearMap.png|The map function in {{3v2|Gold|Silver|Crystal}}, displaying the map for [[Johto]]
File:PokéGearMap HGSS.png|The map function in {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}, displaying the [[Johto]] half of the map
</gallery>

===Phone===
[[File:HGSSPokéGearPhone.png|thumb|left|The phone function in {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}]]
[[File:PokéGearPhone.png|thumb|right|The phone function in [[Generation II]]]]
Included in {{game2|Gold|Silver|Crystal}} with the device, the Pokégear's phone acts like a cellphone, allowing the user to make calls to people that they've traded phone numbers with. This allows the player to talk to other characters and learn information from them, such as battling tips or when rare Pokémon appear. Trainers with whom the player has exchanged numbers may also sometimes call the player to request a rematch, in which they will use higher-level Pokémon than during their initial battle.

The phone can also store numbers of other important people, like the player's [[mom]] or [[Professor Elm]]. Mom will also ring every so often, telling the {{player}} about the money she has saved (if opted for by the player) and occasionally spending that money on decorations for the player's [[bedroom]] or items such as {{DL|Potion|Super Potion}}s for the player. In Generation II, the phone function has a memory bank that can store the numbers for up to ten people.

In {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}, the phone function makes a return and is used in the same way as before, though the interface (like the rest of the Pokégear) can now be controlled with the touch screen in addition to (or as an alternative to) the DS's buttons. In the remakes, the phone has no limit on how many numbers can be stored, though, unlike Generation II, numbers cannot be deleted from it. Also in the remakes, the player now has the option not to answer when someone calls them.

In HeartGold and SoulSilver, Trainers will only begin calling the player for rematches once the player has collected seven Badges and beaten [[Team Rocket]] at the [[Goldenrod Radio Tower|Radio Tower]] in [[Goldenrod City]]. In addition, once the Radio Tower has been saved, the player can call registered Trainers to arrange rematches with them without having to wait for the respective Trainers to call the player. Each Trainer has a specific time during a specific day each week where they will accept a rematch when called; if they are called at any other time of the week, they will use their usual script, and a rematch will not be arranged. When a Trainer is called at the appropriate time, as long as the player is not at the same route or location as the Trainer, they will accept the challenge of a rematch and can then be battled at their original location with higher-level Pokémon at any later point in time (though, once the rematch has taken place, the player will need to call or be called again in order to carry out another rematch). Additionally to further power up the Trainer's team in two additional phases, defeating the Elite Four and later collecting all 16 Badges are the necessary requirements for these powerups as long as each incarnation of that Trainers' team is fought at least once. If a rematch with a Trainer has been arranged but not carried out, a red exclamation point will appear next to the name of the Trainer's location on the Pokégear map (unless it is against a Gym Leader, in which Saffron City will not have the exclamation point).
{{-}}
====Trainer phone listing====
{| class="roundy" align="center" style="background: #73B1B7; border: 5px solid #7A8B8B;"
|-
|
{| border=1 width="100%" align="center" class="sortable" style="background: #FFFFFF; border:1px solid #73B1B7; border-collapse:collapse;"
|- style="background:#73B1B7"
! Person !! Location !! Rematch{{sup|HGSS}} !! Notes
|-
|| [[Mom]]{{tt|*|cannot be removed from phone in Gold, Silver, or Crystal}} || [[New Bark Town]] || || Saves the player's money and buys items.
|-
|| [[Professor Elm]]{{tt|*|cannot be removed from phone in Gold and Silver and Crystal}} || [[New Bark Town]] || || Calls about major events.
|-
|| [[Professor Oak]]{{sup|HGSS}} || [[Pallet Town]] || || Gives phone number when first met at [[Mr. Pokémon]]'s house; call him to have [[Pokédex]] rated
|-
|| {{tc|Youngster}} [[Joey]] || {{rt|30|Johto}} || {{sort|22|3=Monday afternoon}} || Gives away {{DL|Vitamin|HP Up}}.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| {{tc|Bug Catcher}} Wade || {{rt|31|Johto}} || {{sort|33|3=Tuesday night}} || Reminds player of the [[Bug-Catching Contest]]. Gives away [[Berry|Berries]].{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| {{tc|Picnicker}} Liz || {{rt|32|Johto}} || {{sort|52|3=Thursday afternoon}}
|-
|| {{tc|Fisher}} Ralph || {{rt|32|Johto}} || {{sort|41|3=Wednesday morning}} || Calls during a {{p|Qwilfish}} swarm.
|-
|| {{tc|Hiker}} Anthony || {{rt|33|Johto}} || {{sort|63|3=Friday night}} || Calls during a {{p|Dunsparce}} swarm.
|-
|| Poké Ball Creator [[Kurt]]{{sup|HGSS}} || [[Azalea Town]] ||
|-
|| {{tc|Picnicker}} Gina || {{rt|34|Johto}} || {{sort|12|3=Sunday afternoon}} ||Gives away {{evostone|Leaf Stone}}s.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| {{tc|Camper}} Todd || {{rt|34|Johto}} || {{sort|71|3=Saturday morning}} || Reminds player of the [[Goldenrod Department Store]]'s [[Goldenrod Department Store#Rooftop|bargain sale]].{{sup|C}}
|-
|| {{tc|Youngster}} Ian{{sup|HGSS}} || {{rt|34|Johto}} || {{sort|71|3=Saturday morning}}
|-
|| Day Care Lady{{sup|HGSS}} || {{rt|34|Johto}} ||
|-
|| Day Care Man{{sup|HGSS}} || {{rt|34|Johto}} || {{sort|01|3=Calls when Pokémon left at the Daycare produce an Egg if the player wishes him to{{tt|*|After he gives the player a Pokémon egg the first time around.}}}}
|-
|| Childhood Friend {{ga|Ethan}}/{{ga|Lyra}}{{sup|HGSS}} || [[New Bark Town]] || || Number is obtained from them when first visiting the Daycare Center on {{rt|34|Johto}}; when contacted, they will give information on how certain Pokémon will react to different areas
|-
|| [[Bill]] || [[Goldenrod City]] || || Calls when Bill's PC box is full{{sup|GSC}} or when every box is full.{{sup|HGSS}} Can be called to find out how much space is left in the current box{{sup|GSC}} or the entire storage system{{sup|HGSS}}.
|-
|| [[Buena]] || [[Goldenrod City]] || || Obtainable after getting 30 Blue Card points.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| {{tc|Bug Catcher}} Arnie || {{rt|35|Johto}} || {{sort|31|3=Tuesday morning}} || Calls during a {{p|Yanma}} swarm.
|-
|| {{tc|Firebreather}} Walt || {{rt|35|Johto}} || {{sort|22|3=Monday afternoon}}
|-
|| {{tc|Juggler}} Irwin || {{rt|35|Johto}} ||
|-
|| Lass Krise || [[National Park]] || {{sort|71|3=Sunday morning}}
|-
|| {{tc|Pokéfan}} Beverly || [[National Park]] || || Requires {{p|Marill}} in party{{sup|C}}: Gives away {{DL|Valuable item|Nugget}}s.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| {{tc|Schoolboy}} Jack || [[National Park]] || {{sort|21|3=Monday morning}}
|-
|| {{tc|School Boy|Schoolboy}} Alan || {{rt|36|Johto}} || {{sort|42|3=Wednesday afternoon}} || Gives away {{evostone|Fire Stone}}s.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| {{tc|Gentleman}} Alfred || [[Glitter Lighthouse]] || {{sort|32|3=Tuesday afternoon}}
|-
|| {{tc|Sailor}} Huey || [[Glitter Lighthouse]] || {{sort|43|3=Wednesday night}} || Gives away {{DL|Vitamin|Protein}}.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| {{tc|Lass}} Dana || {{rt|38|Johto}} || {{sort|53|3=Thursday night}} || Calls during a {{p|Tauros}} swarm{{sup|GSC}}, and gives away {{evostone|Thunderstone}}s.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| {{tc|Schoolboy}} Chad || {{rt|38|Johto}} || {{sort|61|3=Friday morning}} || Calls during a {{p|Snubbull}} swarm.
|-
|| {{tc|Pokéfan}} Derek || {{rt|39|Johto}} ||
|-
|| {{tc|Fisherman|Fisher}} Chris{{tt|*|Gold and Silver}}/Tully{{tt|*|Crystal and HeartGold and SoulSilver}} || {{rt|42|Johto}} || {{sort|72|3=Sunday afternoon}} || Gives away {{evostone|Water Stone}}s.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| {{tc|Picnicker}} Tiffany || {{rt|43|Johto}} || {{sort|32|3=Tuesday afternoon}} ||Gives away [[Escape item|Poké Dolls]]{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| {{tc|PokéManiac}} Brent || {{rt|43|Johto}} || {{sort|21|3=Monday morning}}
|-
|| {{tc|Bird Keeper}} Vance || {{rt|44|Johto}} || {{sort|43|3=Wednesday night}} || Gives away {{DL|Vitamin|Carbos}}.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| {{tc|Fisher}} Wilton || {{rt|44|Johto}} || {{sort|51|3=Thursday morning}} || Calls during a {{p|Remoraid}} swarm{{sup|GS}}{{sup|HGSS}} and gives away various [[Poké Ball]]s.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| {{tc|Black Belt}} Kenji || {{rt|45|Johto}} || {{sort|80|3=Random}} || Gives away {{DL|Vitamin|PP Up}}s during random lunch breaks at noon.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| {{tc|Hiker}} Parry || {{rt|45|Johto}} || {{sort|62|3=Friday afternoon}} || Calls during a {{p|Marill}} swarm{{sup|GSC}}{{sup|HGSS}}, and gives away {{DL|Vitamin|Iron}}.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| {{tc|Picnicker}} Erin || {{rt|46|Johto}} || {{sort|73|3=Saturday night}} || Gives away {{DL|Vitamin|Calcium}}{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| Safari Warden [[Baoba]]{{sup|HGSS}} || [[Johto Safari Zone]] || || Gives phone number on {{rt|39|Johto}}
|-
|| {{tc|Bug Catcher}} Doug || {{rt|2|Kanto}} || {{sort|41|3=Wednesday morning}}
|-
|| {{tc|Bug Catcher}} Rob || {{rt|2|Kanto}} || {{sort|61|3=Friday morning}}
|-
|| {{tc|Fisher}} Kyle || {{rt|12|Kanto}} || {{sort|42|3=Wednesday afternoon}}
|-
|| {{tc|Fisher}} Kyler || {{rt|12|Kanto}} || {{sort|52|3=Thursday afternoon}}
|-
|| {{tc|Camper}} Tanner || {{rt|13|Kanto}} || {{sort|23|3=Monday night}}
|-
|| {{tc|Hiker}} Kenny || {{rt|13|Kanto}} || {{sort|72|3=Saturday afternoon}}
|-
|| {{tc|Young Couple}} Tim & Sue || {{rt|13|Kanto}} || {{sort|62|3=Friday afternoon}}
|-
|| {{tc|Bird Keeper}} Josh || {{rt|14|Kanto}} || {{sort|33|3=Tuesday night}} || Gives away {{evostone|Shiny Stone}}s.{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| {{tc|Schoolboy}} Torin || {{rt|14|Kanto}} || {{sort|43|3=Wednesday night}}
|-
|| {{tc|Schoolboy}} Billy || {{rt|15|Kanto}} || {{sort|63|3=Friday night}}
|-
|| {{tc|Teacher}} Hillary || {{rt|15|Kanto}} || {{sort|53|3=Thursday night}}
|-
|| {{tc|Twins}} Kay & Tia || {{rt|15|Kanto}} || {{sort|73|3=Saturday night}}
|-
|| {{tc|Biker}} Aiden || {{rt|17|Kanto}} || {{sort|21|3=Monday morning}}
|-
|| {{tc|Biker}} Ernest || {{rt|17|Kanto}} || {{sort|12|3=Sunday afternoon}}
|-
|| {{tc|Biker}} Reese || {{rt|17|Kanto}} || {{sort|13|3=Sunday night}}
|-
|| {{tc|Ace Trainer|Cool Trainer}} Beth{{tt|*|Gold and Silver and Crystal}}/Ace Trainer Jamie{{tt|*|HeartGold and SoulSilver}} || {{rt|26|Kanto}} || {{sort|62|3=Friday afternoon}}
|-
|| {{tc|Cool Trainer}} Gaven || {{rt|26|Kanto}} || {{sort|51|3=Thursday morning}}
|-
|| {{tc|Cool Trainer}} Reena || {{rt|27|Kanto}} || {{sort|71|3=Sunday morning}}
|-
|| {{tc|Bird Keeper}} Jose || {{rt|27|Kanto}} || {{sort|73|3=Saturday night}} || Gives away {{DL|Valuable item|Star Piece}}s.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|}
|}

====Gym Leader phone listing====
''See also [[Rematch#Gym Leader phone listing|Gym Leader Phone Listing (sub-section of Gym Leader Rematch)]]''.

The rematch concept is expanded in HeartGold and SoulSilver to allow players to [[Rematch#Pokémon HeartGold and SoulSilver|rematch the Gym Leaders]] of Johto and Kanto. The phone numbers for most of the sixteen Leaders can be obtained after defeating the [[Elite Four]], but rematches with the Gym Leaders cannot be scheduled until the {{Badge|Earth}} has been obtained (i.e {{ga|Blue}} has been defeated). By speaking with them at the appropriate time and place, players can obtain their phone numbers. At a later, specified date, the player can call the Leader and ask for a rematch. The Leader will always accept, and the battle will be fought at [[Saffron City]]'s [[Fighting Dojo]].

{| class="roundy" align="center" style="background: #73B1B7; border: 5px solid #7A8B8B;"
|-
|
{| border=1 width="100%" align="center" class="sortable" style="background: #FFFFFF; border:1px solid #73B1B7; border-collapse:collapse;"
|- style="background:#73B1B7"
! Leader !! Time and Location of Phone Number !! {{color2|000|Time#Generation IV|Time of Battle}}
|-
|| [[Falkner]] || Mondays in the [[Celadon City]] [[Celadon Department Store|Department Store]]; must have beaten Janine; any time || Saturday morning
|-
|| [[Bugsy]] || Thursdays in [[Viridian Forest]]; any time || Thursday afternoon
|-
|| [[Whitney]] || Any day in the [[Goldenrod City]] [[Goldenrod Department Store|Department Store]]; between 12:00 PM to 4:00 PM || Saturday afternoon
|-
|| [[Morty]] || Mondays and Tuesdays on the [[Bell Tower|Bellchime Trail]]; any time || Tuesday night
|-
|| [[Chuck]] || Any day from [[Chuck's wife]]; any time || Wednesday night
|-
|| [[Jasmine]] || Any day in the {{ci|Olivine}} Café; {{DL|Time|Pokémon HeartGold and SoulSilver|between 1:00 PM and 2:00 PM}} || Wednesday afternoon
|-
|| [[Pryce]] || Any morning by the [[Lake of Rage]]; {{DL|Time|Pokémon HeartGold and SoulSilver|between 6:00 AM and 10:00 AM}} || Monday morning
|-
|| [[Clair]] || Any morning in the [[Dragon's Den]]; must have beaten [[Lance]] and her in a double battle; {{DL|Time|Pokémon HeartGold and SoulSilver|between 6:00 AM and 10:00 AM}} || Friday night
|-
|| [[Brock]] || Any day in [[Diglett's Cave]]; must have beaten Blue; {{DL|Time|Pokémon HeartGold and SoulSilver|between 12:00 PM and 3:00 PM}} || Saturday night
|-
|| [[Misty]] || Any day on {{rt|25|Kanto}} (unless {{p|Suicune}} is present); must have beaten Blue; {{DL|Time|Pokémon HeartGold and SoulSilver|between 4:00 PM and 6:00 PM}} || Wednesday morning
|-
|| [[Lt. Surge]] || Any day by the [[Power Plant]] after {{p|Zapdos}} is captured and the player is {{pkmn2|walking}} with a {{p|Pikachu}}; must have beaten Blue; {{DL|Time|Pokémon HeartGold and SoulSilver|between 9:00 AM and 11:00 AM}} || Friday morning
|-
|| [[Erika]] || Saturdays and Sundays by the [[Celadon City]] fountain; must have beaten Blue; between 3:00 PM and 5:00 PM || Sunday morning
|-
|| [[Sabrina]] || Fridays at the [[Olivine City]] harbor; must have S.S. Ticket; any time || Sunday afternoon
|-
|| [[Janine]] || Any evening by the [[Pokémon League Reception Gate]]; {{DL|Time|Pokémon HeartGold and SoulSilver|between 4:00 PM and 6:00 PM}} || Monday afternoon
|-
|| [[Blaine]] || Tuesdays on [[Cinnabar Island]]; must have beaten Blue; any time || Tuesday afternoon
|-
|| {{ga|Blue}} || Any day from [[Daisy Oak]], after having at least seven massages and showing her a Pokémon with full happiness; any time || Sunday night
|-
|}
|}

===Radio===
After acquiring a Radio Card from a quiz host at the [[Goldenrod Radio Tower]], the Radio function of the Pokégear can now be used. It allows the player to tune in to the various radio stations being broadcast from the two Radio Towers in [[Goldenrod Radio Tower|Goldenrod (Johto)]] and [[Lavender Town#Kanto Radio Tower|Lavender (Kanto)]]. When traveling to Kanto, however, the EXPN Card must be obtained from the manager of the Kanto Radio Tower before all Kanto stations can be played in {{v|Crystal}}, and the Poké Flute station can be played in {{game3|Gold and Silver|Gold, Silver,|s}} {{game3|HeartGold and SoulSilver|HeartGold, and SoulSilver|s}} versions.

The Radio usually allows the players to tune in to the local programs, allowing the player to get tips from [[Professor Oak]] and [[DJ Mary]] on Prof. Oak's Pokémon Talk, or to let the player tune in to specific channels such as [[Buena's Password]] to win prizes. However, the Radio is also capable of picking up other signals within its tunable range, thereby occasionally causing weird noises to be heard such as the Mysterious Transmissions coming from the [[Ruins of Alph]], or Team Rocket's evolution-forcing signals near the [[Lake of Rage]].

During Team Rocket's takeover of the Goldenrod Radio Tower, all other stations were being replaced by the Team Rocket Announcement.

The Radio function also works when the Pokégear is not in use, allowing the player to play tunes from a specific radio show when on the move. Some tunes even affect how wild Pokémon appear, notably in HeartGold and SoulSilver, when {{DL|DJ|Ben}} from the [[Pokémon Music Channel]] occasionally broadcasts the {{DL|Pokémon Music Channel|Hoenn Sound}} or {{DL|Pokémon Music Channel|Sinnoh Sound}} to allow the player to attract wild Pokémon native to [[Hoenn]] or [[Sinnoh]].

====Generation II====
[[File:PokéGearRadio.png|240px|thumb|right|The radio interface in {{3v2|Gold|Silver|Crystal}}]]
In Generation II when the Radio was first introduced, the interface features an interactive box at the top right corner, consisting of a number line divided into 'channels' and a slider that is controlled by the up (slider moves right) and down (slider moves left) buttons. The channels range from 0 to 20.5, and when the slider reaches a correct channel, a program will play (in this case, 4.5 for Prof. Oak's Pokémon Talk). Most of the screen shows the name of the program and a large space for the dialog box to appear.

The following lists the shows available in Generation II:

''See also [[Goldenrod Radio Tower#Broadcasted programs|Broadcasted programs in Goldenrod Radio Tower]].''
{| align="center" width="100%  style="{{roundy|15px}}; background: #{{locationcolor/light|building}}; border: 5px solid #{{locationcolor/dark|building}};"
|-
! Radio shows in Generation II
|-
|
{| class="sortable" cellspacing="2" width="100%" align="center" style="{{roundy|15px}} background:#{{locationcolor/dark|building}}; border:3px solid #{{locationcolor/dark|building}};"
|- style="background:#73B1B7"
! class="roundytl" width=20% style="text-align:center" | Program
! width=10% | Host(s)
! width=10% | Channel
! class="roundytr" width=50% | Description
|- style="background:#FFF"
| [[Pokédex Show]]
| (no host)
| 4.5 (Johto) 4 AM-10 AM only
| A show that broadcasts [[Pokédex]] entries gathered by the player.
|-style="background:#FFF"
| [[Professor Oak's Pokémon Talk]]
| [[DJ Mary|Mary]] and {{prof|Oak}}
| 4.5 (Johto) 10 AM-4 AM only
| Talk show discussing locations where Pokémon can be found.
|-style="background:#FFF"
| [[Pokémon Music Channel|Pokémon Music]]
| {{DL|DJ|Ben}}
| 7.5 (Johto)
| Broadcasts different music of different effects depending on the [[days of the week|day of the week]].
|-style="background:#FFF"
| [[Lucky Channel]]
| {{DL|DJ|Reed}}
| 8.5 (Johto)
| Broadcasts one ID per week; Trainers who come to the welcome center with a Pokémon whose ID is similar will win a prize.
|-style="background:#FFF"
| [[Buena's Password]] (Crystal only)
| [[Buena]]
| 10.5 (Johto)
| Broadcasts one password per night between 6 PM-12 AM; Trainers who come to Buena and recite the password can get points redeemable for prizes.
|-style="background:#FFF"
| Mysterious Transmission (Un(kn)own Radio Station)
| {{p|Unown}}
| 13.5 (Johto)
| Strange noises will play. Only when the player is at [[Ruins of Alph]].
|-style="background:#FFF"
| [[Places and People]]
| {{DL|DJ|Lily}}
| 16.5 (Kanto)
| Talk show discussing [[Kanto]] locations or Trainers the player has faced. Requires EXPN Card in {{game|Crystal}}.
|-style="background:#FFF"
| [[Pokémon Music Channel|Let's All Sing]]
| {{DL|DJ|Fern}}
| 18.5 (Kanto)
| Broadcasts different music of different effects depending on the day of the week. Requires EXPN Card in {{game|Crystal}}.
|-style="background:#FFF"
| [[Poké Flute]]
| (no host)
| 20.0 (Kanto)
| Plays Poké Flute music. Used to awaken {{p|Snorlax}}. Requires EXPN Card.
|-style="background:#FFF"
| Radio Transmission Team Rocket evolution signal
| [[Team Rocket HQ]]
| 20.5 (Johto)
| An eerie tune plays over and over. Only plays in [[Mahogany Town]], {{rt|43|Johto}}, and [[Lake of Rage]]. No longer plays when the player has cleared the Team Rocket HQ.
|- style="background:#FFF"
| class="roundybl" | Team Rocket Announcement
| [[Team Rocket]]
| All stations (Johto)
| class="roundybr" | Plays on all stations once Team Rocket has succeeded in taking over the [[Goldenrod Radio Tower|Radio Tower]]. A Team Rocket executive announces over the airwaves that they have rejoined, and pleads their boss, [[Giovanni]], to come out of hiding and rejoin them. Begins playing once the player has obtained seven Badges; no longer plays when Team Rocket disbands.
|}
|}

====Generation IV====
[[File:PokéGearRadio HGSS.png|240px|thumb|right|The bottom screen of the radio interface in {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}]]
In {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}, the radio function makes a return, but the interface changes much drastically from [[Generation II]]. Most of the dialog and the reception icon is now shown at the top screen, while tuning can be done at the bottom screens. Tuning is done in two ways: moving a rounded indicator around the circular area using the stylus, or by selecting one of the four buttons at the side of the circular area, which directly tunes the radio to a pre-set Radio Station. (The Mysterious Transmission and the Poké Flute have to be manually tuned using the stylus.)

Programs in HeartGold and SoulSilver are now more varied; Prof. Oak's Pokémon Talk will update the player on recent [[Pokémon outbreak|swarm]], while a [[Variety Channel]] features a documentary and radio play. The broadcast timings for [[Buena's Password]] have also been changed, allowing her program to be received for one out of every three hours. Most programs are also not limited to their respective broadcast regions; the four main stations can be heard in both [[Kanto]] and [[Johto]].

The following lists the shows available in Generation IV:
{| align="center" style="{{roundy|15px}} background: #{{heartgold color}}; border: 5px solid #{{heartgold color dark}};"
|-
! Radio shows in Generation IV
|-
|
{| class="roundy" cellspacing="2" cellpadding="4" width="100%" align="center" style="background:#{{soulsilver color dark}}; border:3px solid #{{soulsilver color dark}};"
|- style="background:#{{silver color}}"
! class="roundytl" width=20% style="text-align:center" | Program
! width=10% | Host(s)
! class="roundytr" width=60% | Description
|- style="background:#{{heartgold color light}}"
!colspan="3"| Station 1 (top-left)
|- style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| [[Pokémon Music Channel|Pokémon Music]]
| {{DL|DJ|Ben}}
| Broadcasts different music of different effects depending on the [[days of the week|day of the week]].
|- style="background:#{{heartgold color light}}"
!colspan="3"| Station 2 (top-right)
|- style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| [[Professor Oak's Pokémon Talk]]
| [[DJ Mary|Mary]] and {{prof|Oak}}
| Talk show discussing locations where semi-rare Pokémon can be found. Also broadcasts updates on [[Pokémon outbreak|swarms]] and where Sinnoh/Hoenn and other Pokémon currently reside after receiving the National Pokédex.
|- style="background:#{{heartgold color light}}"
!colspan="3"| Station 3 (bottom-left)
|- style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| [[Street Corner Channel]]
| {{DL|DJ|Snap}}
| Broadcasts a show called "Trainer Profiles", which describes a randomly selected Trainer class. Switches with the Town Channel every hour.
|-style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| [[Town Channel]]
| Unknown
| Broadcasts a show called "That Town, These People" that selects the top 3 landmarks or persons in any given city or town. Switches with the Street Corner Channel every hour.
|- style="background:#{{heartgold color light}}"
!colspan="3"| Station 4 (bottom-right)
|-style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| [[Variety Channel]]
| [[Silver Drama]]
| Broadcasts Pokémon Search party, Serial Radio Drama and the [[Buena's Password]] channel. The three programs rotate on an hourly basis throughout the day.
|-style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| [[Buena's Password]] (part of Variety Channel)
| [[Buena]]
| Broadcasts one password every hour at 2 AM, 5 AM, 8 AM, 11 AM, 2 PM, 5 PM, 8 PM, and 11 PM; Trainers who come to Buena and recite the password can get points redeemable for prizes.
|- style="background:#{{heartgold color light}}"
!colspan="3"| Others (stations that have to be manually tuned, or otherwise)
|-style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| [[Poké Flute]] (manually tuned)
| (no host)
| Plays Poké Flute music that is used to awaken {{p|Snorlax}}. Only plays in Kanto. Requires EXPN Card upgrade. '''Tuning instructions:''' somewhere near the top, above stations 1 and 2.
|-style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| Mysterious Transmission (Un(kn)own Radio Station, manually tuned)
| {{p|Unown}}
| When the player is at the [[Ruins of Alph]], strange noises will play and there will be no reception from other stations. It also increases the chance of encountering an {{p|Unown}} [[Form differences#Unown|shape]] the player has not yet encountered. Sounds similar to the [[Azure Flute]]. '''Tuning instructions:''' somewhere in the center.
|-style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| Radio Transmission (Team Rocket evolution signal)
| [[Team Rocket HQ]]
| An eerie tune plays over and over. Only plays in [[Mahogany Town]], {{rt|43|Johto}}, and [[Lake of Rage]] and causes interference that prevents the radio from tuning in to other stations. No longer plays when the player has cleared the Team Rocket HQ.
|-style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| class="roundybl"| Team Rocket Announcement
| [[Team Rocket]]
| class="roundybr"| Played on all stations after Team Rocket had succeeded in the taking over the [[Goldenrod Radio Tower|Radio Tower]]. A Team Rocket executive announces over the airwaves that they have rejoined, and pleads their boss, [[Giovanni]], to come out of hiding and rejoin them. Begins playing once the player had defeated the seventh Gym leader, no longer plays when Team Rocket disbands.

|}
|}

==In the anime==
[[File:HGSS Pokegear anime.png|200px|right|thumb|Brock's Pokégear]]
In the anime, it is shown that the Pokégear has at least three designs, a black one, a white one, and a pink one. Several characters in the anime own Pokégears:
* {{mov|Lisa}} lent hers to Ash so that he could keep in contact with Professor Oak in ''[[M03|Spell of the Unown]]''.
* A Pokégear under the ownership of [[Jasmine]], the [[Olivine City|Olivine]] [[Gym Leader]] made a brief appearance in ''[[EP208|Fight for the Light]]''.
* {{jo|Jimmy}}, {{jo|Marina}} and [[Vincent]] all own Pokégears. A plot point of ''[[The Legend of Thunder!]]'' is that it includes a tracking system to show where the other Pokégears currently are.
[[File:{{#switch: {{#expr: {{#time: U}} mod 2}}|0=Pokegear|1=Pokegear black}} anime.png|200px|right|thumb|{{#switch: {{#expr: {{#time: U}} mod 2}}|0=Misty's|1=Jimmy's}} Pokégear]]
* {{an|Misty}} also owns one, so that she can keep in contact with [[The Sensational Sisters|her sisters]] at the [[Cerulean Gym]].
* {{an|Lyra}} owns the new version of the Pokégear, and she owns a pink model. Likewise, her friend [[Khoury]] owns a blue model.
* {{an|Brock}} received his own Pokégear at the end of ''[[DP147|Bagged Then Tagged!]]'' when he was given one by [[Khoury's father]]. It has been used fairly regularly by him since then, normally being used by Brock to track the group's location (similar to how [[Max]] did with the [[PokéNav]]).

==In the manga==
===In the Pokémon Adventures manga===
{{incomplete|section}}
The Pokégear is often used in Pokémon Adventures, first appearing in the {{chap|Gold, Silver & Crystal}}. The Pokégear is the Pokémon world's equivalent of a cellular phone, albeit with more functions such as a Map Card. In addition to the [[Johto]] [[Pokédex holder]]s, {{adv|Red}}, {{adv|Blue}}, {{adv|Green}}, and {{adv|Ruby}} also possess one. [[Misty]], [[Erika]], [[Norman]], [[Juan]], [[Wallace]], [[Volkner]], and {{EF|Flint}} are also seen to own a Pokégear.

In addition to its role as a cellular phone, the Pokégear can also be used as a remote control. It played a large role in the development of the [[Masked Man]]; this gadget was used to send signals to his Pokémon so that the Masked Man and his alter ego could be in "two places at one time."

Later in the {{chap|Ruby & Sapphire}}, Ruby explained to Sapphire how a password is needed to operate an aircar, having learned how to do so from his mentor.

==In the TCG==
Both iterations of the PokéGear appear as cards in the [[Pokémon Trading Card Game]].

{{cardlist/header|Related cards|Trainer|char=yes}}
{{cardlist/entry|cardname={{TCG ID|Neo Genesis|PokéGear|88}}|type=Trainer|enset=Neo Genesis|enrarity=Rare|ennum=88/111|jpsetlink=Neo Genesis|jpset=Gold, Silver, to a New World...|jprarity=Rare}}
{{cardlist/entry|cardname={{TCG ID|HeartGold & SoulSilver|Pokégear 3.0|96}}|type=Trainer|enset=HeartGold & SoulSilver|enrarity=Uncommon|ennum=96/123|jpsetlink=HeartGold & SoulSilver|jpset=SoulSilver Collection|jprarity=Uncommon|jpnum=064/070}}
{{cardlist/footer|Trainer}}

==Trivia==
*Music from the Pokégear doesn't stop when the player uses {{m|Surf}}; however, it does stop when the player gets out of the water.
*In HeartGold and SoulSilver, the Pokégear's map displays Ethan's icon's hat with black sides, however the [[Pokédex]] display Ethan's icon's hat with yellow sides. This may be a leftover from conversion from his Generation II design (where the front of his hat was all black and the back was all yellow) to his Generation IV design (where the sides of his hat are black and the middle is yellow).

==Names==
{{langtable|color={{silver color}}|bordercolor={{gold color}}
|de=PokéCom
|en=Pokégear
|es_eu=PokéGear
|fr_eu=PokéMatos
|it=Pokégear
|pl=PokéŁącze
|ja=ポケギア

|zh_cmn=神奇寶貝裝置 ''Shénqíbǎobèi Zhuāngzhì''
}}
{{-}}
{{Menu}} 
{{Project ItemDex notice}}
[[Category:Map equipment]]

[[de:PokéCom]]
[[es:PokéGear]]
[[fr:PokéMatos]]
[[ja:ポケギア]]
[[pt:PokéGear]]
[[it:Pokégear]]

Johto Route 29

2012-08-21T11:14:12Z

PatPeter: /* Generation II */ Headbutt Pokémon are the same as HGSS, missing Exeggcute, Hoothoot, Ledyba, and Spinarak.

{{Route infobox
|number=29
|imageII=Johto Route 29 GSC.png
|image=Johto Route 29 HGSS.png
|type=land
|north=Route 46
|regionnorth=Johto
|west=Cherrygrove City
|east=New Bark Town
|region=Johto
|prev=Route 28
|regionprev=Kanto
|cut=yes
|mapdesc=A road that begins a journey. The road smells like freshly cut grass.
|regionmap=Johto Route 29 Map.png
|generation=2
}}
'''Route 29''' (Japanese: '''２９ばんどうろ''' ''Route 29'') is a route in southern [[Johto]], connecting [[New Bark Town]] and [[Cherrygrove City]]. The southern part of {{rt|46|Johto}} can also be accessed from this route. This is the first route the player comes to upon receiving a [[starter Pokémon]] from [[Professor Elm]] in New Bark Town.

==Route description==
Similar to {{rt|1|Kanto}} in [[Kanto]], Trainers traveling from Cherrygrove to New Bark can hop over a series of ledges to avoid the grassy areas and to travel between the two areas quickly while Trainers traveling from New Bark to Cherrygrove must travel through a series of grass patches to reach their destination. The first such patch is near the start of the route where the path turns south into the patch to circumvent a ledge. Route 29 westbound continues to follow the ledge south, then to the west before the route opens up at a T-intersection. To the west, Trainers whose Pokémon can use {{m|Cut}} outside of battle can chop down a tree to open a grass-less path to Cherrygrove. Those who do not have Cut, however, must go north through a break in the ledge.

In this location on Tuesdays after [[Falkner]], the [[Violet City]] Gym Leader, has been defeated, [[Week Siblings|Tuscany, one of the Week Siblings]], appears, giving any Trainers that talk with her a {{DL|Type-enhancing item|Pink Bow}}, (a {{DL|Type-enhancing item|TwistedSpoon}} in [[Generation IV]]) the first time the player meets her, and a {{DL|List of Ribbons in the games|Shock Ribbon}} the second time and afterwards (Generation IV only). Immediately north of Tuscany, there is another tree that can be cut to avoid two grass patches to the northeast. However, Trainers lacking Cut are forced to traverse either of the two patches. Regardless of which way a Trainer takes, the route curves to the west, merging with the second Cut shortcut path directly south of a [[gate]] which separates Route 29 from {{rt|46|Johto}} in the north. Between this and Cherrygrove City is your first encounter with your rival.

East of the gate, the path heads to the northwest, then to the southeast, passing through another grassy area before straightening out and traveling due west. The route then juts south, merging with the first Cut shortcut path as it turns to the west, then north and west again as it enters Cherrygrove.

Route 29 is in a mountainous region of Johto, which means that the {{m|Headbutt}}-able trees that line the route hold Pokémon often found in the mountains, namely {{p|Spearow}} and {{p|Aipom}}. The route is also home to the [[Dude]], who teaches players how to capture Pokémon. In HeartGold and SoulSilver, this duty was role was given to {{ga|Lyra}} or {{ga|Ethan}} (depending on the player character's chosen gender).

==Items==
{{Itlisth|land}}
{{Itlistbod|none|North of where the route turns south near Cherrygrove|GSC|display={{DL|Berries (Generation II)|Berry}}}}
{{Itlistbod|none|From [[Week Siblings|Tuscany]]{{dotw|Tu}}|GSC|display={{DL|Type-enhancing item|Pink Bow}}}}
{{Itlistbod|Potion|East of the gate past the pair of grass patches|GSCHGSS|display={{DL|Potion|Potion}}}}
{{Itlistbod|Grn Apricorn|North of where the route turns south near Cherrygrove|HGSS|display={{DL|Apricorn|Grn Apricorn}}}}
{{Itlistbod|Poké Ball|Gift from {{ga|Lyra}} or {{ga|Ethan}} after teaching the {{player}} how to catch Pokémon|HGSS|display={{DL|Poké Ball|Poké Ball}} ×5}}
{{Itlistbod|TwistedSpoon|From [[Week Siblings|Tuscany]]{{dotw|Tu}}|HGSS|display={{DL|Type-enhancing item|TwistedSpoon}}}}
{{Itlistbod|none|sprite=Shock Ribbon|From [[Week Siblings|Tuscany]]{{dotw|Tu}}|HGSS|display={{DL|List of Ribbons in the games|Shock Ribbon}}}}
{{Itlistfoot|land}}

==Pokémon==
===Generation II===
{{catch/header|land|yes}}
{{catch/entry2|016|Pidgey|yes|yes|no|Grass|2-4|55%|55%|0%|type1=normal|type2=flying}}
{{catch/entry2|016|Pidgey|no|no|yes|Grass|2-3|50%|50%|0%|type1=normal|type2=flying}}
{{catch/entry2|019|Rattata|yes|yes|no|Grass|4|5%|5%|0%|type1=normal}}
{{catch/entry2|019|Rattata|yes|yes|no|Grass|2-4|0%|0%|15%|type1=normal}}
{{catch/entry2|019|Rattata|no|no|yes|Grass|2|5%|5%|0%|type1=normal}}
{{catch/entry2|019|Rattata|no|no|yes|Grass|2-3|0%|0%|45%|type1=normal}}
{{catch/entry2|161|Sentret|yes|yes|yes|Grass|2-3|40%|40%|0%|type1=normal}}
{{catch/entry2|163|Hoothoot|yes|yes|no|Grass|2-3|0%|0%|85%|type1=normal|type2=flying}}
{{catch/entry2|163|Hoothoot|no|no|yes|Grass|2-3|0%|0%|55%|type1=normal|type2=flying}}
{{catch/entry2|187|Hoppip|no|no|yes|Grass|3|5%|5%|0%|type1=grass|type2=flying}}
{{catch/div|land|Headbutt}}
{{catch/entry2|102|Exeggcute|yes|yes|yes|Headbutt|10|all=20%|type1=Grass|type2=Psychic}}
{{catch/entry2|163|Hoothoot|yes|yes|yes|Headbutt|10|all=50%|type1=Normal|type2=Flying}}
{{catch/entry2|165|Ledyba|yes|yes|yes|Headbutt|10|all=30%|type1=Bug|type2=Flying}}
{{catch/entry2|167|Spinarak|yes|yes|yes|Headbutt|10|all=30%|type1=Bug|type2=Poison}}
{{catch/entry2|204|Pineco|yes|yes|yes|Headbutt|10|all=30%|type1=Bug|10=k}}
{{catch/footer|land}}

===Generation IV===
{{catch/header|land|yes}}
{{catch/entryhs|016|Pidgey|yes|yes|Grass|2-4|55%|55%|0%|type1=normal|type2=flying}}
{{catch/entryhs|019|Rattata|yes|yes|Grass|2-4|5%|5%|15%|type1=normal}}
{{catch/entryhs|161|Sentret|yes|yes|Grass|2-4|40%|40%|0%|type1=normal}}
{{catch/entryhs|163|Hoothoot|yes|yes|Grass|2-4|0%|0%|85%|type1=normal|type2=flying}}
{{catch/div|land|Headbutt}}
{{catch/entryhs|102|Exeggcute|yes|yes|Headbutt|2-5|all=20%|type1=Grass|type2=Psychic}}
{{catch/entryhs|163|Hoothoot|yes|yes|Headbutt|2-5|all=50%|type1=Normal|type2=Flying}}
{{catch/entryhs|165|Ledyba|no|yes|Headbutt|4-5|all=30%|type1=Bug|type2=Flying}}
{{catch/entryhs|167|Spinarak|yes|no|Headbutt|4-5|all=30%|type1=Bug|type2=Poison}}
{{catch/entryhs|204|Pineco|yes|yes|Headbutt|2-3|all=30%|type1=Bug|10=k}}
{{catch/div|land|Special}}
{{catch/entryhs|311|Plusle|yes|yes|Hoenn|2-3|all=20%|type1=Electric}}
{{catch/entryhs|312|Minun|yes|yes|Hoenn|2-3|all=20%|type1=Electric}}
{{catch/entryhs|403|Shinx|yes|yes|Sinnoh|2-3|all=40%|type1=Electric}}
{{catch/footer|land}}

{{Johto}} 
{{Project Routes}}
[[Category:Johto locations|Route 029]]
[[Category:Routes|Route 029]]
[[Category:Gold, Silver and Crystal locations|Route 029]]
[[Category:HeartGold and SoulSilver locations|Route 029]]

[[de:Route 29]]
[[es:Ruta 29 (Johto)]]
[[fr:Route 29]]
[[it:Percorso 29 (Johto)]]
[[ja:29ばんどうろ]]

Goldenrod City

2012-08-18T06:34:26Z

PatPeter: /* Friendship checker */ Add response.

{{Town infobox
|name=Goldenrod City
|jpname={{tt|コガネシティ|Kogane Shiti}}
|jptrans=Kogane City
|image=Goldenrod City HGSS.png
|imageII=Goldenrod City C.png
|slogan=A Happening Big City
|region=Johto
|north=Route 35
|regionnorth=Johto
|south=Route 34
|regionsouth=Johto
|mapdesc=A developing city where people and Pokémon come and go as they like.
|gym=Goldenrod Gym
|gymno=3
|leader=Whitney
|leadervs=VSWhitney.png
|badge=Plain
|gymtype=Normal
|map=Johto Goldenrod City Map.png
|colordark=F3B95D
|colormed=f8cc88
|colorlight=FEE1B4
|generation=2
}}
[[File:Goldenrod City GS.png|thumb|220px|right|Goldenrod City in Gold and Silver]]
'''Goldenrod City''' (Japanese: '''{{tt|コガネシティ|Kogane Shiti}}''' ''Kogane City'') is a sprawling metropolis located in western [[Johto]]. It is the largest city in the region, rivaling [[Celadon City]], the largest city in [[Kanto]]. Goldenrod City is the third largest city in the [[Pokémon world]], behind [[Unova]]'s [[Castelia City]] and [[Nimbasa City]]. Goldenrod is the center of the region's economy and telecommunications. Major attractions for Trainers include the [[Goldenrod Radio Tower]], the city's [[Goldenrod Department Store|Department Store]], [[Goldenrod Game Corner|Game Corner]], [[Name Rater]], [[Magnet Train]], [[Global Terminal]] (HeartGold and SoulSilver only) and [[Goldenrod Gym|Gym]].

[[Pokémon Trainer]]s often come to Goldenrod City in order to win the {{Badge|Plain}} from [[Whitney]], the Goldenrod [[Gym Leader]], who specializes in {{type|Normal}} {{OBP|Pokémon|species}}.

The [[National Park]], along with the [[Pokéathlon Dome]], is located north of Goldenrod off {{rt|35|Johto}} while the [[Pokémon Day Care]] is just south of the city on {{rt|34|Johto}}.

==Places of interest==
===Miracle Cycle===
{{main|Miracle Cycle}}
The lone Bike Shop in [[Johto]] is located in an isolated neighborhood in east Goldenrod, where business doesn't seem to be doing very good. The owner of the shop moved his business from [[Cerulean City]] to Goldenrod between Generation {{gen|I}} and {{gen|III}} and Generation {{gen|II}} and {{gen|IV}}.

The player obtains their [[Bicycle]] from this shop for free. The owner of the store first simply loans the player the Bicycle, but after his number of customers drastically increases, he calls the {{player}} on the [[Pokégear]] to let the player know that he/she can keep it.

{{sign|DPcity|header|}}
{{sign|DPcity|title|Bike Shop Goldenrod Branch}}
{{sign|DPcity|The World is a Cycling Path!|}}
{{sign|DPcity|footer|}}

===Goldenrod Department Store===
{{main|Goldenrod Department Store}}
The Goldenrod Department Store, located in the city center, claims to have a full selection of Pokémon Goods for Trainers. Though the store does not carry more advanced items such as {{DL|Potion|Hyper Potion}}s{{sup|GSC}}, {{ball|Ultra}}s{{sup|GSC}}, or {{DL|Potion|Full Restore}}s, it does back up its claim by boasting the widest selection of specialty items in Johto. It one of the largest buildings in Goldenrod City, making it easy to find.

The lowest level of the store connects to the [[Goldenrod Tunnel]], which encompasses most of western Goldenrod. A team of workers and a {{p|Machoke}} are moving boxes around. People get told off by the worker for going down and distracting them. This is one of the endpoints of the Goldenrod Tunnel. Every time the player enters the area, the boxes will be moved in various places, allowing access to items that are on the ground in blocked rooms. In {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}, the boxes are instead moved when the player interacts with workers in the area.

===Goldenrod Game Corner===
{{main|Goldenrod Game Corner}}
[[Johto]]'s installment of the [[Game Corner]] is located in Goldenrod across the main north-south road from the department store. The parlor features slot machines among other varieties of games. In {{game|Crystal}}, the [[Move Tutor]] can be found standing outside the building on Wednesdays and Saturdays.

There are two games to play: the slot machines and [[Card flip]]. One to three coins can be put in the [[slot machine]] each play. One Coin will only count the center row across, two Coins will count all three rows across, and three Coins will count all three rows across as well as both diagonals. The reels stop spinning when the A button is pressed. The [[Card flip]] minigame is exclusive to [[Generation II]]. The {{player}} can pick either a card or a group of cards, making it much like {{wp|roulette}}. The deck has 24 cards, each one with a number between 1 and 6 and a picture of one of four Pokémon ({{p|Pikachu}}, {{p|Jigglypuff}}, {{p|Oddish}}, or {{p|Poliwag}}). Bets can be placed by a single card, by a single column, by a single row, by a pair of columns, or by a pair of rows. In non-Japanese versions of {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}, these games are replaced by the [[Voltorb Flip]] minigame.

{{sign|DPcity|header|}}
{{sign|DPcity|title|Goldenrod City Game Corner}}
{{sign|DPcity|A Safe and Sound Playground!|}}
{{sign|DPcity|footer|}}

===Johto Name Rater===
{{main|Name Rater}}
The Johto Name Rater is located in a house near the [[gate]] separating Goldenrod from {{rt|35|Johto}}. Here, {{pkmn|Trainer}}s can have the [[nickname]]s of their Pokémon rated and, if the Pokémon's ID number matches the [[Trainer ID number|Trainer's ID number]], the nickname can be changed.

If the Pokémon was caught by the {{player}} that currently owns it, he'll say that the name could be better and offer the player the option of changing it.

If the Pokémon he's judging was obtained via a [[trade]], he will say that the name is perfect and refuse to change it. However, if both players have identical Trainer IDs and [[Trainer ID number|secret IDs]], he will allow name changes.

{{sign|DPcity|header|}}
{{sign|DPcity|title|Name Rater}}
{{sign|DPcity|Get Your Pokémon Nicknames Rated|}}
{{sign|DPcity|footer|}}

===Radio Tower===
{{main|Goldenrod Radio Tower}}
The Goldenrod Radio Tower, located at the west end of the main east-west path through the city, is the source of all [[Pokégear]] broadcasts in [[Johto]]. An antenna on top of the tower transmits three radio programs daily, with a fourth program being aired between 6 P.M. and 12 A.M. every night. The building has three studios spread over five floors. The Radio Tower broadcasts numerous programs daily, the most prominent of such being [[Professor Oak's Pokémon Talk]] and [[Buena's Password]], a new radio show that debuted in {{game|Crystal}} and that returns in {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}.

In {{2v2|Gold|Silver}}, the station has two studios, located on the fourth and fifth floors. A third studio is added in Pokémon Crystal on the second floor. In every version, the tower has a welcome center, as well as a computer linked to [[Bill's PC]] and the {{pkmn|Trainer}}'s personal computer, on the first floor and a small café on the second floor. The technical operations of the tower are handled by way of a network of computers on the third and fourth floors. The manager of the tower has an office on the fifth floor.

For a short time in [[Generation II]] and its {{game|HeartGold and SoulSilver|s|Generation IV remakes}}, the tower falls into the clutches of [[Team Rocket]], during which time none of the normal broadcasts are aired. Following the {{player}}'s collection of seven [[Badge|Gym Badges]], it is necessary to purge the Radio Tower of Team Rocket in order to continue the storyline as a man selling [[RageCandyBar]]s in [[Mahogany Town]] will prevent access to {{rt|44|Johto}}, the eastern path out of Mahogany, until the Radio Tower has been returned to normal.

{{sign|DPcity|header|}}
{{sign|DPcity|title|Goldenrod City Radio Tower}}
{{sign|DPcity|A Network Providing Johto|}}
{{sign|DPcity|with Interesting Information|}}
{{sign|DPcity|footer|}}

===Magnet Train station===
{{main|Magnet Train}}
[[File:Magnet Train arrive HGSS.png|thumb|200px|right|The Magnet Train as seen in {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}]]
[[Saffron City]] and Goldenrod City are linked by a railway used by the Magnet Train, a high-speed train that runs regularly between the two cities. The train follows no set schedule, making the Magnet Train an ideal way to travel between [[Kanto]] and [[Johto]].

To board the train, a potential rider must have a {{DL|List of key items in Generation IV|Pass}}. The {{OBP|Copycat|character}} of [[Saffron City]] has one (given to her as compensation for the fact that the station in Saffron is built where her house used to be), and is willing to give it up as a reward for returning her {{pkmn|doll|Poké Doll}} that {{ga|Red}} gave to her [[Generation I|three years before]].

Initially, the train is out of service as a minion of [[Team Rocket]] has stolen the [[Machine Part]] from the [[Power Plant]] in Kanto. After defeating him in [[Cerulean City]], {{player}}s can retrieve the part from the [[Cerulean Gym]] and return it to the Power Plant. With the part back in place, the train will have the necessary power to run.

{{sign|DPcity|header|}}
{{sign|DPcity|Johto-Kanto Magnet Train Line|}}
{{sign|DPcity|Goldenrod City Station|}}
{{sign|DPcity|footer|}}

===Goldenrod Tunnel===
{{main|Goldenrod Tunnel}}
An underground path, the Goldenrod Tunnel, runs from the southwestern side of the city to the northwestern area, with a branch leading to the basement of the [[Goldenrod Department Store|Department Store]]. A [[Haircut brothers|pair of groomers]] in the tunnel will groom Pokémon, increasing the [[friendship]] of the groomed Pokémon, for a small fee.

This path contains a barber shop, [[Herb Shop]], and a shop selling [[valuable item]]s—which are to be simply resold for profit. Shops are only open on certain [[days of the week]], and in some cases, at certain [[time]]s. The path is also notorious for having litter carelessly left there by {{pkmn|Trainer}}s. Additionally, there is an entrance to the basement of the Department Store, which is initially occupied by [[Team Rocket]].

====Southern entrance====
{{sign|DPcity|header|}}
{{sign|DPcity|Be Careful!|}}
{{sign|DPcity|Get Off Your Bike in the Tunnel|}}
{{sign|DPcity|footer|}}

====Northern entrance====
{{sign|DPcity|header|}}
{{sign|DPcity|Watch Out!|}}
{{sign|DPcity|Get Off Your Bike in the Tunnel|}}
{{sign|DPcity|footer|}}

===Flower shop===
A flower shop is located in the northeast area of the city, where the player can obtain the {{DL|Watering cans|SquirtBottle}}, the [[key item]] needed to get past the {{p|Sudowoodo}} who blocks the player's path on {{rt|36|Johto}}; however, the SquirtBottle can only be obtained after defeating [[Whitney]]

In {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}, the {{OBP|Gracidea|flower}} can be obtained here with a [[fateful encounter]] {{p|Shaymin}} as the [[walking Pokémon]]. Also only in HeartGold and SoulSilver, after Sudowoodo has been cleared from {{rt|36|Johto}}, [[Mulch]] can also be bought here.

{{sign|DPcity|header|}}
{{sign|DPcity|title|Goldenrod Flower Shop}}
{{sign|DPcity|A Small Shop Providing|}}
{{sign|DPcity|Lots of Beauty|}}
{{sign|DPcity|footer|}}

{{shop|Mulch}}
{{shoprow|{{shopitem|Growth Mulch|200}}|{{shopitem|Damp Mulch|200}}}}
{{shoprow|{{shopitem|Stable Mulch|200}}|{{shopitem|Gooey Mulch|200}}}}
{{shopfooter}}

===Friendship checker===
A woman in a house near [[Miracle Cycle]] is able to determine the [[friendship]] of the first Pokémon in the player's party.

* When a Pokémon has between 71-119 happiness, she will say, "You should treat it better. It's not used to you."
* When a Pokémon has between 120-169 happiness, she will say, "It's friendly toward you. It looks sort of happy."
* When a Pokémon has between 170-200 happiness, she will say, "I get the feeling that it really trusts you."
* When a Pokémon has between 201-219 happiness, she will say, "It looks really happy! It must love you a lot."

===Bill's house===
Goldenrod City is the hometown of [[Bill]], the inventor of both [[Kanto]]'s and [[Johto]]'s [[Pokémon Storage System]]. It is also the home of the rest of his family, who lives in a small house near the southern entrance of [[Goldenrod Tunnel]]. However, some of his family also lives in [[Fuchsia City]], and in [[Generation II]] and [[Generation IV]], his [[Bill's grandfather|grandfather]] watches over his Sea Cottage on {{rt|25|Kanto}}.

===Pokémon Communication Center===
{{main|Pokémon Communication Center}}
[[File:Goldenrod City C JP.png|thumb|220px|right|Goldenrod City in the Japanese Crystal. Notice the PokéCom Center replacing the regular Pokémon Center.]]
In the Japanese version of {{v2|Crystal}}, the [[Pokémon Center]] was expanded into a much larger building, called the Pokémon Communication Center, and shortened to PokéCom Center. It took use of the [[Pokémon Mobile System GB]] and the [[Mobile Adapter GB]], which required connecting to a {{wp|mobile phone}}.

The Pokémon Communication Center housed the facilities for the aforementioned systems, such as the Pokémon News Machine, which compiles news from the save files of {{player}}s across Japan. Reading the news would sent out a player's own save file data, allowing others to read about the player's adventure.

It is most famous for being related to the [[GS Ball]] {{pkmn|event}} that allowed to encounter and catch {{p|Celebi}}. The GS Ball would be delivered to the player by a nurse in the Pokémon Communication Center, which should then be taken to [[Kurt]] in [[Azalea Town]] to investigate. In the day after, the player could retrieve the GS Ball from Kurt and take it to the shrine in [[Ilex Forest]] to summon a battle with a level 30 Celebi.

The building and its associated features were removed from international releases of Crystal, which also caused the restoration of the regular Pokémon Center from {{2v2|Gold|Silver}}. However, they are still available in the programming of the international releases and most of the scripts are fully translated in the English versions.

The sign outside in the English versions, either by restoring the Pokémon Communication Center in the map via hacking or by analyzing the game's dialog scripts in the programming, reads:

{{sign|RBY|header|}}
{{sign|RBY|For Mobile Tips!|}}
{{sign|RBY|POKéCOM CENTER|}}
{{sign|RBY|footer|}}

===Global Terminal===
[[File:Global Terminal HGSS.png|thumb|100px|right|The Global Terminal]]
{{main|Global Terminal}}
The Global Terminal is the worldwide network over which players can interact in different ways via [[Nintendo Wi-Fi Connection]], only seen in {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}. In order to access the terminal, {{player}}s must have the first [[Badge]] of Johto. The first Pokémon in the player's party is returned to its [[Poké Ball]] before entering the building.

The Global Trade Station lets a player send and receive Pokémon on the worldwide network. If the player talks with the woman at the counter, she will direct them into a room in which they can either trade for a Pokémon put there by another player, or put their own Pokémon up for trade.

Players can go to the second floor by using the green warp panels. There are two points of interest on this floor: Box Data, which is located on the western side and the northern set of green machines; and Dress-Up Data, which is located just below the Box Data in the south-eastern corner. Players can go here by using the pink warp panels. There is only one point of interest on this floor: the Battle Video Gallery located on the western side and the set of the pink machines.

{{sign|DPcity|header|}}
{{sign|DPcity|title|The Global Terminal}}
{{sign|DPcity|An Amazing and Completely|}}
{{sign|DPcity|Global Terminal!|}}
{{sign|DPcity|footer|}}

===Goldenrod Gym===
{{main|Goldenrod Gym}}
[[File:Goldenrod Gym HGSS.png|thumb|200px|right|Goldenrod Gym in HeartGold and SoulSilver]]
The Goldenrod Gym is the official [[Gym]] of Goldenrod City. It is based on {{type|Normal}} {{OBP|Pokémon|species}}. The [[Gym Leader]] is [[Whitney]]. {{pkmn|Trainer}}s who defeat her receive the {{Badge|Plain}}. In [[Generation II]], the Goldenrod Gym is a maze of flowers and ornaments. The {{player}} must navigate their way around the Gym floor by going around the wall of pretty flowers first, then enter the middle section. The Trainers in the Gym are hard to avoid, and most of the them must be battled in order to challenge Whitney, who is located in the middle of the Gym.

In {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}, many aesthetic changes have been made to the Goldenrod Gym. The overall layout of the Gym remains the same; however, the outer part of the Gym has been raised to create a platform above the rest of the Gym. To reach Whitney, the player must navigate their way around the raised platform, battle Trainers, and go though an arch below one of the platforms.

When Leader Whitney is defeated, she throws a temper tantrum and cries. Then, the player must talk to her. After drying her eyes and blowing her nose, she will get over her loss and give the player the {{Badge|Plain}}, {{TM|45|Attract}}, and the ability to use {{m|Strength}} outside of battle.

==Demographics==
===Pokémon Crystal===
In {{game|Crystal}}, Goldenrod City has a total population of 105, being the largest city at the time. However, this was short-lived, as {{game|Ruby and Sapphire|s}} introduced a larger city—[[Lilycove City]], which has a population of 123.

===Pokémon HeartGold and SoulSilver===
In HeartGold and SoulSilver, Goldenrod City has a total population of 126, making it the largest city in [[Johto]]. Its population is more than triple the second-most populous city in [[Johto]], [[Violet City]], which only has a population of 40. This number makes Goldenrod the third biggest city in the [[Pokémon world]], behind [[Castelia City]] and [[Nimbasa City]].

==Items==
{{Itlisth|building}}
{{Itlistbod|Bicycle|Given by the Bike Shop owner|GSCHGSS}}
{{Itlistbod|SquirtBottle|Given by the Flower Shop lady after winning the {{Badge|Plain}}|GSCHGSS|display={{DL|Watering cans|SquirtBottle}}}}
{{Itlistbod|Fashion Case|Gift from {{ga|Lyra}} or {{ga|Ethan}} upon first entering [[Goldenrod Tunnel]]|HGSS}}
{{Itlistbod|Super Potion|Northwest of the lamppost south of [[Miracle Cycle]] ''(hidden)''|HGSS|display={{DL|Potion|Super Potion}}}}
{{Itlistbod|Gracidea|Given by the flower shop lady (must have a [[fateful encounter]] {{p|Shaymin}} in the party)|HGSS|display={{OBP|Gracidea|flower}}}}
{{Itlistbod|Coin Case|Gift from [[Mr. Game]] in [[Goldenrod Game Corner]] (non-Japanese versions only)|HGSS}}
{{Itlistfoot|building}}

==Pokémon==
===Generation II===
{{Catch/header|building|4}}
{{Catch/div|building|Gift Pokémon}}
{{Catch/entry2|133|Eevee|yes|yes|yes|Gift|20|all=One}}
{{Catch/div|building|Special}}
{{Catch/entry2|066|Machop|yes|yes|no|Trade|The same as the Traded Pokémon|all=One|tradenum=096|tradename=Drowzee|type1=Fighting}}
{{Catch/entry2|066|Machop|no|no|yes|Trade|The same as the Traded Pokémon|all=One|tradenum=063|tradename=Abra|type1=Fighting}}
{{Catch/footer|building}}

===Generation IV===
{{Catch/header|building|4}}
{{Catch/div|building|Gift Pokémon}}
{{Catch/entryhs|021|Spearow|yes|yes|Gift|20|all=One|type1=Normal|type2=Flying}}
{{Catch/entryhs|133|Eevee|yes|yes|Gift|5|all=One|type1=Normal}}
{{Catch/div|building|Special}}
{{Catch/entryhs|066|Machop|yes|yes|Trade|The same as the Traded Pokémon|all=One|tradenum=096|tradename=Drowzee|type1=Fighting}}
{{Catch/footer|building}}

==In the anime==
[[File:Goldenrod City anime.png|thumb|180px|right|Goldenrod City in the anime]]
{{incomplete|section}}
Goldenrod City first appears in ''[[EP158|A Goldenrod Opportunity]]'', when {{Ash}} and {{ashfr}} arrive in the city so Ash may win his third Johto League Gym [[Badge]]. However, the Gym is closed, so the gang decides to explore the city, specifically the Goldenrod Galleria. Unfortunately, the city is so large, that {{an|Brock}} loses his way, which leads them to meet [[Whitney]], who offers to guide them to the Galleria through the [[Goldenrod Tunnel|Underground Path]]. Eventually, once the gang learns that Whitney is the Gym Leader, Ash battles her in attempt to win the {{Badge|Plain}}, though he ultimately ends up losing to Whitney's {{p|Miltank}}.

The travelers remain in the city through the events of ''[[EP159|A Dairy Tale Ending]]'', as Ash prepares for a rematch against Whitney, while Whitney takes them to visit her uncle's dairy farm. After an attack by {{TRT}} at the farm, Ash and Whitney begin their second battle. Ultimately, Ash does not win an even battle, but Whitney awards him the Plain Badge anyway.

The city is seen once again in ''[[EP160|Air Time!]]'', with Ash coming off his victory against Whitney, the gang visits the [[Goldenrod Radio Tower]], where Ash is interviewed by [[DJ Mary]]. Following the events of this episode, the trio departs from the city.

==Trivia==
* The placement of the [[Global Terminal]] in {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}} in Goldenrod City may have been inspired by the [[Pokémon Communication Center]] that replaced the regular [[Pokémon Center]] from {{2v2|Gold|Silver}} in the Japanese version of {{v2|Crystal}}.
* The song ''[[Pokémon HeartGold & SoulSilver Music Super Complete|Goldenrod City]]'' (Japanese: {{tt|コガネシティ|Kogane Shiti}}) serves as the base for the song ''[[Pokémon HeartGold & SoulSilver Music Super Complete|Bicycle]]'' (Japanese: {{tt|じてんしゃ|Jitensha}}), since the latter is a sped up version of the former which also uses different instruments.
* Goldenrod's English motto in [[Generation II]] was "''The Festive City of Opulent Charm''"
* When the player arrives in the city after using the [[Magnet Train]] in {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}, the guard states that the stress is to be placed on the letter "o". However, there are two "o"s in G'''o'''ldenr'''o'''d, and the guard does not state whether the stress is on the first "o" or the second.

==Name origin==
{| class="roundy" align="left" style="background: #F8CC88; border: 3px solid #F3B95D"
|- align=center
! style="{{roundytl|5px}}" | Language
! Name
! style="{{roundytr|5px}}" | Origin
|- style="background:#FFF;"
| Japanese
| コガネシティ ''Kogane City''
| From 黄金 (''kogane'') gold.
|- style="background:#FFF;"
| English
| Goldenrod City
| From {{wp|goldenrod}}, a type of yellow-colored flowering plant.
|- style="background:#FFF;"
| French
| Doublonville
| From ''doublon'' ({{wp|doubloon}}) and ''ville'' (city).
|- style="background:#FFF;"
| German
| Dukatia City
| From ''Dukat'', {{wp|ducat}}.
|- style="background:#FFF;"
| Italian
| Fiordoropoli
| From ''fiore d'oro'', golden flower, and the suffix ''-poli'', meaning city.
|- style="background:#FFF;"
| Spanish
| Ciudad Trigal Ciudad Caña Dorada {{tt|*|Season 3 and 12 (Latin American dub)}} Ciudad Camino Dorado {{tt|*|Season 4 (Latin American dub). However, in EP255, it is referred in its English name.}}
| From ''trigal'', wheatfield. Literally means ''golden road''.
|- style="background:#FFF;"
| Brazilian Portuguese
| Cidade de Quinhão Dourado{{tt|*|anime only}}
| Means ''golden share''.
|- style="background:#FFF;"
| Korean
| 금빛시티 ''Geumbit City''
| 금빛 (''geumbit'') means ''golden color''.
|- style="background:#FFF;"
| Chinese ({{tt|Mandarin|Taiwan and mainland China}})
| 滿金市 ''Mǎnjīn Shì'' (anime) 小金市 ''Xiǎojīn Shì'' (manga)
| 金 is taken from 黄金 (''kogane''). 滿金 (''mǎnjīn'') literally means "full of gold". From 小金 ''kogane''. 小金 (xiǎojīn) literally means "little gold".
|- style="background:#FFF;"
| Chinese ({{tt|Cantonese|Hong Kong}})
| 滿金市 ''Moongam Si''
| Same as the Mandarin name
|}
{{-}}
{{Johto}} 
{{Project Cities and Towns notice}}

[[Category:Johto locations]]
[[Category:Gold, Silver and Crystal locations]]
[[Category:HeartGold and SoulSilver locations]]
[[Category:Cities]]

[[de:Dukatia City]]
[[es:Ciudad Trigal]]
[[fr:Doublonville]]
[[it:Fiordoropoli]]
[[ja:コガネシティ]]

Goldenrod City

2012-08-12T06:37:23Z

PatPeter: /* Friendship checker */ Add 200-219.

{{Town infobox
|name=Goldenrod City
|jpname={{tt|コガネシティ|Kogane Shiti}}
|jptrans=Kogane City
|image=Goldenrod City HGSS.png
|imageII=Goldenrod City C.png
|slogan=A Happening Big City
|region=Johto
|north=Route 35
|regionnorth=Johto
|south=Route 34
|regionsouth=Johto
|mapdesc=A developing city where people and Pokémon come and go as they like.
|gym=Goldenrod Gym
|gymno=3
|leader=Whitney
|leadervs=VSWhitney.png
|badge=Plain
|gymtype=Normal
|map=Johto Goldenrod City Map.png
|colordark=F3B95D
|colormed=f8cc88
|colorlight=FEE1B4
|generation=2
}}
[[File:Goldenrod City GS.png|thumb|220px|right|Goldenrod City in Gold and Silver]]
'''Goldenrod City''' (Japanese: '''{{tt|コガネシティ|Kogane Shiti}}''' ''Kogane City'') is a sprawling metropolis located in western [[Johto]]. It is the largest city in the region, rivaling [[Celadon City]], the largest city in [[Kanto]]. Goldenrod City is the third largest city in the [[Pokémon world]], behind [[Unova]]'s [[Castelia City]] and [[Nimbasa City]]. Goldenrod is the center of the region's economy and telecommunications. Major attractions for Trainers include the [[Goldenrod Radio Tower]], the city's [[Goldenrod Department Store|Department Store]], [[Goldenrod Game Corner|Game Corner]], [[Name Rater]], [[Magnet Train]], [[Global Terminal]] (HeartGold and SoulSilver only) and [[Goldenrod Gym|Gym]].

[[Pokémon Trainer]]s often come to Goldenrod City in order to win the {{Badge|Plain}} from [[Whitney]], the Goldenrod [[Gym Leader]], who specializes in {{type|Normal}} {{OBP|Pokémon|species}}.

The [[National Park]], along with the [[Pokéathlon Dome]], is located north of Goldenrod off {{rt|35|Johto}} while the [[Pokémon Day Care]] is just south of the city on {{rt|34|Johto}}.

==Places of interest==
===Miracle Cycle===
{{main|Miracle Cycle}}
The lone Bike Shop in [[Johto]] is located in an isolated neighborhood in east Goldenrod, where business doesn't seem to be doing very good. The owner of the shop moved his business from [[Cerulean City]] to Goldenrod between Generation {{gen|I}} and {{gen|III}} and Generation {{gen|II}} and {{gen|IV}}.

The player obtains their [[Bicycle]] from this shop for free. The owner of the store first simply loans the player the Bicycle, but after his number of customers drastically increases, he calls the {{player}} on the [[Pokégear]] to let the player know that he/she can keep it.

{{sign|DPcity|header|}}
{{sign|DPcity|title|Bike Shop Goldenrod Branch}}
{{sign|DPcity|The World is a Cycling Path!|}}
{{sign|DPcity|footer|}}

===Goldenrod Department Store===
{{main|Goldenrod Department Store}}
The Goldenrod Department Store, located in the city center, claims to have a full selection of Pokémon Goods for Trainers. Though the store does not carry more advanced items such as {{DL|Potion|Hyper Potion}}s{{sup|GSC}}, {{ball|Ultra}}s{{sup|GSC}}, or {{DL|Potion|Full Restore}}s, it does back up its claim by boasting the widest selection of specialty items in Johto. It one of the largest buildings in Goldenrod City, making it easy to find.

The lowest level of the store connects to the [[Goldenrod Tunnel]], which encompasses most of western Goldenrod. A team of workers and a {{p|Machoke}} are moving boxes around. People get told off by the worker for going down and distracting them. This is one of the endpoints of the Goldenrod Tunnel. Every time the player enters the area, the boxes will be moved in various places, allowing access to items that are on the ground in blocked rooms. In {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}, the boxes are instead moved when the player interacts with workers in the area.

===Goldenrod Game Corner===
{{main|Goldenrod Game Corner}}
[[Johto]]'s installment of the [[Game Corner]] is located in Goldenrod across the main north-south road from the department store. The parlor features slot machines among other varieties of games. In {{game|Crystal}}, the [[Move Tutor]] can be found standing outside the building on Wednesdays and Saturdays.

There are two games to play: the slot machines and [[Card flip]]. One to three coins can be put in the [[slot machine]] each play. One Coin will only count the center row across, two Coins will count all three rows across, and three Coins will count all three rows across as well as both diagonals. The reels stop spinning when the A button is pressed. The [[Card flip]] minigame is exclusive to [[Generation II]]. The {{player}} can pick either a card or a group of cards, making it much like {{wp|roulette}}. The deck has 24 cards, each one with a number between 1 and 6 and a picture of one of four Pokémon ({{p|Pikachu}}, {{p|Jigglypuff}}, {{p|Oddish}}, or {{p|Poliwag}}). Bets can be placed by a single card, by a single column, by a single row, by a pair of columns, or by a pair of rows. In non-Japanese versions of {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}, these games are replaced by the [[Voltorb Flip]] minigame.

{{sign|DPcity|header|}}
{{sign|DPcity|title|Goldenrod City Game Corner}}
{{sign|DPcity|A Safe and Sound Playground!|}}
{{sign|DPcity|footer|}}

===Johto Name Rater===
{{main|Name Rater}}
The Johto Name Rater is located in a house near the [[gate]] separating Goldenrod from {{rt|35|Johto}}. Here, {{pkmn|Trainer}}s can have the [[nickname]]s of their Pokémon rated and, if the Pokémon's ID number matches the [[Trainer ID number|Trainer's ID number]], the nickname can be changed.

If the Pokémon was caught by the {{player}} that currently owns it, he'll say that the name could be better and offer the player the option of changing it.

If the Pokémon he's judging was obtained via a [[trade]], he will say that the name is perfect and refuse to change it. However, if both players have identical Trainer IDs and [[Trainer ID number|secret IDs]], he will allow name changes.

{{sign|DPcity|header|}}
{{sign|DPcity|title|Name Rater}}
{{sign|DPcity|Get Your Pokémon Nicknames Rated|}}
{{sign|DPcity|footer|}}

===Radio Tower===
{{main|Goldenrod Radio Tower}}
The Goldenrod Radio Tower, located at the west end of the main east-west path through the city, is the source of all [[Pokégear]] broadcasts in [[Johto]]. An antenna on top of the tower transmits three radio programs daily, with a fourth program being aired between 6 P.M. and 12 A.M. every night. The building has three studios spread over five floors. The Radio Tower broadcasts numerous programs daily, the most prominent of such being [[Professor Oak's Pokémon Talk]] and [[Buena's Password]], a new radio show that debuted in {{game|Crystal}} and that returns in {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}.

In {{2v2|Gold|Silver}}, the station has two studios, located on the fourth and fifth floors. A third studio is added in Pokémon Crystal on the second floor. In every version, the tower has a welcome center, as well as a computer linked to [[Bill's PC]] and the {{pkmn|Trainer}}'s personal computer, on the first floor and a small café on the second floor. The technical operations of the tower are handled by way of a network of computers on the third and fourth floors. The manager of the tower has an office on the fifth floor.

For a short time in [[Generation II]] and its {{game|HeartGold and SoulSilver|s|Generation IV remakes}}, the tower falls into the clutches of [[Team Rocket]], during which time none of the normal broadcasts are aired. Following the {{player}}'s collection of seven [[Badge|Gym Badges]], it is necessary to purge the Radio Tower of Team Rocket in order to continue the storyline as a man selling [[RageCandyBar]]s in [[Mahogany Town]] will prevent access to {{rt|44|Johto}}, the eastern path out of Mahogany, until the Radio Tower has been returned to normal.

{{sign|DPcity|header|}}
{{sign|DPcity|title|Goldenrod City Radio Tower}}
{{sign|DPcity|A Network Providing Johto|}}
{{sign|DPcity|with Interesting Information|}}
{{sign|DPcity|footer|}}

===Magnet Train station===
{{main|Magnet Train}}
[[File:Magnet Train arrive HGSS.png|thumb|200px|right|The Magnet Train as seen in {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}]]
[[Saffron City]] and Goldenrod City are linked by a railway used by the Magnet Train, a high-speed train that runs regularly between the two cities. The train follows no set schedule, making the Magnet Train an ideal way to travel between [[Kanto]] and [[Johto]].

To board the train, a potential rider must have a {{DL|List of key items in Generation IV|Pass}}. The {{OBP|Copycat|character}} of [[Saffron City]] has one (given to her as compensation for the fact that the station in Saffron is built where her house used to be), and is willing to give it up as a reward for returning her {{pkmn|doll|Poké Doll}} that {{ga|Red}} gave to her [[Generation I|three years before]].

Initially, the train is out of service as a minion of [[Team Rocket]] has stolen the [[Machine Part]] from the [[Power Plant]] in Kanto. After defeating him in [[Cerulean City]], {{player}}s can retrieve the part from the [[Cerulean Gym]] and return it to the Power Plant. With the part back in place, the train will have the necessary power to run.

{{sign|DPcity|header|}}
{{sign|DPcity|Johto-Kanto Magnet Train Line|}}
{{sign|DPcity|Goldenrod City Station|}}
{{sign|DPcity|footer|}}

===Goldenrod Tunnel===
{{main|Goldenrod Tunnel}}
An underground path, the Goldenrod Tunnel, runs from the southwestern side of the city to the northwestern area, with a branch leading to the basement of the [[Goldenrod Department Store|Department Store]]. A [[Haircut brothers|pair of groomers]] in the tunnel will groom Pokémon, increasing the [[friendship]] of the groomed Pokémon, for a small fee.

This path contains a barber shop, [[Herb Shop]], and a shop selling [[valuable item]]s—which are to be simply resold for profit. Shops are only open on certain [[days of the week]], and in some cases, at certain [[time]]s. The path is also notorious for having litter carelessly left there by {{pkmn|Trainer}}s. Additionally, there is an entrance to the basement of the Department Store, which is initially occupied by [[Team Rocket]].

====Southern entrance====
{{sign|DPcity|header|}}
{{sign|DPcity|Be Careful!|}}
{{sign|DPcity|Get Off Your Bike in the Tunnel|}}
{{sign|DPcity|footer|}}

====Northern entrance====
{{sign|DPcity|header|}}
{{sign|DPcity|Watch Out!|}}
{{sign|DPcity|Get Off Your Bike in the Tunnel|}}
{{sign|DPcity|footer|}}

===Flower shop===
A flower shop is located in the northeast area of the city, where the player can obtain the {{DL|Watering cans|SquirtBottle}}, the [[key item]] needed to get past the {{p|Sudowoodo}} who blocks the player's path on {{rt|36|Johto}}; however, the SquirtBottle can only be obtained after defeating [[Whitney]]

In {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}, the {{OBP|Gracidea|flower}} can be obtained here with a [[fateful encounter]] {{p|Shaymin}} as the [[walking Pokémon]]. Also only in HeartGold and SoulSilver, after Sudowoodo has been cleared from {{rt|36|Johto}}, [[Mulch]] can also be bought here.

{{sign|DPcity|header|}}
{{sign|DPcity|title|Goldenrod Flower Shop}}
{{sign|DPcity|A Small Shop Providing|}}
{{sign|DPcity|Lots of Beauty|}}
{{sign|DPcity|footer|}}

{{shop|Mulch}}
{{shoprow|{{shopitem|Growth Mulch|200}}|{{shopitem|Damp Mulch|200}}}}
{{shoprow|{{shopitem|Stable Mulch|200}}|{{shopitem|Gooey Mulch|200}}}}
{{shopfooter}}

===Friendship checker===
A woman in a house near [[Miracle Cycle]] is able to determine the [[friendship]] of the first Pokémon in the player's party.

When a Pokémon has between 0-99 happiness, she will say, "You should treat it better. It's not used to you."

When a Pokémon has between 100-199 happiness, she will say, "It's friendly toward you. It looks sort of happy."

When a Pokémon has between 200-219 happiness, she will say, "I get the feeling that it really trusts you."

===Bill's house===
Goldenrod City is the hometown of [[Bill]], the inventor of both [[Kanto]]'s and [[Johto]]'s [[Pokémon Storage System]]. It is also the home of the rest of his family, who lives in a small house near the southern entrance of [[Goldenrod Tunnel]]. However, some of his family also lives in [[Fuchsia City]], and in [[Generation II]] and [[Generation IV]], his [[Bill's grandfather|grandfather]] watches over his Sea Cottage on {{rt|25|Kanto}}.

===Pokémon Communication Center===
{{main|Pokémon Communication Center}}
[[File:Goldenrod City C JP.png|thumb|220px|right|Goldenrod City in the Japanese Crystal. Notice the PokéCom Center replacing the regular Pokémon Center.]]
In the Japanese version of {{v2|Crystal}}, the [[Pokémon Center]] was expanded into a much larger building, called the Pokémon Communication Center, and shortened to PokéCom Center. It took use of the [[Pokémon Mobile System GB]] and the [[Mobile Adapter GB]], which required connecting to a {{wp|mobile phone}}.

The Pokémon Communication Center housed the facilities for the aforementioned systems, such as the Pokémon News Machine, which compiles news from the save files of {{player}}s across Japan. Reading the news would sent out a player's own save file data, allowing others to read about the player's adventure.

It is most famous for being related to the [[GS Ball]] {{pkmn|event}} that allowed to encounter and catch {{p|Celebi}}. The GS Ball would be delivered to the player by a nurse in the Pokémon Communication Center, which should then be taken to [[Kurt]] in [[Azalea Town]] to investigate. In the day after, the player could retrieve the GS Ball from Kurt and take it to the shrine in [[Ilex Forest]] to summon a battle with a level 30 Celebi.

The building and its associated features were removed from international releases of Crystal, which also caused the restoration of the regular Pokémon Center from {{2v2|Gold|Silver}}. However, they are still available in the programming of the international releases and most of the scripts are fully translated in the English versions.

The sign outside in the English versions, either by restoring the Pokémon Communication Center in the map via hacking or by analyzing the game's dialog scripts in the programming, reads:

{{sign|RBY|header|}}
{{sign|RBY|For Mobile Tips!|}}
{{sign|RBY|POKéCOM CENTER|}}
{{sign|RBY|footer|}}

===Global Terminal===
[[File:Global Terminal HGSS.png|thumb|100px|right|The Global Terminal]]
{{main|Global Terminal}}
The Global Terminal is the worldwide network over which players can interact in different ways via [[Nintendo Wi-Fi Connection]], only seen in {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}. In order to access the terminal, {{player}}s must have the first [[Badge]] of Johto. The first Pokémon in the player's party is returned to its [[Poké Ball]] before entering the building.

The Global Trade Station lets a player send and receive Pokémon on the worldwide network. If the player talks with the woman at the counter, she will direct them into a room in which they can either trade for a Pokémon put there by another player, or put their own Pokémon up for trade.

Players can go to the second floor by using the green warp panels. There are two points of interest on this floor: Box Data, which is located on the western side and the northern set of green machines; and Dress-Up Data, which is located just below the Box Data in the south-eastern corner. Players can go here by using the pink warp panels. There is only one point of interest on this floor: the Battle Video Gallery located on the western side and the set of the pink machines.

{{sign|DPcity|header|}}
{{sign|DPcity|title|The Global Terminal}}
{{sign|DPcity|An Amazing and Completely|}}
{{sign|DPcity|Global Terminal!|}}
{{sign|DPcity|footer|}}

===Goldenrod Gym===
{{main|Goldenrod Gym}}
[[File:Goldenrod Gym HGSS.png|thumb|200px|right|Goldenrod Gym in HeartGold and SoulSilver]]
The Goldenrod Gym is the official [[Gym]] of Goldenrod City. It is based on {{type|Normal}} {{OBP|Pokémon|species}}. The [[Gym Leader]] is [[Whitney]]. {{pkmn|Trainer}}s who defeat her receive the {{Badge|Plain}}. In [[Generation II]], the Goldenrod Gym is a maze of flowers and ornaments. The {{player}} must navigate their way around the Gym floor by going around the wall of pretty flowers first, then enter the middle section. The Trainers in the Gym are hard to avoid, and most of the them must be battled in order to challenge Whitney, who is located in the middle of the Gym.

In {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}, many aesthetic changes have been made to the Goldenrod Gym. The overall layout of the Gym remains the same; however, the outer part of the Gym has been raised to create a platform above the rest of the Gym. To reach Whitney, the player must navigate their way around the raised platform, battle Trainers, and go though an arch below one of the platforms.

When Leader Whitney is defeated, she throws a temper tantrum and cries. Then, the player must talk to her. After drying her eyes and blowing her nose, she will get over her loss and give the player the {{Badge|Plain}}, {{TM|45|Attract}}, and the ability to use {{m|Strength}} outside of battle.

==Demographics==
===Pokémon Crystal===
In {{game|Crystal}}, Goldenrod City has a total population of 105, being the largest city at the time. However, this was short-lived, as {{game|Ruby and Sapphire|s}} introduced a larger city—[[Lilycove City]], which has a population of 123.

===Pokémon HeartGold and SoulSilver===
In HeartGold and SoulSilver, Goldenrod City has a total population of 126, making it the largest city in [[Johto]]. Its population is more than triple the second-most populous city in [[Johto]], [[Violet City]], which only has a population of 40. This number makes Goldenrod the third biggest city in the [[Pokémon world]], behind [[Castelia City]] and [[Nimbasa City]].

==Items==
{{Itlisth|building}}
{{Itlistbod|Bicycle|Given by the Bike Shop owner|GSCHGSS}}
{{Itlistbod|SquirtBottle|Given by the Flower Shop lady after winning the {{Badge|Plain}}|GSCHGSS|display={{DL|Watering cans|SquirtBottle}}}}
{{Itlistbod|Fashion Case|Gift from {{ga|Lyra}} or {{ga|Ethan}} upon first entering [[Goldenrod Tunnel]]|HGSS}}
{{Itlistbod|Super Potion|Northwest of the lamppost south of [[Miracle Cycle]] ''(hidden)''|HGSS|display={{DL|Potion|Super Potion}}}}
{{Itlistbod|Gracidea|Given by the flower shop lady (must have a [[fateful encounter]] {{p|Shaymin}} in the party)|HGSS|display={{OBP|Gracidea|flower}}}}
{{Itlistbod|Coin Case|Gift from [[Mr. Game]] in [[Goldenrod Game Corner]] (non-Japanese versions only)|HGSS}}
{{Itlistfoot|building}}

==Pokémon==
===Generation II===
{{Catch/header|building|4}}
{{Catch/div|building|Gift Pokémon}}
{{Catch/entry2|133|Eevee|yes|yes|yes|Gift|20|all=One}}
{{Catch/div|building|Special}}
{{Catch/entry2|066|Machop|yes|yes|no|Trade|The same as the Traded Pokémon|all=One|tradenum=096|tradename=Drowzee|type1=Fighting}}
{{Catch/entry2|066|Machop|no|no|yes|Trade|The same as the Traded Pokémon|all=One|tradenum=063|tradename=Abra|type1=Fighting}}
{{Catch/footer|building}}

===Generation IV===
{{Catch/header|building|4}}
{{Catch/div|building|Gift Pokémon}}
{{Catch/entryhs|021|Spearow|yes|yes|Gift|20|all=One|type1=Normal|type2=Flying}}
{{Catch/entryhs|133|Eevee|yes|yes|Gift|5|all=One|type1=Normal}}
{{Catch/div|building|Special}}
{{Catch/entryhs|066|Machop|yes|yes|Trade|The same as the Traded Pokémon|all=One|tradenum=096|tradename=Drowzee|type1=Fighting}}
{{Catch/footer|building}}

==In the anime==
[[File:Goldenrod City anime.png|thumb|180px|right|Goldenrod City in the anime]]
{{incomplete|section}}
Goldenrod City first appears in ''[[EP158|A Goldenrod Opportunity]]'', when {{Ash}} and {{ashfr}} arrive in the city so Ash may win his third Johto League Gym [[Badge]]. However, the Gym is closed, so the gang decides to explore the city, specifically the Goldenrod Galleria. Unfortunately, the city is so large, that {{an|Brock}} loses his way, which leads them to meet [[Whitney]], who offers to guide them to the Galleria through the [[Goldenrod Tunnel|Underground Path]]. Eventually, once the gang learns that Whitney is the Gym Leader, Ash battles her in attempt to win the {{Badge|Plain}}, though he ultimately ends up losing to Whitney's {{p|Miltank}}.

The travelers remain in the city through the events of ''[[EP159|A Dairy Tale Ending]]'', as Ash prepares for a rematch against Whitney, while Whitney takes them to visit her uncle's dairy farm. After an attack by {{TRT}} at the farm, Ash and Whitney begin their second battle. Ultimately, Ash does not win an even battle, but Whitney awards him the Plain Badge anyway.

The city is seen once again in ''[[EP160|Air Time!]]'', with Ash coming off his victory against Whitney, the gang visits the [[Goldenrod Radio Tower]], where Ash is interviewed by [[DJ Mary]]. Following the events of this episode, the trio departs from the city.

==Trivia==
* The placement of the [[Global Terminal]] in {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}} in Goldenrod City may have been inspired by the [[Pokémon Communication Center]] that replaced the regular [[Pokémon Center]] from {{2v2|Gold|Silver}} in the Japanese version of {{v2|Crystal}}.
* The song ''[[Pokémon HeartGold & SoulSilver Music Super Complete|Goldenrod City]]'' (Japanese: {{tt|コガネシティ|Kogane Shiti}}) serves as the base for the song ''[[Pokémon HeartGold & SoulSilver Music Super Complete|Bicycle]]'' (Japanese: {{tt|じてんしゃ|Jitensha}}), since the latter is a sped up version of the former which also uses different instruments.
* Goldenrod's English motto in [[Generation II]] was "''The Festive City of Opulent Charm''"
* When the player arrives in the city after using the [[Magnet Train]] in {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}, the guard states that the stress is to be placed on the letter "o". However, there are two "o"s in G'''o'''ldenr'''o'''d, and the guard does not state whether the stress is on the first "o" or the second.

==Name origin==
{| class="roundy" align="left" style="background: #F8CC88; border: 3px solid #F3B95D"
|- align=center
! style="{{roundytl|5px}}" | Language
! Name
! style="{{roundytr|5px}}" | Origin
|- style="background:#FFF;"
| Japanese
| コガネシティ ''Kogane City''
| From 黄金 (''kogane'') gold.
|- style="background:#FFF;"
| English
| Goldenrod City
| From {{wp|goldenrod}}, a type of yellow-colored flowering plant.
|- style="background:#FFF;"
| French
| Doublonville
| From ''doublon'' ({{wp|doubloon}}) and ''ville'' (city).
|- style="background:#FFF;"
| German
| Dukatia City
| From ''Dukat'', {{wp|ducat}}.
|- style="background:#FFF;"
| Italian
| Fiordoropoli
| From ''fiore d'oro'', golden flower, and the suffix ''-poli'', meaning city.
|- style="background:#FFF;"
| Spanish
| Ciudad Trigal Ciudad Caña Dorada {{tt|*|Season 3 and 12 (Latin American dub)}} Ciudad Camino Dorado {{tt|*|Season 4 (Latin American dub). However, in EP255, it is referred in its English name.}}
| From ''trigal'', wheatfield. Literally means ''golden road''.
|- style="background:#FFF;"
| Brazilian Portuguese
| Cidade de Quinhão Dourado{{tt|*|anime only}}
| Means ''golden share''.
|- style="background:#FFF;"
| Korean
| 금빛시티 ''Geumbit City''
| 금빛 (''geumbit'') means ''golden color''.
|- style="background:#FFF;"
| Chinese ({{tt|Mandarin|Taiwan and mainland China}})
| 滿金市 ''Mǎnjīn Shì'' (anime) 小金市 ''Xiǎojīn Shì'' (manga)
| 金 is taken from 黄金 (''kogane''). 滿金 (''mǎnjīn'') literally means "full of gold". From 小金 ''kogane''. 小金 (xiǎojīn) literally means "little gold".
|- style="background:#FFF;"
| Chinese ({{tt|Cantonese|Hong Kong}})
| 滿金市 ''Moongam Si''
| Same as the Mandarin name
|}
{{-}}
{{Johto}} 
{{Project Cities and Towns notice}}

[[Category:Johto locations]]
[[Category:Gold, Silver and Crystal locations]]
[[Category:HeartGold and SoulSilver locations]]
[[Category:Cities]]

[[de:Dukatia City]]
[[es:Ciudad Trigal]]
[[fr:Doublonville]]
[[it:Fiordoropoli]]
[[ja:コガネシティ]]

Goldenrod City

2012-08-12T06:34:28Z

PatPeter: /* Friendship checker */ Add 0-99.

{{Town infobox
|name=Goldenrod City
|jpname={{tt|コガネシティ|Kogane Shiti}}
|jptrans=Kogane City
|image=Goldenrod City HGSS.png
|imageII=Goldenrod City C.png
|slogan=A Happening Big City
|region=Johto
|north=Route 35
|regionnorth=Johto
|south=Route 34
|regionsouth=Johto
|mapdesc=A developing city where people and Pokémon come and go as they like.
|gym=Goldenrod Gym
|gymno=3
|leader=Whitney
|leadervs=VSWhitney.png
|badge=Plain
|gymtype=Normal
|map=Johto Goldenrod City Map.png
|colordark=F3B95D
|colormed=f8cc88
|colorlight=FEE1B4
|generation=2
}}
[[File:Goldenrod City GS.png|thumb|220px|right|Goldenrod City in Gold and Silver]]
'''Goldenrod City''' (Japanese: '''{{tt|コガネシティ|Kogane Shiti}}''' ''Kogane City'') is a sprawling metropolis located in western [[Johto]]. It is the largest city in the region, rivaling [[Celadon City]], the largest city in [[Kanto]]. Goldenrod City is the third largest city in the [[Pokémon world]], behind [[Unova]]'s [[Castelia City]] and [[Nimbasa City]]. Goldenrod is the center of the region's economy and telecommunications. Major attractions for Trainers include the [[Goldenrod Radio Tower]], the city's [[Goldenrod Department Store|Department Store]], [[Goldenrod Game Corner|Game Corner]], [[Name Rater]], [[Magnet Train]], [[Global Terminal]] (HeartGold and SoulSilver only) and [[Goldenrod Gym|Gym]].

[[Pokémon Trainer]]s often come to Goldenrod City in order to win the {{Badge|Plain}} from [[Whitney]], the Goldenrod [[Gym Leader]], who specializes in {{type|Normal}} {{OBP|Pokémon|species}}.

The [[National Park]], along with the [[Pokéathlon Dome]], is located north of Goldenrod off {{rt|35|Johto}} while the [[Pokémon Day Care]] is just south of the city on {{rt|34|Johto}}.

==Places of interest==
===Miracle Cycle===
{{main|Miracle Cycle}}
The lone Bike Shop in [[Johto]] is located in an isolated neighborhood in east Goldenrod, where business doesn't seem to be doing very good. The owner of the shop moved his business from [[Cerulean City]] to Goldenrod between Generation {{gen|I}} and {{gen|III}} and Generation {{gen|II}} and {{gen|IV}}.

The player obtains their [[Bicycle]] from this shop for free. The owner of the store first simply loans the player the Bicycle, but after his number of customers drastically increases, he calls the {{player}} on the [[Pokégear]] to let the player know that he/she can keep it.

{{sign|DPcity|header|}}
{{sign|DPcity|title|Bike Shop Goldenrod Branch}}
{{sign|DPcity|The World is a Cycling Path!|}}
{{sign|DPcity|footer|}}

===Goldenrod Department Store===
{{main|Goldenrod Department Store}}
The Goldenrod Department Store, located in the city center, claims to have a full selection of Pokémon Goods for Trainers. Though the store does not carry more advanced items such as {{DL|Potion|Hyper Potion}}s{{sup|GSC}}, {{ball|Ultra}}s{{sup|GSC}}, or {{DL|Potion|Full Restore}}s, it does back up its claim by boasting the widest selection of specialty items in Johto. It one of the largest buildings in Goldenrod City, making it easy to find.

The lowest level of the store connects to the [[Goldenrod Tunnel]], which encompasses most of western Goldenrod. A team of workers and a {{p|Machoke}} are moving boxes around. People get told off by the worker for going down and distracting them. This is one of the endpoints of the Goldenrod Tunnel. Every time the player enters the area, the boxes will be moved in various places, allowing access to items that are on the ground in blocked rooms. In {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}, the boxes are instead moved when the player interacts with workers in the area.

===Goldenrod Game Corner===
{{main|Goldenrod Game Corner}}
[[Johto]]'s installment of the [[Game Corner]] is located in Goldenrod across the main north-south road from the department store. The parlor features slot machines among other varieties of games. In {{game|Crystal}}, the [[Move Tutor]] can be found standing outside the building on Wednesdays and Saturdays.

There are two games to play: the slot machines and [[Card flip]]. One to three coins can be put in the [[slot machine]] each play. One Coin will only count the center row across, two Coins will count all three rows across, and three Coins will count all three rows across as well as both diagonals. The reels stop spinning when the A button is pressed. The [[Card flip]] minigame is exclusive to [[Generation II]]. The {{player}} can pick either a card or a group of cards, making it much like {{wp|roulette}}. The deck has 24 cards, each one with a number between 1 and 6 and a picture of one of four Pokémon ({{p|Pikachu}}, {{p|Jigglypuff}}, {{p|Oddish}}, or {{p|Poliwag}}). Bets can be placed by a single card, by a single column, by a single row, by a pair of columns, or by a pair of rows. In non-Japanese versions of {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}, these games are replaced by the [[Voltorb Flip]] minigame.

{{sign|DPcity|header|}}
{{sign|DPcity|title|Goldenrod City Game Corner}}
{{sign|DPcity|A Safe and Sound Playground!|}}
{{sign|DPcity|footer|}}

===Johto Name Rater===
{{main|Name Rater}}
The Johto Name Rater is located in a house near the [[gate]] separating Goldenrod from {{rt|35|Johto}}. Here, {{pkmn|Trainer}}s can have the [[nickname]]s of their Pokémon rated and, if the Pokémon's ID number matches the [[Trainer ID number|Trainer's ID number]], the nickname can be changed.

If the Pokémon was caught by the {{player}} that currently owns it, he'll say that the name could be better and offer the player the option of changing it.

If the Pokémon he's judging was obtained via a [[trade]], he will say that the name is perfect and refuse to change it. However, if both players have identical Trainer IDs and [[Trainer ID number|secret IDs]], he will allow name changes.

{{sign|DPcity|header|}}
{{sign|DPcity|title|Name Rater}}
{{sign|DPcity|Get Your Pokémon Nicknames Rated|}}
{{sign|DPcity|footer|}}

===Radio Tower===
{{main|Goldenrod Radio Tower}}
The Goldenrod Radio Tower, located at the west end of the main east-west path through the city, is the source of all [[Pokégear]] broadcasts in [[Johto]]. An antenna on top of the tower transmits three radio programs daily, with a fourth program being aired between 6 P.M. and 12 A.M. every night. The building has three studios spread over five floors. The Radio Tower broadcasts numerous programs daily, the most prominent of such being [[Professor Oak's Pokémon Talk]] and [[Buena's Password]], a new radio show that debuted in {{game|Crystal}} and that returns in {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}.

In {{2v2|Gold|Silver}}, the station has two studios, located on the fourth and fifth floors. A third studio is added in Pokémon Crystal on the second floor. In every version, the tower has a welcome center, as well as a computer linked to [[Bill's PC]] and the {{pkmn|Trainer}}'s personal computer, on the first floor and a small café on the second floor. The technical operations of the tower are handled by way of a network of computers on the third and fourth floors. The manager of the tower has an office on the fifth floor.

For a short time in [[Generation II]] and its {{game|HeartGold and SoulSilver|s|Generation IV remakes}}, the tower falls into the clutches of [[Team Rocket]], during which time none of the normal broadcasts are aired. Following the {{player}}'s collection of seven [[Badge|Gym Badges]], it is necessary to purge the Radio Tower of Team Rocket in order to continue the storyline as a man selling [[RageCandyBar]]s in [[Mahogany Town]] will prevent access to {{rt|44|Johto}}, the eastern path out of Mahogany, until the Radio Tower has been returned to normal.

{{sign|DPcity|header|}}
{{sign|DPcity|title|Goldenrod City Radio Tower}}
{{sign|DPcity|A Network Providing Johto|}}
{{sign|DPcity|with Interesting Information|}}
{{sign|DPcity|footer|}}

===Magnet Train station===
{{main|Magnet Train}}
[[File:Magnet Train arrive HGSS.png|thumb|200px|right|The Magnet Train as seen in {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}]]
[[Saffron City]] and Goldenrod City are linked by a railway used by the Magnet Train, a high-speed train that runs regularly between the two cities. The train follows no set schedule, making the Magnet Train an ideal way to travel between [[Kanto]] and [[Johto]].

To board the train, a potential rider must have a {{DL|List of key items in Generation IV|Pass}}. The {{OBP|Copycat|character}} of [[Saffron City]] has one (given to her as compensation for the fact that the station in Saffron is built where her house used to be), and is willing to give it up as a reward for returning her {{pkmn|doll|Poké Doll}} that {{ga|Red}} gave to her [[Generation I|three years before]].

Initially, the train is out of service as a minion of [[Team Rocket]] has stolen the [[Machine Part]] from the [[Power Plant]] in Kanto. After defeating him in [[Cerulean City]], {{player}}s can retrieve the part from the [[Cerulean Gym]] and return it to the Power Plant. With the part back in place, the train will have the necessary power to run.

{{sign|DPcity|header|}}
{{sign|DPcity|Johto-Kanto Magnet Train Line|}}
{{sign|DPcity|Goldenrod City Station|}}
{{sign|DPcity|footer|}}

===Goldenrod Tunnel===
{{main|Goldenrod Tunnel}}
An underground path, the Goldenrod Tunnel, runs from the southwestern side of the city to the northwestern area, with a branch leading to the basement of the [[Goldenrod Department Store|Department Store]]. A [[Haircut brothers|pair of groomers]] in the tunnel will groom Pokémon, increasing the [[friendship]] of the groomed Pokémon, for a small fee.

This path contains a barber shop, [[Herb Shop]], and a shop selling [[valuable item]]s—which are to be simply resold for profit. Shops are only open on certain [[days of the week]], and in some cases, at certain [[time]]s. The path is also notorious for having litter carelessly left there by {{pkmn|Trainer}}s. Additionally, there is an entrance to the basement of the Department Store, which is initially occupied by [[Team Rocket]].

====Southern entrance====
{{sign|DPcity|header|}}
{{sign|DPcity|Be Careful!|}}
{{sign|DPcity|Get Off Your Bike in the Tunnel|}}
{{sign|DPcity|footer|}}

====Northern entrance====
{{sign|DPcity|header|}}
{{sign|DPcity|Watch Out!|}}
{{sign|DPcity|Get Off Your Bike in the Tunnel|}}
{{sign|DPcity|footer|}}

===Flower shop===
A flower shop is located in the northeast area of the city, where the player can obtain the {{DL|Watering cans|SquirtBottle}}, the [[key item]] needed to get past the {{p|Sudowoodo}} who blocks the player's path on {{rt|36|Johto}}; however, the SquirtBottle can only be obtained after defeating [[Whitney]]

In {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}, the {{OBP|Gracidea|flower}} can be obtained here with a [[fateful encounter]] {{p|Shaymin}} as the [[walking Pokémon]]. Also only in HeartGold and SoulSilver, after Sudowoodo has been cleared from {{rt|36|Johto}}, [[Mulch]] can also be bought here.

{{sign|DPcity|header|}}
{{sign|DPcity|title|Goldenrod Flower Shop}}
{{sign|DPcity|A Small Shop Providing|}}
{{sign|DPcity|Lots of Beauty|}}
{{sign|DPcity|footer|}}

{{shop|Mulch}}
{{shoprow|{{shopitem|Growth Mulch|200}}|{{shopitem|Damp Mulch|200}}}}
{{shoprow|{{shopitem|Stable Mulch|200}}|{{shopitem|Gooey Mulch|200}}}}
{{shopfooter}}

===Friendship checker===
A woman in a house near [[Miracle Cycle]] is able to determine the [[friendship]] of the first Pokémon in the player's party.

When a Pokémon has between 0-99 happiness, she will say, "You should treat it better. It's not used to you."

When a Pokémon has between 100-199 happiness, she will say, "It's friendly toward you. It looks sort of happy."

===Bill's house===
Goldenrod City is the hometown of [[Bill]], the inventor of both [[Kanto]]'s and [[Johto]]'s [[Pokémon Storage System]]. It is also the home of the rest of his family, who lives in a small house near the southern entrance of [[Goldenrod Tunnel]]. However, some of his family also lives in [[Fuchsia City]], and in [[Generation II]] and [[Generation IV]], his [[Bill's grandfather|grandfather]] watches over his Sea Cottage on {{rt|25|Kanto}}.

===Pokémon Communication Center===
{{main|Pokémon Communication Center}}
[[File:Goldenrod City C JP.png|thumb|220px|right|Goldenrod City in the Japanese Crystal. Notice the PokéCom Center replacing the regular Pokémon Center.]]
In the Japanese version of {{v2|Crystal}}, the [[Pokémon Center]] was expanded into a much larger building, called the Pokémon Communication Center, and shortened to PokéCom Center. It took use of the [[Pokémon Mobile System GB]] and the [[Mobile Adapter GB]], which required connecting to a {{wp|mobile phone}}.

The Pokémon Communication Center housed the facilities for the aforementioned systems, such as the Pokémon News Machine, which compiles news from the save files of {{player}}s across Japan. Reading the news would sent out a player's own save file data, allowing others to read about the player's adventure.

It is most famous for being related to the [[GS Ball]] {{pkmn|event}} that allowed to encounter and catch {{p|Celebi}}. The GS Ball would be delivered to the player by a nurse in the Pokémon Communication Center, which should then be taken to [[Kurt]] in [[Azalea Town]] to investigate. In the day after, the player could retrieve the GS Ball from Kurt and take it to the shrine in [[Ilex Forest]] to summon a battle with a level 30 Celebi.

The building and its associated features were removed from international releases of Crystal, which also caused the restoration of the regular Pokémon Center from {{2v2|Gold|Silver}}. However, they are still available in the programming of the international releases and most of the scripts are fully translated in the English versions.

The sign outside in the English versions, either by restoring the Pokémon Communication Center in the map via hacking or by analyzing the game's dialog scripts in the programming, reads:

{{sign|RBY|header|}}
{{sign|RBY|For Mobile Tips!|}}
{{sign|RBY|POKéCOM CENTER|}}
{{sign|RBY|footer|}}

===Global Terminal===
[[File:Global Terminal HGSS.png|thumb|100px|right|The Global Terminal]]
{{main|Global Terminal}}
The Global Terminal is the worldwide network over which players can interact in different ways via [[Nintendo Wi-Fi Connection]], only seen in {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}. In order to access the terminal, {{player}}s must have the first [[Badge]] of Johto. The first Pokémon in the player's party is returned to its [[Poké Ball]] before entering the building.

The Global Trade Station lets a player send and receive Pokémon on the worldwide network. If the player talks with the woman at the counter, she will direct them into a room in which they can either trade for a Pokémon put there by another player, or put their own Pokémon up for trade.

Players can go to the second floor by using the green warp panels. There are two points of interest on this floor: Box Data, which is located on the western side and the northern set of green machines; and Dress-Up Data, which is located just below the Box Data in the south-eastern corner. Players can go here by using the pink warp panels. There is only one point of interest on this floor: the Battle Video Gallery located on the western side and the set of the pink machines.

{{sign|DPcity|header|}}
{{sign|DPcity|title|The Global Terminal}}
{{sign|DPcity|An Amazing and Completely|}}
{{sign|DPcity|Global Terminal!|}}
{{sign|DPcity|footer|}}

===Goldenrod Gym===
{{main|Goldenrod Gym}}
[[File:Goldenrod Gym HGSS.png|thumb|200px|right|Goldenrod Gym in HeartGold and SoulSilver]]
The Goldenrod Gym is the official [[Gym]] of Goldenrod City. It is based on {{type|Normal}} {{OBP|Pokémon|species}}. The [[Gym Leader]] is [[Whitney]]. {{pkmn|Trainer}}s who defeat her receive the {{Badge|Plain}}. In [[Generation II]], the Goldenrod Gym is a maze of flowers and ornaments. The {{player}} must navigate their way around the Gym floor by going around the wall of pretty flowers first, then enter the middle section. The Trainers in the Gym are hard to avoid, and most of the them must be battled in order to challenge Whitney, who is located in the middle of the Gym.

In {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}, many aesthetic changes have been made to the Goldenrod Gym. The overall layout of the Gym remains the same; however, the outer part of the Gym has been raised to create a platform above the rest of the Gym. To reach Whitney, the player must navigate their way around the raised platform, battle Trainers, and go though an arch below one of the platforms.

When Leader Whitney is defeated, she throws a temper tantrum and cries. Then, the player must talk to her. After drying her eyes and blowing her nose, she will get over her loss and give the player the {{Badge|Plain}}, {{TM|45|Attract}}, and the ability to use {{m|Strength}} outside of battle.

==Demographics==
===Pokémon Crystal===
In {{game|Crystal}}, Goldenrod City has a total population of 105, being the largest city at the time. However, this was short-lived, as {{game|Ruby and Sapphire|s}} introduced a larger city—[[Lilycove City]], which has a population of 123.

===Pokémon HeartGold and SoulSilver===
In HeartGold and SoulSilver, Goldenrod City has a total population of 126, making it the largest city in [[Johto]]. Its population is more than triple the second-most populous city in [[Johto]], [[Violet City]], which only has a population of 40. This number makes Goldenrod the third biggest city in the [[Pokémon world]], behind [[Castelia City]] and [[Nimbasa City]].

==Items==
{{Itlisth|building}}
{{Itlistbod|Bicycle|Given by the Bike Shop owner|GSCHGSS}}
{{Itlistbod|SquirtBottle|Given by the Flower Shop lady after winning the {{Badge|Plain}}|GSCHGSS|display={{DL|Watering cans|SquirtBottle}}}}
{{Itlistbod|Fashion Case|Gift from {{ga|Lyra}} or {{ga|Ethan}} upon first entering [[Goldenrod Tunnel]]|HGSS}}
{{Itlistbod|Super Potion|Northwest of the lamppost south of [[Miracle Cycle]] ''(hidden)''|HGSS|display={{DL|Potion|Super Potion}}}}
{{Itlistbod|Gracidea|Given by the flower shop lady (must have a [[fateful encounter]] {{p|Shaymin}} in the party)|HGSS|display={{OBP|Gracidea|flower}}}}
{{Itlistbod|Coin Case|Gift from [[Mr. Game]] in [[Goldenrod Game Corner]] (non-Japanese versions only)|HGSS}}
{{Itlistfoot|building}}

==Pokémon==
===Generation II===
{{Catch/header|building|4}}
{{Catch/div|building|Gift Pokémon}}
{{Catch/entry2|133|Eevee|yes|yes|yes|Gift|20|all=One}}
{{Catch/div|building|Special}}
{{Catch/entry2|066|Machop|yes|yes|no|Trade|The same as the Traded Pokémon|all=One|tradenum=096|tradename=Drowzee|type1=Fighting}}
{{Catch/entry2|066|Machop|no|no|yes|Trade|The same as the Traded Pokémon|all=One|tradenum=063|tradename=Abra|type1=Fighting}}
{{Catch/footer|building}}

===Generation IV===
{{Catch/header|building|4}}
{{Catch/div|building|Gift Pokémon}}
{{Catch/entryhs|021|Spearow|yes|yes|Gift|20|all=One|type1=Normal|type2=Flying}}
{{Catch/entryhs|133|Eevee|yes|yes|Gift|5|all=One|type1=Normal}}
{{Catch/div|building|Special}}
{{Catch/entryhs|066|Machop|yes|yes|Trade|The same as the Traded Pokémon|all=One|tradenum=096|tradename=Drowzee|type1=Fighting}}
{{Catch/footer|building}}

==In the anime==
[[File:Goldenrod City anime.png|thumb|180px|right|Goldenrod City in the anime]]
{{incomplete|section}}
Goldenrod City first appears in ''[[EP158|A Goldenrod Opportunity]]'', when {{Ash}} and {{ashfr}} arrive in the city so Ash may win his third Johto League Gym [[Badge]]. However, the Gym is closed, so the gang decides to explore the city, specifically the Goldenrod Galleria. Unfortunately, the city is so large, that {{an|Brock}} loses his way, which leads them to meet [[Whitney]], who offers to guide them to the Galleria through the [[Goldenrod Tunnel|Underground Path]]. Eventually, once the gang learns that Whitney is the Gym Leader, Ash battles her in attempt to win the {{Badge|Plain}}, though he ultimately ends up losing to Whitney's {{p|Miltank}}.

The travelers remain in the city through the events of ''[[EP159|A Dairy Tale Ending]]'', as Ash prepares for a rematch against Whitney, while Whitney takes them to visit her uncle's dairy farm. After an attack by {{TRT}} at the farm, Ash and Whitney begin their second battle. Ultimately, Ash does not win an even battle, but Whitney awards him the Plain Badge anyway.

The city is seen once again in ''[[EP160|Air Time!]]'', with Ash coming off his victory against Whitney, the gang visits the [[Goldenrod Radio Tower]], where Ash is interviewed by [[DJ Mary]]. Following the events of this episode, the trio departs from the city.

==Trivia==
* The placement of the [[Global Terminal]] in {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}} in Goldenrod City may have been inspired by the [[Pokémon Communication Center]] that replaced the regular [[Pokémon Center]] from {{2v2|Gold|Silver}} in the Japanese version of {{v2|Crystal}}.
* The song ''[[Pokémon HeartGold & SoulSilver Music Super Complete|Goldenrod City]]'' (Japanese: {{tt|コガネシティ|Kogane Shiti}}) serves as the base for the song ''[[Pokémon HeartGold & SoulSilver Music Super Complete|Bicycle]]'' (Japanese: {{tt|じてんしゃ|Jitensha}}), since the latter is a sped up version of the former which also uses different instruments.
* Goldenrod's English motto in [[Generation II]] was "''The Festive City of Opulent Charm''"
* When the player arrives in the city after using the [[Magnet Train]] in {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}, the guard states that the stress is to be placed on the letter "o". However, there are two "o"s in G'''o'''ldenr'''o'''d, and the guard does not state whether the stress is on the first "o" or the second.

==Name origin==
{| class="roundy" align="left" style="background: #F8CC88; border: 3px solid #F3B95D"
|- align=center
! style="{{roundytl|5px}}" | Language
! Name
! style="{{roundytr|5px}}" | Origin
|- style="background:#FFF;"
| Japanese
| コガネシティ ''Kogane City''
| From 黄金 (''kogane'') gold.
|- style="background:#FFF;"
| English
| Goldenrod City
| From {{wp|goldenrod}}, a type of yellow-colored flowering plant.
|- style="background:#FFF;"
| French
| Doublonville
| From ''doublon'' ({{wp|doubloon}}) and ''ville'' (city).
|- style="background:#FFF;"
| German
| Dukatia City
| From ''Dukat'', {{wp|ducat}}.
|- style="background:#FFF;"
| Italian
| Fiordoropoli
| From ''fiore d'oro'', golden flower, and the suffix ''-poli'', meaning city.
|- style="background:#FFF;"
| Spanish
| Ciudad Trigal Ciudad Caña Dorada {{tt|*|Season 3 and 12 (Latin American dub)}} Ciudad Camino Dorado {{tt|*|Season 4 (Latin American dub). However, in EP255, it is referred in its English name.}}
| From ''trigal'', wheatfield. Literally means ''golden road''.
|- style="background:#FFF;"
| Brazilian Portuguese
| Cidade de Quinhão Dourado{{tt|*|anime only}}
| Means ''golden share''.
|- style="background:#FFF;"
| Korean
| 금빛시티 ''Geumbit City''
| 금빛 (''geumbit'') means ''golden color''.
|- style="background:#FFF;"
| Chinese ({{tt|Mandarin|Taiwan and mainland China}})
| 滿金市 ''Mǎnjīn Shì'' (anime) 小金市 ''Xiǎojīn Shì'' (manga)
| 金 is taken from 黄金 (''kogane''). 滿金 (''mǎnjīn'') literally means "full of gold". From 小金 ''kogane''. 小金 (xiǎojīn) literally means "little gold".
|- style="background:#FFF;"
| Chinese ({{tt|Cantonese|Hong Kong}})
| 滿金市 ''Moongam Si''
| Same as the Mandarin name
|}
{{-}}
{{Johto}} 
{{Project Cities and Towns notice}}

[[Category:Johto locations]]
[[Category:Gold, Silver and Crystal locations]]
[[Category:HeartGold and SoulSilver locations]]
[[Category:Cities]]

[[de:Dukatia City]]
[[es:Ciudad Trigal]]
[[fr:Doublonville]]
[[it:Fiordoropoli]]
[[ja:コガネシティ]]

Goldenrod City

2012-08-09T00:13:56Z

PatPeter: /* Friendship checker */ Add more information.

{{Town infobox
|name=Goldenrod City
|jpname={{tt|コガネシティ|Kogane Shiti}}
|jptrans=Kogane City
|image=Goldenrod City HGSS.png
|imageII=Goldenrod City C.png
|slogan=A Happening Big City
|region=Johto
|north=Route 35
|regionnorth=Johto
|south=Route 34
|regionsouth=Johto
|mapdesc=A developing city where people and Pokémon come and go as they like.
|gym=Goldenrod Gym
|gymno=3
|leader=Whitney
|leadervs=VSWhitney.png
|badge=Plain
|gymtype=Normal
|map=Johto Goldenrod City Map.png
|colordark=F3B95D
|colormed=f8cc88
|colorlight=FEE1B4
|generation=2
}}
[[File:Goldenrod City GS.png|thumb|220px|right|Goldenrod City in Gold and Silver]]
'''Goldenrod City''' (Japanese: '''{{tt|コガネシティ|Kogane Shiti}}''' ''Kogane City'') is a sprawling metropolis located in western [[Johto]]. It is the largest city in the region, rivaling [[Celadon City]], the largest city in [[Kanto]]. Goldenrod City is the third largest city in the [[Pokémon world]], behind [[Unova]]'s [[Castelia City]] and [[Nimbasa City]]. Goldenrod is the center of the region's economy and telecommunications. Major attractions for Trainers include the [[Goldenrod Radio Tower]], the city's [[Goldenrod Department Store|Department Store]], [[Goldenrod Game Corner|Game Corner]], [[Name Rater]], [[Magnet Train]], [[Global Terminal]] (HeartGold and SoulSilver only) and [[Goldenrod Gym|Gym]].

[[Pokémon Trainer]]s often come to Goldenrod City in order to win the {{Badge|Plain}} from [[Whitney]], the Goldenrod [[Gym Leader]], who specializes in {{type|Normal}} {{OBP|Pokémon|species}}.

The [[National Park]], along with the [[Pokéathlon Dome]], is located north of Goldenrod off {{rt|35|Johto}} while the [[Pokémon Day Care]] is just south of the city on {{rt|34|Johto}}.

==Places of interest==
===Miracle Cycle===
{{main|Miracle Cycle}}
The lone Bike Shop in [[Johto]] is located in an isolated neighborhood in east Goldenrod, where business doesn't seem to be doing very good. The owner of the shop moved his business from [[Cerulean City]] to Goldenrod between Generation {{gen|I}} and {{gen|III}} and Generation {{gen|II}} and {{gen|IV}}.

The player obtains their [[Bicycle]] from this shop for free. The owner of the store first simply loans the player the Bicycle, but after his number of customers drastically increases, he calls the {{player}} on the [[Pokégear]] to let the player know that he/she can keep it.

{{sign|DPcity|header|}}
{{sign|DPcity|title|Bike Shop Goldenrod Branch}}
{{sign|DPcity|The World is a Cycling Path!|}}
{{sign|DPcity|footer|}}

===Goldenrod Department Store===
{{main|Goldenrod Department Store}}
The Goldenrod Department Store, located in the city center, claims to have a full selection of Pokémon Goods for Trainers. Though the store does not carry more advanced items such as {{DL|Potion|Hyper Potion}}s{{sup|GSC}}, {{ball|Ultra}}s{{sup|GSC}}, or {{DL|Potion|Full Restore}}s, it does back up its claim by boasting the widest selection of specialty items in Johto. It one of the largest buildings in Goldenrod City, making it easy to find.

The lowest level of the store connects to the [[Goldenrod Tunnel]], which encompasses most of western Goldenrod. A team of workers and a {{p|Machoke}} are moving boxes around. People get told off by the worker for going down and distracting them. This is one of the endpoints of the Goldenrod Tunnel. Every time the player enters the area, the boxes will be moved in various places, allowing access to items that are on the ground in blocked rooms. In {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}, the boxes are instead moved when the player interacts with workers in the area.

===Goldenrod Game Corner===
{{main|Goldenrod Game Corner}}
[[Johto]]'s installment of the [[Game Corner]] is located in Goldenrod across the main north-south road from the department store. The parlor features slot machines among other varieties of games. In {{game|Crystal}}, the [[Move Tutor]] can be found standing outside the building on Wednesdays and Saturdays.

There are two games to play: the slot machines and [[Card flip]]. One to three coins can be put in the [[slot machine]] each play. One Coin will only count the center row across, two Coins will count all three rows across, and three Coins will count all three rows across as well as both diagonals. The reels stop spinning when the A button is pressed. The [[Card flip]] minigame is exclusive to [[Generation II]]. The {{player}} can pick either a card or a group of cards, making it much like {{wp|roulette}}. The deck has 24 cards, each one with a number between 1 and 6 and a picture of one of four Pokémon ({{p|Pikachu}}, {{p|Jigglypuff}}, {{p|Oddish}}, or {{p|Poliwag}}). Bets can be placed by a single card, by a single column, by a single row, by a pair of columns, or by a pair of rows. In non-Japanese versions of {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}, these games are replaced by the [[Voltorb Flip]] minigame.

{{sign|DPcity|header|}}
{{sign|DPcity|title|Goldenrod City Game Corner}}
{{sign|DPcity|A Safe and Sound Playground!|}}
{{sign|DPcity|footer|}}

===Johto Name Rater===
{{main|Name Rater}}
The Johto Name Rater is located in a house near the [[gate]] separating Goldenrod from {{rt|35|Johto}}. Here, {{pkmn|Trainer}}s can have the [[nickname]]s of their Pokémon rated and, if the Pokémon's ID number matches the [[Trainer ID number|Trainer's ID number]], the nickname can be changed.

If the Pokémon was caught by the {{player}} that currently owns it, he'll say that the name could be better and offer the player the option of changing it.

If the Pokémon he's judging was obtained via a [[trade]], he will say that the name is perfect and refuse to change it. However, if both players have identical Trainer IDs and [[Trainer ID number|secret IDs]], he will allow name changes.

{{sign|DPcity|header|}}
{{sign|DPcity|title|Name Rater}}
{{sign|DPcity|Get Your Pokémon Nicknames Rated|}}
{{sign|DPcity|footer|}}

===Radio Tower===
{{main|Goldenrod Radio Tower}}
The Goldenrod Radio Tower, located at the west end of the main east-west path through the city, is the source of all [[Pokégear]] broadcasts in [[Johto]]. An antenna on top of the tower transmits three radio programs daily, with a fourth program being aired between 6 P.M. and 12 A.M. every night. The building has three studios spread over five floors. The Radio Tower broadcasts numerous programs daily, the most prominent of such being [[Professor Oak's Pokémon Talk]] and [[Buena's Password]], a new radio show that debuted in {{game|Crystal}} and that returns in {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}.

In {{2v2|Gold|Silver}}, the station has two studios, located on the fourth and fifth floors. A third studio is added in Pokémon Crystal on the second floor. In every version, the tower has a welcome center, as well as a computer linked to [[Bill's PC]] and the {{pkmn|Trainer}}'s personal computer, on the first floor and a small café on the second floor. The technical operations of the tower are handled by way of a network of computers on the third and fourth floors. The manager of the tower has an office on the fifth floor.

For a short time in [[Generation II]] and its {{game|HeartGold and SoulSilver|s|Generation IV remakes}}, the tower falls into the clutches of [[Team Rocket]], during which time none of the normal broadcasts are aired. Following the {{player}}'s collection of seven [[Badge|Gym Badges]], it is necessary to purge the Radio Tower of Team Rocket in order to continue the storyline as a man selling [[RageCandyBar]]s in [[Mahogany Town]] will prevent access to {{rt|44|Johto}}, the eastern path out of Mahogany, until the Radio Tower has been returned to normal.

{{sign|DPcity|header|}}
{{sign|DPcity|title|Goldenrod City Radio Tower}}
{{sign|DPcity|A Network Providing Johto|}}
{{sign|DPcity|with Interesting Information|}}
{{sign|DPcity|footer|}}

===Magnet Train station===
{{main|Magnet Train}}
[[File:Magnet Train arrive HGSS.png|thumb|200px|right|The Magnet Train as seen in {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}]]
[[Saffron City]] and Goldenrod City are linked by a railway used by the Magnet Train, a high-speed train that runs regularly between the two cities. The train follows no set schedule, making the Magnet Train an ideal way to travel between [[Kanto]] and [[Johto]].

To board the train, a potential rider must have a {{DL|List of key items in Generation IV|Pass}}. The {{OBP|Copycat|character}} of [[Saffron City]] has one (given to her as compensation for the fact that the station in Saffron is built where her house used to be), and is willing to give it up as a reward for returning her {{pkmn|doll|Poké Doll}} that {{ga|Red}} gave to her [[Generation I|three years before]].

Initially, the train is out of service as a minion of [[Team Rocket]] has stolen the [[Machine Part]] from the [[Power Plant]] in Kanto. After defeating him in [[Cerulean City]], {{player}}s can retrieve the part from the [[Cerulean Gym]] and return it to the Power Plant. With the part back in place, the train will have the necessary power to run.

{{sign|DPcity|header|}}
{{sign|DPcity|Johto-Kanto Magnet Train Line|}}
{{sign|DPcity|Goldenrod City Station|}}
{{sign|DPcity|footer|}}

===Goldenrod Tunnel===
{{main|Goldenrod Tunnel}}
An underground path, the Goldenrod Tunnel, runs from the southwestern side of the city to the northwestern area, with a branch leading to the basement of the [[Goldenrod Department Store|Department Store]]. A [[Haircut brothers|pair of groomers]] in the tunnel will groom Pokémon, increasing the [[friendship]] of the groomed Pokémon, for a small fee.

This path contains a barber shop, [[Herb Shop]], and a shop selling [[valuable item]]s—which are to be simply resold for profit. Shops are only open on certain [[days of the week]], and in some cases, at certain [[time]]s. The path is also notorious for having litter carelessly left there by {{pkmn|Trainer}}s. Additionally, there is an entrance to the basement of the Department Store, which is initially occupied by [[Team Rocket]].

====Southern entrance====
{{sign|DPcity|header|}}
{{sign|DPcity|Be Careful!|}}
{{sign|DPcity|Get Off Your Bike in the Tunnel|}}
{{sign|DPcity|footer|}}

====Northern entrance====
{{sign|DPcity|header|}}
{{sign|DPcity|Watch Out!|}}
{{sign|DPcity|Get Off Your Bike in the Tunnel|}}
{{sign|DPcity|footer|}}

===Flower shop===
A flower shop is located in the northeast area of the city, where the player can obtain the {{DL|Watering cans|SquirtBottle}}, the [[key item]] needed to get past the {{p|Sudowoodo}} who blocks the player's path on {{rt|36|Johto}}; however, the SquirtBottle can only be obtained after defeating [[Whitney]]

In {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}, the {{OBP|Gracidea|flower}} can be obtained here with a [[fateful encounter]] {{p|Shaymin}} as the [[walking Pokémon]]. Also only in HeartGold and SoulSilver, after Sudowoodo has been cleared from {{rt|36|Johto}}, [[Mulch]] can also be bought here.

{{sign|DPcity|header|}}
{{sign|DPcity|title|Goldenrod Flower Shop}}
{{sign|DPcity|A Small Shop Providing|}}
{{sign|DPcity|Lots of Beauty|}}
{{sign|DPcity|footer|}}

{{shop|Mulch}}
{{shoprow|{{shopitem|Growth Mulch|200}}|{{shopitem|Damp Mulch|200}}}}
{{shoprow|{{shopitem|Stable Mulch|200}}|{{shopitem|Gooey Mulch|200}}}}
{{shopfooter}}

===Friendship checker===
A woman in a house near [[Miracle Cycle]] is able to determine the [[friendship]] of the first Pokémon in the player's party.

When a Pokémon has between 0-199 happiness, she will say, "It's friendly toward you. It looks sort of happy."

===Bill's house===
Goldenrod City is the hometown of [[Bill]], the inventor of both [[Kanto]]'s and [[Johto]]'s [[Pokémon Storage System]]. It is also the home of the rest of his family, who lives in a small house near the southern entrance of [[Goldenrod Tunnel]]. However, some of his family also lives in [[Fuchsia City]], and in [[Generation II]] and [[Generation IV]], his [[Bill's grandfather|grandfather]] watches over his Sea Cottage on {{rt|25|Kanto}}.

===Pokémon Communication Center===
{{main|Pokémon Communication Center}}
[[File:Goldenrod City C JP.png|thumb|220px|right|Goldenrod City in the Japanese Crystal. Notice the PokéCom Center replacing the regular Pokémon Center.]]
In the Japanese version of {{v2|Crystal}}, the [[Pokémon Center]] was expanded into a much larger building, called the Pokémon Communication Center, and shortened to PokéCom Center. It took use of the [[Pokémon Mobile System GB]] and the [[Mobile Adapter GB]], which required connecting to a {{wp|mobile phone}}.

The Pokémon Communication Center housed the facilities for the aforementioned systems, such as the Pokémon News Machine, which compiles news from the save files of {{player}}s across Japan. Reading the news would sent out a player's own save file data, allowing others to read about the player's adventure.

It is most famous for being related to the [[GS Ball]] {{pkmn|event}} that allowed to encounter and catch {{p|Celebi}}. The GS Ball would be delivered to the player by a nurse in the Pokémon Communication Center, which should then be taken to [[Kurt]] in [[Azalea Town]] to investigate. In the day after, the player could retrieve the GS Ball from Kurt and take it to the shrine in [[Ilex Forest]] to summon a battle with a level 30 Celebi.

The building and its associated features were removed from international releases of Crystal, which also caused the restoration of the regular Pokémon Center from {{2v2|Gold|Silver}}. However, they are still available in the programming of the international releases and most of the scripts are fully translated in the English versions.

The sign outside in the English versions, either by restoring the Pokémon Communication Center in the map via hacking or by analyzing the game's dialog scripts in the programming, reads:

{{sign|RBY|header|}}
{{sign|RBY|For Mobile Tips!|}}
{{sign|RBY|POKéCOM CENTER|}}
{{sign|RBY|footer|}}

===Global Terminal===
[[File:Global Terminal HGSS.png|thumb|100px|right|The Global Terminal]]
{{main|Global Terminal}}
The Global Terminal is the worldwide network over which players can interact in different ways via [[Nintendo Wi-Fi Connection]], only seen in {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}. In order to access the terminal, {{player}}s must have the first [[Badge]] of Johto. The first Pokémon in the player's party is returned to its [[Poké Ball]] before entering the building.

The Global Trade Station lets a player send and receive Pokémon on the worldwide network. If the player talks with the woman at the counter, she will direct them into a room in which they can either trade for a Pokémon put there by another player, or put their own Pokémon up for trade.

Players can go to the second floor by using the green warp panels. There are two points of interest on this floor: Box Data, which is located on the western side and the northern set of green machines; and Dress-Up Data, which is located just below the Box Data in the south-eastern corner. Players can go here by using the pink warp panels. There is only one point of interest on this floor: the Battle Video Gallery located on the western side and the set of the pink machines.

{{sign|DPcity|header|}}
{{sign|DPcity|title|The Global Terminal}}
{{sign|DPcity|An Amazing and Completely|}}
{{sign|DPcity|Global Terminal!|}}
{{sign|DPcity|footer|}}

===Goldenrod Gym===
{{main|Goldenrod Gym}}
[[File:Goldenrod Gym HGSS.png|thumb|200px|right|Goldenrod Gym in HeartGold and SoulSilver]]
The Goldenrod Gym is the official [[Gym]] of Goldenrod City. It is based on {{type|Normal}} {{OBP|Pokémon|species}}. The [[Gym Leader]] is [[Whitney]]. {{pkmn|Trainer}}s who defeat her receive the {{Badge|Plain}}. In [[Generation II]], the Goldenrod Gym is a maze of flowers and ornaments. The {{player}} must navigate their way around the Gym floor by going around the wall of pretty flowers first, then enter the middle section. The Trainers in the Gym are hard to avoid, and most of the them must be battled in order to challenge Whitney, who is located in the middle of the Gym.

In {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}, many aesthetic changes have been made to the Goldenrod Gym. The overall layout of the Gym remains the same; however, the outer part of the Gym has been raised to create a platform above the rest of the Gym. To reach Whitney, the player must navigate their way around the raised platform, battle Trainers, and go though an arch below one of the platforms.

When Leader Whitney is defeated, she throws a temper tantrum and cries. Then, the player must talk to her. After drying her eyes and blowing her nose, she will get over her loss and give the player the {{Badge|Plain}}, {{TM|45|Attract}}, and the ability to use {{m|Strength}} outside of battle.

==Demographics==
===Pokémon Crystal===
In {{game|Crystal}}, Goldenrod City has a total population of 105, being the largest city at the time. However, this was short-lived, as {{game|Ruby and Sapphire|s}} introduced a larger city—[[Lilycove City]], which has a population of 123.

===Pokémon HeartGold and SoulSilver===
In HeartGold and SoulSilver, Goldenrod City has a total population of 126, making it the largest city in [[Johto]]. Its population is more than triple the second-most populous city in [[Johto]], [[Violet City]], which only has a population of 40. This number makes Goldenrod the third biggest city in the [[Pokémon world]], behind [[Castelia City]] and [[Nimbasa City]].

==Items==
{{Itlisth|building}}
{{Itlistbod|Bicycle|Given by the Bike Shop owner|GSCHGSS}}
{{Itlistbod|SquirtBottle|Given by the Flower Shop lady after winning the {{Badge|Plain}}|GSCHGSS|display={{DL|Watering cans|SquirtBottle}}}}
{{Itlistbod|Fashion Case|Gift from {{ga|Lyra}} or {{ga|Ethan}} upon first entering [[Goldenrod Tunnel]]|HGSS}}
{{Itlistbod|Super Potion|Northwest of the lamppost south of [[Miracle Cycle]] ''(hidden)''|HGSS|display={{DL|Potion|Super Potion}}}}
{{Itlistbod|Gracidea|Given by the flower shop lady (must have a [[fateful encounter]] {{p|Shaymin}} in the party)|HGSS|display={{OBP|Gracidea|flower}}}}
{{Itlistbod|Coin Case|Gift from [[Mr. Game]] in [[Goldenrod Game Corner]] (non-Japanese versions only)|HGSS}}
{{Itlistfoot|building}}

==Pokémon==
===Generation II===
{{Catch/header|building|4}}
{{Catch/div|building|Gift Pokémon}}
{{Catch/entry2|133|Eevee|yes|yes|yes|Gift|20|all=One}}
{{Catch/div|building|Special}}
{{Catch/entry2|066|Machop|yes|yes|no|Trade|The same as the Traded Pokémon|all=One|tradenum=096|tradename=Drowzee|type1=Fighting}}
{{Catch/entry2|066|Machop|no|no|yes|Trade|The same as the Traded Pokémon|all=One|tradenum=063|tradename=Abra|type1=Fighting}}
{{Catch/footer|building}}

===Generation IV===
{{Catch/header|building|4}}
{{Catch/div|building|Gift Pokémon}}
{{Catch/entryhs|021|Spearow|yes|yes|Gift|20|all=One|type1=Normal|type2=Flying}}
{{Catch/entryhs|133|Eevee|yes|yes|Gift|5|all=One|type1=Normal}}
{{Catch/div|building|Special}}
{{Catch/entryhs|066|Machop|yes|yes|Trade|The same as the Traded Pokémon|all=One|tradenum=096|tradename=Drowzee|type1=Fighting}}
{{Catch/footer|building}}

==In the anime==
[[File:Goldenrod City anime.png|thumb|180px|right|Goldenrod City in the anime]]
{{incomplete|section}}
Goldenrod City first appears in ''[[EP158|A Goldenrod Opportunity]]'', when {{Ash}} and {{ashfr}} arrive in the city so Ash may win his third Johto League Gym [[Badge]]. However, the Gym is closed, so the gang decides to explore the city, specifically the Goldenrod Galleria. Unfortunately, the city is so large, that {{an|Brock}} loses his way, which leads them to meet [[Whitney]], who offers to guide them to the Galleria through the [[Goldenrod Tunnel|Underground Path]]. Eventually, once the gang learns that Whitney is the Gym Leader, Ash battles her in attempt to win the {{Badge|Plain}}, though he ultimately ends up losing to Whitney's {{p|Miltank}}.

The travelers remain in the city through the events of ''[[EP159|A Dairy Tale Ending]]'', as Ash prepares for a rematch against Whitney, while Whitney takes them to visit her uncle's dairy farm. After an attack by {{TRT}} at the farm, Ash and Whitney begin their second battle. Ultimately, Ash does not win an even battle, but Whitney awards him the Plain Badge anyway.

The city is seen once again in ''[[EP160|Air Time!]]'', with Ash coming off his victory against Whitney, the gang visits the [[Goldenrod Radio Tower]], where Ash is interviewed by [[DJ Mary]]. Following the events of this episode, the trio departs from the city.

==Trivia==
* The placement of the [[Global Terminal]] in {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}} in Goldenrod City may have been inspired by the [[Pokémon Communication Center]] that replaced the regular [[Pokémon Center]] from {{2v2|Gold|Silver}} in the Japanese version of {{v2|Crystal}}.
* The song ''[[Pokémon HeartGold & SoulSilver Music Super Complete|Goldenrod City]]'' (Japanese: {{tt|コガネシティ|Kogane Shiti}}) serves as the base for the song ''[[Pokémon HeartGold & SoulSilver Music Super Complete|Bicycle]]'' (Japanese: {{tt|じてんしゃ|Jitensha}}), since the latter is a sped up version of the former which also uses different instruments.
* Goldenrod's English motto in [[Generation II]] was "''The Festive City of Opulent Charm''"
* When the player arrives in the city after using the [[Magnet Train]] in {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}, the guard states that the stress is to be placed on the letter "o". However, there are two "o"s in G'''o'''ldenr'''o'''d, and the guard does not state whether the stress is on the first "o" or the second.

==Name origin==
{| class="roundy" align="left" style="background: #F8CC88; border: 3px solid #F3B95D"
|- align=center
! style="{{roundytl|5px}}" | Language
! Name
! style="{{roundytr|5px}}" | Origin
|- style="background:#FFF;"
| Japanese
| コガネシティ ''Kogane City''
| From 黄金 (''kogane'') gold.
|- style="background:#FFF;"
| English
| Goldenrod City
| From {{wp|goldenrod}}, a type of yellow-colored flowering plant.
|- style="background:#FFF;"
| French
| Doublonville
| From ''doublon'' ({{wp|doubloon}}) and ''ville'' (city).
|- style="background:#FFF;"
| German
| Dukatia City
| From ''Dukat'', {{wp|ducat}}.
|- style="background:#FFF;"
| Italian
| Fiordoropoli
| From ''fiore d'oro'', golden flower, and the suffix ''-poli'', meaning city.
|- style="background:#FFF;"
| Spanish
| Ciudad Trigal Ciudad Caña Dorada {{tt|*|Season 3 and 12 (Latin American dub)}} Ciudad Camino Dorado {{tt|*|Season 4 (Latin American dub). However, in EP255, it is referred in its English name.}}
| From ''trigal'', wheatfield. Literally means ''golden road''.
|- style="background:#FFF;"
| Brazilian Portuguese
| Cidade de Quinhão Dourado{{tt|*|anime only}}
| Means ''golden share''.
|- style="background:#FFF;"
| Korean
| 금빛시티 ''Geumbit City''
| 금빛 (''geumbit'') means ''golden color''.
|- style="background:#FFF;"
| Chinese ({{tt|Mandarin|Taiwan and mainland China}})
| 滿金市 ''Mǎnjīn Shì'' (anime) 小金市 ''Xiǎojīn Shì'' (manga)
| 金 is taken from 黄金 (''kogane''). 滿金 (''mǎnjīn'') literally means "full of gold". From 小金 ''kogane''. 小金 (xiǎojīn) literally means "little gold".
|- style="background:#FFF;"
| Chinese ({{tt|Cantonese|Hong Kong}})
| 滿金市 ''Moongam Si''
| Same as the Mandarin name
|}
{{-}}
{{Johto}} 
{{Project Cities and Towns notice}}

[[Category:Johto locations]]
[[Category:Gold, Silver and Crystal locations]]
[[Category:HeartGold and SoulSilver locations]]
[[Category:Cities]]

[[de:Dukatia City]]
[[es:Ciudad Trigal]]
[[fr:Doublonville]]
[[it:Fiordoropoli]]
[[ja:コガネシティ]]

Friendship

2012-08-08T22:57:47Z

PatPeter: /* Generation II */ Add friendship checker.

'''Friendship''' (Japanese: '''なつき{{tt|度|ど}}''' ''degree of emotional attachment''), also often referred to by fans as '''happiness''', is a measurement of how much a Pokémon loves its {{pkmn|Trainer}} and enjoys being in their care. Friendship affects the [[evolution]] of {{cat|Pokémon that evolve by friendship|certain Pokémon}}, the power of {{m|Return}} and {{m|Frustration}}, and the availability of a few in-game items and Ribbons. Certain events increase a Pokémon's friendship (gaining a level, walking 256 steps) or decrease it (fainting, using [[herbal medicine]]).

Friendship was introduced in {{game|Yellow}} for the player's starting Pikachu only, and expanded to cover all Pokémon in [[Generation II]].

==Generation I==
A prototype of the friendship system used by later games was introduced in {{game|Yellow}}, the last [[main series]] game of [[Generation I]]. Like the later system, its value ranged between 0 and 255 inclusive; however, this value was only applied to the {{ga|Red's Pikachu|Pikachu}} the player [[starter Pokémon|started with]].
[[File:PikachuY-Happy.png|thumb|200px|right|Pikachu at maximum friendship]]
Unlike later games, since Pikachu is outside of its [[Poké Ball]], the {{player}} can turn and look at it at any time as it follows him around the overworld. Pikachu will then indicate its friendship in a small window that appears. At maximum friendship, Pikachu will jump up and down before the window appears.

Like later games, Pikachu's friendship will rise when it gains a level. If its Trainer uses an item on Pikachu, its friendship will also rise, even if it is an item that has no effect on Pikachu (such as a [[Potion]] at full HP). In this manner, Pikachu is much easier to make happy than Pokémon in future generations.

Pikachu's friendship drops if it is put into [[Bill's PC]] or faints. Trading it to another game will reset its friendship to 0.

Friendship is not recorded for any other Pokémon in Generation I, and the friendship of Pikachu does not affect much: the only real effect it has is whether or not [[Melanie]] will give {{p|Bulbasaur}} away in [[Cerulean City]], which she will only do if Pikachu's friendship is 147 or higher.

{| border=1 align="left" style="background: #fff; border:1px solid #000; border-collapse:collapse;"
|- style="background: #CCCCFF;"
! Friendship
! 0 to 99
! 100 to 199
! 200 to MAX
|- style="background: #CCCCFF;"
! Event
! colspan = "3" | Change
|-
| Gaining a level || +5 || +3 || +2
|-
| Using an item || +5 || +3 || +2
|-
| Challenging a [[Gym Leader]] || +3 || +2 || +1
|-
| Depositing in the [[PC]] || -3 || -3 || -5
|-
| Fainting || -1 || -1 || -1
|} 

==Generation II==
In [[Generation II]], the friendship system became fully implemented, building on the system used in Yellow by tracking the friendship of every Pokémon owned by the Trainer. Like before, it is a single byte with a value between 0 and 255.

Friendship is set when a Pokémon is brought under a Trainer's control: that is, it is 70 when a Pokémon is captured from the wild, and reset to 70 when a Pokémon is traded from another game. When a Pokémon is hatched from an {{pkmn|Egg}}, its value is set to 120. If a Pokémon is captured in a {{ball|Friend}}, rather than any other kind, its friendship is set to 200 instead.

Another function was given to friendship in Generation II: the evolution of certain Pokémon, which has continued until the present as each generation introduces new Pokémon which evolve through friendship. Friendship-based evolutions occur when a Pokémon's friendship is 220 or higher.

Unlike in Generation I, friendship will not increase if an item that cannot be used is used on a Pokémon: for example, using an [[HP Up]] on a {{p|Quilava}} which already has the maximum HP it can have will not result in raised friendship.

{| border=1 align="left" style="background: #fff; border:1px solid #000; border-collapse:collapse;"
|- style="background: #CCCCFF;"
! Friendship
! 0 to 99
! 100 to 199
! 200 to MAX
|- style="background: #CCCCFF;"
! Event
! colspan = "3" | Change
|-
| Walking 512 steps
| colspan = "3" | +1{{tt|*|Friendship increases this way even when a Pokémon is fainted.}}
|-
| Grooming, [[Daisy Oak|Daisy]]
| colspan = "3" | +3
|-
| Grooming, older [[haircut brothers|haircut brother]] || +5 || +3 || +1
|-
| Grooming, younger [[haircut brothers|haircut brother]] || +10 || +3 || +1
|-
| Using [[vitamin]]s || +5 || +3 || +2
|-
| Gaining a [[level]] || +5 || +3 || +2
|-
| Challenging a [[Gym Leader]] or [[Elite Four]] || +3 || +2 || +1
|-
| Fainting
| colspan = "3" | -1
|-
| Using [[EnergyPowder]]
| colspan = "3" | -5
|-
| Using [[Heal Powder]]
| colspan = "3" | -5
|-
| Using [[Energy Root]]
| colspan = "3" | -10
|-
| Using [[Revival Herb]]
| colspan = "3" | -15
|-
| Trading to another game
| colspan = "3" | Reset to 70
|} 

However, some things, though frequently reported, aren't part of the Generation II modifier. The following are actions that do not affect a Pokémon's friendship, either positively or negatively:
* Putting a Pokémon in Bill's PC
* Healing a Pokémon when weak and injured
* Giving a Pokémon a hold item
* Evolving a Pokémon. (Be it through Level-up, hold item, or evolutionary stone)
* Using a Pokémon in battles
* Winning battles with a Pokémon
* Letting a Pokémon's HP fall to critical status
* Letting the player's Pokémon get a status condition like Paralysis
* Walking when the player's Pokémon has a status condition

Friendship can be checked using the [[Goldenrod City#Friendship checker|friendship checker]] in [[Goldenrod City]].

Friendship is also called '''tame''' in [[Pokémon Stadium 2]].

==Generation III==
Friendship in [[Generation III]] works much the same as before, with two additional friendship-boosting mechanics. If a Pokémon is caught in a {{ball|Luxury}} or is holding a {{DL|Out-of-battle effect item|Soothe Bell}}, all friendship-raising events will increase the Pokémon's friendship by one point more; friendship-lowering events are not affected. These effects stack on each other, meaning a Pokémon in a Luxury Ball holding a Soothe Bell gets two additional points per event.

Pokémon now have a [[List of Pokémon by base friendship|base friendship]] per species; however, most catchable Pokémon have the standard 70 points as their starting level.

{| border=1 align="left" style="background: #fff; border:1px solid #000; border-collapse:collapse;"
|- style="background: #CCCCFF;"
! Friendship
! 0 to 99
! 100 to 199
! 200 to MAX
|- style="background: #CCCCFF;"
! Event
! colspan = "3" | Change
|-
| Walking 256 steps
| colspan = "3" | +1
|-
| Grooming, [[Daisy Oak|Daisy]]{{tt|*|FireRed and LeafGreen only}} || +3 || +3 || +2
|-
| Using [[vitamin]]s || +5 || +3 || +2
|-
| Gaining a [[level]] || +5 || +3 || +2
|-
| Using [[Effort values|EV]] [[Berry|Berries]]
| colspan = "3" | +2
|-
| Fainting
| colspan = "3" | -1
|-
| Using [[EnergyPowder]]
| colspan = "3" | -5
|-
| Using [[Heal Powder]]
| colspan = "3" | -5
|-
| Using [[Energy Root]]
| colspan = "3" | -10
|-
| Using [[Revival Herb]]
| colspan = "3" | -15
|-
| Trading to another game
| colspan = "3" | Reset to [[List of Pokémon by base friendship|base friendship]]
|} 

===Pokémon FireRed and LeafGreen===
In {{game|FireRed and LeafGreen|s}}, the player can know the friendship level of his/her Pokémon through the scene which appears after the player uses an item on the Pokémon. The Pokémon will either move towards the screen or not move at all. If the Pokémon does not move, then its friendship level is neutral. The friendship level of the Pokémon can be indicated by looking at how near the Pokémon goes to the player. The nearer the Pokémon moves towards the screen the higher its friendship level and the more it likes its Trainer. After grooming a Pokémon, Daisy will also tell the player how friendly the Pokémon in the first slot of their party is towards them.

==Generation IV==
[[File:Friendship Checker.png|thumb|200px|right|[[Pokétch]] Friendship Checker app with a {{p|Drifblim}} at maximum friendship.]]
Friendship in [[Generation IV]] is much the same as it is in [[Generation III]], though the conditions are altered slightly. The Luxury Ball now causes a Pokémon to gain a separate boost in friendship when they level up and while walking compared to Pokémon in other Balls.

[[Dr. Footstep]], the sole resident of the Footstep House on {{rt|213|Sinnoh}}, will give a Pokémon with maximum friendship a [[Ribbon]].

In {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}, the player can gauge their Pokémon's friendship based on the phrase that appears when they are spoken to outside of their Poké Ball.

{{Daisy}} makes a return in HeartGold and SoulSilver. Visiting her in Pallet Town will let her groom one of the player's Pokémon between 15:00 and 16:00 every day, increasing its friendship.

The [[Haircut brothers]] also make a return in HeartGold and SoulSilver. The player can visit them on any day of the week besides Monday to give one of their Pokémon a boost in friendship.

In the table below, the first and second values separated by slashes show the changes for most Poké Balls and {{ball|Luxury}}s, respectively. Note that holding a {{DL|Out-of-battle effect item|Soothe Bell}} will apply a multiplier of 1.5 (rounding down) to only '''positive''' changes and that use of Luxury Balls will ''not'' reduce the effects of negative changes.
{| border=1 align="left" style="background: #fff; border:1px solid #000; border-collapse:collapse;"
|- style="background: #CCCCFF;"
! Friendship
! 0 to 99
! 100 to 199
! 200 to MAX
|- style="background: #CCCCFF;"
! Event
! colspan = "3" | Change
|-
| Walking 256 steps*
| colspan = "3" | +1/??
|-
| [[Massage Lady|Massage]] ([[Veilstone City]]){{sup|DPPt}}
| colspan = "3" | +3
|-
| Massage ([[Ribbon Syndicate]]){{sup|DPPt}} || ?? || ?? || ??
|-
| [[Haircut brothers]]{{sup|HGSS}}{{tt|*|depends on Pokémon's reaction}} || +1/+3/+5/+10 || +1/+3/+5/+10 || +1/+2/+4
|-
| [[Daisy Oak|Daisy]] grooming{{sup|HGSS}} || ?? || ?? || ??
|-
| Using [[vitamin]]s || +5 || +3 || +2
|-
| [[Level]] up || +5/+6 || +3/+4 || +2/+3
|-
| Using [[Effort values|EV]] [[Berry|Berries]]† || +10 || +5 || +2
|-
| Fainting
| colspan = "3" | -1
|-
| Using [[EnergyPowder]] || -5 || -5 || -10
|-
| Using [[Heal Powder]] || -5 || -5 || -10
|-
| Using [[Energy Root]] || -10 || -10 || -15
|-
| Using [[Revival Herb]] || -15 || -15 || -20
|-
| [[Trading]]
| colspan = "3" | Reset to base friendship.
|} 

<nowiki>*</nowiki> The number of steps and the probability needs further study.

† These include [[Pomeg Berry]], [[Kelpsy Berry]], [[Qualot Berry]], [[Hondew Berry]], [[Grepa Berry]], and [[Tamato Berry]] (No. 21-26).

==Generation V==
Friendship is very much the same in Generation V as it was in Generation IV. As far as it has been tested, friendship conditions and related items are much the same, with the main differences being in what NPCs will rate and measure friendship. A lady in [[Nacrene City]] will rate the friendship of the player's Pokémon. Another lady, in the [[Pokémon Fan Club]] located in [[Icirrus City]] will also rate the friendship of the player's Pokémon. A third lady in [[Castelia City]] will massage one of the player's Pokémon per day, raising its friendship. She is located in the first building on the left side of {{DL|Castelia City|Castelia Street}}.

The friendship statistics appear to have not changed much since Generation IV. Note that holding a {{DL|Out-of-battle effect item|Soothe Bell}} will still apply a multiplier of 1.5 (rounding down) to only '''positive''' changes and that use of {{ball|Luxury}}s will ''not'' reduce the effects of negative changes.
{| border=1 align="left" style="background: #fff; border:1px solid #000; border-collapse:collapse;"
|- style="background: #CCCCFF;"
! Friendship
! 0 to 99
! 100 to 199
! 200 to MAX
|- style="background: #CCCCFF;"
! Event
! colspan = "3" | Change
|-
| Walking 256 steps*
| colspan = "3" | +1/??
|-
| Lady on Castelia Street ([[Castelia City]])
| colspan = "3" | +3
|-
| Using [[vitamin]]s || +5 || +3 || +2
|-
| [[Level]] up || +5/+6 || +3/+4 || +2/+3
|-
| Using [[Effort values|EV]] [[Berry|Berries]] || +10 || +5 || +2
|-
| Fainting
| colspan = "3" | -1
|-
| Using [[EnergyPowder]] || -5 || -5 || -10
|-
| Using [[Heal Powder]] || -5 || -5 || -10
|-
| Using [[Energy Root]] || -10 || -10 || -15
|-
| Using [[Revival Herb]] || -15 || -15 || -20
|-
| [[Trading]]
| colspan = "3" | Reset to base friendship.
|} 

<nowiki>*</nowiki> The number of steps and the probability needs further study, as is the case with the Generation IV statistics.

==Evolutions==
Several Pokémon evolve after being leveled up when their friendship level is at or above 220:

{| align="center" style="background: #{{md blue color dark}}; color: #{{factory color dark}}; {{roundy|10px}}; border: 5px solid #{{md blue color}};"
|-
! colspan="2" style="background: #{{md time color}}; {{roundytl|5px}}" | {{color|{{md time color dark}}|Previous evolutions}}
! colspan="3" style="background: #{{md time color}}" | {{color|{{md time color dark}}|Friendship evolution}}
! colspan="2" style="background: #{{md time color}}; {{roundytr|5px}}" | {{color|{{md time color dark}}|Future evolutions}}
|- align="center" style="background: #fff"
| [[File:041.png]] {{pcolor|Zubat|{{factory color dark}}}} {{typecolor|Poison}}{{typecolor|Flying}}
| → {{color2|{{factory color dark}}|Level|Level 22}}
| [[File:042.png]] {{pcolor|Golbat|{{factory color dark}}}} {{typecolor|Poison}}{{typecolor|Flying}}
| → Friendship
| [[File:169.png]] {{pcolor|Crobat|{{factory color dark}}}} {{typecolor|Poison}}{{typecolor|Flying}}
| colspan="2" | Crobat does not evolve
|- align="center" style="background: #fff"
| [[File:440.png]] {{pcolor|Happiny|{{factory color dark}}}} {{typecolor|Normal}}
| → {{color2|{{factory color dark}}|Level|Level up}} holding an {{color2|{{factory color dark}}|Evolution-inducing held item#Oval Stone|Oval Stone}}
| [[File:113.png]] {{pcolor|Chansey|{{factory color dark}}}} {{typecolor|Normal}}
| → Friendship
| [[File:242.png]] {{pcolor|Blissey|{{factory color dark}}}} {{typecolor|Normal}}
| colspan="2" | Blissey does not evolve
|- align="center" style="background: #fff"
| colspan="2" | Eevee is the lowest in its line
| [[File:133.png]] {{pcolor|Eevee|{{factory color dark}}}} {{typecolor|Normal}}
| → Friendship (day)
| [[File:196.png]] {{pcolor|Espeon|{{factory color dark}}}} {{typecolor|Psychic}}
| colspan="2" | Espeon does not evolve
|- align="center" style="background: #fff"
| colspan="2" | Eevee is the lowest in its line
| [[File:133.png]] {{pcolor|Eevee|{{factory color dark}}}} {{typecolor|Normal}}
| → Friendship (night)
| [[File:197.png]] {{pcolor|Umbreon|{{factory color dark}}}} {{typecolor|Dark}}
| colspan="2" | Umbreon does not evolve
|- align="center" style="background: #fff"
| colspan="2" | Pichu is the lowest in its line
| [[File:172.png]] {{pcolor|Pichu|{{factory color dark}}}} {{typecolor|Electric}}
| → Friendship
| [[File:025.png]] {{pcolor|Pikachu|{{factory color dark}}}} {{typecolor|Electric}}
| → {{color2|{{factory color dark}}|Evolutionary stone#Thunderstone|Thunderstone}}
| [[File:026.png]] {{pcolor|Raichu|{{factory color dark}}}} {{typecolor|Electric}}
|- align="center" style="background: #fff"
| colspan="2" | Cleffa is the lowest in its line
| [[File:173.png]] {{pcolor|Cleffa|{{factory color dark}}}} {{typecolor|Normal}}
| → Friendship
| [[File:035.png]] {{pcolor|Clefairy|{{factory color dark}}}} {{typecolor|Normal}}
| → {{color2|{{factory color dark}}|Evolutionary stone#Moon Stone|Moon Stone}}
| [[File:036.png]] {{pcolor|Clefable|{{factory color dark}}}} {{typecolor|Normal}}
|- align="center" style="background: #fff"
| colspan="2" | Igglybuff is the lowest in its line
| [[File:174.png]] {{pcolor|Igglybuff|{{factory color dark}}}} {{typecolor|Normal}}
| → Friendship
| [[File:039.png]] {{pcolor|Jigglypuff|{{factory color dark}}}} {{typecolor|Normal}}
| → {{color2|{{factory color dark}}|Evolutionary stone#Moon Stone|Moon Stone}}
| [[File:040.png]] {{pcolor|Wigglytuff|{{factory color dark}}}} {{typecolor|Normal}}
|- align="center" style="background: #fff"
| colspan="2" | Togepi is the lowest in its line
| [[File:175.png]] {{pcolor|Togepi|{{factory color dark}}}} {{typecolor|Normal}}
| → Friendship
| [[File:176.png]] {{pcolor|Togetic|{{factory color dark}}}} {{typecolor|Normal}}{{typecolor|Flying}}
| → {{color2|{{factory color dark}}|Evolutionary stone#Shiny Stone|Shiny Stone}}
| [[File:468.png]] {{pcolor|Togekiss|{{factory color dark}}}} {{typecolor|Normal}}{{typecolor|Flying}}
|- align="center" style="background: #fff"
| colspan="2" | Azurill is the lowest in its line
| [[File:298.png]] {{pcolor|Azurill|{{factory color dark}}}} {{typecolor|Normal}}
| → Friendship
| [[File:183.png]] {{pcolor|Marill|{{factory color dark}}}} {{typecolor|Water}}
| → {{color2|{{factory color dark}}|Level|Level 18}}
| [[File:184.png]] {{pcolor|Azumarill|{{factory color dark}}}} {{typecolor|Water}}
|- align="center" style="background: #fff"
| colspan="2" | Budew is the lowest in its line
| [[File:406.png]] {{pcolor|Budew|{{factory color dark}}}} {{typecolor|Grass}}{{typecolor|Poison}}
| → Friendship (day)
| [[File:315.png]] {{pcolor|Roselia|{{factory color dark}}}} {{typecolor|Grass}}{{typecolor|Poison}}
| → {{color2|{{factory color dark}}|Evolutionary stone#Shiny Stone|Shiny Stone}}
| [[File:407.png]] {{pcolor|Roserade|{{factory color dark}}}} {{typecolor|Grass}}{{typecolor|Poison}}
|- align="center" style="background: #fff"
| colspan="2" | Buneary is the lowest in its line
| [[File:427.png]] {{pcolor|Buneary|{{factory color dark}}}} {{typecolor|Normal}}
| → Friendship
| [[File:428.png]] {{pcolor|Lopunny|{{factory color dark}}}} {{typecolor|Normal}}
| colspan="2" | Lopunny does not evolve
|- align="center" style="background: #fff"
| colspan="2" | Chingling is the lowest in its line
| [[File:433.png]] {{pcolor|Chingling|{{factory color dark}}}} {{typecolor|Psychic}}
| → Friendship (night)
| [[File:358.png]] {{pcolor|Chimecho|{{factory color dark}}}} {{typecolor|Psychic}}
| colspan="2" | Chimecho does not evolve
|- align="center" style="background: #fff"
| colspan="2" | Munchlax is the lowest in its line
| [[File:446.png]] {{pcolor|Munchlax|{{factory color dark}}}} {{typecolor|Normal}}
| → Friendship
| [[File:143.png]] {{pcolor|Snorlax|{{factory color dark}}}} {{typecolor|Normal}}
| colspan="2" | Snorlax does not evolve
|- align="center"
| colspan="2" style="background: #fff;" | Riolu is the lowest in its line
| style="background: #fff" | [[File:447.png]] {{pcolor|Riolu|{{factory color dark}}}} {{typecolor|Fighting}}
| style="background: #fff" | → Friendship (day)
| style="background: #fff" | [[File:448.png]] {{pcolor|Lucario|{{factory color dark}}}} {{typecolor|Fighting}}{{typecolor|Steel}}
| colspan="2" style="background: #fff;" | Lucario does not evolve
|- align="center"
| colspan="2" style="background: #fff;" | Woobat is the lowest in its line
| style="background: #fff" | [[File:527.png]] {{pcolor|Woobat|{{factory color dark}}}} {{typecolor|Psychic}}{{typecolor|Flying}}
| style="background: #fff" | → Friendship 
| style="background: #fff" | [[File:528.png]] {{pcolor|Swoobat|{{factory color dark}}}} {{typecolor|Psychic}}{{typecolor|Flying}}
| colspan="2" style="background: #fff;" | Swoobat does not evolve
|- align="center"
| style="background: #fff; {{roundybl|5px}}" | [[File:540.png]] {{pcolor|Sewaddle|{{factory color dark}}}} {{typecolor|Bug}}{{typecolor|Grass}}
| style="background: #fff;" | → [[Level|Level 20]]
| style="background: #fff;" | [[File:541.png]] {{pcolor|Swadloon|{{factory color dark}}}} {{typecolor|Bug}}{{typecolor|Grass}}
| style="background: #fff" | → Friendship 
| style="background: #fff;" | [[File:542.png]] {{pcolor|Leavanny|{{factory color dark}}}} {{typecolor|Bug}}{{typecolor|Grass}}
| colspan="2" style="background: #fff; {{roundybr|5px}}" | Leavanny does not evolve
|} 

==Friendship raters==
Friendship raters are [[Non-player character|NPC]]s that will indicate the friendship of the first Pokémon in the player's party when spoken to. Some will give away certain items depending on the friendship, while others just tell the player how happy the Pokémon is.

===Locations===
* [[Goldenrod City]]: A woman in the house northeast of the Bike Shop will rate a Pokémon's friendship.
* [[Goldenrod Department Store]]: On {{DL|Days of the week|Sunday}}s only, a woman at the TM Corner, on the fifth floor, gives away either {{TM|27|Return}} (friendship above 150) or {{TM|21|Frustration}} (friendship below 100).
* [[Verdanturf Town]]: A woman in the house in the south-western part of town will rate a Pokémon's friendship.
* [[Pacifidlog Town]]: Once every week, a man gives away either {{TM|27|Return}} (friendship above 150) or {{TM|21|Frustration}} (friendship below 100).
* [[Pallet Town]]: At {{ga|Blue}}'s house, [[Daisy Oak|Daisy]] will rate a Pokémon's friendship.{{sup|FRLG}}
* [[Hearthome City]]: An NPC rates friendship in the [[Pokémon Fan Club]].
* {{rt|213|Sinnoh}}: At the Footstep House, [[Dr. Footstep]] will rate a Pokémon's friendship, albeit in a roundabout way which differs among Pokémon species.
* [[Eterna City]]: A woman who gives the player the [[Pokétch]] App, {{DL|Pokétch|Friendship Checker}}, will rate the friendship of the player's Pokémon.
* [[Icirrus City]]: At the [[Pokémon Fan Club]], a member there will rate a Pokémon's friendship.
* [[Nacrene City]]: A woman in the building to the right of the Pokémon Center with a {{p|Cottonee}}{{sup|Bl}}/{{p|Petilil}}{{sup|W}} will rate a Pokémon's friendship.

In addition, the [[Pokétch]] App, {{DL|Pokétch|Friendship Checker}}, will display a Pokémon's friendship on a scale of one to two small or big hearts. If the Pokémon has a low friendship value, then it will move away from the point where the [[Nintendo DS]] screen is touched.

===Evaluation===
{{incomplete|section|quotes from Gen IV; friendship values for each quote}}
===Pokémon Gold, Silver, and Crystal===
{| border=1 align="left" style="background: #fff; border:1px solid #000; border-collapse:collapse;"
|- style="background: #CCCCFF;"
! Statement
! Friendship
|-
| "It looks really happy! It must love you a lot."
| 250-255
|-
| "I get the feeling that it really trusts you."
| 200-249
|-
| "It's friendly toward you. It looks sort of happy."
| 150-199
|-
| "It's quite cute."
| 100-149
|-
| "You should treat it better. It's not used to you."
| 50-99
|-
| "It doesn't seem to like you at all. It looks mean."
| 0-49
|}{{-}}

===Pokémon Ruby, Sapphire, and Emerald===
====Verdanturf Town====
{| border=1 align="left" style="background: #fff; border:1px solid #000; border-collapse:collapse;"
|- style="background: #CCCCFF;"
! Statement
! Friendship
|-
| "It adores you. It can't possibly love you any more. I even feel happy seeing it."
| ???-255
|-
| "It seems to be very happy. It obviously likes you a whole lot."
| ???
|-
| "It likes you quite a lot. It seems to want to be babied a little."
| ???
|-
| "It's getting used to you. It seems to believe in you."
| ???
|-
| "It's not very used to you yet. It neither loves nor hates you."
| ???
|-
| "It's very wary. It has scary viciousness in its eyes. It doesn't like you much at all."
| ???
|-
| "This is a little hard for me to say... Your POKéMON simply detests you. Doesn't that make you uncomfortable?"
| 0-???
|}{{-}}

===Pokémon FireRed and LeafGreen===
====Daisy====
{| border=1 align="left" style="background: #fff; border:1px solid #000; border-collapse:collapse;"
|- style="background: #CCCCFF;"
! Statement
! Friendship
|-
| "It couldn't possibly love you any more than it does now. Your POKéMON is happy beyond words."
| ???-255
|-
| "It looks very happy. I wish {{ga|Blue|<rival>}} could see this and learn something from it."
| ???
|-
| "It's quite friendly with you. Keep being good to it!"
| ???
|-
| "It's warming up to you. Trust must be growing between you."
| ???
|-
| "It's not quite familiar with you yet. POKéMON are all quite wary when you first get them."
| ???
|-
| "<Player>, I don't like the way it glares at you. Could you try being a little nicer to it?"
| ???
|-
| "...Um, it's not easy for me to say this, but... Is there some reason why your POKéMON would hate you so much?"
| 0-???
|}{{-}}

===Pokémon Diamond, Pearl, and Platinum===

{| border=1 align="left" style="background: #fff; border:1px solid #000; border-collapse:collapse;"
|- style="background: #CCCCFF;"
! Statement
! Friendship
|-
| "It simply adores you! Why, I feel like I am intruding!"
| ???
|-
| "Its very friendly toward you. I can tell you treat it kindly."
| ???
|-

|-
| "It's quite friendly to you. It must be happy being with you."
|
|-
| "It's warming up to you. That's my impression.""
| ???
|-
| "It's feeling neutral toward you. It's up to you to change that."
| ???
|-
| "Hmm... It seems to dislike you a little."
| 0-49
|}{{-}}

===Pokémon HeartGold and SoulSilver===

===Pokémon Black and White===
====Nacrene City====
{| border=1 align="left" style="background: #fff; border:1px solid #000; border-collapse:collapse;"
|- style="background: #CCCCFF;"
! Statement
! Friendship
|-
| "It's very friendly toward you! It must be happy with you."
| 120-255
|-
| "It's a little bit friendly to you... Something like that."
| 70-119
|-
| "Hmmm... It may still take some time."
| 0-69
|}{{-}}

====Icirrus City====
{| border=1 align="left" style="background: #fff; border:1px solid #000; border-collapse:collapse;"
|- style="background: #CCCCFF;"
! Statement
! Friendship
|-
| "It is super friendly to you! I'm a bit jealous!"
| ???-255
|-
| "It is quite friendly to you! You must be a kind person!"
| ???
|-
| "It's friendly toward you. It must be happy with you."
| 150-??
|-
| "It is a little friendly to you... That's what I'm getting."
| 100-149
|-
| "The relationship is neither good nor bad... It looks neutral."
| 70-99
|-
| "Hmmm... It may not like you very much."
| ???
|-
| "By any chance, you... Are you a very strict person? I feel that it really doesn't like you..."
| 0-???
|}{{-}}

==In spin-off games==
===Pokémon Ranger: Shadows of Almia===
[[File:Happy Mood SoA.png|frame|Two Pokémon in a Happy Mood]]
Friendship also has an effect in the second Ranger game. [[Partner Pokémon]] can have the condition of ''Fine'', ''Happy'', or ''Very Happy''. When it is in a Happy Mood, musical notes come out. Black musical notes come out of it when it is happy. Multicolored musical notes come out when it is very happy. This may happen whether or not it is with the player. This state of mind increases the speed the Partner Gauge fills up due to more Partner Energy being given.

==External links==
* [http://www.gamefaqs.com/portable/gbcolor/file/198308/11568 Generation II Friendship FAQ by Ignacio de Lucas]
* [http://www.gamefaqs.com/portable/ds/file/925601/48344 Generation IV Friendship FAQ by Ruimound]
* [http://www.psypokes.com/gsc/happiness.php Pokémon Gold, Silver and Crystal friendship guide]

{{Project Games notice|game mechanic}}

[[Category:Game mechanics]]
[[Category:Terminology]]

[[de:Freundschaft]]
[[es:Felicidad]]
[[fr:Bonheur]]
[[ja:なつき度]]
[[pl:Szczęście]]

Friendship Checker

2012-08-08T22:54:46Z

PatPeter: Change to disamb page.

'''Friendship Checker''' could refer to:

* The [[Goldenrod City#Friendship checker|friendship checker]] in [[Goldenrod City]]
* The [[Pokétch#Friendship Checker|Friendship Checker]] for [[Pokétch]]

[[Category:Disambiguation pages]]

Pokégear

2012-08-03T21:44:30Z

PatPeter: /* Trainer phone listing */ HGSS only.

[[File:PokéGear HGSS m.png|thumb|right|Blue Pokégear in HeartGold and SoulSilver]]
[[File:PokéGear HGSS f.png|thumb|Pink Pokégear in HeartGold and SoulSilver]]
'''Pokémon Gear''' (Japanese: '''ポケモンギア''' ''Pokémon Gear''), mostly known as '''Pokégear''' (Japanese: '''ポケギア''' ''Pokégear''), is an electronic device found in [[Johto]]. It looks like a large, advanced wristwatch with the [[Silph Co.]] logo on it. It was first introduced in [[Generation II]]; the [[Hoenn]] region's analog to the Pokégear appears to be the [[PokéNav]], the [[Sinnoh]] counterpart is the [[Pokétch]], and the [[Unova]] counterpart is the [[C-Gear]].

The Pokégear is an important tool for {{pkmn|Trainer}}s, some see it necessary to have one on a Trainer's adventure. The main character of {{game2|Gold|Silver|Crystal}} receives a Pokégear from their mother at the start of their journey. The {{player}} is able to have access to the Pokégear by selecting it from the [[menu]]. At that, it is easy to navigate through the Pokégear by selecting through four different functions located at the top-left of the screen. It displays the map of the region, names of previously fought Trainers, and the current time. It also allows players to call registered Trainers. Certain functions need to be unlocked during the game by receiving special expansion cards.

The Pokégear returns in the Generation IV remakes, {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}. The interface has been completely redesigned, using both screens on the [[Nintendo DS]]. The top will always display the time function on the Pokégear, while the touch screen will display the other different functions of the Pokégear, as well as selecting other functions using the touch screen. The outer aesthetics of the Pokégear have changed abruptly as well. The whole Pokégear is a flip top, while the bottom section of the Pokégear is used to scan special expansion cards to upgrade it with other functions. Its color skin is changeable between blue, pink, a [[Team Rocket]] theme, a Japanese dojo theme, a Pokémon League theme, and teal-and-white with a Silph Co. theme.

==Functions==
[[File:PokeGear.png|thumb|150px|right|Pokégear artwork from [[Generation II]]]]
The Pokégear's functionality comes from the several features and applications that can be installed in it, making it extensible. Many people are willing to give away special expansion cards to upgrade the Pokégear with other functions. In {{game2|Gold|Silver|Crystal}}, there are 4 available functions, two of which are included with the Pokégear. The rest are not available at the start but can be received at a later time.

===Time===
Included in {{game2|Gold|Silver|Crystal}} with the Pokégear, the time function is the most basic feature. The Pokégear will {{wp|digital clock|digitally}} display the time of day using the {{wp|12-hour clock|12-hour AM/PM format}} as well as the day of the week. It runs off the time the {{player}} input at the beginning of the game.

A glitch in Gold and Silver will change the day if the functions are scrolled through; this was addressed in Crystal. A function in Gold and Silver that allowed players to reset the game's time in the title screen was also removed from Crystal.

In {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}, the time will always be displayed on the top screen of the DS. However, unlike in Gold, Silver, and Crystal, the time is displayed using the {{wp|24-hour clock|24-hour format}} instead of the {{wp|12-hour clock|12-hour format}} and runs on the [[Nintendo DS]]'s internal clock, much like the Pokétch. There is also a wireless signal measurement next to the time, though it has no purpose and always displays the same.

<gallery>
File:PokéGearTime.png|The time function in {{3v2|Gold|Silver|Crystal}}
File:PokéGearPhone_HGSS.png‎|The top screen in {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}
</gallery>

===Map===
Obtained after the player receives a map card for the Pokégear after taking a tour of [[Cherrygrove City]] from the Guide Gent, the map function of the Pokégear acts as a [[Town Map]], displaying a map of [[Johto]] and later [[Kanto]] with cities, towns and other important landmarks. It is the most basic of the map devices used by the {{player}}, and is the navigational item for all [[Generation II]] games.

In {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}, the mechanics of the map remain the same, only to have several added features, including the ability to zoom in to display areas of interest, with certain locations having a small flavor text. There is another feature that allows the player to add notes and markings to different locations, to allow the player to make notes about each area about the Pokémon in the area, any [[Apricorn]] or [[Berry]] trees, any special buildings, [[TM]] locations or any other notes. These notes will appear on the top screen when the player highlights that specific area on the map. Like the Marking Map on the [[Pokétch]], it also displays the current locations of all [[Roaming Pokémon]], including {{p|Entei}} and {{p|Raikou}}.

If, in HeartGold and SoulSilver, a non-player character calls the player on the Pokégear phone for a rematch or to give an item, then the Pokégear map will display a small red exclamation point next to the name of the route or location.

<gallery>
File:PokéGearMap.png|The map function in {{3v2|Gold|Silver|Crystal}}, displaying the map for [[Johto]]
File:PokéGearMap HGSS.png|The map function in {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}, displaying the [[Johto]] half of the map
</gallery>

===Phone===
[[File:HGSSPokéGearPhone.png|thumb|left|The phone function in {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}]]
[[File:PokéGearPhone.png|thumb|right|The phone function in [[Generation II]]]]
Included in {{game2|Gold|Silver|Crystal}} with the device, the Pokégear's phone acts like a cellphone, allowing the user to make calls to people that they've traded phone numbers with. This allows the player to talk to other characters and learn information from them, such as battling tips or when rare Pokémon appear. Trainers with whom the player has exchanged numbers may also sometimes call the player to request a rematch, in which they will use higher-level Pokémon than during their initial battle.

The phone can also store numbers of other important people, like the player's [[mom]] or [[Professor Elm]]. Mom will also ring every so often, telling the {{player}} about the money she has saved (if opted for by the player) and occasionally spending that money on decorations for the player's [[bedroom]] or items such as {{DL|Potion|Super Potion}}s for the player. In Generation II, the phone function has a memory bank that can store the numbers for up to ten people.

In {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}, the phone function makes a return and is used in the same way as before, though the interface (like the rest of the Pokégear) can now be controlled with the touch screen in addition to (or as an alternative to) the DS's buttons. In the remakes, the phone has no limit on how many numbers can be stored, though, unlike Generation II, numbers cannot be deleted from it. Also in the remakes, the player now has the option not to answer when someone calls them.

In HeartGold and SoulSilver, Trainers will only begin calling the player for rematches once the player has collected seven Badges and beaten [[Team Rocket]] at the [[Goldenrod Radio Tower|Radio Tower]] in [[Goldenrod City]]. In addition, once the Radio Tower has been saved, the player can call registered Trainers to arrange rematches with them without having to wait for the respective Trainers to call the player. Each Trainer has a specific time during a specific day each week where they will accept a rematch when called; if they are called at any other time of the week, they will use their usual script, and a rematch will not be arranged. When a Trainer is called at the appropriate time, as long as the player is not at the same route or location as the Trainer, they will accept the challenge of a rematch and can then be battled at their original location with higher-level Pokémon at any later point in time (though, once the rematch has taken place, the player will need to call or be called again in order to carry out another rematch). Additionally to further power up the Trainer's team in two additional phases, defeating the Elite Four and later collecting all 16 Badges are the necessary requirements for these powerups as long as each incarnation of that Trainers' team is fought at least once. If a rematch with a Trainer has been arranged but not carried out, a red exclamation point will appear next to the name of the Trainer's location on the Pokégear map (unless it is against a Gym Leader, in which Saffron City will not have the exclamation point).
{{-}}
====Trainer phone listing====
{| class="roundy" align="center" style="background: #73B1B7; border: 5px solid #7A8B8B;"
|-
|
{| border=1 width="100%" align="center" class="sortable" style="background: #FFFFFF; border:1px solid #73B1B7; border-collapse:collapse;"
|- style="background:#73B1B7"
! Person !! Location !! Rematch{{sup|HGSS}} !! Notes
|-
|| [[Mom]]{{tt|*|cannot be removed from phone in Gold, Silver, or Crystal}} || [[New Bark Town]] || || Saves the player's money and buys items.
|-
|| [[Professor Elm]]{{tt|*|cannot be removed from phone in Gold and Silver and Crystal}} || [[New Bark Town]] || || Calls about major events.
|-
|| [[Professor Oak]]{{sup|HGSS}} || [[Pallet Town]] || || Gives phone number when first met at [[Mr. Pokémon]]'s house; call him to have [[Pokédex]] rated
|-
|| Youngster [[Joey]] || {{rt|30|Johto}} || {{sort|22|3=Monday afternoon}} || Gives away {{DL|Vitamin|HP Up}}.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| Bug Catcher Wade || {{rt|31|Johto}} || {{sort|33|3=Tuesday night}} || Reminds player of the [[Bug-Catching Contest]]. Gives away [[Berry|Berries]].{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| Picnicker Liz || {{rt|32|Johto}} || {{sort|52|3=Thursday afternoon}}
|-
|| Fisher Ralph || {{rt|32|Johto}} || {{sort|41|3=Wednesday morning}} || Calls during a {{p|Qwilfish}} swarm.
|-
|| {{tc|Hiker}} Anthony || {{rt|33|Johto}} || {{sort|63|3=Friday night}} || Calls during a {{p|Dunsparce}} swarm.
|-
|| Poké Ball Creator [[Kurt]]{{sup|HGSS}} || [[Azalea Town]] ||
|-
|| Picnicker Gina || {{rt|34|Johto}} || {{sort|12|3=Sunday afternoon}} ||Gives away {{evostone|Leaf Stone}}s.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| Camper Todd || {{rt|34|Johto}} || {{sort|71|3=Saturday morning}} || Reminds player of the [[Goldenrod Department Store]]'s [[Goldenrod Department Store#Rooftop|bargain sale]].{{sup|C}}
|-
|| {{tc|Youngster}} Ian{{sup|HGSS}} || {{rt|34|Johto}} || {{sort|71|3=Saturday morning}}
|-
|| Day Care Lady{{sup|HGSS}} || {{rt|34|Johto}} ||
|-
|| Day Care Man{{sup|HGSS}} || {{rt|34|Johto}} || {{sort|01|3=Calls when Pokémon left at the Daycare produce an Egg if the player wishes him to{{tt|*|After he gives the player a Pokémon egg the first time around.}}}}
|-
|| Childhood Friend {{ga|Ethan}}/{{ga|Lyra}}{{sup|HGSS}} || [[New Bark Town]] || || Number is obtained from them when first visiting the Daycare Center on {{rt|34|Johto}}; when contacted, they will give information on how certain Pokémon will react to different areas
|-
|| [[Bill]] || [[Goldenrod City]] || || Calls when Bill's PC box is full{{sup|GSC}} or when every box is full.{{sup|HGSS}} Can be called to find out how much space is left in the current box{{sup|GSC}} or the entire storage system{{sup|HGSS}}.
|-
|| [[Buena]] || [[Goldenrod City]] || || Obtainable after getting 30 Blue Card points.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| {{tc|Bug Catcher}} Arnie || {{rt|35|Johto}} || {{sort|31|3=Tuesday morning}} || Calls during a {{p|Yanma}} swarm.
|-
|| {{tc|Firebreather}} Walt || {{rt|35|Johto}} || {{sort|22|3=Monday afternoon}}
|-
|| {{tc|Juggler}} Irwin || {{rt|35|Johto}} ||
|-
|| Lass Krise || [[National Park]] || {{sort|71|3=Sunday morning}}
|-
|| {{tc|Pokéfan}} Beverly || [[National Park]] || || Requires {{p|Marill}} in party{{sup|C}}: Gives away {{DL|Valuable item|Nugget}}s.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| Schoolboy Jack || [[National Park]] || {{sort|21|3=Monday morning}}
|-
|| {{tc|School Boy|Schoolboy}} Alan || {{rt|36|Johto}} || {{sort|42|3=Wednesday afternoon}} || Gives away {{evostone|Fire Stone}}s.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| {{tc|Gentleman}} Alfred || [[Glitter Lighthouse]] || {{sort|32|3=Tuesday afternoon}}
|-
|| {{tc|Sailor}} Huey || [[Glitter Lighthouse]] || {{sort|43|3=Wednesday night}} || Gives away {{DL|Vitamin|Protein}}.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| {{tc|Lass}} Dana || {{rt|38|Johto}} || {{sort|53|3=Thursday night}} || Calls during a {{p|Tauros}} swarm{{sup|GSC}}, and gives away {{evostone|Thunderstone}}s.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| Schoolboy Chad || {{rt|38|Johto}} || {{sort|61|3=Friday morning}} || Calls during a {{p|Snubbull}} swarm.
|-
|| Pokéfan Derek || {{rt|39|Johto}} ||
|-
|| {{tc|Fisherman|Fisher}} Chris{{tt|*|Gold and Silver}}/Tully{{tt|*|Crystal and HeartGold and SoulSilver}} || {{rt|42|Johto}} || {{sort|72|3=Sunday afternoon}} || Gives away {{evostone|Water Stone}}s.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| Picnicker Tiffany || {{rt|43|Johto}} || {{sort|32|3=Tuesday afternoon}} ||Gives away [[Escape item|Poké Dolls]]{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| {{tc|PokéManiac}} Brent || {{rt|43|Johto}} || {{sort|21|3=Monday morning}}
|-
|| Bird Keeper Vance || {{rt|44|Johto}} || {{sort|43|3=Wednesday night}} || Gives away {{DL|Vitamin|Carbos}}.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| Fisher Wilton || {{rt|44|Johto}} || {{sort|51|3=Thursday morning}} || Calls during a {{p|Remoraid}} swarm{{sup|GS}}{{sup|HGSS}} and gives away various [[Poké Ball]]s.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| {{tc|Black Belt}} Kenji || {{rt|45|Johto}} || {{sort|80|3=Random}} || Gives away {{DL|Vitamin|PP Up}}s during random lunch breaks at noon.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| Hiker Parry || {{rt|45|Johto}} || {{sort|62|3=Friday afternoon}} || Calls during a {{p|Marill}} swarm{{sup|GSC}}{{sup|HGSS}}, and gives away {{DL|Vitamin|Iron}}.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| {{tc|Picnicker}} Erin || {{rt|46|Johto}} || {{sort|73|3=Saturday night}} || Gives away {{DL|Vitamin|Calcium}}{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| Safari Warden [[Baoba]]{{sup|HGSS}} || [[Johto Safari Zone]] || || Gives phone number on {{rt|39|Johto}}
|-
|| Bug Catcher Doug || {{rt|2|Kanto}} || {{sort|41|3=Wednesday morning}}
|-
|| Bug Catcher Rob || {{rt|2|Kanto}} || {{sort|61|3=Friday morning}}
|-
|| Fisher Kyle || {{rt|12|Kanto}} || {{sort|42|3=Wednesday afternoon}}
|-
|| Fisher Kyler || {{rt|12|Kanto}} || {{sort|52|3=Thursday afternoon}}
|-
|| {{tc|Camper}} Tanner || {{rt|13|Kanto}} || {{sort|23|3=Monday night}}
|-
|| Hiker Kenny || {{rt|13|Kanto}} || {{sort|72|3=Saturday afternoon}}
|-
|| {{tc|Young Couple}} Tim & Sue || {{rt|13|Kanto}} || {{sort|62|3=Friday afternoon}}
|-
|| Bird Keeper Josh || {{rt|14|Kanto}} || {{sort|33|3=Tuesday night}} || Gives away {{evostone|Shiny Stone}}s.{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| Schoolboy Torin || {{rt|14|Kanto}} || {{sort|43|3=Wednesday night}}
|-
|| Schoolboy Billy || {{rt|15|Kanto}} || {{sort|63|3=Friday night}}
|-
|| {{tc|Teacher}} Hillary || {{rt|15|Kanto}} || {{sort|53|3=Thursday night}}
|-
|| {{tc|Twins}} Kay & Tia || {{rt|15|Kanto}} || {{sort|73|3=Saturday night}}
|-
|| {{tc|Biker}} Aiden || {{rt|17|Kanto}} || {{sort|21|3=Monday morning}}
|-
|| Biker Ernest || {{rt|17|Kanto}} || {{sort|12|3=Sunday afternoon}}
|-
|| Biker Reese || {{rt|17|Kanto}} || {{sort|13|3=Sunday night}}
|-
|| {{tc|Ace Trainer|Cool Trainer}} Beth{{tt|*|Gold and Silver and Crystal}}/Ace Trainer Jamie{{tt|*|HeartGold and SoulSilver}} || {{rt|26|Kanto}} || {{sort|62|3=Friday afternoon}}
|-
|| Cool Trainer Gaven || {{rt|26|Kanto}} || {{sort|51|3=Thursday morning}}
|-
|| Cool Trainer Reena || {{rt|27|Kanto}} || {{sort|71|3=Sunday morning}}
|-
|| {{tc|Bird Keeper}} Jose || {{rt|27|Kanto}} || {{sort|73|3=Saturday night}} || Gives away {{DL|Valuable item|Star Piece}}s.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|}
|}

====Gym Leader phone listing====
''See also [[Rematch#Gym Leader phone listing|Gym Leader Phone Listing (sub-section of Gym Leader Rematch)]]''.

The rematch concept is expanded in HeartGold and SoulSilver to allow players to [[Rematch#Pokémon HeartGold and SoulSilver|rematch the Gym Leaders]] of Johto and Kanto. The phone numbers for most of the sixteen Leaders can be obtained after defeating the [[Elite Four]], but rematches with the Gym Leaders cannot be scheduled until the {{Badge|Earth}} has been obtained (i.e {{ga|Blue}} has been defeated). By speaking with them at the appropriate time and place, players can obtain their phone numbers. At a later, specified date, the player can call the Leader and ask for a rematch. The Leader will always accept, and the battle will be fought at [[Saffron City]]'s [[Fighting Dojo]].

{| class="roundy" align="center" style="background: #73B1B7; border: 5px solid #7A8B8B;"
|-
|
{| border=1 width="100%" align="center" class="sortable" style="background: #FFFFFF; border:1px solid #73B1B7; border-collapse:collapse;"
|- style="background:#73B1B7"
! Leader !! Time and Location of Phone Number !! {{color2|000|Time#Generation IV|Time of Battle}}
|-
|| [[Falkner]] || Mondays in the [[Celadon City]] [[Celadon Department Store|Department Store]]; must have beaten Janine; any time || Saturday morning
|-
|| [[Bugsy]] || Thursdays in [[Viridian Forest]]; any time || Thursday afternoon
|-
|| [[Whitney]] || Any day in the [[Goldenrod City]] [[Goldenrod Department Store|Department Store]]; between 12:00 PM to 4:00 PM || Saturday afternoon
|-
|| [[Morty]] || Mondays and Tuesdays on the [[Bell Tower|Bellchime Trail]]; any time || Tuesday night
|-
|| [[Chuck]] || Any day from [[Chuck's wife]]; any time || Wednesday night
|-
|| [[Jasmine]] || Any day in the {{ci|Olivine}} Café; {{DL|Time|Pokémon HeartGold and SoulSilver|between 1:00 PM and 2:00 PM}} || Wednesday afternoon
|-
|| [[Pryce]] || Any morning by the [[Lake of Rage]]; {{DL|Time|Pokémon HeartGold and SoulSilver|between 6:00 AM and 10:00 AM}} || Monday morning
|-
|| [[Clair]] || Any morning in the [[Dragon's Den]]; must have beaten [[Lance]] and her in a double battle; {{DL|Time|Pokémon HeartGold and SoulSilver|between 6:00 AM and 10:00 AM}} || Friday night
|-
|| [[Brock]] || Any day in [[Diglett's Cave]]; must have beaten Blue; {{DL|Time|Pokémon HeartGold and SoulSilver|between 12:00 PM and 3:00 PM}} || Saturday night
|-
|| [[Misty]] || Any day on {{rt|25|Kanto}} (unless {{p|Suicune}} is present); must have beaten Blue; {{DL|Time|Pokémon HeartGold and SoulSilver|between 4:00 PM and 6:00 PM}} || Wednesday morning
|-
|| [[Lt. Surge]] || Any day by the [[Power Plant]] after {{p|Zapdos}} is captured and the player is {{pkmn2|walking}} with a {{p|Pikachu}}; must have beaten Blue; {{DL|Time|Pokémon HeartGold and SoulSilver|between 9:00 AM and 11:00 AM}} || Friday morning
|-
|| [[Erika]] || Saturdays and Sundays by the [[Celadon City]] fountain; must have beaten Blue; between 3:00 PM and 5:00 PM || Sunday morning
|-
|| [[Sabrina]] || Fridays at the [[Olivine City]] harbor; must have S.S. Ticket; any time || Sunday afternoon
|-
|| [[Janine]] || Any evening by the [[Pokémon League Reception Gate]]; {{DL|Time|Pokémon HeartGold and SoulSilver|between 4:00 PM and 6:00 PM}} || Monday afternoon
|-
|| [[Blaine]] || Tuesdays on [[Cinnabar Island]]; must have beaten Blue; any time || Tuesday afternoon
|-
|| {{ga|Blue}} || Any day from [[Daisy Oak]], after having at least seven massages and showing her a Pokémon with full happiness; any time || Sunday night
|-
|}
|}

===Radio===
After acquiring a Radio Card from a quiz host at the [[Goldenrod Radio Tower]], the Radio function of the Pokégear can now be used. It allows the player to tune in to the various radio stations being broadcast from the two Radio Towers in [[Goldenrod Radio Tower|Goldenrod (Johto)]] and [[Lavender Town#Kanto Radio Tower|Lavender (Kanto)]]. When traveling to Kanto, however, the EXPN Card must be obtained from the manager of the Kanto Radio Tower before all Kanto stations can be played in {{v|Crystal}}, and the Poké Flute station can be played in {{game3|Gold and Silver|Gold, Silver,|s}} {{game3|HeartGold and SoulSilver|HeartGold, and SoulSilver|s}} versions.

The Radio usually allows the players to tune in to the local programs, allowing the player to get tips from [[Professor Oak]] and [[DJ Mary]] on Prof. Oak's Pokémon Talk, or to let the player tune in to specific channels such as [[Buena's Password]] to win prizes. However, the Radio is also capable of picking up other signals within its tunable range, thereby occasionally causing weird noises to be heard such as the Mysterious Transmissions coming from the [[Ruins of Alph]], or Team Rocket's evolution-forcing signals near the [[Lake of Rage]].

During Team Rocket's takeover of the Goldenrod Radio Tower, all other stations were being replaced by the Team Rocket Announcement.

The Radio function also works when the Pokégear is not in use, allowing the player to play tunes from a specific radio show when on the move. Some tunes even affect how wild Pokémon appear, notably in HeartGold and SoulSilver, when {{DL|DJ|Ben}} from the [[Pokémon Music Channel]] occasionally broadcasts the {{DL|Pokémon Music Channel|Hoenn Sound}} or {{DL|Pokémon Music Channel|Sinnoh Sound}} to allow the player to attract wild Pokémon native to [[Hoenn]] or [[Sinnoh]].

====Generation II====
[[File:PokéGearRadio.png|240px|thumb|right|The radio interface in {{3v2|Gold|Silver|Crystal}}]]
In Generation II when the Radio was first introduced, the interface features an interactive box at the top right corner, consisting of a number line divided into 'channels' and a slider that is controlled by the left and right buttons. The channels range from 0 to 20.5, and when the slider reaches a correct channel, a program will play (in this case, 4.5 for Prof. Oak's Pokémon Talk). Most of the screen shows the name of the program and a large space for the dialog box to appear.

The following lists the shows available in Generation II:

''See also [[Goldenrod Radio Tower#Broadcasted programs|Broadcasted programs in Goldenrod Radio Tower]].''
{| align="center" width="100%  style="{{roundy|15px}}; background: #{{locationcolor/light|building}}; border: 5px solid #{{locationcolor/dark|building}};"
|-
! Radio shows in Generation II
|-
|
{| class="sortable" cellspacing="2" width="100%" align="center" style="{{roundy|15px}} background:#{{locationcolor/dark|building}}; border:3px solid #{{locationcolor/dark|building}};"
|- style="background:#73B1B7"
! class="roundytl" width=20% style="text-align:center" | Program
! width=10% | Host(s)
! width=10% | Channel
! class="roundytr" width=50% | Description
|- style="background:#FFF"
| [[Pokédex Show]]
| (no host)
| 4.5 (Johto) 4 AM-10 AM only
| A show that broadcasts [[Pokédex]] entries gathered by the player.
|-style="background:#FFF"
| [[Professor Oak's Pokémon Talk]]
| [[DJ Mary|Mary]] and {{prof|Oak}}
| 4.5 (Johto) 10 AM-4 AM only
| Talk show discussing locations where Pokémon can be found.
|-style="background:#FFF"
| [[Pokémon Music Channel|Pokémon Music]]
| {{DL|DJ|Ben}}
| 7.5 (Johto)
| Broadcasts different music of different effects depending on the [[days of the week|day of the week]].
|-style="background:#FFF"
| [[Lucky Channel]]
| {{DL|DJ|Reed}}
| 8.5 (Johto)
| Broadcasts one ID per week; Trainers who come to the welcome center with a Pokémon whose ID is similar will win a prize.
|-style="background:#FFF"
| [[Buena's Password]] (Crystal only)
| [[Buena]]
| 10.5 (Johto)
| Broadcasts one password per night between 6 PM-12 AM; Trainers who come to Buena and recite the password can get points redeemable for prizes.
|-style="background:#FFF"
| Mysterious Transmission (Un(kn)own Radio Station)
| {{p|Unown}}
| 13.5 (Johto)
| Strange noises will play. Only when the player is at [[Ruins of Alph]].
|-style="background:#FFF"
| [[Places and People]]
| {{DL|DJ|Lily}}
| 16.5 (Kanto)
| Talk show discussing [[Kanto]] locations or Trainers the player has faced. Requires EXPN Card in {{game|Crystal}}.
|-style="background:#FFF"
| [[Pokémon Music Channel|Let's All Sing]]
| {{DL|DJ|Fern}}
| 18.5 (Kanto)
| Broadcasts different music of different effects depending on the day of the week. Requires EXPN Card in {{game|Crystal}}.
|-style="background:#FFF"
| [[Poké Flute]]
| (no host)
| 20.0 (Kanto)
| Plays Poké Flute music. Used to awaken {{p|Snorlax}}. Requires EXPN Card.
|-style="background:#FFF"
| Radio Transmission Team Rocket evolution signal
| [[Team Rocket HQ]]
| 20.5 (Johto)
| An eerie tune plays over and over. Only plays in [[Mahogany Town]], {{rt|43|Johto}}, and [[Lake of Rage]]. No longer plays when the player has cleared the Team Rocket HQ.
|- style="background:#FFF"
| class="roundybl" | Team Rocket Announcement
| [[Team Rocket]]
| All stations (Johto)
| class="roundybr" | Plays on all stations once Team Rocket has succeeded in taking over the [[Goldenrod Radio Tower|Radio Tower]]. A Team Rocket executive announces over the airwaves that they have rejoined, and pleads their boss, [[Giovanni]], to come out of hiding and rejoin them. Begins playing once the player has obtained seven Badges; no longer plays when Team Rocket disbands.
|}
|}

====Generation IV====
[[File:PokéGearRadio HGSS.png|240px|thumb|right|The bottom screen of the radio interface in {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}]]
In {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}, the radio function makes a return, but the interface changes much drastically from [[Generation II]]. Most of the dialog and the reception icon is now shown at the top screen, while tuning can be done at the bottom screens. Tuning is done in two ways: moving a rounded indicator around the circular area using the stylus, or by selecting one of the four buttons at the side of the circular area, which directly tunes the radio to a pre-set Radio Station. (The Mysterious Transmission and the Poké Flute have to be manually tuned using the stylus.)

Programs in HeartGold and SoulSilver are now more varied; Prof. Oak's Pokémon Talk will update the player on recent [[Pokémon outbreak|swarm]], while a [[Variety Channel]] features a documentary and radio play. The broadcast timings for [[Buena's Password]] have also been changed, allowing her program to be received for one out of every three hours. Most programs are also not limited to their respective broadcast regions; the four main stations can be heard in both [[Kanto]] and [[Johto]].

The following lists the shows available in Generation IV:
{| align="center" style="{{roundy|15px}} background: #{{heartgold color}}; border: 5px solid #{{heartgold color dark}};"
|-
! Radio shows in Generation IV
|-
|
{| class="roundy" cellspacing="2" cellpadding="4" width="100%" align="center" style="background:#{{soulsilver color dark}}; border:3px solid #{{soulsilver color dark}};"
|- style="background:#{{silver color}}"
! class="roundytl" width=20% style="text-align:center" | Program
! width=10% | Host(s)
! class="roundytr" width=60% | Description
|- style="background:#{{heartgold color light}}"
!colspan="3"| Station 1 (top-left)
|- style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| [[Pokémon Music Channel|Pokémon Music]]
| {{DL|DJ|Ben}}
| Broadcasts different music of different effects depending on the [[days of the week|day of the week]].
|- style="background:#{{heartgold color light}}"
!colspan="3"| Station 2 (top-right)
|- style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| [[Professor Oak's Pokémon Talk]]
| [[DJ Mary|Mary]] and {{prof|Oak}}
| Talk show discussing locations where semi-rare Pokémon can be found. Also broadcasts updates on [[Pokémon outbreak|swarms]] and where Sinnoh/Hoenn and other Pokémon currently reside after receiving the National Pokédex.
|- style="background:#{{heartgold color light}}"
!colspan="3"| Station 3 (bottom-left)
|- style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| [[Street Corner Channel]]
| {{DL|DJ|Snap}}
| Broadcasts a show called "Trainer Profiles", which describes a randomly selected Trainer class. Switches with the Town Channel every hour.
|-style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| [[Town Channel]]
| Unknown
| Broadcasts a show called "That Town, These People" that selects the top 3 landmarks or persons in any given city or town. Switches with the Street Corner Channel every hour.
|- style="background:#{{heartgold color light}}"
!colspan="3"| Station 4 (bottom-right)
|-style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| [[Variety Channel]]
| [[Silver Drama]]
| Broadcasts Pokémon Search party, Serial Radio Drama and the [[Buena's Password]] channel. The three programs rotate on an hourly basis throughout the day.
|-style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| [[Buena's Password]] (part of Variety Channel)
| [[Buena]]
| Broadcasts one password every hour at 2 AM, 5 AM, 8 AM, 11 AM, 2 PM, 5 PM, 8 PM, and 11 PM; Trainers who come to Buena and recite the password can get points redeemable for prizes.
|- style="background:#{{heartgold color light}}"
!colspan="3"| Others (stations that have to be manually tuned, or otherwise)
|-style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| [[Poké Flute]] (manually tuned)
| (no host)
| Plays Poké Flute music that is used to awaken {{p|Snorlax}}. Only plays in Kanto. Requires EXPN Card upgrade. '''Tuning instructions:''' somewhere near the top, above stations 1 and 2.
|-style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| Mysterious Transmission (Un(kn)own Radio Station, manually tuned)
| {{p|Unown}}
| When the player is at the [[Ruins of Alph]], strange noises will play and there will be no reception from other stations. It also increases the chance of encountering an {{p|Unown}} [[Form differences#Unown|shape]] the player has not yet encountered. Sounds similar to the [[Azure Flute]]. '''Tuning instructions:''' somewhere in the center.
|-style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| Radio Transmission (Team Rocket evolution signal)
| [[Team Rocket HQ]]
| An eerie tune plays over and over. Only plays in [[Mahogany Town]], {{rt|43|Johto}}, and [[Lake of Rage]] and causes interference that prevents the radio from tuning in to other stations. No longer plays when the player has cleared the Team Rocket HQ.
|-style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| class="roundybl"| Team Rocket Announcement
| [[Team Rocket]]
| class="roundybr"| Played on all stations after Team Rocket had succeeded in the taking over the [[Goldenrod Radio Tower|Radio Tower]]. A Team Rocket executive announces over the airwaves that they have rejoined, and pleads their boss, [[Giovanni]], to come out of hiding and rejoin them. Begins playing once the player had defeated the seventh Gym leader, no longer plays when Team Rocket disbands.

|}
|}

==In the anime==
[[File:HGSS Pokegear anime.png|200px|right|thumb|Brock's Pokégear]]
In the anime, it is shown that the Pokégear has at least three designs, a black one, a white one, and a pink one. Several characters in the anime own Pokégears:
* {{mov|Lisa}} lent hers to Ash so that he could keep in contact with Professor Oak in ''[[M03|Spell of the Unown]]''.
* A Pokégear under the ownership of [[Jasmine]], the [[Olivine City|Olivine]] [[Gym Leader]] made a brief appearance in ''[[EP208|Fight for the Light]]''.
* {{jo|Jimmy}}, {{jo|Marina}} and [[Vincent]] all own Pokégears. A plot point of ''[[The Legend of Thunder!]]'' is that it includes a tracking system to show where the other Pokégears currently are.
[[File:{{#switch: {{#expr: {{#time: U}} mod 2}}|0=Pokegear|1=Pokegear black}} anime.png|200px|right|thumb|{{#switch: {{#expr: {{#time: U}} mod 2}}|0=Misty's|1=Jimmy's}} Pokégear]]
* {{an|Misty}} also owns one, so that she can keep in contact with [[The Sensational Sisters|her sisters]] at the [[Cerulean Gym]].
* {{an|Lyra}} owns the new version of the Pokégear, and she owns a pink model. Likewise, her friend [[Khoury]] owns a blue model.
* {{an|Brock}} received his own Pokégear at the end of ''[[DP147|Bagged Then Tagged!]]'' when he was given one by [[Khoury's father]]. It has been used fairly regularly by him since then, normally being used by Brock to track the group's location (similar to how [[Max]] did with the [[PokéNav]]).

==In the manga==
===In the Pokémon Adventures manga===
{{incomplete|section}}
The Pokégear is often used in Pokémon Adventures, first appearing in the {{chap|Gold, Silver & Crystal}}. The Pokégear is the Pokémon world's equivalent of a cellular phone, albeit with more functions such as a Map Card. In addition to the [[Johto]] [[Pokédex holder]]s, {{adv|Red}}, {{adv|Blue}}, {{adv|Green}}, and {{adv|Ruby}} also possess one. [[Misty]], [[Erika]], [[Norman]], [[Juan]], [[Wallace]], [[Volkner]], and {{EF|Flint}} are also seen to own a Pokégear.

In addition to its role as a cellular phone, the Pokégear can also be used as a remote control. It played a large role in the development of the [[Masked Man]]; this gadget was used to send signals to his Pokémon so that the Masked Man and his alter ego could be in "two places at one time."

Later in the {{chap|Ruby & Sapphire}}, Ruby explained to Sapphire how a password is needed to operate an aircar, having learned how to do so from his mentor.

==In the TCG==
Both iterations of the PokéGear appear as cards in the [[Pokémon Trading Card Game]].

{{cardlist/header|Related cards|Trainer|char=yes}}
{{cardlist/entry|cardname={{TCG ID|Neo Genesis|PokéGear|88}}|type=Trainer|enset=Neo Genesis|enrarity=Rare|ennum=88/111|jpsetlink=Neo Genesis|jpset=Gold, Silver, to a New World...|jprarity=Rare}}
{{cardlist/entry|cardname={{TCG ID|HeartGold & SoulSilver|Pokégear 3.0|96}}|type=Trainer|enset=HeartGold & SoulSilver|enrarity=Uncommon|ennum=96/123|jpsetlink=HeartGold & SoulSilver|jpset=SoulSilver Collection|jprarity=Uncommon|jpnum=064/070}}
{{cardlist/footer|Trainer}}

==Trivia==
*Music from the Pokégear doesn't stop when the player uses {{m|Surf}}; however, it does stop when the player gets out of the water.
*In HeartGold and SoulSilver, the Pokégear's map displays Ethan's icon's hat with black sides, however the [[Pokédex]] display Ethan's icon's hat with yellow sides. This may be a leftover from conversion from his Generation II design (where the front of his hat was all black and the back was all yellow) to his Generation IV design (where the sides of his hat are black and the middle is yellow).

==Names==
{{langtable|color={{silver color}}|bordercolor={{gold color}}
|de=PokéCom
|en=Pokégear
|es_eu=PokéGear
|fr_eu=PokéMatos
|it=Pokégear
|pl=PokéŁącze
|ja=ポケギア

|zh_cmn=神奇寶貝裝置 ''Shénqíbǎobèi Zhuāngzhì''
}}
{{-}}
{{Menu}} 
{{Project ItemDex notice}}
[[Category:Map equipment]]

[[de:PokéCom]]
[[es:PokéGear]]
[[fr:PokéMatos]]
[[ja:ポケギア]]
[[pt:PokéGear]]
[[it:Pokégear]]

Pokégear

2012-08-03T21:40:15Z

PatPeter: /* Trainer phone listing */ Order in route.

[[File:PokéGear HGSS m.png|thumb|right|Blue Pokégear in HeartGold and SoulSilver]]
[[File:PokéGear HGSS f.png|thumb|Pink Pokégear in HeartGold and SoulSilver]]
'''Pokémon Gear''' (Japanese: '''ポケモンギア''' ''Pokémon Gear''), mostly known as '''Pokégear''' (Japanese: '''ポケギア''' ''Pokégear''), is an electronic device found in [[Johto]]. It looks like a large, advanced wristwatch with the [[Silph Co.]] logo on it. It was first introduced in [[Generation II]]; the [[Hoenn]] region's analog to the Pokégear appears to be the [[PokéNav]], the [[Sinnoh]] counterpart is the [[Pokétch]], and the [[Unova]] counterpart is the [[C-Gear]].

The Pokégear is an important tool for {{pkmn|Trainer}}s, some see it necessary to have one on a Trainer's adventure. The main character of {{game2|Gold|Silver|Crystal}} receives a Pokégear from their mother at the start of their journey. The {{player}} is able to have access to the Pokégear by selecting it from the [[menu]]. At that, it is easy to navigate through the Pokégear by selecting through four different functions located at the top-left of the screen. It displays the map of the region, names of previously fought Trainers, and the current time. It also allows players to call registered Trainers. Certain functions need to be unlocked during the game by receiving special expansion cards.

The Pokégear returns in the Generation IV remakes, {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}. The interface has been completely redesigned, using both screens on the [[Nintendo DS]]. The top will always display the time function on the Pokégear, while the touch screen will display the other different functions of the Pokégear, as well as selecting other functions using the touch screen. The outer aesthetics of the Pokégear have changed abruptly as well. The whole Pokégear is a flip top, while the bottom section of the Pokégear is used to scan special expansion cards to upgrade it with other functions. Its color skin is changeable between blue, pink, a [[Team Rocket]] theme, a Japanese dojo theme, a Pokémon League theme, and teal-and-white with a Silph Co. theme.

==Functions==
[[File:PokeGear.png|thumb|150px|right|Pokégear artwork from [[Generation II]]]]
The Pokégear's functionality comes from the several features and applications that can be installed in it, making it extensible. Many people are willing to give away special expansion cards to upgrade the Pokégear with other functions. In {{game2|Gold|Silver|Crystal}}, there are 4 available functions, two of which are included with the Pokégear. The rest are not available at the start but can be received at a later time.

===Time===
Included in {{game2|Gold|Silver|Crystal}} with the Pokégear, the time function is the most basic feature. The Pokégear will {{wp|digital clock|digitally}} display the time of day using the {{wp|12-hour clock|12-hour AM/PM format}} as well as the day of the week. It runs off the time the {{player}} input at the beginning of the game.

A glitch in Gold and Silver will change the day if the functions are scrolled through; this was addressed in Crystal. A function in Gold and Silver that allowed players to reset the game's time in the title screen was also removed from Crystal.

In {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}, the time will always be displayed on the top screen of the DS. However, unlike in Gold, Silver, and Crystal, the time is displayed using the {{wp|24-hour clock|24-hour format}} instead of the {{wp|12-hour clock|12-hour format}} and runs on the [[Nintendo DS]]'s internal clock, much like the Pokétch. There is also a wireless signal measurement next to the time, though it has no purpose and always displays the same.

<gallery>
File:PokéGearTime.png|The time function in {{3v2|Gold|Silver|Crystal}}
File:PokéGearPhone_HGSS.png‎|The top screen in {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}
</gallery>

===Map===
Obtained after the player receives a map card for the Pokégear after taking a tour of [[Cherrygrove City]] from the Guide Gent, the map function of the Pokégear acts as a [[Town Map]], displaying a map of [[Johto]] and later [[Kanto]] with cities, towns and other important landmarks. It is the most basic of the map devices used by the {{player}}, and is the navigational item for all [[Generation II]] games.

In {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}, the mechanics of the map remain the same, only to have several added features, including the ability to zoom in to display areas of interest, with certain locations having a small flavor text. There is another feature that allows the player to add notes and markings to different locations, to allow the player to make notes about each area about the Pokémon in the area, any [[Apricorn]] or [[Berry]] trees, any special buildings, [[TM]] locations or any other notes. These notes will appear on the top screen when the player highlights that specific area on the map. Like the Marking Map on the [[Pokétch]], it also displays the current locations of all [[Roaming Pokémon]], including {{p|Entei}} and {{p|Raikou}}.

If, in HeartGold and SoulSilver, a non-player character calls the player on the Pokégear phone for a rematch or to give an item, then the Pokégear map will display a small red exclamation point next to the name of the route or location.

<gallery>
File:PokéGearMap.png|The map function in {{3v2|Gold|Silver|Crystal}}, displaying the map for [[Johto]]
File:PokéGearMap HGSS.png|The map function in {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}, displaying the [[Johto]] half of the map
</gallery>

===Phone===
[[File:HGSSPokéGearPhone.png|thumb|left|The phone function in {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}]]
[[File:PokéGearPhone.png|thumb|right|The phone function in [[Generation II]]]]
Included in {{game2|Gold|Silver|Crystal}} with the device, the Pokégear's phone acts like a cellphone, allowing the user to make calls to people that they've traded phone numbers with. This allows the player to talk to other characters and learn information from them, such as battling tips or when rare Pokémon appear. Trainers with whom the player has exchanged numbers may also sometimes call the player to request a rematch, in which they will use higher-level Pokémon than during their initial battle.

The phone can also store numbers of other important people, like the player's [[mom]] or [[Professor Elm]]. Mom will also ring every so often, telling the {{player}} about the money she has saved (if opted for by the player) and occasionally spending that money on decorations for the player's [[bedroom]] or items such as {{DL|Potion|Super Potion}}s for the player. In Generation II, the phone function has a memory bank that can store the numbers for up to ten people.

In {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}, the phone function makes a return and is used in the same way as before, though the interface (like the rest of the Pokégear) can now be controlled with the touch screen in addition to (or as an alternative to) the DS's buttons. In the remakes, the phone has no limit on how many numbers can be stored, though, unlike Generation II, numbers cannot be deleted from it. Also in the remakes, the player now has the option not to answer when someone calls them.

In HeartGold and SoulSilver, Trainers will only begin calling the player for rematches once the player has collected seven Badges and beaten [[Team Rocket]] at the [[Goldenrod Radio Tower|Radio Tower]] in [[Goldenrod City]]. In addition, once the Radio Tower has been saved, the player can call registered Trainers to arrange rematches with them without having to wait for the respective Trainers to call the player. Each Trainer has a specific time during a specific day each week where they will accept a rematch when called; if they are called at any other time of the week, they will use their usual script, and a rematch will not be arranged. When a Trainer is called at the appropriate time, as long as the player is not at the same route or location as the Trainer, they will accept the challenge of a rematch and can then be battled at their original location with higher-level Pokémon at any later point in time (though, once the rematch has taken place, the player will need to call or be called again in order to carry out another rematch). Additionally to further power up the Trainer's team in two additional phases, defeating the Elite Four and later collecting all 16 Badges are the necessary requirements for these powerups as long as each incarnation of that Trainers' team is fought at least once. If a rematch with a Trainer has been arranged but not carried out, a red exclamation point will appear next to the name of the Trainer's location on the Pokégear map (unless it is against a Gym Leader, in which Saffron City will not have the exclamation point).
{{-}}
====Trainer phone listing====
{| class="roundy" align="center" style="background: #73B1B7; border: 5px solid #7A8B8B;"
|-
|
{| border=1 width="100%" align="center" class="sortable" style="background: #FFFFFF; border:1px solid #73B1B7; border-collapse:collapse;"
|- style="background:#73B1B7"
! Person !! Location !! Rematch{{sup|HGSS}} !! Notes
|-
|| [[Mom]]{{tt|*|cannot be removed from phone in Gold, Silver, or Crystal}} || [[New Bark Town]] || || Saves the player's money and buys items.
|-
|| [[Professor Elm]]{{tt|*|cannot be removed from phone in Gold and Silver and Crystal}} || [[New Bark Town]] || || Calls about major events.
|-
|| [[Professor Oak]]{{sup|HGSS}} || [[Pallet Town]] || || Gives phone number when first met at [[Mr. Pokémon]]'s house; call him to have [[Pokédex]] rated
|-
|| Youngster [[Joey]] || {{rt|30|Johto}} || {{sort|22|3=Monday afternoon}} || Gives away {{DL|Vitamin|HP Up}}.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| Bug Catcher Wade || {{rt|31|Johto}} || {{sort|33|3=Tuesday night}} || Reminds player of the [[Bug-Catching Contest]]. Gives away [[Berry|Berries]].{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| Picnicker Liz || {{rt|32|Johto}} || {{sort|52|3=Thursday afternoon}}
|-
|| Fisher Ralph || {{rt|32|Johto}} || {{sort|41|3=Wednesday morning}} || Calls during a {{p|Qwilfish}} swarm.
|-
|| {{tc|Hiker}} Anthony || {{rt|33|Johto}} || {{sort|63|3=Friday night}} || Calls during a {{p|Dunsparce}} swarm.
|-
|| Poké Ball Creator [[Kurt]]{{sup|HGSS}} || [[Azalea Town]] ||
|-
|| Picnicker Gina || {{rt|34|Johto}} || {{sort|12|3=Sunday afternoon}} ||Gives away {{evostone|Leaf Stone}}s.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| Camper Todd || {{rt|34|Johto}} || {{sort|71|3=Saturday morning}} || Reminds player of the [[Goldenrod Department Store]]'s [[Goldenrod Department Store#Rooftop|bargain sale]].{{sup|C}}
|-
|| {{tc|Youngster}} Ian || {{rt|34|Johto}} || {{sort|71|3=Saturday morning}}
|-
|| Day Care Lady{{sup|HGSS}} || {{rt|34|Johto}} ||
|-
|| Day Care Man{{sup|HGSS}} || {{rt|34|Johto}} || {{sort|01|3=Calls when Pokémon left at the Daycare produce an Egg if the player wishes him to{{tt|*|After he gives the player a Pokémon egg the first time around.}}}}
|-
|| Childhood Friend {{ga|Ethan}}/{{ga|Lyra}}{{sup|HGSS}} || [[New Bark Town]] || || Number is obtained from them when first visiting the Daycare Center on {{rt|34|Johto}}; when contacted, they will give information on how certain Pokémon will react to different areas
|-
|| [[Bill]] || [[Goldenrod City]] || || Calls when Bill's PC box is full{{sup|GSC}} or when every box is full.{{sup|HGSS}} Can be called to find out how much space is left in the current box{{sup|GSC}} or the entire storage system{{sup|HGSS}}.
|-
|| [[Buena]] || [[Goldenrod City]] || || Obtainable after getting 30 Blue Card points.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| {{tc|Bug Catcher}} Arnie || {{rt|35|Johto}} || {{sort|31|3=Tuesday morning}} || Calls during a {{p|Yanma}} swarm.
|-
|| {{tc|Firebreather}} Walt || {{rt|35|Johto}} || {{sort|22|3=Monday afternoon}}
|-
|| {{tc|Juggler}} Irwin || {{rt|35|Johto}} ||
|-
|| Lass Krise || [[National Park]] || {{sort|71|3=Sunday morning}}
|-
|| {{tc|Pokéfan}} Beverly || [[National Park]] || || Requires {{p|Marill}} in party{{sup|C}}: Gives away {{DL|Valuable item|Nugget}}s.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| Schoolboy Jack || [[National Park]] || {{sort|21|3=Monday morning}}
|-
|| {{tc|School Boy|Schoolboy}} Alan || {{rt|36|Johto}} || {{sort|42|3=Wednesday afternoon}} || Gives away {{evostone|Fire Stone}}s.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| {{tc|Gentleman}} Alfred || [[Glitter Lighthouse]] || {{sort|32|3=Tuesday afternoon}}
|-
|| {{tc|Sailor}} Huey || [[Glitter Lighthouse]] || {{sort|43|3=Wednesday night}} || Gives away {{DL|Vitamin|Protein}}.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| {{tc|Lass}} Dana || {{rt|38|Johto}} || {{sort|53|3=Thursday night}} || Calls during a {{p|Tauros}} swarm{{sup|GSC}}, and gives away {{evostone|Thunderstone}}s.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| Schoolboy Chad || {{rt|38|Johto}} || {{sort|61|3=Friday morning}} || Calls during a {{p|Snubbull}} swarm.
|-
|| Pokéfan Derek || {{rt|39|Johto}} ||
|-
|| {{tc|Fisherman|Fisher}} Chris{{tt|*|Gold and Silver}}/Tully{{tt|*|Crystal and HeartGold and SoulSilver}} || {{rt|42|Johto}} || {{sort|72|3=Sunday afternoon}} || Gives away {{evostone|Water Stone}}s.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| Picnicker Tiffany || {{rt|43|Johto}} || {{sort|32|3=Tuesday afternoon}} ||Gives away [[Escape item|Poké Dolls]]{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| {{tc|PokéManiac}} Brent || {{rt|43|Johto}} || {{sort|21|3=Monday morning}}
|-
|| Bird Keeper Vance || {{rt|44|Johto}} || {{sort|43|3=Wednesday night}} || Gives away {{DL|Vitamin|Carbos}}.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| Fisher Wilton || {{rt|44|Johto}} || {{sort|51|3=Thursday morning}} || Calls during a {{p|Remoraid}} swarm{{sup|GS}}{{sup|HGSS}} and gives away various [[Poké Ball]]s.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| {{tc|Black Belt}} Kenji || {{rt|45|Johto}} || {{sort|80|3=Random}} || Gives away {{DL|Vitamin|PP Up}}s during random lunch breaks at noon.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| Hiker Parry || {{rt|45|Johto}} || {{sort|62|3=Friday afternoon}} || Calls during a {{p|Marill}} swarm{{sup|GSC}}{{sup|HGSS}}, and gives away {{DL|Vitamin|Iron}}.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| {{tc|Picnicker}} Erin || {{rt|46|Johto}} || {{sort|73|3=Saturday night}} || Gives away {{DL|Vitamin|Calcium}}{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| Safari Warden [[Baoba]]{{sup|HGSS}} || [[Johto Safari Zone]] || || Gives phone number on {{rt|39|Johto}}
|-
|| Bug Catcher Doug || {{rt|2|Kanto}} || {{sort|41|3=Wednesday morning}}
|-
|| Bug Catcher Rob || {{rt|2|Kanto}} || {{sort|61|3=Friday morning}}
|-
|| Fisher Kyle || {{rt|12|Kanto}} || {{sort|42|3=Wednesday afternoon}}
|-
|| Fisher Kyler || {{rt|12|Kanto}} || {{sort|52|3=Thursday afternoon}}
|-
|| {{tc|Camper}} Tanner || {{rt|13|Kanto}} || {{sort|23|3=Monday night}}
|-
|| Hiker Kenny || {{rt|13|Kanto}} || {{sort|72|3=Saturday afternoon}}
|-
|| {{tc|Young Couple}} Tim & Sue || {{rt|13|Kanto}} || {{sort|62|3=Friday afternoon}}
|-
|| Bird Keeper Josh || {{rt|14|Kanto}} || {{sort|33|3=Tuesday night}} || Gives away {{evostone|Shiny Stone}}s.{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| Schoolboy Torin || {{rt|14|Kanto}} || {{sort|43|3=Wednesday night}}
|-
|| Schoolboy Billy || {{rt|15|Kanto}} || {{sort|63|3=Friday night}}
|-
|| {{tc|Teacher}} Hillary || {{rt|15|Kanto}} || {{sort|53|3=Thursday night}}
|-
|| {{tc|Twins}} Kay & Tia || {{rt|15|Kanto}} || {{sort|73|3=Saturday night}}
|-
|| {{tc|Biker}} Aiden || {{rt|17|Kanto}} || {{sort|21|3=Monday morning}}
|-
|| Biker Ernest || {{rt|17|Kanto}} || {{sort|12|3=Sunday afternoon}}
|-
|| Biker Reese || {{rt|17|Kanto}} || {{sort|13|3=Sunday night}}
|-
|| {{tc|Ace Trainer|Cool Trainer}} Beth{{tt|*|Gold and Silver and Crystal}}/Ace Trainer Jamie{{tt|*|HeartGold and SoulSilver}} || {{rt|26|Kanto}} || {{sort|62|3=Friday afternoon}}
|-
|| Cool Trainer Gaven || {{rt|26|Kanto}} || {{sort|51|3=Thursday morning}}
|-
|| Cool Trainer Reena || {{rt|27|Kanto}} || {{sort|71|3=Sunday morning}}
|-
|| {{tc|Bird Keeper}} Jose || {{rt|27|Kanto}} || {{sort|73|3=Saturday night}} || Gives away {{DL|Valuable item|Star Piece}}s.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|}
|}

====Gym Leader phone listing====
''See also [[Rematch#Gym Leader phone listing|Gym Leader Phone Listing (sub-section of Gym Leader Rematch)]]''.

The rematch concept is expanded in HeartGold and SoulSilver to allow players to [[Rematch#Pokémon HeartGold and SoulSilver|rematch the Gym Leaders]] of Johto and Kanto. The phone numbers for most of the sixteen Leaders can be obtained after defeating the [[Elite Four]], but rematches with the Gym Leaders cannot be scheduled until the {{Badge|Earth}} has been obtained (i.e {{ga|Blue}} has been defeated). By speaking with them at the appropriate time and place, players can obtain their phone numbers. At a later, specified date, the player can call the Leader and ask for a rematch. The Leader will always accept, and the battle will be fought at [[Saffron City]]'s [[Fighting Dojo]].

{| class="roundy" align="center" style="background: #73B1B7; border: 5px solid #7A8B8B;"
|-
|
{| border=1 width="100%" align="center" class="sortable" style="background: #FFFFFF; border:1px solid #73B1B7; border-collapse:collapse;"
|- style="background:#73B1B7"
! Leader !! Time and Location of Phone Number !! {{color2|000|Time#Generation IV|Time of Battle}}
|-
|| [[Falkner]] || Mondays in the [[Celadon City]] [[Celadon Department Store|Department Store]]; must have beaten Janine; any time || Saturday morning
|-
|| [[Bugsy]] || Thursdays in [[Viridian Forest]]; any time || Thursday afternoon
|-
|| [[Whitney]] || Any day in the [[Goldenrod City]] [[Goldenrod Department Store|Department Store]]; between 12:00 PM to 4:00 PM || Saturday afternoon
|-
|| [[Morty]] || Mondays and Tuesdays on the [[Bell Tower|Bellchime Trail]]; any time || Tuesday night
|-
|| [[Chuck]] || Any day from [[Chuck's wife]]; any time || Wednesday night
|-
|| [[Jasmine]] || Any day in the {{ci|Olivine}} Café; {{DL|Time|Pokémon HeartGold and SoulSilver|between 1:00 PM and 2:00 PM}} || Wednesday afternoon
|-
|| [[Pryce]] || Any morning by the [[Lake of Rage]]; {{DL|Time|Pokémon HeartGold and SoulSilver|between 6:00 AM and 10:00 AM}} || Monday morning
|-
|| [[Clair]] || Any morning in the [[Dragon's Den]]; must have beaten [[Lance]] and her in a double battle; {{DL|Time|Pokémon HeartGold and SoulSilver|between 6:00 AM and 10:00 AM}} || Friday night
|-
|| [[Brock]] || Any day in [[Diglett's Cave]]; must have beaten Blue; {{DL|Time|Pokémon HeartGold and SoulSilver|between 12:00 PM and 3:00 PM}} || Saturday night
|-
|| [[Misty]] || Any day on {{rt|25|Kanto}} (unless {{p|Suicune}} is present); must have beaten Blue; {{DL|Time|Pokémon HeartGold and SoulSilver|between 4:00 PM and 6:00 PM}} || Wednesday morning
|-
|| [[Lt. Surge]] || Any day by the [[Power Plant]] after {{p|Zapdos}} is captured and the player is {{pkmn2|walking}} with a {{p|Pikachu}}; must have beaten Blue; {{DL|Time|Pokémon HeartGold and SoulSilver|between 9:00 AM and 11:00 AM}} || Friday morning
|-
|| [[Erika]] || Saturdays and Sundays by the [[Celadon City]] fountain; must have beaten Blue; between 3:00 PM and 5:00 PM || Sunday morning
|-
|| [[Sabrina]] || Fridays at the [[Olivine City]] harbor; must have S.S. Ticket; any time || Sunday afternoon
|-
|| [[Janine]] || Any evening by the [[Pokémon League Reception Gate]]; {{DL|Time|Pokémon HeartGold and SoulSilver|between 4:00 PM and 6:00 PM}} || Monday afternoon
|-
|| [[Blaine]] || Tuesdays on [[Cinnabar Island]]; must have beaten Blue; any time || Tuesday afternoon
|-
|| {{ga|Blue}} || Any day from [[Daisy Oak]], after having at least seven massages and showing her a Pokémon with full happiness; any time || Sunday night
|-
|}
|}

===Radio===
After acquiring a Radio Card from a quiz host at the [[Goldenrod Radio Tower]], the Radio function of the Pokégear can now be used. It allows the player to tune in to the various radio stations being broadcast from the two Radio Towers in [[Goldenrod Radio Tower|Goldenrod (Johto)]] and [[Lavender Town#Kanto Radio Tower|Lavender (Kanto)]]. When traveling to Kanto, however, the EXPN Card must be obtained from the manager of the Kanto Radio Tower before all Kanto stations can be played in {{v|Crystal}}, and the Poké Flute station can be played in {{game3|Gold and Silver|Gold, Silver,|s}} {{game3|HeartGold and SoulSilver|HeartGold, and SoulSilver|s}} versions.

The Radio usually allows the players to tune in to the local programs, allowing the player to get tips from [[Professor Oak]] and [[DJ Mary]] on Prof. Oak's Pokémon Talk, or to let the player tune in to specific channels such as [[Buena's Password]] to win prizes. However, the Radio is also capable of picking up other signals within its tunable range, thereby occasionally causing weird noises to be heard such as the Mysterious Transmissions coming from the [[Ruins of Alph]], or Team Rocket's evolution-forcing signals near the [[Lake of Rage]].

During Team Rocket's takeover of the Goldenrod Radio Tower, all other stations were being replaced by the Team Rocket Announcement.

The Radio function also works when the Pokégear is not in use, allowing the player to play tunes from a specific radio show when on the move. Some tunes even affect how wild Pokémon appear, notably in HeartGold and SoulSilver, when {{DL|DJ|Ben}} from the [[Pokémon Music Channel]] occasionally broadcasts the {{DL|Pokémon Music Channel|Hoenn Sound}} or {{DL|Pokémon Music Channel|Sinnoh Sound}} to allow the player to attract wild Pokémon native to [[Hoenn]] or [[Sinnoh]].

====Generation II====
[[File:PokéGearRadio.png|240px|thumb|right|The radio interface in {{3v2|Gold|Silver|Crystal}}]]
In Generation II when the Radio was first introduced, the interface features an interactive box at the top right corner, consisting of a number line divided into 'channels' and a slider that is controlled by the left and right buttons. The channels range from 0 to 20.5, and when the slider reaches a correct channel, a program will play (in this case, 4.5 for Prof. Oak's Pokémon Talk). Most of the screen shows the name of the program and a large space for the dialog box to appear.

The following lists the shows available in Generation II:

''See also [[Goldenrod Radio Tower#Broadcasted programs|Broadcasted programs in Goldenrod Radio Tower]].''
{| align="center" width="100%  style="{{roundy|15px}}; background: #{{locationcolor/light|building}}; border: 5px solid #{{locationcolor/dark|building}};"
|-
! Radio shows in Generation II
|-
|
{| class="sortable" cellspacing="2" width="100%" align="center" style="{{roundy|15px}} background:#{{locationcolor/dark|building}}; border:3px solid #{{locationcolor/dark|building}};"
|- style="background:#73B1B7"
! class="roundytl" width=20% style="text-align:center" | Program
! width=10% | Host(s)
! width=10% | Channel
! class="roundytr" width=50% | Description
|- style="background:#FFF"
| [[Pokédex Show]]
| (no host)
| 4.5 (Johto) 4 AM-10 AM only
| A show that broadcasts [[Pokédex]] entries gathered by the player.
|-style="background:#FFF"
| [[Professor Oak's Pokémon Talk]]
| [[DJ Mary|Mary]] and {{prof|Oak}}
| 4.5 (Johto) 10 AM-4 AM only
| Talk show discussing locations where Pokémon can be found.
|-style="background:#FFF"
| [[Pokémon Music Channel|Pokémon Music]]
| {{DL|DJ|Ben}}
| 7.5 (Johto)
| Broadcasts different music of different effects depending on the [[days of the week|day of the week]].
|-style="background:#FFF"
| [[Lucky Channel]]
| {{DL|DJ|Reed}}
| 8.5 (Johto)
| Broadcasts one ID per week; Trainers who come to the welcome center with a Pokémon whose ID is similar will win a prize.
|-style="background:#FFF"
| [[Buena's Password]] (Crystal only)
| [[Buena]]
| 10.5 (Johto)
| Broadcasts one password per night between 6 PM-12 AM; Trainers who come to Buena and recite the password can get points redeemable for prizes.
|-style="background:#FFF"
| Mysterious Transmission (Un(kn)own Radio Station)
| {{p|Unown}}
| 13.5 (Johto)
| Strange noises will play. Only when the player is at [[Ruins of Alph]].
|-style="background:#FFF"
| [[Places and People]]
| {{DL|DJ|Lily}}
| 16.5 (Kanto)
| Talk show discussing [[Kanto]] locations or Trainers the player has faced. Requires EXPN Card in {{game|Crystal}}.
|-style="background:#FFF"
| [[Pokémon Music Channel|Let's All Sing]]
| {{DL|DJ|Fern}}
| 18.5 (Kanto)
| Broadcasts different music of different effects depending on the day of the week. Requires EXPN Card in {{game|Crystal}}.
|-style="background:#FFF"
| [[Poké Flute]]
| (no host)
| 20.0 (Kanto)
| Plays Poké Flute music. Used to awaken {{p|Snorlax}}. Requires EXPN Card.
|-style="background:#FFF"
| Radio Transmission Team Rocket evolution signal
| [[Team Rocket HQ]]
| 20.5 (Johto)
| An eerie tune plays over and over. Only plays in [[Mahogany Town]], {{rt|43|Johto}}, and [[Lake of Rage]]. No longer plays when the player has cleared the Team Rocket HQ.
|- style="background:#FFF"
| class="roundybl" | Team Rocket Announcement
| [[Team Rocket]]
| All stations (Johto)
| class="roundybr" | Plays on all stations once Team Rocket has succeeded in taking over the [[Goldenrod Radio Tower|Radio Tower]]. A Team Rocket executive announces over the airwaves that they have rejoined, and pleads their boss, [[Giovanni]], to come out of hiding and rejoin them. Begins playing once the player has obtained seven Badges; no longer plays when Team Rocket disbands.
|}
|}

====Generation IV====
[[File:PokéGearRadio HGSS.png|240px|thumb|right|The bottom screen of the radio interface in {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}]]
In {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}, the radio function makes a return, but the interface changes much drastically from [[Generation II]]. Most of the dialog and the reception icon is now shown at the top screen, while tuning can be done at the bottom screens. Tuning is done in two ways: moving a rounded indicator around the circular area using the stylus, or by selecting one of the four buttons at the side of the circular area, which directly tunes the radio to a pre-set Radio Station. (The Mysterious Transmission and the Poké Flute have to be manually tuned using the stylus.)

Programs in HeartGold and SoulSilver are now more varied; Prof. Oak's Pokémon Talk will update the player on recent [[Pokémon outbreak|swarm]], while a [[Variety Channel]] features a documentary and radio play. The broadcast timings for [[Buena's Password]] have also been changed, allowing her program to be received for one out of every three hours. Most programs are also not limited to their respective broadcast regions; the four main stations can be heard in both [[Kanto]] and [[Johto]].

The following lists the shows available in Generation IV:
{| align="center" style="{{roundy|15px}} background: #{{heartgold color}}; border: 5px solid #{{heartgold color dark}};"
|-
! Radio shows in Generation IV
|-
|
{| class="roundy" cellspacing="2" cellpadding="4" width="100%" align="center" style="background:#{{soulsilver color dark}}; border:3px solid #{{soulsilver color dark}};"
|- style="background:#{{silver color}}"
! class="roundytl" width=20% style="text-align:center" | Program
! width=10% | Host(s)
! class="roundytr" width=60% | Description
|- style="background:#{{heartgold color light}}"
!colspan="3"| Station 1 (top-left)
|- style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| [[Pokémon Music Channel|Pokémon Music]]
| {{DL|DJ|Ben}}
| Broadcasts different music of different effects depending on the [[days of the week|day of the week]].
|- style="background:#{{heartgold color light}}"
!colspan="3"| Station 2 (top-right)
|- style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| [[Professor Oak's Pokémon Talk]]
| [[DJ Mary|Mary]] and {{prof|Oak}}
| Talk show discussing locations where semi-rare Pokémon can be found. Also broadcasts updates on [[Pokémon outbreak|swarms]] and where Sinnoh/Hoenn and other Pokémon currently reside after receiving the National Pokédex.
|- style="background:#{{heartgold color light}}"
!colspan="3"| Station 3 (bottom-left)
|- style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| [[Street Corner Channel]]
| {{DL|DJ|Snap}}
| Broadcasts a show called "Trainer Profiles", which describes a randomly selected Trainer class. Switches with the Town Channel every hour.
|-style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| [[Town Channel]]
| Unknown
| Broadcasts a show called "That Town, These People" that selects the top 3 landmarks or persons in any given city or town. Switches with the Street Corner Channel every hour.
|- style="background:#{{heartgold color light}}"
!colspan="3"| Station 4 (bottom-right)
|-style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| [[Variety Channel]]
| [[Silver Drama]]
| Broadcasts Pokémon Search party, Serial Radio Drama and the [[Buena's Password]] channel. The three programs rotate on an hourly basis throughout the day.
|-style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| [[Buena's Password]] (part of Variety Channel)
| [[Buena]]
| Broadcasts one password every hour at 2 AM, 5 AM, 8 AM, 11 AM, 2 PM, 5 PM, 8 PM, and 11 PM; Trainers who come to Buena and recite the password can get points redeemable for prizes.
|- style="background:#{{heartgold color light}}"
!colspan="3"| Others (stations that have to be manually tuned, or otherwise)
|-style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| [[Poké Flute]] (manually tuned)
| (no host)
| Plays Poké Flute music that is used to awaken {{p|Snorlax}}. Only plays in Kanto. Requires EXPN Card upgrade. '''Tuning instructions:''' somewhere near the top, above stations 1 and 2.
|-style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| Mysterious Transmission (Un(kn)own Radio Station, manually tuned)
| {{p|Unown}}
| When the player is at the [[Ruins of Alph]], strange noises will play and there will be no reception from other stations. It also increases the chance of encountering an {{p|Unown}} [[Form differences#Unown|shape]] the player has not yet encountered. Sounds similar to the [[Azure Flute]]. '''Tuning instructions:''' somewhere in the center.
|-style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| Radio Transmission (Team Rocket evolution signal)
| [[Team Rocket HQ]]
| An eerie tune plays over and over. Only plays in [[Mahogany Town]], {{rt|43|Johto}}, and [[Lake of Rage]] and causes interference that prevents the radio from tuning in to other stations. No longer plays when the player has cleared the Team Rocket HQ.
|-style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| class="roundybl"| Team Rocket Announcement
| [[Team Rocket]]
| class="roundybr"| Played on all stations after Team Rocket had succeeded in the taking over the [[Goldenrod Radio Tower|Radio Tower]]. A Team Rocket executive announces over the airwaves that they have rejoined, and pleads their boss, [[Giovanni]], to come out of hiding and rejoin them. Begins playing once the player had defeated the seventh Gym leader, no longer plays when Team Rocket disbands.

|}
|}

==In the anime==
[[File:HGSS Pokegear anime.png|200px|right|thumb|Brock's Pokégear]]
In the anime, it is shown that the Pokégear has at least three designs, a black one, a white one, and a pink one. Several characters in the anime own Pokégears:
* {{mov|Lisa}} lent hers to Ash so that he could keep in contact with Professor Oak in ''[[M03|Spell of the Unown]]''.
* A Pokégear under the ownership of [[Jasmine]], the [[Olivine City|Olivine]] [[Gym Leader]] made a brief appearance in ''[[EP208|Fight for the Light]]''.
* {{jo|Jimmy}}, {{jo|Marina}} and [[Vincent]] all own Pokégears. A plot point of ''[[The Legend of Thunder!]]'' is that it includes a tracking system to show where the other Pokégears currently are.
[[File:{{#switch: {{#expr: {{#time: U}} mod 2}}|0=Pokegear|1=Pokegear black}} anime.png|200px|right|thumb|{{#switch: {{#expr: {{#time: U}} mod 2}}|0=Misty's|1=Jimmy's}} Pokégear]]
* {{an|Misty}} also owns one, so that she can keep in contact with [[The Sensational Sisters|her sisters]] at the [[Cerulean Gym]].
* {{an|Lyra}} owns the new version of the Pokégear, and she owns a pink model. Likewise, her friend [[Khoury]] owns a blue model.
* {{an|Brock}} received his own Pokégear at the end of ''[[DP147|Bagged Then Tagged!]]'' when he was given one by [[Khoury's father]]. It has been used fairly regularly by him since then, normally being used by Brock to track the group's location (similar to how [[Max]] did with the [[PokéNav]]).

==In the manga==
===In the Pokémon Adventures manga===
{{incomplete|section}}
The Pokégear is often used in Pokémon Adventures, first appearing in the {{chap|Gold, Silver & Crystal}}. The Pokégear is the Pokémon world's equivalent of a cellular phone, albeit with more functions such as a Map Card. In addition to the [[Johto]] [[Pokédex holder]]s, {{adv|Red}}, {{adv|Blue}}, {{adv|Green}}, and {{adv|Ruby}} also possess one. [[Misty]], [[Erika]], [[Norman]], [[Juan]], [[Wallace]], [[Volkner]], and {{EF|Flint}} are also seen to own a Pokégear.

In addition to its role as a cellular phone, the Pokégear can also be used as a remote control. It played a large role in the development of the [[Masked Man]]; this gadget was used to send signals to his Pokémon so that the Masked Man and his alter ego could be in "two places at one time."

Later in the {{chap|Ruby & Sapphire}}, Ruby explained to Sapphire how a password is needed to operate an aircar, having learned how to do so from his mentor.

==In the TCG==
Both iterations of the PokéGear appear as cards in the [[Pokémon Trading Card Game]].

{{cardlist/header|Related cards|Trainer|char=yes}}
{{cardlist/entry|cardname={{TCG ID|Neo Genesis|PokéGear|88}}|type=Trainer|enset=Neo Genesis|enrarity=Rare|ennum=88/111|jpsetlink=Neo Genesis|jpset=Gold, Silver, to a New World...|jprarity=Rare}}
{{cardlist/entry|cardname={{TCG ID|HeartGold & SoulSilver|Pokégear 3.0|96}}|type=Trainer|enset=HeartGold & SoulSilver|enrarity=Uncommon|ennum=96/123|jpsetlink=HeartGold & SoulSilver|jpset=SoulSilver Collection|jprarity=Uncommon|jpnum=064/070}}
{{cardlist/footer|Trainer}}

==Trivia==
*Music from the Pokégear doesn't stop when the player uses {{m|Surf}}; however, it does stop when the player gets out of the water.
*In HeartGold and SoulSilver, the Pokégear's map displays Ethan's icon's hat with black sides, however the [[Pokédex]] display Ethan's icon's hat with yellow sides. This may be a leftover from conversion from his Generation II design (where the front of his hat was all black and the back was all yellow) to his Generation IV design (where the sides of his hat are black and the middle is yellow).

==Names==
{{langtable|color={{silver color}}|bordercolor={{gold color}}
|de=PokéCom
|en=Pokégear
|es_eu=PokéGear
|fr_eu=PokéMatos
|it=Pokégear
|pl=PokéŁącze
|ja=ポケギア

|zh_cmn=神奇寶貝裝置 ''Shénqíbǎobèi Zhuāngzhì''
}}
{{-}}
{{Menu}} 
{{Project ItemDex notice}}
[[Category:Map equipment]]

[[de:PokéCom]]
[[es:PokéGear]]
[[fr:PokéMatos]]
[[ja:ポケギア]]
[[pt:PokéGear]]
[[it:Pokégear]]

Pokégear

2012-07-31T19:09:27Z

PatPeter: /* Trainer phone listing */ Move by first communication.

[[File:PokéGear HGSS m.png|thumb|right|Blue Pokégear in HeartGold and SoulSilver]]
[[File:PokéGear HGSS f.png|thumb|Pink Pokégear in HeartGold and SoulSilver]]
'''Pokémon Gear''' (Japanese: '''ポケモンギア''' ''Pokémon Gear''), mostly known as '''Pokégear''' (Japanese: '''ポケギア''' ''Pokégear''), is an electronic device found in [[Johto]]. It looks like a large, advanced wristwatch with the [[Silph Co.]] logo on it. It was first introduced in [[Generation II]]; the [[Hoenn]] region's analog to the Pokégear appears to be the [[PokéNav]], the [[Sinnoh]] counterpart is the [[Pokétch]], and the [[Unova]] counterpart is the [[C-Gear]].

The Pokégear is an important tool for {{pkmn|Trainer}}s, some see it necessary to have one on a Trainer's adventure. The main character of {{game2|Gold|Silver|Crystal}} receives a Pokégear from their mother at the start of their journey. The {{player}} is able to have access to the Pokégear by selecting it from the [[menu]]. At that, it is easy to navigate through the Pokégear by selecting through four different functions located at the top-left of the screen. It displays the map of the region, names of previously fought Trainers, and the current time. It also allows players to call registered Trainers. Certain functions need to be unlocked during the game by receiving special expansion cards.

The Pokégear returns in the Generation IV remakes, {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}. The interface has been completely redesigned, using both screens on the [[Nintendo DS]]. The top will always display the time function on the Pokégear, while the touch screen will display the other different functions of the Pokégear, as well as selecting other functions using the touch screen. The outer aesthetics of the Pokégear have changed abruptly as well. The whole Pokégear is a flip top, while the bottom section of the Pokégear is used to scan special expansion cards to upgrade it with other functions. Its color skin is changeable between blue, pink, a [[Team Rocket]] theme, a Japanese dojo theme, a Pokémon League theme, and teal-and-white with a Silph Co. theme.

==Functions==
[[File:PokeGear.png|thumb|150px|right|Pokégear artwork from [[Generation II]]]]
The Pokégear's functionality comes from the several features and applications that can be installed in it, making it extensible. Many people are willing to give away special expansion cards to upgrade the Pokégear with other functions. In {{game2|Gold|Silver|Crystal}}, there are 4 available functions, two of which are included with the Pokégear. The rest are not available at the start but can be received at a later time.

===Time===
Included in {{game2|Gold|Silver|Crystal}} with the Pokégear, the time function is the most basic feature. The Pokégear will {{wp|digital clock|digitally}} display the time of day using the {{wp|12-hour clock|12-hour AM/PM format}} as well as the day of the week. It runs off the time the {{player}} input at the beginning of the game.

A glitch in Gold and Silver will change the day if the functions are scrolled through; this was addressed in Crystal. A function in Gold and Silver that allowed players to reset the game's time in the title screen was also removed from Crystal.

In {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}, the time will always be displayed on the top screen of the DS. However, unlike in Gold, Silver, and Crystal, the time is displayed using the {{wp|24-hour clock|24-hour format}} instead of the {{wp|12-hour clock|12-hour format}} and runs on the [[Nintendo DS]]'s internal clock, much like the Pokétch. There is also a wireless signal measurement next to the time, though it has no purpose and always displays the same.

<gallery>
File:PokéGearTime.png|The time function in {{3v2|Gold|Silver|Crystal}}
File:PokéGearPhone_HGSS.png‎|The top screen in {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}
</gallery>

===Map===
Obtained after the player receives a map card for the Pokégear after taking a tour of [[Cherrygrove City]] from the Guide Gent, the map function of the Pokégear acts as a [[Town Map]], displaying a map of [[Johto]] and later [[Kanto]] with cities, towns and other important landmarks. It is the most basic of the map devices used by the {{player}}, and is the navigational item for all [[Generation II]] games.

In {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}, the mechanics of the map remain the same, only to have several added features, including the ability to zoom in to display areas of interest, with certain locations having a small flavor text. There is another feature that allows the player to add notes and markings to different locations, to allow the player to make notes about each area about the Pokémon in the area, any [[Apricorn]] or [[Berry]] trees, any special buildings, [[TM]] locations or any other notes. These notes will appear on the top screen when the player highlights that specific area on the map. Like the Marking Map on the [[Pokétch]], it also displays the current locations of all [[Roaming Pokémon]], including {{p|Entei}} and {{p|Raikou}}.

If, in HeartGold and SoulSilver, a non-player character calls the player on the Pokégear phone for a rematch or to give an item, then the Pokégear map will display a small red exclamation point next to the name of the route or location.

<gallery>
File:PokéGearMap.png|The map function in {{3v2|Gold|Silver|Crystal}}, displaying the map for [[Johto]]
File:PokéGearMap HGSS.png|The map function in {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}, displaying the [[Johto]] half of the map
</gallery>

===Phone===
[[File:HGSSPokéGearPhone.png|thumb|left|The phone function in {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}]]
[[File:PokéGearPhone.png|thumb|right|The phone function in [[Generation II]]]]
Included in {{game2|Gold|Silver|Crystal}} with the device, the Pokégear's phone acts like a cellphone, allowing the user to make calls to people that they've traded phone numbers with. This allows the player to talk to other characters and learn information from them, such as battling tips or when rare Pokémon appear. Trainers with whom the player has exchanged numbers may also sometimes call the player to request a rematch, in which they will use higher-level Pokémon than during their initial battle.

The phone can also store numbers of other important people, like the player's [[mom]] or [[Professor Elm]]. Mom will also ring every so often, telling the {{player}} about the money she has saved (if opted for by the player) and occasionally spending that money on decorations for the player's [[bedroom]] or items such as {{DL|Potion|Super Potion}}s for the player. In Generation II, the phone function has a memory bank that can store the numbers for up to ten people.

In {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}, the phone function makes a return and is used in the same way as before, though the interface (like the rest of the Pokégear) can now be controlled with the touch screen in addition to (or as an alternative to) the DS's buttons. In the remakes, the phone has no limit on how many numbers can be stored, though, unlike Generation II, numbers cannot be deleted from it. Also in the remakes, the player now has the option not to answer when someone calls them.

In HeartGold and SoulSilver, Trainers will only begin calling the player for rematches once the player has collected seven Badges and beaten [[Team Rocket]] at the [[Goldenrod Radio Tower|Radio Tower]] in [[Goldenrod City]]. In addition, once the Radio Tower has been saved, the player can call registered Trainers to arrange rematches with them without having to wait for the respective Trainers to call the player. Each Trainer has a specific time during a specific day each week where they will accept a rematch when called; if they are called at any other time of the week, they will use their usual script, and a rematch will not be arranged. When a Trainer is called at the appropriate time, as long as the player is not at the same route or location as the Trainer, they will accept the challenge of a rematch and can then be battled at their original location with higher-level Pokémon at any later point in time (though, once the rematch has taken place, the player will need to call or be called again in order to carry out another rematch). Additionally to further power up the Trainer's team in two additional phases, defeating the Elite Four and later collecting all 16 Badges are the necessary requirements for these powerups as long as each incarnation of that Trainers' team is fought at least once. If a rematch with a Trainer has been arranged but not carried out, a red exclamation point will appear next to the name of the Trainer's location on the Pokégear map (unless it is against a Gym Leader, in which Saffron City will not have the exclamation point).
{{-}}
====Trainer phone listing====
{| class="roundy" align="center" style="background: #73B1B7; border: 5px solid #7A8B8B;"
|-
|
{| border=1 width="100%" align="center" class="sortable" style="background: #FFFFFF; border:1px solid #73B1B7; border-collapse:collapse;"
|- style="background:#73B1B7"
! Person !! Location !! Rematch{{sup|HGSS}} !! Notes
|-
|| [[Mom]]{{tt|*|cannot be removed from phone in Gold, Silver, or Crystal}} || [[New Bark Town]] || || Saves the player's money and buys items.
|-
|| [[Professor Elm]]{{tt|*|cannot be removed from phone in Gold and Silver and Crystal}} || [[New Bark Town]] || || Calls about major events.
|-
|| [[Professor Oak]]{{sup|HGSS}} || [[Pallet Town]] || || Gives phone number when first met at [[Mr. Pokémon]]'s house; call him to have [[Pokédex]] rated
|-
|| Youngster [[Joey]] || {{rt|30|Johto}} || {{sort|22|3=Monday afternoon}} || Gives away {{DL|Vitamin|HP Up}}.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| Bug Catcher Wade || {{rt|31|Johto}} || {{sort|33|3=Tuesday night}} || Reminds player of the [[Bug-Catching Contest]]. Gives away [[Berry|Berries]].{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| Picnicker Liz || {{rt|32|Johto}} || {{sort|52|3=Thursday afternoon}}
|-
|| Fisher Ralph || {{rt|32|Johto}} || {{sort|41|3=Wednesday morning}} || Calls during a {{p|Qwilfish}} swarm.
|-
|| {{tc|Hiker}} Anthony || {{rt|33|Johto}} || {{sort|63|3=Friday night}} || Calls during a {{p|Dunsparce}} swarm.
|-
|| Poké Ball Creator [[Kurt]]{{sup|HGSS}} || [[Azalea Town]] ||
|-
|| Camper Todd || {{rt|34|Johto}} || {{sort|71|3=Saturday morning}} || Reminds player of the [[Goldenrod Department Store]]'s [[Goldenrod Department Store#Rooftop|bargain sale]].{{sup|C}}
|-
|| Picnicker Gina || {{rt|34|Johto}} || {{sort|12|3=Sunday afternoon}} ||Gives away {{evostone|Leaf Stone}}s.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| {{tc|Youngster}} Ian || {{rt|34|Johto}} || {{sort|71|3=Saturday morning}}
|-
|| Day Care Lady{{sup|HGSS}} || {{rt|34|Johto}} ||
|-
|| Day Care Man{{sup|HGSS}} || {{rt|34|Johto}} || {{sort|01|3=Calls when Pokémon left at the Daycare produce an Egg if the player wishes him to{{tt|*|After he gives the player a Pokémon egg the first time around.}}}}
|-
|| Childhood Friend {{ga|Ethan}}/{{ga|Lyra}}{{sup|HGSS}} || [[New Bark Town]] || || Number is obtained from them when first visiting the Daycare Center on {{rt|34|Johto}}; when contacted, they will give information on how certain Pokémon will react to different areas
|-
|| [[Bill]] || [[Goldenrod City]] || || Calls when Bill's PC box is full{{sup|GSC}} or when every box is full.{{sup|HGSS}} Can be called to find out how much space is left in the current box{{sup|GSC}} or the entire storage system{{sup|HGSS}}.
|-
|| [[Buena]] || [[Goldenrod City]] || || Obtainable after getting 30 Blue Card points.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| {{tc|Bug Catcher}} Arnie || {{rt|35|Johto}} || {{sort|31|3=Tuesday morning}} || Calls during a {{p|Yanma}} swarm.
|-
|| {{tc|Firebreather}} Walt || {{rt|35|Johto}} || {{sort|22|3=Monday afternoon}}
|-
|| {{tc|Juggler}} Irwin || {{rt|35|Johto}} ||
|-
|| Lass Krise || [[National Park]] || {{sort|71|3=Sunday morning}}
|-
|| {{tc|Pokéfan}} Beverly || [[National Park]] || || Requires {{p|Marill}} in party{{sup|C}}: Gives away {{DL|Valuable item|Nugget}}s.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| Schoolboy Jack || [[National Park]] || {{sort|21|3=Monday morning}}
|-
|| {{tc|School Boy|Schoolboy}} Alan || {{rt|36|Johto}} || {{sort|42|3=Wednesday afternoon}} || Gives away {{evostone|Fire Stone}}s.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| {{tc|Gentleman}} Alfred || [[Glitter Lighthouse]] || {{sort|32|3=Tuesday afternoon}}
|-
|| {{tc|Sailor}} Huey || [[Glitter Lighthouse]] || {{sort|43|3=Wednesday night}} || Gives away {{DL|Vitamin|Protein}}.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| {{tc|Lass}} Dana || {{rt|38|Johto}} || {{sort|53|3=Thursday night}} || Calls during a {{p|Tauros}} swarm{{sup|GSC}}, and gives away {{evostone|Thunderstone}}s.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| Schoolboy Chad || {{rt|38|Johto}} || {{sort|61|3=Friday morning}} || Calls during a {{p|Snubbull}} swarm.
|-
|| Pokéfan Derek || {{rt|39|Johto}} ||
|-
|| {{tc|Fisherman|Fisher}} Chris{{tt|*|Gold and Silver}}/Tully{{tt|*|Crystal and HeartGold and SoulSilver}} || {{rt|42|Johto}} || {{sort|72|3=Sunday afternoon}} || Gives away {{evostone|Water Stone}}s.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| Picnicker Tiffany || {{rt|43|Johto}} || {{sort|32|3=Tuesday afternoon}} ||Gives away [[Escape item|Poké Dolls]]{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| {{tc|PokéManiac}} Brent || {{rt|43|Johto}} || {{sort|21|3=Monday morning}}
|-
|| Bird Keeper Vance || {{rt|44|Johto}} || {{sort|43|3=Wednesday night}} || Gives away {{DL|Vitamin|Carbos}}.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| Fisher Wilton || {{rt|44|Johto}} || {{sort|51|3=Thursday morning}} || Calls during a {{p|Remoraid}} swarm{{sup|GS}}{{sup|HGSS}} and gives away various [[Poké Ball]]s.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| {{tc|Black Belt}} Kenji || {{rt|45|Johto}} || {{sort|80|3=Random}} || Gives away {{DL|Vitamin|PP Up}}s during random lunch breaks at noon.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| Hiker Parry || {{rt|45|Johto}} || {{sort|62|3=Friday afternoon}} || Calls during a {{p|Marill}} swarm{{sup|GSC}}{{sup|HGSS}}, and gives away {{DL|Vitamin|Iron}}.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| {{tc|Picnicker}} Erin || {{rt|46|Johto}} || {{sort|73|3=Saturday night}} || Gives away {{DL|Vitamin|Calcium}}{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| Safari Warden [[Baoba]]{{sup|HGSS}} || [[Johto Safari Zone]] || || Gives phone number on {{rt|39|Johto}}
|-
|| Bug Catcher Doug || {{rt|2|Kanto}} || {{sort|41|3=Wednesday morning}}
|-
|| Bug Catcher Rob || {{rt|2|Kanto}} || {{sort|61|3=Friday morning}}
|-
|| Fisher Kyle || {{rt|12|Kanto}} || {{sort|42|3=Wednesday afternoon}}
|-
|| Fisher Kyler || {{rt|12|Kanto}} || {{sort|52|3=Thursday afternoon}}
|-
|| {{tc|Camper}} Tanner || {{rt|13|Kanto}} || {{sort|23|3=Monday night}}
|-
|| Hiker Kenny || {{rt|13|Kanto}} || {{sort|72|3=Saturday afternoon}}
|-
|| {{tc|Young Couple}} Tim & Sue || {{rt|13|Kanto}} || {{sort|62|3=Friday afternoon}}
|-
|| Bird Keeper Josh || {{rt|14|Kanto}} || {{sort|33|3=Tuesday night}} || Gives away {{evostone|Shiny Stone}}s.{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| Schoolboy Torin || {{rt|14|Kanto}} || {{sort|43|3=Wednesday night}}
|-
|| Schoolboy Billy || {{rt|15|Kanto}} || {{sort|63|3=Friday night}}
|-
|| {{tc|Teacher}} Hillary || {{rt|15|Kanto}} || {{sort|53|3=Thursday night}}
|-
|| {{tc|Twins}} Kay & Tia || {{rt|15|Kanto}} || {{sort|73|3=Saturday night}}
|-
|| {{tc|Biker}} Aiden || {{rt|17|Kanto}} || {{sort|21|3=Monday morning}}
|-
|| Biker Ernest || {{rt|17|Kanto}} || {{sort|12|3=Sunday afternoon}}
|-
|| Biker Reese || {{rt|17|Kanto}} || {{sort|13|3=Sunday night}}
|-
|| {{tc|Ace Trainer|Cool Trainer}} Beth{{tt|*|Gold and Silver and Crystal}}/Ace Trainer Jamie{{tt|*|HeartGold and SoulSilver}} || {{rt|26|Kanto}} || {{sort|62|3=Friday afternoon}}
|-
|| Cool Trainer Gaven || {{rt|26|Kanto}} || {{sort|51|3=Thursday morning}}
|-
|| Cool Trainer Reena || {{rt|27|Kanto}} || {{sort|71|3=Sunday morning}}
|-
|| {{tc|Bird Keeper}} Jose || {{rt|27|Kanto}} || {{sort|73|3=Saturday night}} || Gives away {{DL|Valuable item|Star Piece}}s.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|}
|}

====Gym Leader phone listing====
''See also [[Rematch#Gym Leader phone listing|Gym Leader Phone Listing (sub-section of Gym Leader Rematch)]]''.

The rematch concept is expanded in HeartGold and SoulSilver to allow players to [[Rematch#Pokémon HeartGold and SoulSilver|rematch the Gym Leaders]] of Johto and Kanto. The phone numbers for most of the sixteen Leaders can be obtained after defeating the [[Elite Four]], but rematches with the Gym Leaders cannot be scheduled until the {{Badge|Earth}} has been obtained (i.e {{ga|Blue}} has been defeated). By speaking with them at the appropriate time and place, players can obtain their phone numbers. At a later, specified date, the player can call the Leader and ask for a rematch. The Leader will always accept, and the battle will be fought at [[Saffron City]]'s [[Fighting Dojo]].

{| class="roundy" align="center" style="background: #73B1B7; border: 5px solid #7A8B8B;"
|-
|
{| border=1 width="100%" align="center" class="sortable" style="background: #FFFFFF; border:1px solid #73B1B7; border-collapse:collapse;"
|- style="background:#73B1B7"
! Leader !! Time and Location of Phone Number !! {{color2|000|Time#Generation IV|Time of Battle}}
|-
|| [[Falkner]] || Mondays in the [[Celadon City]] [[Celadon Department Store|Department Store]]; must have beaten Janine; any time || Saturday morning
|-
|| [[Bugsy]] || Thursdays in [[Viridian Forest]]; any time || Thursday afternoon
|-
|| [[Whitney]] || Any day in the [[Goldenrod City]] [[Goldenrod Department Store|Department Store]]; between 12:00 PM to 4:00 PM || Saturday afternoon
|-
|| [[Morty]] || Mondays and Tuesdays on the [[Bell Tower|Bellchime Trail]]; any time || Tuesday night
|-
|| [[Chuck]] || Any day from [[Chuck's wife]]; any time || Wednesday night
|-
|| [[Jasmine]] || Any day in the {{ci|Olivine}} Café; {{DL|Time|Pokémon HeartGold and SoulSilver|between 1:00 PM and 2:00 PM}} || Wednesday afternoon
|-
|| [[Pryce]] || Any morning by the [[Lake of Rage]]; {{DL|Time|Pokémon HeartGold and SoulSilver|between 6:00 AM and 10:00 AM}} || Monday morning
|-
|| [[Clair]] || Any morning in the [[Dragon's Den]]; must have beaten [[Lance]] and her in a double battle; {{DL|Time|Pokémon HeartGold and SoulSilver|between 6:00 AM and 10:00 AM}} || Friday night
|-
|| [[Brock]] || Any day in [[Diglett's Cave]]; must have beaten Blue; {{DL|Time|Pokémon HeartGold and SoulSilver|between 12:00 PM and 3:00 PM}} || Saturday night
|-
|| [[Misty]] || Any day on {{rt|25|Kanto}} (unless {{p|Suicune}} is present); must have beaten Blue; {{DL|Time|Pokémon HeartGold and SoulSilver|between 4:00 PM and 6:00 PM}} || Wednesday morning
|-
|| [[Lt. Surge]] || Any day by the [[Power Plant]] after {{p|Zapdos}} is captured and the player is {{pkmn2|walking}} with a {{p|Pikachu}}; must have beaten Blue; {{DL|Time|Pokémon HeartGold and SoulSilver|between 9:00 AM and 11:00 AM}} || Friday morning
|-
|| [[Erika]] || Saturdays and Sundays by the [[Celadon City]] fountain; must have beaten Blue; between 3:00 PM and 5:00 PM || Sunday morning
|-
|| [[Sabrina]] || Fridays at the [[Olivine City]] harbor; must have S.S. Ticket; any time || Sunday afternoon
|-
|| [[Janine]] || Any evening by the [[Pokémon League Reception Gate]]; {{DL|Time|Pokémon HeartGold and SoulSilver|between 4:00 PM and 6:00 PM}} || Monday afternoon
|-
|| [[Blaine]] || Tuesdays on [[Cinnabar Island]]; must have beaten Blue; any time || Tuesday afternoon
|-
|| {{ga|Blue}} || Any day from [[Daisy Oak]], after having at least seven massages and showing her a Pokémon with full happiness; any time || Sunday night
|-
|}
|}

===Radio===
After acquiring a Radio Card from a quiz host at the [[Goldenrod Radio Tower]], the Radio function of the Pokégear can now be used. It allows the player to tune in to the various radio stations being broadcast from the two Radio Towers in [[Goldenrod Radio Tower|Goldenrod (Johto)]] and [[Lavender Town#Kanto Radio Tower|Lavender (Kanto)]]. When traveling to Kanto, however, the EXPN Card must be obtained from the manager of the Kanto Radio Tower before all Kanto stations can be played in {{v|Crystal}}, and the Poké Flute station can be played in {{game3|Gold and Silver|Gold, Silver,|s}} {{game3|HeartGold and SoulSilver|HeartGold, and SoulSilver|s}} versions.

The Radio usually allows the players to tune in to the local programs, allowing the player to get tips from [[Professor Oak]] and [[DJ Mary]] on Prof. Oak's Pokémon Talk, or to let the player tune in to specific channels such as [[Buena's Password]] to win prizes. However, the Radio is also capable of picking up other signals within its tunable range, thereby occasionally causing weird noises to be heard such as the Mysterious Transmissions coming from the [[Ruins of Alph]], or Team Rocket's evolution-forcing signals near the [[Lake of Rage]].

During Team Rocket's takeover of the Goldenrod Radio Tower, all other stations were being replaced by the Team Rocket Announcement.

The Radio function also works when the Pokégear is not in use, allowing the player to play tunes from a specific radio show when on the move. Some tunes even affect how wild Pokémon appear, notably in HeartGold and SoulSilver, when {{DL|DJ|Ben}} from the [[Pokémon Music Channel]] occasionally broadcasts the {{DL|Pokémon Music Channel|Hoenn Sound}} or {{DL|Pokémon Music Channel|Sinnoh Sound}} to allow the player to attract wild Pokémon native to [[Hoenn]] or [[Sinnoh]].

====Generation II====
[[File:PokéGearRadio.png|240px|thumb|right|The radio interface in {{3v2|Gold|Silver|Crystal}}]]
In Generation II when the Radio was first introduced, the interface features an interactive box at the top right corner, consisting of a number line divided into 'channels' and a slider that is controlled by the left and right buttons. The channels range from 0 to 20.5, and when the slider reaches a correct channel, a program will play (in this case, 4.5 for Prof. Oak's Pokémon Talk). Most of the screen shows the name of the program and a large space for the dialog box to appear.

The following lists the shows available in Generation II:

''See also [[Goldenrod Radio Tower#Broadcasted programs|Broadcasted programs in Goldenrod Radio Tower]].''
{| align="center" width="100%  style="{{roundy|15px}}; background: #{{locationcolor/light|building}}; border: 5px solid #{{locationcolor/dark|building}};"
|-
! Radio shows in Generation II
|-
|
{| class="sortable" cellspacing="2" width="100%" align="center" style="{{roundy|15px}} background:#{{locationcolor/dark|building}}; border:3px solid #{{locationcolor/dark|building}};"
|- style="background:#73B1B7"
! class="roundytl" width=20% style="text-align:center" | Program
! width=10% | Host(s)
! width=10% | Channel
! class="roundytr" width=50% | Description
|- style="background:#FFF"
| [[Pokédex Show]]
| (no host)
| 4.5 (Johto) 4 AM-10 AM only
| A show that broadcasts [[Pokédex]] entries gathered by the player.
|-style="background:#FFF"
| [[Professor Oak's Pokémon Talk]]
| [[DJ Mary|Mary]] and {{prof|Oak}}
| 4.5 (Johto) 10 AM-4 AM only
| Talk show discussing locations where Pokémon can be found.
|-style="background:#FFF"
| [[Pokémon Music Channel|Pokémon Music]]
| {{DL|DJ|Ben}}
| 7.5 (Johto)
| Broadcasts different music of different effects depending on the [[days of the week|day of the week]].
|-style="background:#FFF"
| [[Lucky Channel]]
| {{DL|DJ|Reed}}
| 8.5 (Johto)
| Broadcasts one ID per week; Trainers who come to the welcome center with a Pokémon whose ID is similar will win a prize.
|-style="background:#FFF"
| [[Buena's Password]] (Crystal only)
| [[Buena]]
| 10.5 (Johto)
| Broadcasts one password per night between 6 PM-12 AM; Trainers who come to Buena and recite the password can get points redeemable for prizes.
|-style="background:#FFF"
| Mysterious Transmission (Un(kn)own Radio Station)
| {{p|Unown}}
| 13.5 (Johto)
| Strange noises will play. Only when the player is at [[Ruins of Alph]].
|-style="background:#FFF"
| [[Places and People]]
| {{DL|DJ|Lily}}
| 16.5 (Kanto)
| Talk show discussing [[Kanto]] locations or Trainers the player has faced. Requires EXPN Card in {{game|Crystal}}.
|-style="background:#FFF"
| [[Pokémon Music Channel|Let's All Sing]]
| {{DL|DJ|Fern}}
| 18.5 (Kanto)
| Broadcasts different music of different effects depending on the day of the week. Requires EXPN Card in {{game|Crystal}}.
|-style="background:#FFF"
| [[Poké Flute]]
| (no host)
| 20.0 (Kanto)
| Plays Poké Flute music. Used to awaken {{p|Snorlax}}. Requires EXPN Card.
|-style="background:#FFF"
| Radio Transmission Team Rocket evolution signal
| [[Team Rocket HQ]]
| 20.5 (Johto)
| An eerie tune plays over and over. Only plays in [[Mahogany Town]], {{rt|43|Johto}}, and [[Lake of Rage]]. No longer plays when the player has cleared the Team Rocket HQ.
|- style="background:#FFF"
| class="roundybl" | Team Rocket Announcement
| [[Team Rocket]]
| All stations (Johto)
| class="roundybr" | Plays on all stations once Team Rocket has succeeded in taking over the [[Goldenrod Radio Tower|Radio Tower]]. A Team Rocket executive announces over the airwaves that they have rejoined, and pleads their boss, [[Giovanni]], to come out of hiding and rejoin them. Begins playing once the player has obtained seven Badges; no longer plays when Team Rocket disbands.
|}
|}

====Generation IV====
[[File:PokéGearRadio HGSS.png|240px|thumb|right|The bottom screen of the radio interface in {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}]]
In {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}, the radio function makes a return, but the interface changes much drastically from [[Generation II]]. Most of the dialog and the reception icon is now shown at the top screen, while tuning can be done at the bottom screens. Tuning is done in two ways: moving a rounded indicator around the circular area using the stylus, or by selecting one of the four buttons at the side of the circular area, which directly tunes the radio to a pre-set Radio Station. (The Mysterious Transmission and the Poké Flute have to be manually tuned using the stylus.)

Programs in HeartGold and SoulSilver are now more varied; Prof. Oak's Pokémon Talk will update the player on recent [[Pokémon outbreak|swarm]], while a [[Variety Channel]] features a documentary and radio play. The broadcast timings for [[Buena's Password]] have also been changed, allowing her program to be received for one out of every three hours. Most programs are also not limited to their respective broadcast regions; the four main stations can be heard in both [[Kanto]] and [[Johto]].

The following lists the shows available in Generation IV:
{| align="center" style="{{roundy|15px}} background: #{{heartgold color}}; border: 5px solid #{{heartgold color dark}};"
|-
! Radio shows in Generation IV
|-
|
{| class="roundy" cellspacing="2" cellpadding="4" width="100%" align="center" style="background:#{{soulsilver color dark}}; border:3px solid #{{soulsilver color dark}};"
|- style="background:#{{silver color}}"
! class="roundytl" width=20% style="text-align:center" | Program
! width=10% | Host(s)
! class="roundytr" width=60% | Description
|- style="background:#{{heartgold color light}}"
!colspan="3"| Station 1 (top-left)
|- style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| [[Pokémon Music Channel|Pokémon Music]]
| {{DL|DJ|Ben}}
| Broadcasts different music of different effects depending on the [[days of the week|day of the week]].
|- style="background:#{{heartgold color light}}"
!colspan="3"| Station 2 (top-right)
|- style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| [[Professor Oak's Pokémon Talk]]
| [[DJ Mary|Mary]] and {{prof|Oak}}
| Talk show discussing locations where semi-rare Pokémon can be found. Also broadcasts updates on [[Pokémon outbreak|swarms]] and where Sinnoh/Hoenn and other Pokémon currently reside after receiving the National Pokédex.
|- style="background:#{{heartgold color light}}"
!colspan="3"| Station 3 (bottom-left)
|- style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| [[Street Corner Channel]]
| {{DL|DJ|Snap}}
| Broadcasts a show called "Trainer Profiles", which describes a randomly selected Trainer class. Switches with the Town Channel every hour.
|-style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| [[Town Channel]]
| Unknown
| Broadcasts a show called "That Town, These People" that selects the top 3 landmarks or persons in any given city or town. Switches with the Street Corner Channel every hour.
|- style="background:#{{heartgold color light}}"
!colspan="3"| Station 4 (bottom-right)
|-style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| [[Variety Channel]]
| [[Silver Drama]]
| Broadcasts Pokémon Search party, Serial Radio Drama and the [[Buena's Password]] channel. The three programs rotate on an hourly basis throughout the day.
|-style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| [[Buena's Password]] (part of Variety Channel)
| [[Buena]]
| Broadcasts one password every hour at 2 AM, 5 AM, 8 AM, 11 AM, 2 PM, 5 PM, 8 PM, and 11 PM; Trainers who come to Buena and recite the password can get points redeemable for prizes.
|- style="background:#{{heartgold color light}}"
!colspan="3"| Others (stations that have to be manually tuned, or otherwise)
|-style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| [[Poké Flute]] (manually tuned)
| (no host)
| Plays Poké Flute music that is used to awaken {{p|Snorlax}}. Only plays in Kanto. Requires EXPN Card upgrade. '''Tuning instructions:''' somewhere near the top, above stations 1 and 2.
|-style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| Mysterious Transmission (Un(kn)own Radio Station, manually tuned)
| {{p|Unown}}
| When the player is at the [[Ruins of Alph]], strange noises will play and there will be no reception from other stations. It also increases the chance of encountering an {{p|Unown}} [[Form differences#Unown|shape]] the player has not yet encountered. Sounds similar to the [[Azure Flute]]. '''Tuning instructions:''' somewhere in the center.
|-style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| Radio Transmission (Team Rocket evolution signal)
| [[Team Rocket HQ]]
| An eerie tune plays over and over. Only plays in [[Mahogany Town]], {{rt|43|Johto}}, and [[Lake of Rage]] and causes interference that prevents the radio from tuning in to other stations. No longer plays when the player has cleared the Team Rocket HQ.
|-style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| class="roundybl"| Team Rocket Announcement
| [[Team Rocket]]
| class="roundybr"| Played on all stations after Team Rocket had succeeded in the taking over the [[Goldenrod Radio Tower|Radio Tower]]. A Team Rocket executive announces over the airwaves that they have rejoined, and pleads their boss, [[Giovanni]], to come out of hiding and rejoin them. Begins playing once the player had defeated the seventh Gym leader, no longer plays when Team Rocket disbands.

|}
|}

==In the anime==
[[File:HGSS Pokegear anime.png|200px|right|thumb|Brock's Pokégear]]
In the anime, it is shown that the Pokégear has at least three designs, a black one, a white one, and a pink one. Several characters in the anime own Pokégears:
* {{mov|Lisa}} lent hers to Ash so that he could keep in contact with Professor Oak in ''[[M03|Spell of the Unown]]''.
* A Pokégear under the ownership of [[Jasmine]], the [[Olivine City|Olivine]] [[Gym Leader]] made a brief appearance in ''[[EP208|Fight for the Light]]''.
* {{jo|Jimmy}}, {{jo|Marina}} and [[Vincent]] all own Pokégears. A plot point of ''[[The Legend of Thunder!]]'' is that it includes a tracking system to show where the other Pokégears currently are.
[[File:{{#switch: {{#expr: {{#time: U}} mod 2}}|0=Pokegear|1=Pokegear black}} anime.png|200px|right|thumb|{{#switch: {{#expr: {{#time: U}} mod 2}}|0=Misty's|1=Jimmy's}} Pokégear]]
* {{an|Misty}} also owns one, so that she can keep in contact with [[The Sensational Sisters|her sisters]] at the [[Cerulean Gym]].
* {{an|Lyra}} owns the new version of the Pokégear, and she owns a pink model. Likewise, her friend [[Khoury]] owns a blue model.
* {{an|Brock}} received his own Pokégear at the end of ''[[DP147|Bagged Then Tagged!]]'' when he was given one by [[Khoury's father]]. It has been used fairly regularly by him since then, normally being used by Brock to track the group's location (similar to how [[Max]] did with the [[PokéNav]]).

==In the manga==
===In the Pokémon Adventures manga===
{{incomplete|section}}
The Pokégear is often used in Pokémon Adventures, first appearing in the {{chap|Gold, Silver & Crystal}}. The Pokégear is the Pokémon world's equivalent of a cellular phone, albeit with more functions such as a Map Card. In addition to the [[Johto]] [[Pokédex holder]]s, {{adv|Red}}, {{adv|Blue}}, {{adv|Green}}, and {{adv|Ruby}} also possess one. [[Misty]], [[Erika]], [[Norman]], [[Juan]], [[Wallace]], [[Volkner]], and {{EF|Flint}} are also seen to own a Pokégear.

In addition to its role as a cellular phone, the Pokégear can also be used as a remote control. It played a large role in the development of the [[Masked Man]]; this gadget was used to send signals to his Pokémon so that the Masked Man and his alter ego could be in "two places at one time."

Later in the {{chap|Ruby & Sapphire}}, Ruby explained to Sapphire how a password is needed to operate an aircar, having learned how to do so from his mentor.

==In the TCG==
Both iterations of the PokéGear appear as cards in the [[Pokémon Trading Card Game]].

{{cardlist/header|Related cards|Trainer|char=yes}}
{{cardlist/entry|cardname={{TCG ID|Neo Genesis|PokéGear|88}}|type=Trainer|enset=Neo Genesis|enrarity=Rare|ennum=88/111|jpsetlink=Neo Genesis|jpset=Gold, Silver, to a New World...|jprarity=Rare}}
{{cardlist/entry|cardname={{TCG ID|HeartGold & SoulSilver|Pokégear 3.0|96}}|type=Trainer|enset=HeartGold & SoulSilver|enrarity=Uncommon|ennum=96/123|jpsetlink=HeartGold & SoulSilver|jpset=SoulSilver Collection|jprarity=Uncommon|jpnum=064/070}}
{{cardlist/footer|Trainer}}

==Trivia==
*Music from the Pokégear doesn't stop when the player uses {{m|Surf}}; however, it does stop when the player gets out of the water.
*In HeartGold and SoulSilver, the Pokégear's map displays Ethan's icon's hat with black sides, however the [[Pokédex]] display Ethan's icon's hat with yellow sides. This may be a leftover from conversion from his Generation II design (where the front of his hat was all black and the back was all yellow) to his Generation IV design (where the sides of his hat are black and the middle is yellow).

==Names==
{{langtable|color={{silver color}}|bordercolor={{gold color}}
|de=PokéCom
|en=Pokégear
|es_eu=PokéGear
|fr_eu=PokéMatos
|it=Pokégear
|pl=PokéŁącze
|ja=ポケギア

|zh_cmn=神奇寶貝裝置 ''Shénqíbǎobèi Zhuāngzhì''
}}
{{-}}
{{Menu}} 
{{Project ItemDex notice}}
[[Category:Map equipment]]

[[de:PokéCom]]
[[es:PokéGear]]
[[fr:PokéMatos]]
[[ja:ポケギア]]
[[pt:PokéGear]]
[[it:Pokégear]]

Pokégear

2012-07-31T19:02:47Z

PatPeter: /* Trainer phone listing */ Move Kanto.

[[File:PokéGear HGSS m.png|thumb|right|Blue Pokégear in HeartGold and SoulSilver]]
[[File:PokéGear HGSS f.png|thumb|Pink Pokégear in HeartGold and SoulSilver]]
'''Pokémon Gear''' (Japanese: '''ポケモンギア''' ''Pokémon Gear''), mostly known as '''Pokégear''' (Japanese: '''ポケギア''' ''Pokégear''), is an electronic device found in [[Johto]]. It looks like a large, advanced wristwatch with the [[Silph Co.]] logo on it. It was first introduced in [[Generation II]]; the [[Hoenn]] region's analog to the Pokégear appears to be the [[PokéNav]], the [[Sinnoh]] counterpart is the [[Pokétch]], and the [[Unova]] counterpart is the [[C-Gear]].

The Pokégear is an important tool for {{pkmn|Trainer}}s, some see it necessary to have one on a Trainer's adventure. The main character of {{game2|Gold|Silver|Crystal}} receives a Pokégear from their mother at the start of their journey. The {{player}} is able to have access to the Pokégear by selecting it from the [[menu]]. At that, it is easy to navigate through the Pokégear by selecting through four different functions located at the top-left of the screen. It displays the map of the region, names of previously fought Trainers, and the current time. It also allows players to call registered Trainers. Certain functions need to be unlocked during the game by receiving special expansion cards.

The Pokégear returns in the Generation IV remakes, {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}. The interface has been completely redesigned, using both screens on the [[Nintendo DS]]. The top will always display the time function on the Pokégear, while the touch screen will display the other different functions of the Pokégear, as well as selecting other functions using the touch screen. The outer aesthetics of the Pokégear have changed abruptly as well. The whole Pokégear is a flip top, while the bottom section of the Pokégear is used to scan special expansion cards to upgrade it with other functions. Its color skin is changeable between blue, pink, a [[Team Rocket]] theme, a Japanese dojo theme, a Pokémon League theme, and teal-and-white with a Silph Co. theme.

==Functions==
[[File:PokeGear.png|thumb|150px|right|Pokégear artwork from [[Generation II]]]]
The Pokégear's functionality comes from the several features and applications that can be installed in it, making it extensible. Many people are willing to give away special expansion cards to upgrade the Pokégear with other functions. In {{game2|Gold|Silver|Crystal}}, there are 4 available functions, two of which are included with the Pokégear. The rest are not available at the start but can be received at a later time.

===Time===
Included in {{game2|Gold|Silver|Crystal}} with the Pokégear, the time function is the most basic feature. The Pokégear will {{wp|digital clock|digitally}} display the time of day using the {{wp|12-hour clock|12-hour AM/PM format}} as well as the day of the week. It runs off the time the {{player}} input at the beginning of the game.

A glitch in Gold and Silver will change the day if the functions are scrolled through; this was addressed in Crystal. A function in Gold and Silver that allowed players to reset the game's time in the title screen was also removed from Crystal.

In {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}, the time will always be displayed on the top screen of the DS. However, unlike in Gold, Silver, and Crystal, the time is displayed using the {{wp|24-hour clock|24-hour format}} instead of the {{wp|12-hour clock|12-hour format}} and runs on the [[Nintendo DS]]'s internal clock, much like the Pokétch. There is also a wireless signal measurement next to the time, though it has no purpose and always displays the same.

<gallery>
File:PokéGearTime.png|The time function in {{3v2|Gold|Silver|Crystal}}
File:PokéGearPhone_HGSS.png‎|The top screen in {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}
</gallery>

===Map===
Obtained after the player receives a map card for the Pokégear after taking a tour of [[Cherrygrove City]] from the Guide Gent, the map function of the Pokégear acts as a [[Town Map]], displaying a map of [[Johto]] and later [[Kanto]] with cities, towns and other important landmarks. It is the most basic of the map devices used by the {{player}}, and is the navigational item for all [[Generation II]] games.

In {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}, the mechanics of the map remain the same, only to have several added features, including the ability to zoom in to display areas of interest, with certain locations having a small flavor text. There is another feature that allows the player to add notes and markings to different locations, to allow the player to make notes about each area about the Pokémon in the area, any [[Apricorn]] or [[Berry]] trees, any special buildings, [[TM]] locations or any other notes. These notes will appear on the top screen when the player highlights that specific area on the map. Like the Marking Map on the [[Pokétch]], it also displays the current locations of all [[Roaming Pokémon]], including {{p|Entei}} and {{p|Raikou}}.

If, in HeartGold and SoulSilver, a non-player character calls the player on the Pokégear phone for a rematch or to give an item, then the Pokégear map will display a small red exclamation point next to the name of the route or location.

<gallery>
File:PokéGearMap.png|The map function in {{3v2|Gold|Silver|Crystal}}, displaying the map for [[Johto]]
File:PokéGearMap HGSS.png|The map function in {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}, displaying the [[Johto]] half of the map
</gallery>

===Phone===
[[File:HGSSPokéGearPhone.png|thumb|left|The phone function in {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}]]
[[File:PokéGearPhone.png|thumb|right|The phone function in [[Generation II]]]]
Included in {{game2|Gold|Silver|Crystal}} with the device, the Pokégear's phone acts like a cellphone, allowing the user to make calls to people that they've traded phone numbers with. This allows the player to talk to other characters and learn information from them, such as battling tips or when rare Pokémon appear. Trainers with whom the player has exchanged numbers may also sometimes call the player to request a rematch, in which they will use higher-level Pokémon than during their initial battle.

The phone can also store numbers of other important people, like the player's [[mom]] or [[Professor Elm]]. Mom will also ring every so often, telling the {{player}} about the money she has saved (if opted for by the player) and occasionally spending that money on decorations for the player's [[bedroom]] or items such as {{DL|Potion|Super Potion}}s for the player. In Generation II, the phone function has a memory bank that can store the numbers for up to ten people.

In {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}, the phone function makes a return and is used in the same way as before, though the interface (like the rest of the Pokégear) can now be controlled with the touch screen in addition to (or as an alternative to) the DS's buttons. In the remakes, the phone has no limit on how many numbers can be stored, though, unlike Generation II, numbers cannot be deleted from it. Also in the remakes, the player now has the option not to answer when someone calls them.

In HeartGold and SoulSilver, Trainers will only begin calling the player for rematches once the player has collected seven Badges and beaten [[Team Rocket]] at the [[Goldenrod Radio Tower|Radio Tower]] in [[Goldenrod City]]. In addition, once the Radio Tower has been saved, the player can call registered Trainers to arrange rematches with them without having to wait for the respective Trainers to call the player. Each Trainer has a specific time during a specific day each week where they will accept a rematch when called; if they are called at any other time of the week, they will use their usual script, and a rematch will not be arranged. When a Trainer is called at the appropriate time, as long as the player is not at the same route or location as the Trainer, they will accept the challenge of a rematch and can then be battled at their original location with higher-level Pokémon at any later point in time (though, once the rematch has taken place, the player will need to call or be called again in order to carry out another rematch). Additionally to further power up the Trainer's team in two additional phases, defeating the Elite Four and later collecting all 16 Badges are the necessary requirements for these powerups as long as each incarnation of that Trainers' team is fought at least once. If a rematch with a Trainer has been arranged but not carried out, a red exclamation point will appear next to the name of the Trainer's location on the Pokégear map (unless it is against a Gym Leader, in which Saffron City will not have the exclamation point).
{{-}}
====Trainer phone listing====
{| class="roundy" align="center" style="background: #73B1B7; border: 5px solid #7A8B8B;"
|-
|
{| border=1 width="100%" align="center" class="sortable" style="background: #FFFFFF; border:1px solid #73B1B7; border-collapse:collapse;"
|- style="background:#73B1B7"
! Person !! Location !! Rematch{{sup|HGSS}} !! Notes
|-
|| [[Mom]]{{tt|*|cannot be removed from phone in Gold, Silver, or Crystal}} || [[New Bark Town]] || || Saves the player's money and buys items.
|-
|| [[Professor Elm]]{{tt|*|cannot be removed from phone in Gold and Silver and Crystal}} || [[New Bark Town]] || || Calls about major events.
|-
|| [[Professor Oak]]{{sup|HGSS}} || [[Pallet Town]] || || Gives phone number when first met at [[Mr. Pokémon]]'s house; call him to have [[Pokédex]] rated
|-
|| Youngster [[Joey]] || {{rt|30|Johto}} || {{sort|22|3=Monday afternoon}} || Gives away {{DL|Vitamin|HP Up}}.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| Bug Catcher Wade || {{rt|31|Johto}} || {{sort|33|3=Tuesday night}} || Reminds player of the [[Bug-Catching Contest]]. Gives away [[Berry|Berries]].{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| Fisher Ralph || {{rt|32|Johto}} || {{sort|41|3=Wednesday morning}} || Calls during a {{p|Qwilfish}} swarm.
|-
|| Picnicker Liz || {{rt|32|Johto}} || {{sort|52|3=Thursday afternoon}}
|-
|| {{tc|Hiker}} Anthony || {{rt|33|Johto}} || {{sort|63|3=Friday night}} || Calls during a {{p|Dunsparce}} swarm.
|-
|| Poké Ball Creator [[Kurt]]{{sup|HGSS}} || [[Azalea Town]] ||
|-
|| Camper Todd || {{rt|34|Johto}} || {{sort|71|3=Saturday morning}} || Reminds player of the [[Goldenrod Department Store]]'s [[Goldenrod Department Store#Rooftop|bargain sale]].{{sup|C}}
|-
|| Picnicker Gina || {{rt|34|Johto}} || {{sort|12|3=Sunday afternoon}} ||Gives away {{evostone|Leaf Stone}}s.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| {{tc|Youngster}} Ian || {{rt|34|Johto}} || {{sort|71|3=Saturday morning}}
|-
|| Day Care Lady{{sup|HGSS}} || {{rt|34|Johto}} ||
|-
|| Day Care Man{{sup|HGSS}} || {{rt|34|Johto}} || {{sort|01|3=Calls when Pokémon left at the Daycare produce an Egg if the player wishes him to{{tt|*|After he gives the player a Pokémon egg the first time around.}}}}
|-
|| Childhood Friend {{ga|Ethan}}/{{ga|Lyra}}{{sup|HGSS}} || [[New Bark Town]] || || Number is obtained from them when first visiting the Daycare Center on {{rt|34|Johto}}; when contacted, they will give information on how certain Pokémon will react to different areas
|-
|| [[Bill]] || [[Goldenrod City]] || || Calls when Bill's PC box is full{{sup|GSC}} or when every box is full.{{sup|HGSS}} Can be called to find out how much space is left in the current box{{sup|GSC}} or the entire storage system{{sup|HGSS}}.
|-
|| [[Buena]] || [[Goldenrod City]] || || Obtainable after getting 30 Blue Card points.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| {{tc|Bug Catcher}} Arnie || {{rt|35|Johto}} || {{sort|31|3=Tuesday morning}} || Calls during a {{p|Yanma}} swarm.
|-
|| {{tc|Firebreather}} Walt || {{rt|35|Johto}} || {{sort|22|3=Monday afternoon}}
|-
|| {{tc|Juggler}} Irwin || {{rt|35|Johto}} ||
|-
|| Lass Krise || [[National Park]] || {{sort|71|3=Sunday morning}}
|-
|| {{tc|Pokéfan}} Beverly || [[National Park]] || || Requires {{p|Marill}} in party{{sup|C}}: Gives away {{DL|Valuable item|Nugget}}s.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| Schoolboy Jack || [[National Park]] || {{sort|21|3=Monday morning}}
|-
|| {{tc|School Boy|Schoolboy}} Alan || {{rt|36|Johto}} || {{sort|42|3=Wednesday afternoon}} || Gives away {{evostone|Fire Stone}}s.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| {{tc|Gentleman}} Alfred || [[Glitter Lighthouse]] || {{sort|32|3=Tuesday afternoon}}
|-
|| {{tc|Sailor}} Huey || [[Glitter Lighthouse]] || {{sort|43|3=Wednesday night}} || Gives away {{DL|Vitamin|Protein}}.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| {{tc|Lass}} Dana || {{rt|38|Johto}} || {{sort|53|3=Thursday night}} || Calls during a {{p|Tauros}} swarm{{sup|GSC}}, and gives away {{evostone|Thunderstone}}s.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| Schoolboy Chad || {{rt|38|Johto}} || {{sort|61|3=Friday morning}} || Calls during a {{p|Snubbull}} swarm.
|-
|| Pokéfan Derek || {{rt|39|Johto}} ||
|-
|| {{tc|Fisherman|Fisher}} Chris{{tt|*|Gold and Silver}}/Tully{{tt|*|Crystal and HeartGold and SoulSilver}} || {{rt|42|Johto}} || {{sort|72|3=Sunday afternoon}} || Gives away {{evostone|Water Stone}}s.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| Picnicker Tiffany || {{rt|43|Johto}} || {{sort|32|3=Tuesday afternoon}} ||Gives away [[Escape item|Poké Dolls]]{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| {{tc|PokéManiac}} Brent || {{rt|43|Johto}} || {{sort|21|3=Monday morning}}
|-
|| Bird Keeper Vance || {{rt|44|Johto}} || {{sort|43|3=Wednesday night}} || Gives away {{DL|Vitamin|Carbos}}.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| Fisher Wilton || {{rt|44|Johto}} || {{sort|51|3=Thursday morning}} || Calls during a {{p|Remoraid}} swarm{{sup|GS}}{{sup|HGSS}} and gives away various [[Poké Ball]]s.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| {{tc|Black Belt}} Kenji || {{rt|45|Johto}} || {{sort|80|3=Random}} || Gives away {{DL|Vitamin|PP Up}}s during random lunch breaks at noon.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| Hiker Parry || {{rt|45|Johto}} || {{sort|62|3=Friday afternoon}} || Calls during a {{p|Marill}} swarm{{sup|GSC}}{{sup|HGSS}}, and gives away {{DL|Vitamin|Iron}}.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| {{tc|Picnicker}} Erin || {{rt|46|Johto}} || {{sort|73|3=Saturday night}} || Gives away {{DL|Vitamin|Calcium}}{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| Safari Warden [[Baoba]]{{sup|HGSS}} || [[Johto Safari Zone]] || || Gives phone number on {{rt|39|Johto}}
|-
|| Bug Catcher Doug || {{rt|2|Kanto}} || {{sort|41|3=Wednesday morning}}
|-
|| Bug Catcher Rob || {{rt|2|Kanto}} || {{sort|61|3=Friday morning}}
|-
|| Fisher Kyle || {{rt|12|Kanto}} || {{sort|42|3=Wednesday afternoon}}
|-
|| Fisher Kyler || {{rt|12|Kanto}} || {{sort|52|3=Thursday afternoon}}
|-
|| {{tc|Camper}} Tanner || {{rt|13|Kanto}} || {{sort|23|3=Monday night}}
|-
|| Hiker Kenny || {{rt|13|Kanto}} || {{sort|72|3=Saturday afternoon}}
|-
|| {{tc|Young Couple}} Tim & Sue || {{rt|13|Kanto}} || {{sort|62|3=Friday afternoon}}
|-
|| Bird Keeper Josh || {{rt|14|Kanto}} || {{sort|33|3=Tuesday night}} || Gives away {{evostone|Shiny Stone}}s.{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| Schoolboy Torin || {{rt|14|Kanto}} || {{sort|43|3=Wednesday night}}
|-
|| Schoolboy Billy || {{rt|15|Kanto}} || {{sort|63|3=Friday night}}
|-
|| {{tc|Teacher}} Hillary || {{rt|15|Kanto}} || {{sort|53|3=Thursday night}}
|-
|| {{tc|Twins}} Kay & Tia || {{rt|15|Kanto}} || {{sort|73|3=Saturday night}}
|-
|| {{tc|Biker}} Aiden || {{rt|17|Kanto}} || {{sort|21|3=Monday morning}}
|-
|| Biker Ernest || {{rt|17|Kanto}} || {{sort|12|3=Sunday afternoon}}
|-
|| Biker Reese || {{rt|17|Kanto}} || {{sort|13|3=Sunday night}}
|-
|| {{tc|Ace Trainer|Cool Trainer}} Beth{{tt|*|Gold and Silver and Crystal}}/Ace Trainer Jamie{{tt|*|HeartGold and SoulSilver}} || {{rt|26|Kanto}} || {{sort|62|3=Friday afternoon}}
|-
|| Cool Trainer Gaven || {{rt|26|Kanto}} || {{sort|51|3=Thursday morning}}
|-
|| Cool Trainer Reena || {{rt|27|Kanto}} || {{sort|71|3=Sunday morning}}
|-
|| {{tc|Bird Keeper}} Jose || {{rt|27|Kanto}} || {{sort|73|3=Saturday night}} || Gives away {{DL|Valuable item|Star Piece}}s.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|}
|}

====Gym Leader phone listing====
''See also [[Rematch#Gym Leader phone listing|Gym Leader Phone Listing (sub-section of Gym Leader Rematch)]]''.

The rematch concept is expanded in HeartGold and SoulSilver to allow players to [[Rematch#Pokémon HeartGold and SoulSilver|rematch the Gym Leaders]] of Johto and Kanto. The phone numbers for most of the sixteen Leaders can be obtained after defeating the [[Elite Four]], but rematches with the Gym Leaders cannot be scheduled until the {{Badge|Earth}} has been obtained (i.e {{ga|Blue}} has been defeated). By speaking with them at the appropriate time and place, players can obtain their phone numbers. At a later, specified date, the player can call the Leader and ask for a rematch. The Leader will always accept, and the battle will be fought at [[Saffron City]]'s [[Fighting Dojo]].

{| class="roundy" align="center" style="background: #73B1B7; border: 5px solid #7A8B8B;"
|-
|
{| border=1 width="100%" align="center" class="sortable" style="background: #FFFFFF; border:1px solid #73B1B7; border-collapse:collapse;"
|- style="background:#73B1B7"
! Leader !! Time and Location of Phone Number !! {{color2|000|Time#Generation IV|Time of Battle}}
|-
|| [[Falkner]] || Mondays in the [[Celadon City]] [[Celadon Department Store|Department Store]]; must have beaten Janine; any time || Saturday morning
|-
|| [[Bugsy]] || Thursdays in [[Viridian Forest]]; any time || Thursday afternoon
|-
|| [[Whitney]] || Any day in the [[Goldenrod City]] [[Goldenrod Department Store|Department Store]]; between 12:00 PM to 4:00 PM || Saturday afternoon
|-
|| [[Morty]] || Mondays and Tuesdays on the [[Bell Tower|Bellchime Trail]]; any time || Tuesday night
|-
|| [[Chuck]] || Any day from [[Chuck's wife]]; any time || Wednesday night
|-
|| [[Jasmine]] || Any day in the {{ci|Olivine}} Café; {{DL|Time|Pokémon HeartGold and SoulSilver|between 1:00 PM and 2:00 PM}} || Wednesday afternoon
|-
|| [[Pryce]] || Any morning by the [[Lake of Rage]]; {{DL|Time|Pokémon HeartGold and SoulSilver|between 6:00 AM and 10:00 AM}} || Monday morning
|-
|| [[Clair]] || Any morning in the [[Dragon's Den]]; must have beaten [[Lance]] and her in a double battle; {{DL|Time|Pokémon HeartGold and SoulSilver|between 6:00 AM and 10:00 AM}} || Friday night
|-
|| [[Brock]] || Any day in [[Diglett's Cave]]; must have beaten Blue; {{DL|Time|Pokémon HeartGold and SoulSilver|between 12:00 PM and 3:00 PM}} || Saturday night
|-
|| [[Misty]] || Any day on {{rt|25|Kanto}} (unless {{p|Suicune}} is present); must have beaten Blue; {{DL|Time|Pokémon HeartGold and SoulSilver|between 4:00 PM and 6:00 PM}} || Wednesday morning
|-
|| [[Lt. Surge]] || Any day by the [[Power Plant]] after {{p|Zapdos}} is captured and the player is {{pkmn2|walking}} with a {{p|Pikachu}}; must have beaten Blue; {{DL|Time|Pokémon HeartGold and SoulSilver|between 9:00 AM and 11:00 AM}} || Friday morning
|-
|| [[Erika]] || Saturdays and Sundays by the [[Celadon City]] fountain; must have beaten Blue; between 3:00 PM and 5:00 PM || Sunday morning
|-
|| [[Sabrina]] || Fridays at the [[Olivine City]] harbor; must have S.S. Ticket; any time || Sunday afternoon
|-
|| [[Janine]] || Any evening by the [[Pokémon League Reception Gate]]; {{DL|Time|Pokémon HeartGold and SoulSilver|between 4:00 PM and 6:00 PM}} || Monday afternoon
|-
|| [[Blaine]] || Tuesdays on [[Cinnabar Island]]; must have beaten Blue; any time || Tuesday afternoon
|-
|| {{ga|Blue}} || Any day from [[Daisy Oak]], after having at least seven massages and showing her a Pokémon with full happiness; any time || Sunday night
|-
|}
|}

===Radio===
After acquiring a Radio Card from a quiz host at the [[Goldenrod Radio Tower]], the Radio function of the Pokégear can now be used. It allows the player to tune in to the various radio stations being broadcast from the two Radio Towers in [[Goldenrod Radio Tower|Goldenrod (Johto)]] and [[Lavender Town#Kanto Radio Tower|Lavender (Kanto)]]. When traveling to Kanto, however, the EXPN Card must be obtained from the manager of the Kanto Radio Tower before all Kanto stations can be played in {{v|Crystal}}, and the Poké Flute station can be played in {{game3|Gold and Silver|Gold, Silver,|s}} {{game3|HeartGold and SoulSilver|HeartGold, and SoulSilver|s}} versions.

The Radio usually allows the players to tune in to the local programs, allowing the player to get tips from [[Professor Oak]] and [[DJ Mary]] on Prof. Oak's Pokémon Talk, or to let the player tune in to specific channels such as [[Buena's Password]] to win prizes. However, the Radio is also capable of picking up other signals within its tunable range, thereby occasionally causing weird noises to be heard such as the Mysterious Transmissions coming from the [[Ruins of Alph]], or Team Rocket's evolution-forcing signals near the [[Lake of Rage]].

During Team Rocket's takeover of the Goldenrod Radio Tower, all other stations were being replaced by the Team Rocket Announcement.

The Radio function also works when the Pokégear is not in use, allowing the player to play tunes from a specific radio show when on the move. Some tunes even affect how wild Pokémon appear, notably in HeartGold and SoulSilver, when {{DL|DJ|Ben}} from the [[Pokémon Music Channel]] occasionally broadcasts the {{DL|Pokémon Music Channel|Hoenn Sound}} or {{DL|Pokémon Music Channel|Sinnoh Sound}} to allow the player to attract wild Pokémon native to [[Hoenn]] or [[Sinnoh]].

====Generation II====
[[File:PokéGearRadio.png|240px|thumb|right|The radio interface in {{3v2|Gold|Silver|Crystal}}]]
In Generation II when the Radio was first introduced, the interface features an interactive box at the top right corner, consisting of a number line divided into 'channels' and a slider that is controlled by the left and right buttons. The channels range from 0 to 20.5, and when the slider reaches a correct channel, a program will play (in this case, 4.5 for Prof. Oak's Pokémon Talk). Most of the screen shows the name of the program and a large space for the dialog box to appear.

The following lists the shows available in Generation II:

''See also [[Goldenrod Radio Tower#Broadcasted programs|Broadcasted programs in Goldenrod Radio Tower]].''
{| align="center" width="100%  style="{{roundy|15px}}; background: #{{locationcolor/light|building}}; border: 5px solid #{{locationcolor/dark|building}};"
|-
! Radio shows in Generation II
|-
|
{| class="sortable" cellspacing="2" width="100%" align="center" style="{{roundy|15px}} background:#{{locationcolor/dark|building}}; border:3px solid #{{locationcolor/dark|building}};"
|- style="background:#73B1B7"
! class="roundytl" width=20% style="text-align:center" | Program
! width=10% | Host(s)
! width=10% | Channel
! class="roundytr" width=50% | Description
|- style="background:#FFF"
| [[Pokédex Show]]
| (no host)
| 4.5 (Johto) 4 AM-10 AM only
| A show that broadcasts [[Pokédex]] entries gathered by the player.
|-style="background:#FFF"
| [[Professor Oak's Pokémon Talk]]
| [[DJ Mary|Mary]] and {{prof|Oak}}
| 4.5 (Johto) 10 AM-4 AM only
| Talk show discussing locations where Pokémon can be found.
|-style="background:#FFF"
| [[Pokémon Music Channel|Pokémon Music]]
| {{DL|DJ|Ben}}
| 7.5 (Johto)
| Broadcasts different music of different effects depending on the [[days of the week|day of the week]].
|-style="background:#FFF"
| [[Lucky Channel]]
| {{DL|DJ|Reed}}
| 8.5 (Johto)
| Broadcasts one ID per week; Trainers who come to the welcome center with a Pokémon whose ID is similar will win a prize.
|-style="background:#FFF"
| [[Buena's Password]] (Crystal only)
| [[Buena]]
| 10.5 (Johto)
| Broadcasts one password per night between 6 PM-12 AM; Trainers who come to Buena and recite the password can get points redeemable for prizes.
|-style="background:#FFF"
| Mysterious Transmission (Un(kn)own Radio Station)
| {{p|Unown}}
| 13.5 (Johto)
| Strange noises will play. Only when the player is at [[Ruins of Alph]].
|-style="background:#FFF"
| [[Places and People]]
| {{DL|DJ|Lily}}
| 16.5 (Kanto)
| Talk show discussing [[Kanto]] locations or Trainers the player has faced. Requires EXPN Card in {{game|Crystal}}.
|-style="background:#FFF"
| [[Pokémon Music Channel|Let's All Sing]]
| {{DL|DJ|Fern}}
| 18.5 (Kanto)
| Broadcasts different music of different effects depending on the day of the week. Requires EXPN Card in {{game|Crystal}}.
|-style="background:#FFF"
| [[Poké Flute]]
| (no host)
| 20.0 (Kanto)
| Plays Poké Flute music. Used to awaken {{p|Snorlax}}. Requires EXPN Card.
|-style="background:#FFF"
| Radio Transmission Team Rocket evolution signal
| [[Team Rocket HQ]]
| 20.5 (Johto)
| An eerie tune plays over and over. Only plays in [[Mahogany Town]], {{rt|43|Johto}}, and [[Lake of Rage]]. No longer plays when the player has cleared the Team Rocket HQ.
|- style="background:#FFF"
| class="roundybl" | Team Rocket Announcement
| [[Team Rocket]]
| All stations (Johto)
| class="roundybr" | Plays on all stations once Team Rocket has succeeded in taking over the [[Goldenrod Radio Tower|Radio Tower]]. A Team Rocket executive announces over the airwaves that they have rejoined, and pleads their boss, [[Giovanni]], to come out of hiding and rejoin them. Begins playing once the player has obtained seven Badges; no longer plays when Team Rocket disbands.
|}
|}

====Generation IV====
[[File:PokéGearRadio HGSS.png|240px|thumb|right|The bottom screen of the radio interface in {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}]]
In {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}, the radio function makes a return, but the interface changes much drastically from [[Generation II]]. Most of the dialog and the reception icon is now shown at the top screen, while tuning can be done at the bottom screens. Tuning is done in two ways: moving a rounded indicator around the circular area using the stylus, or by selecting one of the four buttons at the side of the circular area, which directly tunes the radio to a pre-set Radio Station. (The Mysterious Transmission and the Poké Flute have to be manually tuned using the stylus.)

Programs in HeartGold and SoulSilver are now more varied; Prof. Oak's Pokémon Talk will update the player on recent [[Pokémon outbreak|swarm]], while a [[Variety Channel]] features a documentary and radio play. The broadcast timings for [[Buena's Password]] have also been changed, allowing her program to be received for one out of every three hours. Most programs are also not limited to their respective broadcast regions; the four main stations can be heard in both [[Kanto]] and [[Johto]].

The following lists the shows available in Generation IV:
{| align="center" style="{{roundy|15px}} background: #{{heartgold color}}; border: 5px solid #{{heartgold color dark}};"
|-
! Radio shows in Generation IV
|-
|
{| class="roundy" cellspacing="2" cellpadding="4" width="100%" align="center" style="background:#{{soulsilver color dark}}; border:3px solid #{{soulsilver color dark}};"
|- style="background:#{{silver color}}"
! class="roundytl" width=20% style="text-align:center" | Program
! width=10% | Host(s)
! class="roundytr" width=60% | Description
|- style="background:#{{heartgold color light}}"
!colspan="3"| Station 1 (top-left)
|- style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| [[Pokémon Music Channel|Pokémon Music]]
| {{DL|DJ|Ben}}
| Broadcasts different music of different effects depending on the [[days of the week|day of the week]].
|- style="background:#{{heartgold color light}}"
!colspan="3"| Station 2 (top-right)
|- style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| [[Professor Oak's Pokémon Talk]]
| [[DJ Mary|Mary]] and {{prof|Oak}}
| Talk show discussing locations where semi-rare Pokémon can be found. Also broadcasts updates on [[Pokémon outbreak|swarms]] and where Sinnoh/Hoenn and other Pokémon currently reside after receiving the National Pokédex.
|- style="background:#{{heartgold color light}}"
!colspan="3"| Station 3 (bottom-left)
|- style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| [[Street Corner Channel]]
| {{DL|DJ|Snap}}
| Broadcasts a show called "Trainer Profiles", which describes a randomly selected Trainer class. Switches with the Town Channel every hour.
|-style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| [[Town Channel]]
| Unknown
| Broadcasts a show called "That Town, These People" that selects the top 3 landmarks or persons in any given city or town. Switches with the Street Corner Channel every hour.
|- style="background:#{{heartgold color light}}"
!colspan="3"| Station 4 (bottom-right)
|-style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| [[Variety Channel]]
| [[Silver Drama]]
| Broadcasts Pokémon Search party, Serial Radio Drama and the [[Buena's Password]] channel. The three programs rotate on an hourly basis throughout the day.
|-style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| [[Buena's Password]] (part of Variety Channel)
| [[Buena]]
| Broadcasts one password every hour at 2 AM, 5 AM, 8 AM, 11 AM, 2 PM, 5 PM, 8 PM, and 11 PM; Trainers who come to Buena and recite the password can get points redeemable for prizes.
|- style="background:#{{heartgold color light}}"
!colspan="3"| Others (stations that have to be manually tuned, or otherwise)
|-style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| [[Poké Flute]] (manually tuned)
| (no host)
| Plays Poké Flute music that is used to awaken {{p|Snorlax}}. Only plays in Kanto. Requires EXPN Card upgrade. '''Tuning instructions:''' somewhere near the top, above stations 1 and 2.
|-style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| Mysterious Transmission (Un(kn)own Radio Station, manually tuned)
| {{p|Unown}}
| When the player is at the [[Ruins of Alph]], strange noises will play and there will be no reception from other stations. It also increases the chance of encountering an {{p|Unown}} [[Form differences#Unown|shape]] the player has not yet encountered. Sounds similar to the [[Azure Flute]]. '''Tuning instructions:''' somewhere in the center.
|-style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| Radio Transmission (Team Rocket evolution signal)
| [[Team Rocket HQ]]
| An eerie tune plays over and over. Only plays in [[Mahogany Town]], {{rt|43|Johto}}, and [[Lake of Rage]] and causes interference that prevents the radio from tuning in to other stations. No longer plays when the player has cleared the Team Rocket HQ.
|-style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| class="roundybl"| Team Rocket Announcement
| [[Team Rocket]]
| class="roundybr"| Played on all stations after Team Rocket had succeeded in the taking over the [[Goldenrod Radio Tower|Radio Tower]]. A Team Rocket executive announces over the airwaves that they have rejoined, and pleads their boss, [[Giovanni]], to come out of hiding and rejoin them. Begins playing once the player had defeated the seventh Gym leader, no longer plays when Team Rocket disbands.

|}
|}

==In the anime==
[[File:HGSS Pokegear anime.png|200px|right|thumb|Brock's Pokégear]]
In the anime, it is shown that the Pokégear has at least three designs, a black one, a white one, and a pink one. Several characters in the anime own Pokégears:
* {{mov|Lisa}} lent hers to Ash so that he could keep in contact with Professor Oak in ''[[M03|Spell of the Unown]]''.
* A Pokégear under the ownership of [[Jasmine]], the [[Olivine City|Olivine]] [[Gym Leader]] made a brief appearance in ''[[EP208|Fight for the Light]]''.
* {{jo|Jimmy}}, {{jo|Marina}} and [[Vincent]] all own Pokégears. A plot point of ''[[The Legend of Thunder!]]'' is that it includes a tracking system to show where the other Pokégears currently are.
[[File:{{#switch: {{#expr: {{#time: U}} mod 2}}|0=Pokegear|1=Pokegear black}} anime.png|200px|right|thumb|{{#switch: {{#expr: {{#time: U}} mod 2}}|0=Misty's|1=Jimmy's}} Pokégear]]
* {{an|Misty}} also owns one, so that she can keep in contact with [[The Sensational Sisters|her sisters]] at the [[Cerulean Gym]].
* {{an|Lyra}} owns the new version of the Pokégear, and she owns a pink model. Likewise, her friend [[Khoury]] owns a blue model.
* {{an|Brock}} received his own Pokégear at the end of ''[[DP147|Bagged Then Tagged!]]'' when he was given one by [[Khoury's father]]. It has been used fairly regularly by him since then, normally being used by Brock to track the group's location (similar to how [[Max]] did with the [[PokéNav]]).

==In the manga==
===In the Pokémon Adventures manga===
{{incomplete|section}}
The Pokégear is often used in Pokémon Adventures, first appearing in the {{chap|Gold, Silver & Crystal}}. The Pokégear is the Pokémon world's equivalent of a cellular phone, albeit with more functions such as a Map Card. In addition to the [[Johto]] [[Pokédex holder]]s, {{adv|Red}}, {{adv|Blue}}, {{adv|Green}}, and {{adv|Ruby}} also possess one. [[Misty]], [[Erika]], [[Norman]], [[Juan]], [[Wallace]], [[Volkner]], and {{EF|Flint}} are also seen to own a Pokégear.

In addition to its role as a cellular phone, the Pokégear can also be used as a remote control. It played a large role in the development of the [[Masked Man]]; this gadget was used to send signals to his Pokémon so that the Masked Man and his alter ego could be in "two places at one time."

Later in the {{chap|Ruby & Sapphire}}, Ruby explained to Sapphire how a password is needed to operate an aircar, having learned how to do so from his mentor.

==In the TCG==
Both iterations of the PokéGear appear as cards in the [[Pokémon Trading Card Game]].

{{cardlist/header|Related cards|Trainer|char=yes}}
{{cardlist/entry|cardname={{TCG ID|Neo Genesis|PokéGear|88}}|type=Trainer|enset=Neo Genesis|enrarity=Rare|ennum=88/111|jpsetlink=Neo Genesis|jpset=Gold, Silver, to a New World...|jprarity=Rare}}
{{cardlist/entry|cardname={{TCG ID|HeartGold & SoulSilver|Pokégear 3.0|96}}|type=Trainer|enset=HeartGold & SoulSilver|enrarity=Uncommon|ennum=96/123|jpsetlink=HeartGold & SoulSilver|jpset=SoulSilver Collection|jprarity=Uncommon|jpnum=064/070}}
{{cardlist/footer|Trainer}}

==Trivia==
*Music from the Pokégear doesn't stop when the player uses {{m|Surf}}; however, it does stop when the player gets out of the water.
*In HeartGold and SoulSilver, the Pokégear's map displays Ethan's icon's hat with black sides, however the [[Pokédex]] display Ethan's icon's hat with yellow sides. This may be a leftover from conversion from his Generation II design (where the front of his hat was all black and the back was all yellow) to his Generation IV design (where the sides of his hat are black and the middle is yellow).

==Names==
{{langtable|color={{silver color}}|bordercolor={{gold color}}
|de=PokéCom
|en=Pokégear
|es_eu=PokéGear
|fr_eu=PokéMatos
|it=Pokégear
|pl=PokéŁącze
|ja=ポケギア

|zh_cmn=神奇寶貝裝置 ''Shénqíbǎobèi Zhuāngzhì''
}}
{{-}}
{{Menu}} 
{{Project ItemDex notice}}
[[Category:Map equipment]]

[[de:PokéCom]]
[[es:PokéGear]]
[[fr:PokéMatos]]
[[ja:ポケギア]]
[[pt:PokéGear]]
[[it:Pokégear]]

Pokégear

2012-07-31T19:01:00Z

PatPeter: /* Trainer phone listing */ Last fix.

[[File:PokéGear HGSS m.png|thumb|right|Blue Pokégear in HeartGold and SoulSilver]]
[[File:PokéGear HGSS f.png|thumb|Pink Pokégear in HeartGold and SoulSilver]]
'''Pokémon Gear''' (Japanese: '''ポケモンギア''' ''Pokémon Gear''), mostly known as '''Pokégear''' (Japanese: '''ポケギア''' ''Pokégear''), is an electronic device found in [[Johto]]. It looks like a large, advanced wristwatch with the [[Silph Co.]] logo on it. It was first introduced in [[Generation II]]; the [[Hoenn]] region's analog to the Pokégear appears to be the [[PokéNav]], the [[Sinnoh]] counterpart is the [[Pokétch]], and the [[Unova]] counterpart is the [[C-Gear]].

The Pokégear is an important tool for {{pkmn|Trainer}}s, some see it necessary to have one on a Trainer's adventure. The main character of {{game2|Gold|Silver|Crystal}} receives a Pokégear from their mother at the start of their journey. The {{player}} is able to have access to the Pokégear by selecting it from the [[menu]]. At that, it is easy to navigate through the Pokégear by selecting through four different functions located at the top-left of the screen. It displays the map of the region, names of previously fought Trainers, and the current time. It also allows players to call registered Trainers. Certain functions need to be unlocked during the game by receiving special expansion cards.

The Pokégear returns in the Generation IV remakes, {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}. The interface has been completely redesigned, using both screens on the [[Nintendo DS]]. The top will always display the time function on the Pokégear, while the touch screen will display the other different functions of the Pokégear, as well as selecting other functions using the touch screen. The outer aesthetics of the Pokégear have changed abruptly as well. The whole Pokégear is a flip top, while the bottom section of the Pokégear is used to scan special expansion cards to upgrade it with other functions. Its color skin is changeable between blue, pink, a [[Team Rocket]] theme, a Japanese dojo theme, a Pokémon League theme, and teal-and-white with a Silph Co. theme.

==Functions==
[[File:PokeGear.png|thumb|150px|right|Pokégear artwork from [[Generation II]]]]
The Pokégear's functionality comes from the several features and applications that can be installed in it, making it extensible. Many people are willing to give away special expansion cards to upgrade the Pokégear with other functions. In {{game2|Gold|Silver|Crystal}}, there are 4 available functions, two of which are included with the Pokégear. The rest are not available at the start but can be received at a later time.

===Time===
Included in {{game2|Gold|Silver|Crystal}} with the Pokégear, the time function is the most basic feature. The Pokégear will {{wp|digital clock|digitally}} display the time of day using the {{wp|12-hour clock|12-hour AM/PM format}} as well as the day of the week. It runs off the time the {{player}} input at the beginning of the game.

A glitch in Gold and Silver will change the day if the functions are scrolled through; this was addressed in Crystal. A function in Gold and Silver that allowed players to reset the game's time in the title screen was also removed from Crystal.

In {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}, the time will always be displayed on the top screen of the DS. However, unlike in Gold, Silver, and Crystal, the time is displayed using the {{wp|24-hour clock|24-hour format}} instead of the {{wp|12-hour clock|12-hour format}} and runs on the [[Nintendo DS]]'s internal clock, much like the Pokétch. There is also a wireless signal measurement next to the time, though it has no purpose and always displays the same.

<gallery>
File:PokéGearTime.png|The time function in {{3v2|Gold|Silver|Crystal}}
File:PokéGearPhone_HGSS.png‎|The top screen in {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}
</gallery>

===Map===
Obtained after the player receives a map card for the Pokégear after taking a tour of [[Cherrygrove City]] from the Guide Gent, the map function of the Pokégear acts as a [[Town Map]], displaying a map of [[Johto]] and later [[Kanto]] with cities, towns and other important landmarks. It is the most basic of the map devices used by the {{player}}, and is the navigational item for all [[Generation II]] games.

In {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}, the mechanics of the map remain the same, only to have several added features, including the ability to zoom in to display areas of interest, with certain locations having a small flavor text. There is another feature that allows the player to add notes and markings to different locations, to allow the player to make notes about each area about the Pokémon in the area, any [[Apricorn]] or [[Berry]] trees, any special buildings, [[TM]] locations or any other notes. These notes will appear on the top screen when the player highlights that specific area on the map. Like the Marking Map on the [[Pokétch]], it also displays the current locations of all [[Roaming Pokémon]], including {{p|Entei}} and {{p|Raikou}}.

If, in HeartGold and SoulSilver, a non-player character calls the player on the Pokégear phone for a rematch or to give an item, then the Pokégear map will display a small red exclamation point next to the name of the route or location.

<gallery>
File:PokéGearMap.png|The map function in {{3v2|Gold|Silver|Crystal}}, displaying the map for [[Johto]]
File:PokéGearMap HGSS.png|The map function in {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}, displaying the [[Johto]] half of the map
</gallery>

===Phone===
[[File:HGSSPokéGearPhone.png|thumb|left|The phone function in {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}]]
[[File:PokéGearPhone.png|thumb|right|The phone function in [[Generation II]]]]
Included in {{game2|Gold|Silver|Crystal}} with the device, the Pokégear's phone acts like a cellphone, allowing the user to make calls to people that they've traded phone numbers with. This allows the player to talk to other characters and learn information from them, such as battling tips or when rare Pokémon appear. Trainers with whom the player has exchanged numbers may also sometimes call the player to request a rematch, in which they will use higher-level Pokémon than during their initial battle.

The phone can also store numbers of other important people, like the player's [[mom]] or [[Professor Elm]]. Mom will also ring every so often, telling the {{player}} about the money she has saved (if opted for by the player) and occasionally spending that money on decorations for the player's [[bedroom]] or items such as {{DL|Potion|Super Potion}}s for the player. In Generation II, the phone function has a memory bank that can store the numbers for up to ten people.

In {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}, the phone function makes a return and is used in the same way as before, though the interface (like the rest of the Pokégear) can now be controlled with the touch screen in addition to (or as an alternative to) the DS's buttons. In the remakes, the phone has no limit on how many numbers can be stored, though, unlike Generation II, numbers cannot be deleted from it. Also in the remakes, the player now has the option not to answer when someone calls them.

In HeartGold and SoulSilver, Trainers will only begin calling the player for rematches once the player has collected seven Badges and beaten [[Team Rocket]] at the [[Goldenrod Radio Tower|Radio Tower]] in [[Goldenrod City]]. In addition, once the Radio Tower has been saved, the player can call registered Trainers to arrange rematches with them without having to wait for the respective Trainers to call the player. Each Trainer has a specific time during a specific day each week where they will accept a rematch when called; if they are called at any other time of the week, they will use their usual script, and a rematch will not be arranged. When a Trainer is called at the appropriate time, as long as the player is not at the same route or location as the Trainer, they will accept the challenge of a rematch and can then be battled at their original location with higher-level Pokémon at any later point in time (though, once the rematch has taken place, the player will need to call or be called again in order to carry out another rematch). Additionally to further power up the Trainer's team in two additional phases, defeating the Elite Four and later collecting all 16 Badges are the necessary requirements for these powerups as long as each incarnation of that Trainers' team is fought at least once. If a rematch with a Trainer has been arranged but not carried out, a red exclamation point will appear next to the name of the Trainer's location on the Pokégear map (unless it is against a Gym Leader, in which Saffron City will not have the exclamation point).
{{-}}
====Trainer phone listing====
{| class="roundy" align="center" style="background: #73B1B7; border: 5px solid #7A8B8B;"
|-
|
{| border=1 width="100%" align="center" class="sortable" style="background: #FFFFFF; border:1px solid #73B1B7; border-collapse:collapse;"
|- style="background:#73B1B7"
! Person !! Location !! Rematch{{sup|HGSS}} !! Notes
|-
|| [[Mom]]{{tt|*|cannot be removed from phone in Gold, Silver, or Crystal}} || [[New Bark Town]] || || Saves the player's money and buys items.
|-
|| [[Professor Elm]]{{tt|*|cannot be removed from phone in Gold and Silver and Crystal}} || [[New Bark Town]] || || Calls about major events.
|-
|| [[Professor Oak]]{{sup|HGSS}} || [[Pallet Town]] || || Gives phone number when first met at [[Mr. Pokémon]]'s house; call him to have [[Pokédex]] rated
|-
|| Bug Catcher Doug || {{rt|2|Kanto}} || {{sort|41|3=Wednesday morning}}
|-
|| Bug Catcher Rob || {{rt|2|Kanto}} || {{sort|61|3=Friday morning}}
|-
|| Fisher Kyle || {{rt|12|Kanto}} || {{sort|42|3=Wednesday afternoon}}
|-
|| Fisher Kyler || {{rt|12|Kanto}} || {{sort|52|3=Thursday afternoon}}
|-
|| {{tc|Camper}} Tanner || {{rt|13|Kanto}} || {{sort|23|3=Monday night}}
|-
|| Hiker Kenny || {{rt|13|Kanto}} || {{sort|72|3=Saturday afternoon}}
|-
|| {{tc|Young Couple}} Tim & Sue || {{rt|13|Kanto}} || {{sort|62|3=Friday afternoon}}
|-
|| Bird Keeper Josh || {{rt|14|Kanto}} || {{sort|33|3=Tuesday night}} || Gives away {{evostone|Shiny Stone}}s.{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| Schoolboy Torin || {{rt|14|Kanto}} || {{sort|43|3=Wednesday night}}
|-
|| Schoolboy Billy || {{rt|15|Kanto}} || {{sort|63|3=Friday night}}
|-
|| {{tc|Teacher}} Hillary || {{rt|15|Kanto}} || {{sort|53|3=Thursday night}}
|-
|| {{tc|Twins}} Kay & Tia || {{rt|15|Kanto}} || {{sort|73|3=Saturday night}}
|-
|| {{tc|Biker}} Aiden || {{rt|17|Kanto}} || {{sort|21|3=Monday morning}}
|-
|| Biker Ernest || {{rt|17|Kanto}} || {{sort|12|3=Sunday afternoon}}
|-
|| Biker Reese || {{rt|17|Kanto}} || {{sort|13|3=Sunday night}}
|-
|| {{tc|Ace Trainer|Cool Trainer}} Beth{{tt|*|Gold and Silver and Crystal}}/Ace Trainer Jamie{{tt|*|HeartGold and SoulSilver}} || {{rt|26|Kanto}} || {{sort|62|3=Friday afternoon}}
|-
|| Cool Trainer Gaven || {{rt|26|Kanto}} || {{sort|51|3=Thursday morning}}
|-
|| Cool Trainer Reena || {{rt|27|Kanto}} || {{sort|71|3=Sunday morning}}
|-
|| {{tc|Bird Keeper}} Jose || {{rt|27|Kanto}} || {{sort|73|3=Saturday night}} || Gives away {{DL|Valuable item|Star Piece}}s.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| Youngster [[Joey]] || {{rt|30|Johto}} || {{sort|22|3=Monday afternoon}} || Gives away {{DL|Vitamin|HP Up}}.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| Bug Catcher Wade || {{rt|31|Johto}} || {{sort|33|3=Tuesday night}} || Reminds player of the [[Bug-Catching Contest]]. Gives away [[Berry|Berries]].{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| Fisher Ralph || {{rt|32|Johto}} || {{sort|41|3=Wednesday morning}} || Calls during a {{p|Qwilfish}} swarm.
|-
|| Picnicker Liz || {{rt|32|Johto}} || {{sort|52|3=Thursday afternoon}}
|-
|| {{tc|Hiker}} Anthony || {{rt|33|Johto}} || {{sort|63|3=Friday night}} || Calls during a {{p|Dunsparce}} swarm.
|-
|| Poké Ball Creator [[Kurt]]{{sup|HGSS}} || [[Azalea Town]] ||
|-
|| Camper Todd || {{rt|34|Johto}} || {{sort|71|3=Saturday morning}} || Reminds player of the [[Goldenrod Department Store]]'s [[Goldenrod Department Store#Rooftop|bargain sale]].{{sup|C}}
|-
|| Picnicker Gina || {{rt|34|Johto}} || {{sort|12|3=Sunday afternoon}} ||Gives away {{evostone|Leaf Stone}}s.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| {{tc|Youngster}} Ian || {{rt|34|Johto}} || {{sort|71|3=Saturday morning}}
|-
|| Day Care Lady{{sup|HGSS}} || {{rt|34|Johto}} ||
|-
|| Day Care Man{{sup|HGSS}} || {{rt|34|Johto}} || {{sort|01|3=Calls when Pokémon left at the Daycare produce an Egg if the player wishes him to{{tt|*|After he gives the player a Pokémon egg the first time around.}}}}
|-
|| Childhood Friend {{ga|Ethan}}/{{ga|Lyra}}{{sup|HGSS}} || [[New Bark Town]] || || Number is obtained from them when first visiting the Daycare Center on {{rt|34|Johto}}; when contacted, they will give information on how certain Pokémon will react to different areas
|-
|| [[Bill]] || [[Goldenrod City]] || || Calls when Bill's PC box is full{{sup|GSC}} or when every box is full.{{sup|HGSS}} Can be called to find out how much space is left in the current box{{sup|GSC}} or the entire storage system{{sup|HGSS}}.
|-
|| [[Buena]] || [[Goldenrod City]] || || Obtainable after getting 30 Blue Card points.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| {{tc|Bug Catcher}} Arnie || {{rt|35|Johto}} || {{sort|31|3=Tuesday morning}} || Calls during a {{p|Yanma}} swarm.
|-
|| {{tc|Firebreather}} Walt || {{rt|35|Johto}} || {{sort|22|3=Monday afternoon}}
|-
|| {{tc|Juggler}} Irwin || {{rt|35|Johto}} ||
|-
|| Lass Krise || [[National Park]] || {{sort|71|3=Sunday morning}}
|-
|| {{tc|Pokéfan}} Beverly || [[National Park]] || || Requires {{p|Marill}} in party{{sup|C}}: Gives away {{DL|Valuable item|Nugget}}s.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| Schoolboy Jack || [[National Park]] || {{sort|21|3=Monday morning}}
|-
|| {{tc|School Boy|Schoolboy}} Alan || {{rt|36|Johto}} || {{sort|42|3=Wednesday afternoon}} || Gives away {{evostone|Fire Stone}}s.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| {{tc|Gentleman}} Alfred || [[Glitter Lighthouse]] || {{sort|32|3=Tuesday afternoon}}
|-
|| {{tc|Sailor}} Huey || [[Glitter Lighthouse]] || {{sort|43|3=Wednesday night}} || Gives away {{DL|Vitamin|Protein}}.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| {{tc|Lass}} Dana || {{rt|38|Johto}} || {{sort|53|3=Thursday night}} || Calls during a {{p|Tauros}} swarm{{sup|GSC}}, and gives away {{evostone|Thunderstone}}s.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| Schoolboy Chad || {{rt|38|Johto}} || {{sort|61|3=Friday morning}} || Calls during a {{p|Snubbull}} swarm.
|-
|| Pokéfan Derek || {{rt|39|Johto}} ||
|-
|| {{tc|Fisherman|Fisher}} Chris{{tt|*|Gold and Silver}}/Tully{{tt|*|Crystal and HeartGold and SoulSilver}} || {{rt|42|Johto}} || {{sort|72|3=Sunday afternoon}} || Gives away {{evostone|Water Stone}}s.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| Picnicker Tiffany || {{rt|43|Johto}} || {{sort|32|3=Tuesday afternoon}} ||Gives away [[Escape item|Poké Dolls]]{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| {{tc|PokéManiac}} Brent || {{rt|43|Johto}} || {{sort|21|3=Monday morning}}
|-
|| Bird Keeper Vance || {{rt|44|Johto}} || {{sort|43|3=Wednesday night}} || Gives away {{DL|Vitamin|Carbos}}.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| Fisher Wilton || {{rt|44|Johto}} || {{sort|51|3=Thursday morning}} || Calls during a {{p|Remoraid}} swarm{{sup|GS}}{{sup|HGSS}} and gives away various [[Poké Ball]]s.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| {{tc|Black Belt}} Kenji || {{rt|45|Johto}} || {{sort|80|3=Random}} || Gives away {{DL|Vitamin|PP Up}}s during random lunch breaks at noon.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| Hiker Parry || {{rt|45|Johto}} || {{sort|62|3=Friday afternoon}} || Calls during a {{p|Marill}} swarm{{sup|GSC}}{{sup|HGSS}}, and gives away {{DL|Vitamin|Iron}}.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| {{tc|Picnicker}} Erin || {{rt|46|Johto}} || {{sort|73|3=Saturday night}} || Gives away {{DL|Vitamin|Calcium}}{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| Safari Warden [[Baoba]]{{sup|HGSS}} || [[Johto Safari Zone]] || || Gives phone number on {{rt|39|Johto}}
|-
|}
|}

====Gym Leader phone listing====
''See also [[Rematch#Gym Leader phone listing|Gym Leader Phone Listing (sub-section of Gym Leader Rematch)]]''.

The rematch concept is expanded in HeartGold and SoulSilver to allow players to [[Rematch#Pokémon HeartGold and SoulSilver|rematch the Gym Leaders]] of Johto and Kanto. The phone numbers for most of the sixteen Leaders can be obtained after defeating the [[Elite Four]], but rematches with the Gym Leaders cannot be scheduled until the {{Badge|Earth}} has been obtained (i.e {{ga|Blue}} has been defeated). By speaking with them at the appropriate time and place, players can obtain their phone numbers. At a later, specified date, the player can call the Leader and ask for a rematch. The Leader will always accept, and the battle will be fought at [[Saffron City]]'s [[Fighting Dojo]].

{| class="roundy" align="center" style="background: #73B1B7; border: 5px solid #7A8B8B;"
|-
|
{| border=1 width="100%" align="center" class="sortable" style="background: #FFFFFF; border:1px solid #73B1B7; border-collapse:collapse;"
|- style="background:#73B1B7"
! Leader !! Time and Location of Phone Number !! {{color2|000|Time#Generation IV|Time of Battle}}
|-
|| [[Falkner]] || Mondays in the [[Celadon City]] [[Celadon Department Store|Department Store]]; must have beaten Janine; any time || Saturday morning
|-
|| [[Bugsy]] || Thursdays in [[Viridian Forest]]; any time || Thursday afternoon
|-
|| [[Whitney]] || Any day in the [[Goldenrod City]] [[Goldenrod Department Store|Department Store]]; between 12:00 PM to 4:00 PM || Saturday afternoon
|-
|| [[Morty]] || Mondays and Tuesdays on the [[Bell Tower|Bellchime Trail]]; any time || Tuesday night
|-
|| [[Chuck]] || Any day from [[Chuck's wife]]; any time || Wednesday night
|-
|| [[Jasmine]] || Any day in the {{ci|Olivine}} Café; {{DL|Time|Pokémon HeartGold and SoulSilver|between 1:00 PM and 2:00 PM}} || Wednesday afternoon
|-
|| [[Pryce]] || Any morning by the [[Lake of Rage]]; {{DL|Time|Pokémon HeartGold and SoulSilver|between 6:00 AM and 10:00 AM}} || Monday morning
|-
|| [[Clair]] || Any morning in the [[Dragon's Den]]; must have beaten [[Lance]] and her in a double battle; {{DL|Time|Pokémon HeartGold and SoulSilver|between 6:00 AM and 10:00 AM}} || Friday night
|-
|| [[Brock]] || Any day in [[Diglett's Cave]]; must have beaten Blue; {{DL|Time|Pokémon HeartGold and SoulSilver|between 12:00 PM and 3:00 PM}} || Saturday night
|-
|| [[Misty]] || Any day on {{rt|25|Kanto}} (unless {{p|Suicune}} is present); must have beaten Blue; {{DL|Time|Pokémon HeartGold and SoulSilver|between 4:00 PM and 6:00 PM}} || Wednesday morning
|-
|| [[Lt. Surge]] || Any day by the [[Power Plant]] after {{p|Zapdos}} is captured and the player is {{pkmn2|walking}} with a {{p|Pikachu}}; must have beaten Blue; {{DL|Time|Pokémon HeartGold and SoulSilver|between 9:00 AM and 11:00 AM}} || Friday morning
|-
|| [[Erika]] || Saturdays and Sundays by the [[Celadon City]] fountain; must have beaten Blue; between 3:00 PM and 5:00 PM || Sunday morning
|-
|| [[Sabrina]] || Fridays at the [[Olivine City]] harbor; must have S.S. Ticket; any time || Sunday afternoon
|-
|| [[Janine]] || Any evening by the [[Pokémon League Reception Gate]]; {{DL|Time|Pokémon HeartGold and SoulSilver|between 4:00 PM and 6:00 PM}} || Monday afternoon
|-
|| [[Blaine]] || Tuesdays on [[Cinnabar Island]]; must have beaten Blue; any time || Tuesday afternoon
|-
|| {{ga|Blue}} || Any day from [[Daisy Oak]], after having at least seven massages and showing her a Pokémon with full happiness; any time || Sunday night
|-
|}
|}

===Radio===
After acquiring a Radio Card from a quiz host at the [[Goldenrod Radio Tower]], the Radio function of the Pokégear can now be used. It allows the player to tune in to the various radio stations being broadcast from the two Radio Towers in [[Goldenrod Radio Tower|Goldenrod (Johto)]] and [[Lavender Town#Kanto Radio Tower|Lavender (Kanto)]]. When traveling to Kanto, however, the EXPN Card must be obtained from the manager of the Kanto Radio Tower before all Kanto stations can be played in {{v|Crystal}}, and the Poké Flute station can be played in {{game3|Gold and Silver|Gold, Silver,|s}} {{game3|HeartGold and SoulSilver|HeartGold, and SoulSilver|s}} versions.

The Radio usually allows the players to tune in to the local programs, allowing the player to get tips from [[Professor Oak]] and [[DJ Mary]] on Prof. Oak's Pokémon Talk, or to let the player tune in to specific channels such as [[Buena's Password]] to win prizes. However, the Radio is also capable of picking up other signals within its tunable range, thereby occasionally causing weird noises to be heard such as the Mysterious Transmissions coming from the [[Ruins of Alph]], or Team Rocket's evolution-forcing signals near the [[Lake of Rage]].

During Team Rocket's takeover of the Goldenrod Radio Tower, all other stations were being replaced by the Team Rocket Announcement.

The Radio function also works when the Pokégear is not in use, allowing the player to play tunes from a specific radio show when on the move. Some tunes even affect how wild Pokémon appear, notably in HeartGold and SoulSilver, when {{DL|DJ|Ben}} from the [[Pokémon Music Channel]] occasionally broadcasts the {{DL|Pokémon Music Channel|Hoenn Sound}} or {{DL|Pokémon Music Channel|Sinnoh Sound}} to allow the player to attract wild Pokémon native to [[Hoenn]] or [[Sinnoh]].

====Generation II====
[[File:PokéGearRadio.png|240px|thumb|right|The radio interface in {{3v2|Gold|Silver|Crystal}}]]
In Generation II when the Radio was first introduced, the interface features an interactive box at the top right corner, consisting of a number line divided into 'channels' and a slider that is controlled by the left and right buttons. The channels range from 0 to 20.5, and when the slider reaches a correct channel, a program will play (in this case, 4.5 for Prof. Oak's Pokémon Talk). Most of the screen shows the name of the program and a large space for the dialog box to appear.

The following lists the shows available in Generation II:

''See also [[Goldenrod Radio Tower#Broadcasted programs|Broadcasted programs in Goldenrod Radio Tower]].''
{| align="center" width="100%  style="{{roundy|15px}}; background: #{{locationcolor/light|building}}; border: 5px solid #{{locationcolor/dark|building}};"
|-
! Radio shows in Generation II
|-
|
{| class="sortable" cellspacing="2" width="100%" align="center" style="{{roundy|15px}} background:#{{locationcolor/dark|building}}; border:3px solid #{{locationcolor/dark|building}};"
|- style="background:#73B1B7"
! class="roundytl" width=20% style="text-align:center" | Program
! width=10% | Host(s)
! width=10% | Channel
! class="roundytr" width=50% | Description
|- style="background:#FFF"
| [[Pokédex Show]]
| (no host)
| 4.5 (Johto) 4 AM-10 AM only
| A show that broadcasts [[Pokédex]] entries gathered by the player.
|-style="background:#FFF"
| [[Professor Oak's Pokémon Talk]]
| [[DJ Mary|Mary]] and {{prof|Oak}}
| 4.5 (Johto) 10 AM-4 AM only
| Talk show discussing locations where Pokémon can be found.
|-style="background:#FFF"
| [[Pokémon Music Channel|Pokémon Music]]
| {{DL|DJ|Ben}}
| 7.5 (Johto)
| Broadcasts different music of different effects depending on the [[days of the week|day of the week]].
|-style="background:#FFF"
| [[Lucky Channel]]
| {{DL|DJ|Reed}}
| 8.5 (Johto)
| Broadcasts one ID per week; Trainers who come to the welcome center with a Pokémon whose ID is similar will win a prize.
|-style="background:#FFF"
| [[Buena's Password]] (Crystal only)
| [[Buena]]
| 10.5 (Johto)
| Broadcasts one password per night between 6 PM-12 AM; Trainers who come to Buena and recite the password can get points redeemable for prizes.
|-style="background:#FFF"
| Mysterious Transmission (Un(kn)own Radio Station)
| {{p|Unown}}
| 13.5 (Johto)
| Strange noises will play. Only when the player is at [[Ruins of Alph]].
|-style="background:#FFF"
| [[Places and People]]
| {{DL|DJ|Lily}}
| 16.5 (Kanto)
| Talk show discussing [[Kanto]] locations or Trainers the player has faced. Requires EXPN Card in {{game|Crystal}}.
|-style="background:#FFF"
| [[Pokémon Music Channel|Let's All Sing]]
| {{DL|DJ|Fern}}
| 18.5 (Kanto)
| Broadcasts different music of different effects depending on the day of the week. Requires EXPN Card in {{game|Crystal}}.
|-style="background:#FFF"
| [[Poké Flute]]
| (no host)
| 20.0 (Kanto)
| Plays Poké Flute music. Used to awaken {{p|Snorlax}}. Requires EXPN Card.
|-style="background:#FFF"
| Radio Transmission Team Rocket evolution signal
| [[Team Rocket HQ]]
| 20.5 (Johto)
| An eerie tune plays over and over. Only plays in [[Mahogany Town]], {{rt|43|Johto}}, and [[Lake of Rage]]. No longer plays when the player has cleared the Team Rocket HQ.
|- style="background:#FFF"
| class="roundybl" | Team Rocket Announcement
| [[Team Rocket]]
| All stations (Johto)
| class="roundybr" | Plays on all stations once Team Rocket has succeeded in taking over the [[Goldenrod Radio Tower|Radio Tower]]. A Team Rocket executive announces over the airwaves that they have rejoined, and pleads their boss, [[Giovanni]], to come out of hiding and rejoin them. Begins playing once the player has obtained seven Badges; no longer plays when Team Rocket disbands.
|}
|}

====Generation IV====
[[File:PokéGearRadio HGSS.png|240px|thumb|right|The bottom screen of the radio interface in {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}]]
In {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}, the radio function makes a return, but the interface changes much drastically from [[Generation II]]. Most of the dialog and the reception icon is now shown at the top screen, while tuning can be done at the bottom screens. Tuning is done in two ways: moving a rounded indicator around the circular area using the stylus, or by selecting one of the four buttons at the side of the circular area, which directly tunes the radio to a pre-set Radio Station. (The Mysterious Transmission and the Poké Flute have to be manually tuned using the stylus.)

Programs in HeartGold and SoulSilver are now more varied; Prof. Oak's Pokémon Talk will update the player on recent [[Pokémon outbreak|swarm]], while a [[Variety Channel]] features a documentary and radio play. The broadcast timings for [[Buena's Password]] have also been changed, allowing her program to be received for one out of every three hours. Most programs are also not limited to their respective broadcast regions; the four main stations can be heard in both [[Kanto]] and [[Johto]].

The following lists the shows available in Generation IV:
{| align="center" style="{{roundy|15px}} background: #{{heartgold color}}; border: 5px solid #{{heartgold color dark}};"
|-
! Radio shows in Generation IV
|-
|
{| class="roundy" cellspacing="2" cellpadding="4" width="100%" align="center" style="background:#{{soulsilver color dark}}; border:3px solid #{{soulsilver color dark}};"
|- style="background:#{{silver color}}"
! class="roundytl" width=20% style="text-align:center" | Program
! width=10% | Host(s)
! class="roundytr" width=60% | Description
|- style="background:#{{heartgold color light}}"
!colspan="3"| Station 1 (top-left)
|- style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| [[Pokémon Music Channel|Pokémon Music]]
| {{DL|DJ|Ben}}
| Broadcasts different music of different effects depending on the [[days of the week|day of the week]].
|- style="background:#{{heartgold color light}}"
!colspan="3"| Station 2 (top-right)
|- style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| [[Professor Oak's Pokémon Talk]]
| [[DJ Mary|Mary]] and {{prof|Oak}}
| Talk show discussing locations where semi-rare Pokémon can be found. Also broadcasts updates on [[Pokémon outbreak|swarms]] and where Sinnoh/Hoenn and other Pokémon currently reside after receiving the National Pokédex.
|- style="background:#{{heartgold color light}}"
!colspan="3"| Station 3 (bottom-left)
|- style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| [[Street Corner Channel]]
| {{DL|DJ|Snap}}
| Broadcasts a show called "Trainer Profiles", which describes a randomly selected Trainer class. Switches with the Town Channel every hour.
|-style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| [[Town Channel]]
| Unknown
| Broadcasts a show called "That Town, These People" that selects the top 3 landmarks or persons in any given city or town. Switches with the Street Corner Channel every hour.
|- style="background:#{{heartgold color light}}"
!colspan="3"| Station 4 (bottom-right)
|-style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| [[Variety Channel]]
| [[Silver Drama]]
| Broadcasts Pokémon Search party, Serial Radio Drama and the [[Buena's Password]] channel. The three programs rotate on an hourly basis throughout the day.
|-style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| [[Buena's Password]] (part of Variety Channel)
| [[Buena]]
| Broadcasts one password every hour at 2 AM, 5 AM, 8 AM, 11 AM, 2 PM, 5 PM, 8 PM, and 11 PM; Trainers who come to Buena and recite the password can get points redeemable for prizes.
|- style="background:#{{heartgold color light}}"
!colspan="3"| Others (stations that have to be manually tuned, or otherwise)
|-style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| [[Poké Flute]] (manually tuned)
| (no host)
| Plays Poké Flute music that is used to awaken {{p|Snorlax}}. Only plays in Kanto. Requires EXPN Card upgrade. '''Tuning instructions:''' somewhere near the top, above stations 1 and 2.
|-style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| Mysterious Transmission (Un(kn)own Radio Station, manually tuned)
| {{p|Unown}}
| When the player is at the [[Ruins of Alph]], strange noises will play and there will be no reception from other stations. It also increases the chance of encountering an {{p|Unown}} [[Form differences#Unown|shape]] the player has not yet encountered. Sounds similar to the [[Azure Flute]]. '''Tuning instructions:''' somewhere in the center.
|-style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| Radio Transmission (Team Rocket evolution signal)
| [[Team Rocket HQ]]
| An eerie tune plays over and over. Only plays in [[Mahogany Town]], {{rt|43|Johto}}, and [[Lake of Rage]] and causes interference that prevents the radio from tuning in to other stations. No longer plays when the player has cleared the Team Rocket HQ.
|-style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| class="roundybl"| Team Rocket Announcement
| [[Team Rocket]]
| class="roundybr"| Played on all stations after Team Rocket had succeeded in the taking over the [[Goldenrod Radio Tower|Radio Tower]]. A Team Rocket executive announces over the airwaves that they have rejoined, and pleads their boss, [[Giovanni]], to come out of hiding and rejoin them. Begins playing once the player had defeated the seventh Gym leader, no longer plays when Team Rocket disbands.

|}
|}

==In the anime==
[[File:HGSS Pokegear anime.png|200px|right|thumb|Brock's Pokégear]]
In the anime, it is shown that the Pokégear has at least three designs, a black one, a white one, and a pink one. Several characters in the anime own Pokégears:
* {{mov|Lisa}} lent hers to Ash so that he could keep in contact with Professor Oak in ''[[M03|Spell of the Unown]]''.
* A Pokégear under the ownership of [[Jasmine]], the [[Olivine City|Olivine]] [[Gym Leader]] made a brief appearance in ''[[EP208|Fight for the Light]]''.
* {{jo|Jimmy}}, {{jo|Marina}} and [[Vincent]] all own Pokégears. A plot point of ''[[The Legend of Thunder!]]'' is that it includes a tracking system to show where the other Pokégears currently are.
[[File:{{#switch: {{#expr: {{#time: U}} mod 2}}|0=Pokegear|1=Pokegear black}} anime.png|200px|right|thumb|{{#switch: {{#expr: {{#time: U}} mod 2}}|0=Misty's|1=Jimmy's}} Pokégear]]
* {{an|Misty}} also owns one, so that she can keep in contact with [[The Sensational Sisters|her sisters]] at the [[Cerulean Gym]].
* {{an|Lyra}} owns the new version of the Pokégear, and she owns a pink model. Likewise, her friend [[Khoury]] owns a blue model.
* {{an|Brock}} received his own Pokégear at the end of ''[[DP147|Bagged Then Tagged!]]'' when he was given one by [[Khoury's father]]. It has been used fairly regularly by him since then, normally being used by Brock to track the group's location (similar to how [[Max]] did with the [[PokéNav]]).

==In the manga==
===In the Pokémon Adventures manga===
{{incomplete|section}}
The Pokégear is often used in Pokémon Adventures, first appearing in the {{chap|Gold, Silver & Crystal}}. The Pokégear is the Pokémon world's equivalent of a cellular phone, albeit with more functions such as a Map Card. In addition to the [[Johto]] [[Pokédex holder]]s, {{adv|Red}}, {{adv|Blue}}, {{adv|Green}}, and {{adv|Ruby}} also possess one. [[Misty]], [[Erika]], [[Norman]], [[Juan]], [[Wallace]], [[Volkner]], and {{EF|Flint}} are also seen to own a Pokégear.

In addition to its role as a cellular phone, the Pokégear can also be used as a remote control. It played a large role in the development of the [[Masked Man]]; this gadget was used to send signals to his Pokémon so that the Masked Man and his alter ego could be in "two places at one time."

Later in the {{chap|Ruby & Sapphire}}, Ruby explained to Sapphire how a password is needed to operate an aircar, having learned how to do so from his mentor.

==In the TCG==
Both iterations of the PokéGear appear as cards in the [[Pokémon Trading Card Game]].

{{cardlist/header|Related cards|Trainer|char=yes}}
{{cardlist/entry|cardname={{TCG ID|Neo Genesis|PokéGear|88}}|type=Trainer|enset=Neo Genesis|enrarity=Rare|ennum=88/111|jpsetlink=Neo Genesis|jpset=Gold, Silver, to a New World...|jprarity=Rare}}
{{cardlist/entry|cardname={{TCG ID|HeartGold & SoulSilver|Pokégear 3.0|96}}|type=Trainer|enset=HeartGold & SoulSilver|enrarity=Uncommon|ennum=96/123|jpsetlink=HeartGold & SoulSilver|jpset=SoulSilver Collection|jprarity=Uncommon|jpnum=064/070}}
{{cardlist/footer|Trainer}}

==Trivia==
*Music from the Pokégear doesn't stop when the player uses {{m|Surf}}; however, it does stop when the player gets out of the water.
*In HeartGold and SoulSilver, the Pokégear's map displays Ethan's icon's hat with black sides, however the [[Pokédex]] display Ethan's icon's hat with yellow sides. This may be a leftover from conversion from his Generation II design (where the front of his hat was all black and the back was all yellow) to his Generation IV design (where the sides of his hat are black and the middle is yellow).

==Names==
{{langtable|color={{silver color}}|bordercolor={{gold color}}
|de=PokéCom
|en=Pokégear
|es_eu=PokéGear
|fr_eu=PokéMatos
|it=Pokégear
|pl=PokéŁącze
|ja=ポケギア

|zh_cmn=神奇寶貝裝置 ''Shénqíbǎobèi Zhuāngzhì''
}}
{{-}}
{{Menu}} 
{{Project ItemDex notice}}
[[Category:Map equipment]]

[[de:PokéCom]]
[[es:PokéGear]]
[[fr:PokéMatos]]
[[ja:ポケギア]]
[[pt:PokéGear]]
[[it:Pokégear]]

Pokégear

2012-07-31T18:59:36Z

PatPeter: /* Trainer phone listing */ Fix several.

[[File:PokéGear HGSS m.png|thumb|right|Blue Pokégear in HeartGold and SoulSilver]]
[[File:PokéGear HGSS f.png|thumb|Pink Pokégear in HeartGold and SoulSilver]]
'''Pokémon Gear''' (Japanese: '''ポケモンギア''' ''Pokémon Gear''), mostly known as '''Pokégear''' (Japanese: '''ポケギア''' ''Pokégear''), is an electronic device found in [[Johto]]. It looks like a large, advanced wristwatch with the [[Silph Co.]] logo on it. It was first introduced in [[Generation II]]; the [[Hoenn]] region's analog to the Pokégear appears to be the [[PokéNav]], the [[Sinnoh]] counterpart is the [[Pokétch]], and the [[Unova]] counterpart is the [[C-Gear]].

The Pokégear is an important tool for {{pkmn|Trainer}}s, some see it necessary to have one on a Trainer's adventure. The main character of {{game2|Gold|Silver|Crystal}} receives a Pokégear from their mother at the start of their journey. The {{player}} is able to have access to the Pokégear by selecting it from the [[menu]]. At that, it is easy to navigate through the Pokégear by selecting through four different functions located at the top-left of the screen. It displays the map of the region, names of previously fought Trainers, and the current time. It also allows players to call registered Trainers. Certain functions need to be unlocked during the game by receiving special expansion cards.

The Pokégear returns in the Generation IV remakes, {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}. The interface has been completely redesigned, using both screens on the [[Nintendo DS]]. The top will always display the time function on the Pokégear, while the touch screen will display the other different functions of the Pokégear, as well as selecting other functions using the touch screen. The outer aesthetics of the Pokégear have changed abruptly as well. The whole Pokégear is a flip top, while the bottom section of the Pokégear is used to scan special expansion cards to upgrade it with other functions. Its color skin is changeable between blue, pink, a [[Team Rocket]] theme, a Japanese dojo theme, a Pokémon League theme, and teal-and-white with a Silph Co. theme.

==Functions==
[[File:PokeGear.png|thumb|150px|right|Pokégear artwork from [[Generation II]]]]
The Pokégear's functionality comes from the several features and applications that can be installed in it, making it extensible. Many people are willing to give away special expansion cards to upgrade the Pokégear with other functions. In {{game2|Gold|Silver|Crystal}}, there are 4 available functions, two of which are included with the Pokégear. The rest are not available at the start but can be received at a later time.

===Time===
Included in {{game2|Gold|Silver|Crystal}} with the Pokégear, the time function is the most basic feature. The Pokégear will {{wp|digital clock|digitally}} display the time of day using the {{wp|12-hour clock|12-hour AM/PM format}} as well as the day of the week. It runs off the time the {{player}} input at the beginning of the game.

A glitch in Gold and Silver will change the day if the functions are scrolled through; this was addressed in Crystal. A function in Gold and Silver that allowed players to reset the game's time in the title screen was also removed from Crystal.

In {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}, the time will always be displayed on the top screen of the DS. However, unlike in Gold, Silver, and Crystal, the time is displayed using the {{wp|24-hour clock|24-hour format}} instead of the {{wp|12-hour clock|12-hour format}} and runs on the [[Nintendo DS]]'s internal clock, much like the Pokétch. There is also a wireless signal measurement next to the time, though it has no purpose and always displays the same.

<gallery>
File:PokéGearTime.png|The time function in {{3v2|Gold|Silver|Crystal}}
File:PokéGearPhone_HGSS.png‎|The top screen in {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}
</gallery>

===Map===
Obtained after the player receives a map card for the Pokégear after taking a tour of [[Cherrygrove City]] from the Guide Gent, the map function of the Pokégear acts as a [[Town Map]], displaying a map of [[Johto]] and later [[Kanto]] with cities, towns and other important landmarks. It is the most basic of the map devices used by the {{player}}, and is the navigational item for all [[Generation II]] games.

In {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}, the mechanics of the map remain the same, only to have several added features, including the ability to zoom in to display areas of interest, with certain locations having a small flavor text. There is another feature that allows the player to add notes and markings to different locations, to allow the player to make notes about each area about the Pokémon in the area, any [[Apricorn]] or [[Berry]] trees, any special buildings, [[TM]] locations or any other notes. These notes will appear on the top screen when the player highlights that specific area on the map. Like the Marking Map on the [[Pokétch]], it also displays the current locations of all [[Roaming Pokémon]], including {{p|Entei}} and {{p|Raikou}}.

If, in HeartGold and SoulSilver, a non-player character calls the player on the Pokégear phone for a rematch or to give an item, then the Pokégear map will display a small red exclamation point next to the name of the route or location.

<gallery>
File:PokéGearMap.png|The map function in {{3v2|Gold|Silver|Crystal}}, displaying the map for [[Johto]]
File:PokéGearMap HGSS.png|The map function in {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}, displaying the [[Johto]] half of the map
</gallery>

===Phone===
[[File:HGSSPokéGearPhone.png|thumb|left|The phone function in {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}]]
[[File:PokéGearPhone.png|thumb|right|The phone function in [[Generation II]]]]
Included in {{game2|Gold|Silver|Crystal}} with the device, the Pokégear's phone acts like a cellphone, allowing the user to make calls to people that they've traded phone numbers with. This allows the player to talk to other characters and learn information from them, such as battling tips or when rare Pokémon appear. Trainers with whom the player has exchanged numbers may also sometimes call the player to request a rematch, in which they will use higher-level Pokémon than during their initial battle.

The phone can also store numbers of other important people, like the player's [[mom]] or [[Professor Elm]]. Mom will also ring every so often, telling the {{player}} about the money she has saved (if opted for by the player) and occasionally spending that money on decorations for the player's [[bedroom]] or items such as {{DL|Potion|Super Potion}}s for the player. In Generation II, the phone function has a memory bank that can store the numbers for up to ten people.

In {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}, the phone function makes a return and is used in the same way as before, though the interface (like the rest of the Pokégear) can now be controlled with the touch screen in addition to (or as an alternative to) the DS's buttons. In the remakes, the phone has no limit on how many numbers can be stored, though, unlike Generation II, numbers cannot be deleted from it. Also in the remakes, the player now has the option not to answer when someone calls them.

In HeartGold and SoulSilver, Trainers will only begin calling the player for rematches once the player has collected seven Badges and beaten [[Team Rocket]] at the [[Goldenrod Radio Tower|Radio Tower]] in [[Goldenrod City]]. In addition, once the Radio Tower has been saved, the player can call registered Trainers to arrange rematches with them without having to wait for the respective Trainers to call the player. Each Trainer has a specific time during a specific day each week where they will accept a rematch when called; if they are called at any other time of the week, they will use their usual script, and a rematch will not be arranged. When a Trainer is called at the appropriate time, as long as the player is not at the same route or location as the Trainer, they will accept the challenge of a rematch and can then be battled at their original location with higher-level Pokémon at any later point in time (though, once the rematch has taken place, the player will need to call or be called again in order to carry out another rematch). Additionally to further power up the Trainer's team in two additional phases, defeating the Elite Four and later collecting all 16 Badges are the necessary requirements for these powerups as long as each incarnation of that Trainers' team is fought at least once. If a rematch with a Trainer has been arranged but not carried out, a red exclamation point will appear next to the name of the Trainer's location on the Pokégear map (unless it is against a Gym Leader, in which Saffron City will not have the exclamation point).
{{-}}
====Trainer phone listing====
{| class="roundy" align="center" style="background: #73B1B7; border: 5px solid #7A8B8B;"
|-
|
{| border=1 width="100%" align="center" class="sortable" style="background: #FFFFFF; border:1px solid #73B1B7; border-collapse:collapse;"
|- style="background:#73B1B7"
! Person !! Location !! Rematch{{sup|HGSS}} !! Notes
|-
|| [[Mom]]{{tt|*|cannot be removed from phone in Gold, Silver, or Crystal}} || [[New Bark Town]] || || Saves the player's money and buys items.
|-
|| [[Professor Elm]]{{tt|*|cannot be removed from phone in Gold and Silver and Crystal}} || [[New Bark Town]] || || Calls about major events.
|-
|| [[Professor Oak]]{{sup|HGSS}} || [[Pallet Town]] || || Gives phone number when first met at [[Mr. Pokémon]]'s house; call him to have [[Pokédex]] rated
|-
|| Bug Catcher Doug || {{rt|2|Kanto}} || {{sort|41|3=Wednesday morning}}
|-
|| Bug Catcher Rob || {{rt|2|Kanto}} || {{sort|61|3=Friday morning}}
|-
|| Fisher Kyle || {{rt|12|Kanto}} || {{sort|42|3=Wednesday afternoon}}
|-
|| Fisher Kyler || {{rt|12|Kanto}} || {{sort|52|3=Thursday afternoon}}
|-
|| {{tc|Camper}} Tanner || {{rt|13|Kanto}} || {{sort|23|3=Monday night}}
|-
|| Hiker Kenny || {{rt|13|Kanto}} || {{sort|72|3=Saturday afternoon}}
|-
|| {{tc|Young Couple}} Tim & Sue || {{rt|13|Kanto}} || {{sort|62|3=Friday afternoon}}
|-
|| Bird Keeper Josh || {{rt|14|Kanto}} || {{sort|33|3=Tuesday night}} || Gives away {{evostone|Shiny Stone}}s.{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| Schoolboy Torin || {{rt|14|Kanto}} || {{sort|43|3=Wednesday night}}
|-
|| Schoolboy Billy || {{rt|15|Kanto}} || {{sort|63|3=Friday night}}
|-
|| {{tc|Teacher}} Hillary || {{rt|15|Kanto}} || {{sort|53|3=Thursday night}}
|-
|| {{tc|Twins}} Kay & Tia || {{rt|15|Kanto}} || {{sort|73|3=Saturday night}}
|-
|| {{tc|Biker}} Aiden || {{rt|17|Kanto}} || {{sort|21|3=Monday morning}}
|-
|| Biker Ernest || {{rt|17|Kanto}} || {{sort|12|3=Sunday afternoon}}
|-
|| Biker Reese || {{rt|17|Kanto}} || {{sort|13|3=Sunday night}}
|-
|| {{tc|Ace Trainer|Cool Trainer}} Beth{{tt|*|Gold and Silver and Crystal}}/Ace Trainer Jamie{{tt|*|HeartGold and SoulSilver}} || {{rt|26|Kanto}} || {{sort|62|3=Friday afternoon}}
|-
|| Cool Trainer Gaven || {{rt|26|Kanto}} || {{sort|51|3=Thursday morning}}
|-
|| Cool Trainer Reena || {{rt|27|Kanto}} || {{sort|71|3=Sunday morning}}
|-
|| {{tc|Bird Keeper}} Jose || {{rt|27|Kanto}} || {{sort|73|3=Saturday night}} || Gives away {{DL|Valuable item|Star Piece}}s.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| Youngster [[Joey]] || {{rt|30|Johto}} || {{sort|22|3=Monday afternoon}} || Gives away {{DL|Vitamin|HP Up}}.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| Bug Catcher Wade || {{rt|31|Johto}} || {{sort|33|3=Tuesday night}} || Reminds player of the [[Bug-Catching Contest]]. Gives away [[Berry|Berries]].{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| Fisher Ralph || {{rt|32|Johto}} || {{sort|41|3=Wednesday morning}} || Calls during a {{p|Qwilfish}} swarm.
|-
|| Picnicker Liz || {{rt|32|Johto}} || {{sort|52|3=Thursday afternoon}}
|-
|| {{tc|Hiker}} Anthony || {{rt|33|Johto}} || {{sort|63|3=Friday night}} || Calls during a {{p|Dunsparce}} swarm.
|-
|| Poké Ball Creator [[Kurt]]{{sup|HGSS}} || [[Azalea Town]] ||
|-
|| Camper Todd || {{rt|34|Johto}} || {{sort|71|3=Saturday morning}} || Reminds player of the [[Goldenrod Department Store]]'s [[Goldenrod Department Store#Rooftop|bargain sale]].{{sup|C}}
|-
|| Picnicker Gina || {{rt|34|Johto}} || {{sort|12|3=Sunday afternoon}} ||Gives away {{evostone|Leaf Stone}}s.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| {{tc|Youngster}} Ian || {{rt|34|Johto}} || {{sort|71|3=Saturday morning}}
|-
|| Day Care Lady{{sup|HGSS}} || {{rt|34|Johto}} ||
|-
|| Day Care Man{{sup|HGSS}} || {{rt|34|Johto}} || {{sort|01|3=Calls when Pokémon left at the Daycare produce an Egg if the player wishes him to{{tt|*|After he gives the player a Pokémon egg the first time around.}}}}
|-
|| Childhood Friend {{ga|Ethan}}/{{ga|Lyra}}{{sup|HGSS}} || [[New Bark Town]] || || Number is obtained from them when first visiting the Daycare Center on {{rt|34|Johto}}; when contacted, they will give information on how certain Pokémon will react to different areas
|-
|| [[Bill]] || [[Goldenrod City]] || || Calls when Bill's PC box is full{{sup|GSC}} or when every box is full.{{sup|HGSS}} Can be called to find out how much space is left in the current box{{sup|GSC}} or the entire storage system{{sup|HGSS}}.
|-
|| [[Buena]] || [[Goldenrod City]] || || Obtainable after getting 30 Blue Card points.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| {{tc|Bug Catcher}} Arnie || {{rt|35|Johto}} || {{sort|31|3=Tuesday morning}} || Calls during a {{p|Yanma}} swarm.
|-
|| {{tc|Firebreather}} Walt || {{rt|35|Johto}} || {{sort|22|3=Monday afternoon}}
|-
|| {{tc|Juggler}} Irwin || {{rt|35|Johto}} ||
|-
|| Lass Krise || [[National Park]] || {{sort|71|3=Sunday morning}}
|-
|| {{tc|Pokéfan}} Beverly || [[National Park]] || || Requires {{p|Marill}} in party{{sup|C}}: Gives away {{DL|Valuable item|Nugget}}s.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| Schoolboy Jack || [[National Park]] || {{sort|21|3=Monday morning}}
|-
|| {{tc|School Boy|Schoolboy}} Alan || {{rt|36|Johto}} || {{sort|42|3=Wednesday afternoon}} || Gives away {{evostone|Fire Stone}}s.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| {{tc|Gentleman}} Alfred || [[Glitter Lighthouse]] || {{sort|32|3=Tuesday afternoon}}
|-
|| {{tc|Sailor}} Huey || [[Glitter Lighthouse]] || {{sort|43|3=Wednesday night}} || Gives away {{DL|Vitamin|Protein}}.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| {{tc|Lass}} Dana || {{rt|38|Johto}} || {{sort|53|3=Thursday night}} || Calls during a {{p|Tauros}} swarm{{sup|GSC}}, and gives away {{evostone|Thunderstone}}s.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| Schoolboy Chad || {{rt|38|Johto}} || {{sort|61|3=Friday morning}} || Calls during a {{p|Snubbull}} swarm.
|-
|| Pokéfan Derek || {{rt|39|Johto}} ||
|-
|| {{tc|Fisherman|Fisher}} Chris{{tt|*|Gold and Silver}}/Tully{{tt|*|Crystal and HeartGold and SoulSilver}} || {{rt|42|Johto}} || Sunday afternoon || Gives away {{evostone|Water Stone}}s.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| Picnicker Tiffany || {{rt|43|Johto}} || {{sort|32|3=Tuesday afternoon}} ||Gives away [[Escape item|Poké Dolls]]{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| {{tc|PokéManiac}} Brent || {{rt|43|Johto}} || {{sort|21|3=Monday morning}}
|-
|| Bird Keeper Vance || {{rt|44|Johto}} || {{sort|43|3=Wednesday night}} || Gives away {{DL|Vitamin|Carbos}}.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| Fisher Wilton || {{rt|44|Johto}} || {{sort|51|3=Thursday morning}} || Calls during a {{p|Remoraid}} swarm{{sup|GS}}{{sup|HGSS}} and gives away various [[Poké Ball]]s.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| {{tc|Black Belt}} Kenji || {{rt|45|Johto}} || {{sort|80|3=Random}} || Gives away {{DL|Vitamin|PP Up}}s during random lunch breaks at noon.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| Hiker Parry || {{rt|45|Johto}} || {{sort|62|3=Friday afternoon}} || Calls during a {{p|Marill}} swarm{{sup|GSC}}{{sup|HGSS}}, and gives away {{DL|Vitamin|Iron}}.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| {{tc|Picnicker}} Erin || {{rt|46|Johto}} || {{sort|73|3=Saturday night}} || Gives away {{DL|Vitamin|Calcium}}{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| Safari Warden [[Baoba]]{{sup|HGSS}} || [[Johto Safari Zone]] || || Gives phone number on {{rt|39|Johto}}
|-
|}
|}

====Gym Leader phone listing====
''See also [[Rematch#Gym Leader phone listing|Gym Leader Phone Listing (sub-section of Gym Leader Rematch)]]''.

The rematch concept is expanded in HeartGold and SoulSilver to allow players to [[Rematch#Pokémon HeartGold and SoulSilver|rematch the Gym Leaders]] of Johto and Kanto. The phone numbers for most of the sixteen Leaders can be obtained after defeating the [[Elite Four]], but rematches with the Gym Leaders cannot be scheduled until the {{Badge|Earth}} has been obtained (i.e {{ga|Blue}} has been defeated). By speaking with them at the appropriate time and place, players can obtain their phone numbers. At a later, specified date, the player can call the Leader and ask for a rematch. The Leader will always accept, and the battle will be fought at [[Saffron City]]'s [[Fighting Dojo]].

{| class="roundy" align="center" style="background: #73B1B7; border: 5px solid #7A8B8B;"
|-
|
{| border=1 width="100%" align="center" class="sortable" style="background: #FFFFFF; border:1px solid #73B1B7; border-collapse:collapse;"
|- style="background:#73B1B7"
! Leader !! Time and Location of Phone Number !! {{color2|000|Time#Generation IV|Time of Battle}}
|-
|| [[Falkner]] || Mondays in the [[Celadon City]] [[Celadon Department Store|Department Store]]; must have beaten Janine; any time || Saturday morning
|-
|| [[Bugsy]] || Thursdays in [[Viridian Forest]]; any time || Thursday afternoon
|-
|| [[Whitney]] || Any day in the [[Goldenrod City]] [[Goldenrod Department Store|Department Store]]; between 12:00 PM to 4:00 PM || Saturday afternoon
|-
|| [[Morty]] || Mondays and Tuesdays on the [[Bell Tower|Bellchime Trail]]; any time || Tuesday night
|-
|| [[Chuck]] || Any day from [[Chuck's wife]]; any time || Wednesday night
|-
|| [[Jasmine]] || Any day in the {{ci|Olivine}} Café; {{DL|Time|Pokémon HeartGold and SoulSilver|between 1:00 PM and 2:00 PM}} || Wednesday afternoon
|-
|| [[Pryce]] || Any morning by the [[Lake of Rage]]; {{DL|Time|Pokémon HeartGold and SoulSilver|between 6:00 AM and 10:00 AM}} || Monday morning
|-
|| [[Clair]] || Any morning in the [[Dragon's Den]]; must have beaten [[Lance]] and her in a double battle; {{DL|Time|Pokémon HeartGold and SoulSilver|between 6:00 AM and 10:00 AM}} || Friday night
|-
|| [[Brock]] || Any day in [[Diglett's Cave]]; must have beaten Blue; {{DL|Time|Pokémon HeartGold and SoulSilver|between 12:00 PM and 3:00 PM}} || Saturday night
|-
|| [[Misty]] || Any day on {{rt|25|Kanto}} (unless {{p|Suicune}} is present); must have beaten Blue; {{DL|Time|Pokémon HeartGold and SoulSilver|between 4:00 PM and 6:00 PM}} || Wednesday morning
|-
|| [[Lt. Surge]] || Any day by the [[Power Plant]] after {{p|Zapdos}} is captured and the player is {{pkmn2|walking}} with a {{p|Pikachu}}; must have beaten Blue; {{DL|Time|Pokémon HeartGold and SoulSilver|between 9:00 AM and 11:00 AM}} || Friday morning
|-
|| [[Erika]] || Saturdays and Sundays by the [[Celadon City]] fountain; must have beaten Blue; between 3:00 PM and 5:00 PM || Sunday morning
|-
|| [[Sabrina]] || Fridays at the [[Olivine City]] harbor; must have S.S. Ticket; any time || Sunday afternoon
|-
|| [[Janine]] || Any evening by the [[Pokémon League Reception Gate]]; {{DL|Time|Pokémon HeartGold and SoulSilver|between 4:00 PM and 6:00 PM}} || Monday afternoon
|-
|| [[Blaine]] || Tuesdays on [[Cinnabar Island]]; must have beaten Blue; any time || Tuesday afternoon
|-
|| {{ga|Blue}} || Any day from [[Daisy Oak]], after having at least seven massages and showing her a Pokémon with full happiness; any time || Sunday night
|-
|}
|}

===Radio===
After acquiring a Radio Card from a quiz host at the [[Goldenrod Radio Tower]], the Radio function of the Pokégear can now be used. It allows the player to tune in to the various radio stations being broadcast from the two Radio Towers in [[Goldenrod Radio Tower|Goldenrod (Johto)]] and [[Lavender Town#Kanto Radio Tower|Lavender (Kanto)]]. When traveling to Kanto, however, the EXPN Card must be obtained from the manager of the Kanto Radio Tower before all Kanto stations can be played in {{v|Crystal}}, and the Poké Flute station can be played in {{game3|Gold and Silver|Gold, Silver,|s}} {{game3|HeartGold and SoulSilver|HeartGold, and SoulSilver|s}} versions.

The Radio usually allows the players to tune in to the local programs, allowing the player to get tips from [[Professor Oak]] and [[DJ Mary]] on Prof. Oak's Pokémon Talk, or to let the player tune in to specific channels such as [[Buena's Password]] to win prizes. However, the Radio is also capable of picking up other signals within its tunable range, thereby occasionally causing weird noises to be heard such as the Mysterious Transmissions coming from the [[Ruins of Alph]], or Team Rocket's evolution-forcing signals near the [[Lake of Rage]].

During Team Rocket's takeover of the Goldenrod Radio Tower, all other stations were being replaced by the Team Rocket Announcement.

The Radio function also works when the Pokégear is not in use, allowing the player to play tunes from a specific radio show when on the move. Some tunes even affect how wild Pokémon appear, notably in HeartGold and SoulSilver, when {{DL|DJ|Ben}} from the [[Pokémon Music Channel]] occasionally broadcasts the {{DL|Pokémon Music Channel|Hoenn Sound}} or {{DL|Pokémon Music Channel|Sinnoh Sound}} to allow the player to attract wild Pokémon native to [[Hoenn]] or [[Sinnoh]].

====Generation II====
[[File:PokéGearRadio.png|240px|thumb|right|The radio interface in {{3v2|Gold|Silver|Crystal}}]]
In Generation II when the Radio was first introduced, the interface features an interactive box at the top right corner, consisting of a number line divided into 'channels' and a slider that is controlled by the left and right buttons. The channels range from 0 to 20.5, and when the slider reaches a correct channel, a program will play (in this case, 4.5 for Prof. Oak's Pokémon Talk). Most of the screen shows the name of the program and a large space for the dialog box to appear.

The following lists the shows available in Generation II:

''See also [[Goldenrod Radio Tower#Broadcasted programs|Broadcasted programs in Goldenrod Radio Tower]].''
{| align="center" width="100%  style="{{roundy|15px}}; background: #{{locationcolor/light|building}}; border: 5px solid #{{locationcolor/dark|building}};"
|-
! Radio shows in Generation II
|-
|
{| class="sortable" cellspacing="2" width="100%" align="center" style="{{roundy|15px}} background:#{{locationcolor/dark|building}}; border:3px solid #{{locationcolor/dark|building}};"
|- style="background:#73B1B7"
! class="roundytl" width=20% style="text-align:center" | Program
! width=10% | Host(s)
! width=10% | Channel
! class="roundytr" width=50% | Description
|- style="background:#FFF"
| [[Pokédex Show]]
| (no host)
| 4.5 (Johto) 4 AM-10 AM only
| A show that broadcasts [[Pokédex]] entries gathered by the player.
|-style="background:#FFF"
| [[Professor Oak's Pokémon Talk]]
| [[DJ Mary|Mary]] and {{prof|Oak}}
| 4.5 (Johto) 10 AM-4 AM only
| Talk show discussing locations where Pokémon can be found.
|-style="background:#FFF"
| [[Pokémon Music Channel|Pokémon Music]]
| {{DL|DJ|Ben}}
| 7.5 (Johto)
| Broadcasts different music of different effects depending on the [[days of the week|day of the week]].
|-style="background:#FFF"
| [[Lucky Channel]]
| {{DL|DJ|Reed}}
| 8.5 (Johto)
| Broadcasts one ID per week; Trainers who come to the welcome center with a Pokémon whose ID is similar will win a prize.
|-style="background:#FFF"
| [[Buena's Password]] (Crystal only)
| [[Buena]]
| 10.5 (Johto)
| Broadcasts one password per night between 6 PM-12 AM; Trainers who come to Buena and recite the password can get points redeemable for prizes.
|-style="background:#FFF"
| Mysterious Transmission (Un(kn)own Radio Station)
| {{p|Unown}}
| 13.5 (Johto)
| Strange noises will play. Only when the player is at [[Ruins of Alph]].
|-style="background:#FFF"
| [[Places and People]]
| {{DL|DJ|Lily}}
| 16.5 (Kanto)
| Talk show discussing [[Kanto]] locations or Trainers the player has faced. Requires EXPN Card in {{game|Crystal}}.
|-style="background:#FFF"
| [[Pokémon Music Channel|Let's All Sing]]
| {{DL|DJ|Fern}}
| 18.5 (Kanto)
| Broadcasts different music of different effects depending on the day of the week. Requires EXPN Card in {{game|Crystal}}.
|-style="background:#FFF"
| [[Poké Flute]]
| (no host)
| 20.0 (Kanto)
| Plays Poké Flute music. Used to awaken {{p|Snorlax}}. Requires EXPN Card.
|-style="background:#FFF"
| Radio Transmission Team Rocket evolution signal
| [[Team Rocket HQ]]
| 20.5 (Johto)
| An eerie tune plays over and over. Only plays in [[Mahogany Town]], {{rt|43|Johto}}, and [[Lake of Rage]]. No longer plays when the player has cleared the Team Rocket HQ.
|- style="background:#FFF"
| class="roundybl" | Team Rocket Announcement
| [[Team Rocket]]
| All stations (Johto)
| class="roundybr" | Plays on all stations once Team Rocket has succeeded in taking over the [[Goldenrod Radio Tower|Radio Tower]]. A Team Rocket executive announces over the airwaves that they have rejoined, and pleads their boss, [[Giovanni]], to come out of hiding and rejoin them. Begins playing once the player has obtained seven Badges; no longer plays when Team Rocket disbands.
|}
|}

====Generation IV====
[[File:PokéGearRadio HGSS.png|240px|thumb|right|The bottom screen of the radio interface in {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}]]
In {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}, the radio function makes a return, but the interface changes much drastically from [[Generation II]]. Most of the dialog and the reception icon is now shown at the top screen, while tuning can be done at the bottom screens. Tuning is done in two ways: moving a rounded indicator around the circular area using the stylus, or by selecting one of the four buttons at the side of the circular area, which directly tunes the radio to a pre-set Radio Station. (The Mysterious Transmission and the Poké Flute have to be manually tuned using the stylus.)

Programs in HeartGold and SoulSilver are now more varied; Prof. Oak's Pokémon Talk will update the player on recent [[Pokémon outbreak|swarm]], while a [[Variety Channel]] features a documentary and radio play. The broadcast timings for [[Buena's Password]] have also been changed, allowing her program to be received for one out of every three hours. Most programs are also not limited to their respective broadcast regions; the four main stations can be heard in both [[Kanto]] and [[Johto]].

The following lists the shows available in Generation IV:
{| align="center" style="{{roundy|15px}} background: #{{heartgold color}}; border: 5px solid #{{heartgold color dark}};"
|-
! Radio shows in Generation IV
|-
|
{| class="roundy" cellspacing="2" cellpadding="4" width="100%" align="center" style="background:#{{soulsilver color dark}}; border:3px solid #{{soulsilver color dark}};"
|- style="background:#{{silver color}}"
! class="roundytl" width=20% style="text-align:center" | Program
! width=10% | Host(s)
! class="roundytr" width=60% | Description
|- style="background:#{{heartgold color light}}"
!colspan="3"| Station 1 (top-left)
|- style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| [[Pokémon Music Channel|Pokémon Music]]
| {{DL|DJ|Ben}}
| Broadcasts different music of different effects depending on the [[days of the week|day of the week]].
|- style="background:#{{heartgold color light}}"
!colspan="3"| Station 2 (top-right)
|- style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| [[Professor Oak's Pokémon Talk]]
| [[DJ Mary|Mary]] and {{prof|Oak}}
| Talk show discussing locations where semi-rare Pokémon can be found. Also broadcasts updates on [[Pokémon outbreak|swarms]] and where Sinnoh/Hoenn and other Pokémon currently reside after receiving the National Pokédex.
|- style="background:#{{heartgold color light}}"
!colspan="3"| Station 3 (bottom-left)
|- style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| [[Street Corner Channel]]
| {{DL|DJ|Snap}}
| Broadcasts a show called "Trainer Profiles", which describes a randomly selected Trainer class. Switches with the Town Channel every hour.
|-style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| [[Town Channel]]
| Unknown
| Broadcasts a show called "That Town, These People" that selects the top 3 landmarks or persons in any given city or town. Switches with the Street Corner Channel every hour.
|- style="background:#{{heartgold color light}}"
!colspan="3"| Station 4 (bottom-right)
|-style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| [[Variety Channel]]
| [[Silver Drama]]
| Broadcasts Pokémon Search party, Serial Radio Drama and the [[Buena's Password]] channel. The three programs rotate on an hourly basis throughout the day.
|-style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| [[Buena's Password]] (part of Variety Channel)
| [[Buena]]
| Broadcasts one password every hour at 2 AM, 5 AM, 8 AM, 11 AM, 2 PM, 5 PM, 8 PM, and 11 PM; Trainers who come to Buena and recite the password can get points redeemable for prizes.
|- style="background:#{{heartgold color light}}"
!colspan="3"| Others (stations that have to be manually tuned, or otherwise)
|-style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| [[Poké Flute]] (manually tuned)
| (no host)
| Plays Poké Flute music that is used to awaken {{p|Snorlax}}. Only plays in Kanto. Requires EXPN Card upgrade. '''Tuning instructions:''' somewhere near the top, above stations 1 and 2.
|-style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| Mysterious Transmission (Un(kn)own Radio Station, manually tuned)
| {{p|Unown}}
| When the player is at the [[Ruins of Alph]], strange noises will play and there will be no reception from other stations. It also increases the chance of encountering an {{p|Unown}} [[Form differences#Unown|shape]] the player has not yet encountered. Sounds similar to the [[Azure Flute]]. '''Tuning instructions:''' somewhere in the center.
|-style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| Radio Transmission (Team Rocket evolution signal)
| [[Team Rocket HQ]]
| An eerie tune plays over and over. Only plays in [[Mahogany Town]], {{rt|43|Johto}}, and [[Lake of Rage]] and causes interference that prevents the radio from tuning in to other stations. No longer plays when the player has cleared the Team Rocket HQ.
|-style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| class="roundybl"| Team Rocket Announcement
| [[Team Rocket]]
| class="roundybr"| Played on all stations after Team Rocket had succeeded in the taking over the [[Goldenrod Radio Tower|Radio Tower]]. A Team Rocket executive announces over the airwaves that they have rejoined, and pleads their boss, [[Giovanni]], to come out of hiding and rejoin them. Begins playing once the player had defeated the seventh Gym leader, no longer plays when Team Rocket disbands.

|}
|}

==In the anime==
[[File:HGSS Pokegear anime.png|200px|right|thumb|Brock's Pokégear]]
In the anime, it is shown that the Pokégear has at least three designs, a black one, a white one, and a pink one. Several characters in the anime own Pokégears:
* {{mov|Lisa}} lent hers to Ash so that he could keep in contact with Professor Oak in ''[[M03|Spell of the Unown]]''.
* A Pokégear under the ownership of [[Jasmine]], the [[Olivine City|Olivine]] [[Gym Leader]] made a brief appearance in ''[[EP208|Fight for the Light]]''.
* {{jo|Jimmy}}, {{jo|Marina}} and [[Vincent]] all own Pokégears. A plot point of ''[[The Legend of Thunder!]]'' is that it includes a tracking system to show where the other Pokégears currently are.
[[File:{{#switch: {{#expr: {{#time: U}} mod 2}}|0=Pokegear|1=Pokegear black}} anime.png|200px|right|thumb|{{#switch: {{#expr: {{#time: U}} mod 2}}|0=Misty's|1=Jimmy's}} Pokégear]]
* {{an|Misty}} also owns one, so that she can keep in contact with [[The Sensational Sisters|her sisters]] at the [[Cerulean Gym]].
* {{an|Lyra}} owns the new version of the Pokégear, and she owns a pink model. Likewise, her friend [[Khoury]] owns a blue model.
* {{an|Brock}} received his own Pokégear at the end of ''[[DP147|Bagged Then Tagged!]]'' when he was given one by [[Khoury's father]]. It has been used fairly regularly by him since then, normally being used by Brock to track the group's location (similar to how [[Max]] did with the [[PokéNav]]).

==In the manga==
===In the Pokémon Adventures manga===
{{incomplete|section}}
The Pokégear is often used in Pokémon Adventures, first appearing in the {{chap|Gold, Silver & Crystal}}. The Pokégear is the Pokémon world's equivalent of a cellular phone, albeit with more functions such as a Map Card. In addition to the [[Johto]] [[Pokédex holder]]s, {{adv|Red}}, {{adv|Blue}}, {{adv|Green}}, and {{adv|Ruby}} also possess one. [[Misty]], [[Erika]], [[Norman]], [[Juan]], [[Wallace]], [[Volkner]], and {{EF|Flint}} are also seen to own a Pokégear.

In addition to its role as a cellular phone, the Pokégear can also be used as a remote control. It played a large role in the development of the [[Masked Man]]; this gadget was used to send signals to his Pokémon so that the Masked Man and his alter ego could be in "two places at one time."

Later in the {{chap|Ruby & Sapphire}}, Ruby explained to Sapphire how a password is needed to operate an aircar, having learned how to do so from his mentor.

==In the TCG==
Both iterations of the PokéGear appear as cards in the [[Pokémon Trading Card Game]].

{{cardlist/header|Related cards|Trainer|char=yes}}
{{cardlist/entry|cardname={{TCG ID|Neo Genesis|PokéGear|88}}|type=Trainer|enset=Neo Genesis|enrarity=Rare|ennum=88/111|jpsetlink=Neo Genesis|jpset=Gold, Silver, to a New World...|jprarity=Rare}}
{{cardlist/entry|cardname={{TCG ID|HeartGold & SoulSilver|Pokégear 3.0|96}}|type=Trainer|enset=HeartGold & SoulSilver|enrarity=Uncommon|ennum=96/123|jpsetlink=HeartGold & SoulSilver|jpset=SoulSilver Collection|jprarity=Uncommon|jpnum=064/070}}
{{cardlist/footer|Trainer}}

==Trivia==
*Music from the Pokégear doesn't stop when the player uses {{m|Surf}}; however, it does stop when the player gets out of the water.
*In HeartGold and SoulSilver, the Pokégear's map displays Ethan's icon's hat with black sides, however the [[Pokédex]] display Ethan's icon's hat with yellow sides. This may be a leftover from conversion from his Generation II design (where the front of his hat was all black and the back was all yellow) to his Generation IV design (where the sides of his hat are black and the middle is yellow).

==Names==
{{langtable|color={{silver color}}|bordercolor={{gold color}}
|de=PokéCom
|en=Pokégear
|es_eu=PokéGear
|fr_eu=PokéMatos
|it=Pokégear
|pl=PokéŁącze
|ja=ポケギア

|zh_cmn=神奇寶貝裝置 ''Shénqíbǎobèi Zhuāngzhì''
}}
{{-}}
{{Menu}} 
{{Project ItemDex notice}}
[[Category:Map equipment]]

[[de:PokéCom]]
[[es:PokéGear]]
[[fr:PokéMatos]]
[[ja:ポケギア]]
[[pt:PokéGear]]
[[it:Pokégear]]

Pokégear

2012-07-31T18:51:51Z

PatPeter: /* Trainer phone listing */ Finish number assignment.

[[File:PokéGear HGSS m.png|thumb|right|Blue Pokégear in HeartGold and SoulSilver]]
[[File:PokéGear HGSS f.png|thumb|Pink Pokégear in HeartGold and SoulSilver]]
'''Pokémon Gear''' (Japanese: '''ポケモンギア''' ''Pokémon Gear''), mostly known as '''Pokégear''' (Japanese: '''ポケギア''' ''Pokégear''), is an electronic device found in [[Johto]]. It looks like a large, advanced wristwatch with the [[Silph Co.]] logo on it. It was first introduced in [[Generation II]]; the [[Hoenn]] region's analog to the Pokégear appears to be the [[PokéNav]], the [[Sinnoh]] counterpart is the [[Pokétch]], and the [[Unova]] counterpart is the [[C-Gear]].

The Pokégear is an important tool for {{pkmn|Trainer}}s, some see it necessary to have one on a Trainer's adventure. The main character of {{game2|Gold|Silver|Crystal}} receives a Pokégear from their mother at the start of their journey. The {{player}} is able to have access to the Pokégear by selecting it from the [[menu]]. At that, it is easy to navigate through the Pokégear by selecting through four different functions located at the top-left of the screen. It displays the map of the region, names of previously fought Trainers, and the current time. It also allows players to call registered Trainers. Certain functions need to be unlocked during the game by receiving special expansion cards.

The Pokégear returns in the Generation IV remakes, {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}. The interface has been completely redesigned, using both screens on the [[Nintendo DS]]. The top will always display the time function on the Pokégear, while the touch screen will display the other different functions of the Pokégear, as well as selecting other functions using the touch screen. The outer aesthetics of the Pokégear have changed abruptly as well. The whole Pokégear is a flip top, while the bottom section of the Pokégear is used to scan special expansion cards to upgrade it with other functions. Its color skin is changeable between blue, pink, a [[Team Rocket]] theme, a Japanese dojo theme, a Pokémon League theme, and teal-and-white with a Silph Co. theme.

==Functions==
[[File:PokeGear.png|thumb|150px|right|Pokégear artwork from [[Generation II]]]]
The Pokégear's functionality comes from the several features and applications that can be installed in it, making it extensible. Many people are willing to give away special expansion cards to upgrade the Pokégear with other functions. In {{game2|Gold|Silver|Crystal}}, there are 4 available functions, two of which are included with the Pokégear. The rest are not available at the start but can be received at a later time.

===Time===
Included in {{game2|Gold|Silver|Crystal}} with the Pokégear, the time function is the most basic feature. The Pokégear will {{wp|digital clock|digitally}} display the time of day using the {{wp|12-hour clock|12-hour AM/PM format}} as well as the day of the week. It runs off the time the {{player}} input at the beginning of the game.

A glitch in Gold and Silver will change the day if the functions are scrolled through; this was addressed in Crystal. A function in Gold and Silver that allowed players to reset the game's time in the title screen was also removed from Crystal.

In {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}, the time will always be displayed on the top screen of the DS. However, unlike in Gold, Silver, and Crystal, the time is displayed using the {{wp|24-hour clock|24-hour format}} instead of the {{wp|12-hour clock|12-hour format}} and runs on the [[Nintendo DS]]'s internal clock, much like the Pokétch. There is also a wireless signal measurement next to the time, though it has no purpose and always displays the same.

<gallery>
File:PokéGearTime.png|The time function in {{3v2|Gold|Silver|Crystal}}
File:PokéGearPhone_HGSS.png‎|The top screen in {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}
</gallery>

===Map===
Obtained after the player receives a map card for the Pokégear after taking a tour of [[Cherrygrove City]] from the Guide Gent, the map function of the Pokégear acts as a [[Town Map]], displaying a map of [[Johto]] and later [[Kanto]] with cities, towns and other important landmarks. It is the most basic of the map devices used by the {{player}}, and is the navigational item for all [[Generation II]] games.

In {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}, the mechanics of the map remain the same, only to have several added features, including the ability to zoom in to display areas of interest, with certain locations having a small flavor text. There is another feature that allows the player to add notes and markings to different locations, to allow the player to make notes about each area about the Pokémon in the area, any [[Apricorn]] or [[Berry]] trees, any special buildings, [[TM]] locations or any other notes. These notes will appear on the top screen when the player highlights that specific area on the map. Like the Marking Map on the [[Pokétch]], it also displays the current locations of all [[Roaming Pokémon]], including {{p|Entei}} and {{p|Raikou}}.

If, in HeartGold and SoulSilver, a non-player character calls the player on the Pokégear phone for a rematch or to give an item, then the Pokégear map will display a small red exclamation point next to the name of the route or location.

<gallery>
File:PokéGearMap.png|The map function in {{3v2|Gold|Silver|Crystal}}, displaying the map for [[Johto]]
File:PokéGearMap HGSS.png|The map function in {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}, displaying the [[Johto]] half of the map
</gallery>

===Phone===
[[File:HGSSPokéGearPhone.png|thumb|left|The phone function in {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}]]
[[File:PokéGearPhone.png|thumb|right|The phone function in [[Generation II]]]]
Included in {{game2|Gold|Silver|Crystal}} with the device, the Pokégear's phone acts like a cellphone, allowing the user to make calls to people that they've traded phone numbers with. This allows the player to talk to other characters and learn information from them, such as battling tips or when rare Pokémon appear. Trainers with whom the player has exchanged numbers may also sometimes call the player to request a rematch, in which they will use higher-level Pokémon than during their initial battle.

The phone can also store numbers of other important people, like the player's [[mom]] or [[Professor Elm]]. Mom will also ring every so often, telling the {{player}} about the money she has saved (if opted for by the player) and occasionally spending that money on decorations for the player's [[bedroom]] or items such as {{DL|Potion|Super Potion}}s for the player. In Generation II, the phone function has a memory bank that can store the numbers for up to ten people.

In {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}, the phone function makes a return and is used in the same way as before, though the interface (like the rest of the Pokégear) can now be controlled with the touch screen in addition to (or as an alternative to) the DS's buttons. In the remakes, the phone has no limit on how many numbers can be stored, though, unlike Generation II, numbers cannot be deleted from it. Also in the remakes, the player now has the option not to answer when someone calls them.

In HeartGold and SoulSilver, Trainers will only begin calling the player for rematches once the player has collected seven Badges and beaten [[Team Rocket]] at the [[Goldenrod Radio Tower|Radio Tower]] in [[Goldenrod City]]. In addition, once the Radio Tower has been saved, the player can call registered Trainers to arrange rematches with them without having to wait for the respective Trainers to call the player. Each Trainer has a specific time during a specific day each week where they will accept a rematch when called; if they are called at any other time of the week, they will use their usual script, and a rematch will not be arranged. When a Trainer is called at the appropriate time, as long as the player is not at the same route or location as the Trainer, they will accept the challenge of a rematch and can then be battled at their original location with higher-level Pokémon at any later point in time (though, once the rematch has taken place, the player will need to call or be called again in order to carry out another rematch). Additionally to further power up the Trainer's team in two additional phases, defeating the Elite Four and later collecting all 16 Badges are the necessary requirements for these powerups as long as each incarnation of that Trainers' team is fought at least once. If a rematch with a Trainer has been arranged but not carried out, a red exclamation point will appear next to the name of the Trainer's location on the Pokégear map (unless it is against a Gym Leader, in which Saffron City will not have the exclamation point).
{{-}}
====Trainer phone listing====
{| class="roundy" align="center" style="background: #73B1B7; border: 5px solid #7A8B8B;"
|-
|
{| border=1 width="100%" align="center" class="sortable" style="background: #FFFFFF; border:1px solid #73B1B7; border-collapse:collapse;"
|- style="background:#73B1B7"
! Person !! Location !! Rematch{{sup|HGSS}} !! Notes
|-
|| [[Mom]]{{tt|*|cannot be removed from phone in Gold, Silver, or Crystal}} || [[New Bark Town]] || || Saves the player's money and buys items.
|-
|| [[Professor Elm]]{{tt|*|cannot be removed from phone in Gold and Silver and Crystal}} || [[New Bark Town]] || || Calls about major events.
|-
|| [[Professor Oak]]{{sup|HGSS}} || [[Pallet Town]] || || Gives phone number when first met at [[Mr. Pokémon]]'s house; call him to have [[Pokédex]] rated
|-
|| Bug Catcher Doug || {{rt|2|Kanto}} || {{sort|41|3=Wednesday morning}}
|-
|| Bug Catcher Rob || {{rt|2|Kanto}} || {{sort|61|3=Friday morning}}
|-
|| Fisher Kyle || {{rt|12|Kanto}} || {{sort|42|3=Wednesday afternoon}}
|-
|| Fisher Kyler || {{rt|12|Kanto}} || {{sort|52|3=Thursday afternoon}}
|-
|| {{tc|Camper}} Tanner || {{rt|13|Kanto}} || {{sort|23|3=Monday night}}
|-
|| Hiker Kenny || {{rt|13|Kanto}} || {{sort|72|3=Saturday afternoon}}
|-
|| {{tc|Young Couple}} Tim & Sue || {{rt|13|Kanto}} || {{sort|62|3=Friday afternoon}}
|-
|| Bird Keeper Josh || {{rt|14|Kanto}} || {{sort|33|3=Tuesday night}} || Gives away {{evostone|Shiny Stone}}s.{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| Schoolboy Torin || {{rt|14|Kanto}} || {{sort|43|3=Wednesday night}}
|-
|| Schoolboy Billy || {{rt|15|Kanto}} || {{sort|63|3=Friday night}}
|-
|| {{tc|Teacher}} Hillary || {{rt|15|Kanto}} || {{sort|53|3=Thursday night}}
|-
|| {{tc|Twins}} Kay & Tia || {{rt|15|Kanto}} || {{sort|73|3=Saturday night}}
|-
|| {{tc|Biker}} Aiden || {{rt|17|Kanto}} || {{sort|21|3=Monday morning}}
|-
|| Biker Ernest || {{rt|17|Kanto}} || {{sort|12|3=Sunday afternoon}}
|-
|| Biker Reese || {{rt|17|Kanto}} || {{sort|13|3=Sunday night}}
|-
|| {{tc|Ace Trainer|Cool Trainer}} Beth{{tt|*|Gold and Silver and Crystal}}/Ace Trainer Jamie{{tt|*|HeartGold and SoulSilver}} || {{rt|26|Kanto}} || {{sort||3=Friday afternoon}}
|-
|| Cool Trainer Gaven || {{rt|26|Kanto}} || {{sort|51|3=Thursday morning}}
|-
|| Cool Trainer Reena || {{rt|27|Kanto}} || {{sort|71|3=Sunday morning}}
|-
|| {{tc|Bird Keeper}} Jose || {{rt|27|Kanto}} || {{sort|63|3=Saturday night}} || Gives away {{DL|Valuable item|Star Piece}}s.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| Youngster [[Joey]] || {{rt|30|Johto}} || {{sort|22|3=Monday afternoon}} || Gives away {{DL|Vitamin|HP Up}}.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| Bug Catcher Wade || {{rt|31|Johto}} || {{sort|33|3=Tuesday night}} || Reminds player of the [[Bug-Catching Contest]]. Gives away [[Berry|Berries]].{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| Fisher Ralph || {{rt|32|Johto}} || {{sort|41|3=Wednesday morning}} || Calls during a {{p|Qwilfish}} swarm.
|-
|| Picnicker Liz || {{rt|32|Johto}} || {{sort|52|3=Thursday afternoon}}
|-
|| {{tc|Hiker}} Anthony || {{rt|33|Johto}} || {{sort|53|3=Friday night}} || Calls during a {{p|Dunsparce}} swarm.
|-
|| Poké Ball Creator [[Kurt]]{{sup|HGSS}} || [[Azalea Town]] ||
|-
|| Camper Todd || {{rt|34|Johto}} || {{sort|71|3=Saturday morning}} || Reminds player of the [[Goldenrod Department Store]]'s [[Goldenrod Department Store#Rooftop|bargain sale]].{{sup|C}}
|-
|| Picnicker Gina || {{rt|34|Johto}} || {{sort|12|3=Sunday afternoon}} ||Gives away {{evostone|Leaf Stone}}s.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| {{tc|Youngster}} Ian || {{rt|34|Johto}} || {{sort|71|3=Saturday morning}}
|-
|| Day Care Lady{{sup|HGSS}} || {{rt|34|Johto}} ||
|-
|| Day Care Man{{sup|HGSS}} || {{rt|34|Johto}} || Calls when Pokémon left at the Daycare produce an Egg if the player wishes him to{{tt|*|After he gives the player a Pokémon egg the first time around.}}
|-
|| Childhood Friend {{ga|Ethan}}/{{ga|Lyra}}{{sup|HGSS}} || [[New Bark Town]] || || Number is obtained from them when first visiting the Daycare Center on {{rt|34|Johto}}; when contacted, they will give information on how certain Pokémon will react to different areas
|-
|| [[Bill]] || [[Goldenrod City]] || || Calls when Bill's PC box is full{{sup|GSC}} or when every box is full.{{sup|HGSS}} Can be called to find out how much space is left in the current box{{sup|GSC}} or the entire storage system{{sup|HGSS}}.
|-
|| [[Buena]] || [[Goldenrod City]] || || Obtainable after getting 30 Blue Card points.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| {{tc|Bug Catcher}} Arnie || {{rt|35|Johto}} || {{sort|31|3=Tuesday morning}} || Calls during a {{p|Yanma}} swarm.
|-
|| {{tc|Firebreather}} Walt || {{rt|35|Johto}} || {{sort|22|3=Monday afternoon}}
|-
|| {{tc|Juggler}} Irwin || {{rt|35|Johto}} ||
|-
|| Lass Krise || [[National Park]] || {{sort|71|3=Sunday morning}}
|-
|| {{tc|Pokéfan}} Beverly || [[National Park]] || || Requires {{p|Marill}} in party{{sup|C}}: Gives away {{DL|Valuable item|Nugget}}s.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| Schoolboy Jack || [[National Park]] || {{sort|21|3=Monday morning}}
|-
|| {{tc|School Boy|Schoolboy}} Alan || {{rt|36|Johto}} || {{sort|42|3=Wednesday afternoon}} || Gives away {{evostone|Fire Stone}}s.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| {{tc|Gentleman}} Alfred || [[Glitter Lighthouse]] || {{sort|32|3=Tuesday afternoon}}
|-
|| {{tc|Sailor}} Huey || [[Glitter Lighthouse]] || {{sort|43|3=Wednesday night}} || Gives away {{DL|Vitamin|Protein}}.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| {{tc|Lass}} Dana || {{rt|38|Johto}} || {{sort|53|3=Thursday night}} || Calls during a {{p|Tauros}} swarm{{sup|GSC}}, and gives away {{evostone|Thunderstone}}s.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| Schoolboy Chad || {{rt|38|Johto}} || {{sort|61|3=Friday morning}} || Calls during a {{p|Snubbull}} swarm.
|-
|| Pokéfan Derek || {{rt|39|Johto}} ||
|-
|| {{tc|Fisherman|Fisher}} Chris{{tt|*|Gold and Silver}}/Tully{{tt|*|Crystal and HeartGold and SoulSilver}} || {{rt|42|Johto}} || Sunday afternoon || Gives away {{evostone|Water Stone}}s.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| Picnicker Tiffany || {{rt|43|Johto}} || {{sort|32|3=Tuesday afternoon}} ||Gives away [[Escape item|Poké Dolls]]{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| {{tc|PokéManiac}} Brent || {{rt|43|Johto}} || {{sort|21|3=Monday morning}}
|-
|| Bird Keeper Vance || {{rt|44|Johto}} || {{sort|43|3=Wednesday night}} || Gives away {{DL|Vitamin|Carbos}}.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| Fisher Wilton || {{rt|44|Johto}} || {{sort|51|3=Thursday morning}} || Calls during a {{p|Remoraid}} swarm{{sup|GS}}{{sup|HGSS}} and gives away various [[Poké Ball]]s.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| {{tc|Black Belt}} Kenji || {{rt|45|Johto}} || {{sort|80|3=Random}} || Gives away {{DL|Vitamin|PP Up}}s during random lunch breaks at noon.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| Hiker Parry || {{rt|45|Johto}} || {{sort|62|3=Friday afternoon}} || Calls during a {{p|Marill}} swarm{{sup|GSC}}{{sup|HGSS}}, and gives away {{DL|Vitamin|Iron}}.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| {{tc|Picnicker}} Erin || {{rt|46|Johto}} || {{sort|73|3=Saturday night}} || Gives away {{DL|Vitamin|Calcium}}{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| Safari Warden [[Baoba]]{{sup|HGSS}} || [[Johto Safari Zone]] || || Gives phone number on {{rt|39|Johto}}
|-
|}
|}

====Gym Leader phone listing====
''See also [[Rematch#Gym Leader phone listing|Gym Leader Phone Listing (sub-section of Gym Leader Rematch)]]''.

The rematch concept is expanded in HeartGold and SoulSilver to allow players to [[Rematch#Pokémon HeartGold and SoulSilver|rematch the Gym Leaders]] of Johto and Kanto. The phone numbers for most of the sixteen Leaders can be obtained after defeating the [[Elite Four]], but rematches with the Gym Leaders cannot be scheduled until the {{Badge|Earth}} has been obtained (i.e {{ga|Blue}} has been defeated). By speaking with them at the appropriate time and place, players can obtain their phone numbers. At a later, specified date, the player can call the Leader and ask for a rematch. The Leader will always accept, and the battle will be fought at [[Saffron City]]'s [[Fighting Dojo]].

{| class="roundy" align="center" style="background: #73B1B7; border: 5px solid #7A8B8B;"
|-
|
{| border=1 width="100%" align="center" class="sortable" style="background: #FFFFFF; border:1px solid #73B1B7; border-collapse:collapse;"
|- style="background:#73B1B7"
! Leader !! Time and Location of Phone Number !! {{color2|000|Time#Generation IV|Time of Battle}}
|-
|| [[Falkner]] || Mondays in the [[Celadon City]] [[Celadon Department Store|Department Store]]; must have beaten Janine; any time || Saturday morning
|-
|| [[Bugsy]] || Thursdays in [[Viridian Forest]]; any time || Thursday afternoon
|-
|| [[Whitney]] || Any day in the [[Goldenrod City]] [[Goldenrod Department Store|Department Store]]; between 12:00 PM to 4:00 PM || Saturday afternoon
|-
|| [[Morty]] || Mondays and Tuesdays on the [[Bell Tower|Bellchime Trail]]; any time || Tuesday night
|-
|| [[Chuck]] || Any day from [[Chuck's wife]]; any time || Wednesday night
|-
|| [[Jasmine]] || Any day in the {{ci|Olivine}} Café; {{DL|Time|Pokémon HeartGold and SoulSilver|between 1:00 PM and 2:00 PM}} || Wednesday afternoon
|-
|| [[Pryce]] || Any morning by the [[Lake of Rage]]; {{DL|Time|Pokémon HeartGold and SoulSilver|between 6:00 AM and 10:00 AM}} || Monday morning
|-
|| [[Clair]] || Any morning in the [[Dragon's Den]]; must have beaten [[Lance]] and her in a double battle; {{DL|Time|Pokémon HeartGold and SoulSilver|between 6:00 AM and 10:00 AM}} || Friday night
|-
|| [[Brock]] || Any day in [[Diglett's Cave]]; must have beaten Blue; {{DL|Time|Pokémon HeartGold and SoulSilver|between 12:00 PM and 3:00 PM}} || Saturday night
|-
|| [[Misty]] || Any day on {{rt|25|Kanto}} (unless {{p|Suicune}} is present); must have beaten Blue; {{DL|Time|Pokémon HeartGold and SoulSilver|between 4:00 PM and 6:00 PM}} || Wednesday morning
|-
|| [[Lt. Surge]] || Any day by the [[Power Plant]] after {{p|Zapdos}} is captured and the player is {{pkmn2|walking}} with a {{p|Pikachu}}; must have beaten Blue; {{DL|Time|Pokémon HeartGold and SoulSilver|between 9:00 AM and 11:00 AM}} || Friday morning
|-
|| [[Erika]] || Saturdays and Sundays by the [[Celadon City]] fountain; must have beaten Blue; between 3:00 PM and 5:00 PM || Sunday morning
|-
|| [[Sabrina]] || Fridays at the [[Olivine City]] harbor; must have S.S. Ticket; any time || Sunday afternoon
|-
|| [[Janine]] || Any evening by the [[Pokémon League Reception Gate]]; {{DL|Time|Pokémon HeartGold and SoulSilver|between 4:00 PM and 6:00 PM}} || Monday afternoon
|-
|| [[Blaine]] || Tuesdays on [[Cinnabar Island]]; must have beaten Blue; any time || Tuesday afternoon
|-
|| {{ga|Blue}} || Any day from [[Daisy Oak]], after having at least seven massages and showing her a Pokémon with full happiness; any time || Sunday night
|-
|}
|}

===Radio===
After acquiring a Radio Card from a quiz host at the [[Goldenrod Radio Tower]], the Radio function of the Pokégear can now be used. It allows the player to tune in to the various radio stations being broadcast from the two Radio Towers in [[Goldenrod Radio Tower|Goldenrod (Johto)]] and [[Lavender Town#Kanto Radio Tower|Lavender (Kanto)]]. When traveling to Kanto, however, the EXPN Card must be obtained from the manager of the Kanto Radio Tower before all Kanto stations can be played in {{v|Crystal}}, and the Poké Flute station can be played in {{game3|Gold and Silver|Gold, Silver,|s}} {{game3|HeartGold and SoulSilver|HeartGold, and SoulSilver|s}} versions.

The Radio usually allows the players to tune in to the local programs, allowing the player to get tips from [[Professor Oak]] and [[DJ Mary]] on Prof. Oak's Pokémon Talk, or to let the player tune in to specific channels such as [[Buena's Password]] to win prizes. However, the Radio is also capable of picking up other signals within its tunable range, thereby occasionally causing weird noises to be heard such as the Mysterious Transmissions coming from the [[Ruins of Alph]], or Team Rocket's evolution-forcing signals near the [[Lake of Rage]].

During Team Rocket's takeover of the Goldenrod Radio Tower, all other stations were being replaced by the Team Rocket Announcement.

The Radio function also works when the Pokégear is not in use, allowing the player to play tunes from a specific radio show when on the move. Some tunes even affect how wild Pokémon appear, notably in HeartGold and SoulSilver, when {{DL|DJ|Ben}} from the [[Pokémon Music Channel]] occasionally broadcasts the {{DL|Pokémon Music Channel|Hoenn Sound}} or {{DL|Pokémon Music Channel|Sinnoh Sound}} to allow the player to attract wild Pokémon native to [[Hoenn]] or [[Sinnoh]].

====Generation II====
[[File:PokéGearRadio.png|240px|thumb|right|The radio interface in {{3v2|Gold|Silver|Crystal}}]]
In Generation II when the Radio was first introduced, the interface features an interactive box at the top right corner, consisting of a number line divided into 'channels' and a slider that is controlled by the left and right buttons. The channels range from 0 to 20.5, and when the slider reaches a correct channel, a program will play (in this case, 4.5 for Prof. Oak's Pokémon Talk). Most of the screen shows the name of the program and a large space for the dialog box to appear.

The following lists the shows available in Generation II:

''See also [[Goldenrod Radio Tower#Broadcasted programs|Broadcasted programs in Goldenrod Radio Tower]].''
{| align="center" width="100%  style="{{roundy|15px}}; background: #{{locationcolor/light|building}}; border: 5px solid #{{locationcolor/dark|building}};"
|-
! Radio shows in Generation II
|-
|
{| class="sortable" cellspacing="2" width="100%" align="center" style="{{roundy|15px}} background:#{{locationcolor/dark|building}}; border:3px solid #{{locationcolor/dark|building}};"
|- style="background:#73B1B7"
! class="roundytl" width=20% style="text-align:center" | Program
! width=10% | Host(s)
! width=10% | Channel
! class="roundytr" width=50% | Description
|- style="background:#FFF"
| [[Pokédex Show]]
| (no host)
| 4.5 (Johto) 4 AM-10 AM only
| A show that broadcasts [[Pokédex]] entries gathered by the player.
|-style="background:#FFF"
| [[Professor Oak's Pokémon Talk]]
| [[DJ Mary|Mary]] and {{prof|Oak}}
| 4.5 (Johto) 10 AM-4 AM only
| Talk show discussing locations where Pokémon can be found.
|-style="background:#FFF"
| [[Pokémon Music Channel|Pokémon Music]]
| {{DL|DJ|Ben}}
| 7.5 (Johto)
| Broadcasts different music of different effects depending on the [[days of the week|day of the week]].
|-style="background:#FFF"
| [[Lucky Channel]]
| {{DL|DJ|Reed}}
| 8.5 (Johto)
| Broadcasts one ID per week; Trainers who come to the welcome center with a Pokémon whose ID is similar will win a prize.
|-style="background:#FFF"
| [[Buena's Password]] (Crystal only)
| [[Buena]]
| 10.5 (Johto)
| Broadcasts one password per night between 6 PM-12 AM; Trainers who come to Buena and recite the password can get points redeemable for prizes.
|-style="background:#FFF"
| Mysterious Transmission (Un(kn)own Radio Station)
| {{p|Unown}}
| 13.5 (Johto)
| Strange noises will play. Only when the player is at [[Ruins of Alph]].
|-style="background:#FFF"
| [[Places and People]]
| {{DL|DJ|Lily}}
| 16.5 (Kanto)
| Talk show discussing [[Kanto]] locations or Trainers the player has faced. Requires EXPN Card in {{game|Crystal}}.
|-style="background:#FFF"
| [[Pokémon Music Channel|Let's All Sing]]
| {{DL|DJ|Fern}}
| 18.5 (Kanto)
| Broadcasts different music of different effects depending on the day of the week. Requires EXPN Card in {{game|Crystal}}.
|-style="background:#FFF"
| [[Poké Flute]]
| (no host)
| 20.0 (Kanto)
| Plays Poké Flute music. Used to awaken {{p|Snorlax}}. Requires EXPN Card.
|-style="background:#FFF"
| Radio Transmission Team Rocket evolution signal
| [[Team Rocket HQ]]
| 20.5 (Johto)
| An eerie tune plays over and over. Only plays in [[Mahogany Town]], {{rt|43|Johto}}, and [[Lake of Rage]]. No longer plays when the player has cleared the Team Rocket HQ.
|- style="background:#FFF"
| class="roundybl" | Team Rocket Announcement
| [[Team Rocket]]
| All stations (Johto)
| class="roundybr" | Plays on all stations once Team Rocket has succeeded in taking over the [[Goldenrod Radio Tower|Radio Tower]]. A Team Rocket executive announces over the airwaves that they have rejoined, and pleads their boss, [[Giovanni]], to come out of hiding and rejoin them. Begins playing once the player has obtained seven Badges; no longer plays when Team Rocket disbands.
|}
|}

====Generation IV====
[[File:PokéGearRadio HGSS.png|240px|thumb|right|The bottom screen of the radio interface in {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}]]
In {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}, the radio function makes a return, but the interface changes much drastically from [[Generation II]]. Most of the dialog and the reception icon is now shown at the top screen, while tuning can be done at the bottom screens. Tuning is done in two ways: moving a rounded indicator around the circular area using the stylus, or by selecting one of the four buttons at the side of the circular area, which directly tunes the radio to a pre-set Radio Station. (The Mysterious Transmission and the Poké Flute have to be manually tuned using the stylus.)

Programs in HeartGold and SoulSilver are now more varied; Prof. Oak's Pokémon Talk will update the player on recent [[Pokémon outbreak|swarm]], while a [[Variety Channel]] features a documentary and radio play. The broadcast timings for [[Buena's Password]] have also been changed, allowing her program to be received for one out of every three hours. Most programs are also not limited to their respective broadcast regions; the four main stations can be heard in both [[Kanto]] and [[Johto]].

The following lists the shows available in Generation IV:
{| align="center" style="{{roundy|15px}} background: #{{heartgold color}}; border: 5px solid #{{heartgold color dark}};"
|-
! Radio shows in Generation IV
|-
|
{| class="roundy" cellspacing="2" cellpadding="4" width="100%" align="center" style="background:#{{soulsilver color dark}}; border:3px solid #{{soulsilver color dark}};"
|- style="background:#{{silver color}}"
! class="roundytl" width=20% style="text-align:center" | Program
! width=10% | Host(s)
! class="roundytr" width=60% | Description
|- style="background:#{{heartgold color light}}"
!colspan="3"| Station 1 (top-left)
|- style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| [[Pokémon Music Channel|Pokémon Music]]
| {{DL|DJ|Ben}}
| Broadcasts different music of different effects depending on the [[days of the week|day of the week]].
|- style="background:#{{heartgold color light}}"
!colspan="3"| Station 2 (top-right)
|- style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| [[Professor Oak's Pokémon Talk]]
| [[DJ Mary|Mary]] and {{prof|Oak}}
| Talk show discussing locations where semi-rare Pokémon can be found. Also broadcasts updates on [[Pokémon outbreak|swarms]] and where Sinnoh/Hoenn and other Pokémon currently reside after receiving the National Pokédex.
|- style="background:#{{heartgold color light}}"
!colspan="3"| Station 3 (bottom-left)
|- style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| [[Street Corner Channel]]
| {{DL|DJ|Snap}}
| Broadcasts a show called "Trainer Profiles", which describes a randomly selected Trainer class. Switches with the Town Channel every hour.
|-style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| [[Town Channel]]
| Unknown
| Broadcasts a show called "That Town, These People" that selects the top 3 landmarks or persons in any given city or town. Switches with the Street Corner Channel every hour.
|- style="background:#{{heartgold color light}}"
!colspan="3"| Station 4 (bottom-right)
|-style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| [[Variety Channel]]
| [[Silver Drama]]
| Broadcasts Pokémon Search party, Serial Radio Drama and the [[Buena's Password]] channel. The three programs rotate on an hourly basis throughout the day.
|-style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| [[Buena's Password]] (part of Variety Channel)
| [[Buena]]
| Broadcasts one password every hour at 2 AM, 5 AM, 8 AM, 11 AM, 2 PM, 5 PM, 8 PM, and 11 PM; Trainers who come to Buena and recite the password can get points redeemable for prizes.
|- style="background:#{{heartgold color light}}"
!colspan="3"| Others (stations that have to be manually tuned, or otherwise)
|-style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| [[Poké Flute]] (manually tuned)
| (no host)
| Plays Poké Flute music that is used to awaken {{p|Snorlax}}. Only plays in Kanto. Requires EXPN Card upgrade. '''Tuning instructions:''' somewhere near the top, above stations 1 and 2.
|-style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| Mysterious Transmission (Un(kn)own Radio Station, manually tuned)
| {{p|Unown}}
| When the player is at the [[Ruins of Alph]], strange noises will play and there will be no reception from other stations. It also increases the chance of encountering an {{p|Unown}} [[Form differences#Unown|shape]] the player has not yet encountered. Sounds similar to the [[Azure Flute]]. '''Tuning instructions:''' somewhere in the center.
|-style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| Radio Transmission (Team Rocket evolution signal)
| [[Team Rocket HQ]]
| An eerie tune plays over and over. Only plays in [[Mahogany Town]], {{rt|43|Johto}}, and [[Lake of Rage]] and causes interference that prevents the radio from tuning in to other stations. No longer plays when the player has cleared the Team Rocket HQ.
|-style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| class="roundybl"| Team Rocket Announcement
| [[Team Rocket]]
| class="roundybr"| Played on all stations after Team Rocket had succeeded in the taking over the [[Goldenrod Radio Tower|Radio Tower]]. A Team Rocket executive announces over the airwaves that they have rejoined, and pleads their boss, [[Giovanni]], to come out of hiding and rejoin them. Begins playing once the player had defeated the seventh Gym leader, no longer plays when Team Rocket disbands.

|}
|}

==In the anime==
[[File:HGSS Pokegear anime.png|200px|right|thumb|Brock's Pokégear]]
In the anime, it is shown that the Pokégear has at least three designs, a black one, a white one, and a pink one. Several characters in the anime own Pokégears:
* {{mov|Lisa}} lent hers to Ash so that he could keep in contact with Professor Oak in ''[[M03|Spell of the Unown]]''.
* A Pokégear under the ownership of [[Jasmine]], the [[Olivine City|Olivine]] [[Gym Leader]] made a brief appearance in ''[[EP208|Fight for the Light]]''.
* {{jo|Jimmy}}, {{jo|Marina}} and [[Vincent]] all own Pokégears. A plot point of ''[[The Legend of Thunder!]]'' is that it includes a tracking system to show where the other Pokégears currently are.
[[File:{{#switch: {{#expr: {{#time: U}} mod 2}}|0=Pokegear|1=Pokegear black}} anime.png|200px|right|thumb|{{#switch: {{#expr: {{#time: U}} mod 2}}|0=Misty's|1=Jimmy's}} Pokégear]]
* {{an|Misty}} also owns one, so that she can keep in contact with [[The Sensational Sisters|her sisters]] at the [[Cerulean Gym]].
* {{an|Lyra}} owns the new version of the Pokégear, and she owns a pink model. Likewise, her friend [[Khoury]] owns a blue model.
* {{an|Brock}} received his own Pokégear at the end of ''[[DP147|Bagged Then Tagged!]]'' when he was given one by [[Khoury's father]]. It has been used fairly regularly by him since then, normally being used by Brock to track the group's location (similar to how [[Max]] did with the [[PokéNav]]).

==In the manga==
===In the Pokémon Adventures manga===
{{incomplete|section}}
The Pokégear is often used in Pokémon Adventures, first appearing in the {{chap|Gold, Silver & Crystal}}. The Pokégear is the Pokémon world's equivalent of a cellular phone, albeit with more functions such as a Map Card. In addition to the [[Johto]] [[Pokédex holder]]s, {{adv|Red}}, {{adv|Blue}}, {{adv|Green}}, and {{adv|Ruby}} also possess one. [[Misty]], [[Erika]], [[Norman]], [[Juan]], [[Wallace]], [[Volkner]], and {{EF|Flint}} are also seen to own a Pokégear.

In addition to its role as a cellular phone, the Pokégear can also be used as a remote control. It played a large role in the development of the [[Masked Man]]; this gadget was used to send signals to his Pokémon so that the Masked Man and his alter ego could be in "two places at one time."

Later in the {{chap|Ruby & Sapphire}}, Ruby explained to Sapphire how a password is needed to operate an aircar, having learned how to do so from his mentor.

==In the TCG==
Both iterations of the PokéGear appear as cards in the [[Pokémon Trading Card Game]].

{{cardlist/header|Related cards|Trainer|char=yes}}
{{cardlist/entry|cardname={{TCG ID|Neo Genesis|PokéGear|88}}|type=Trainer|enset=Neo Genesis|enrarity=Rare|ennum=88/111|jpsetlink=Neo Genesis|jpset=Gold, Silver, to a New World...|jprarity=Rare}}
{{cardlist/entry|cardname={{TCG ID|HeartGold & SoulSilver|Pokégear 3.0|96}}|type=Trainer|enset=HeartGold & SoulSilver|enrarity=Uncommon|ennum=96/123|jpsetlink=HeartGold & SoulSilver|jpset=SoulSilver Collection|jprarity=Uncommon|jpnum=064/070}}
{{cardlist/footer|Trainer}}

==Trivia==
*Music from the Pokégear doesn't stop when the player uses {{m|Surf}}; however, it does stop when the player gets out of the water.
*In HeartGold and SoulSilver, the Pokégear's map displays Ethan's icon's hat with black sides, however the [[Pokédex]] display Ethan's icon's hat with yellow sides. This may be a leftover from conversion from his Generation II design (where the front of his hat was all black and the back was all yellow) to his Generation IV design (where the sides of his hat are black and the middle is yellow).

==Names==
{{langtable|color={{silver color}}|bordercolor={{gold color}}
|de=PokéCom
|en=Pokégear
|es_eu=PokéGear
|fr_eu=PokéMatos
|it=Pokégear
|pl=PokéŁącze
|ja=ポケギア

|zh_cmn=神奇寶貝裝置 ''Shénqíbǎobèi Zhuāngzhì''
}}
{{-}}
{{Menu}} 
{{Project ItemDex notice}}
[[Category:Map equipment]]

[[de:PokéCom]]
[[es:PokéGear]]
[[fr:PokéMatos]]
[[ja:ポケギア]]
[[pt:PokéGear]]
[[it:Pokégear]]

Pokégear

2012-07-31T18:47:18Z

PatPeter: /* Trainer phone listing */ Fix template and save.

[[File:PokéGear HGSS m.png|thumb|right|Blue Pokégear in HeartGold and SoulSilver]]
[[File:PokéGear HGSS f.png|thumb|Pink Pokégear in HeartGold and SoulSilver]]
'''Pokémon Gear''' (Japanese: '''ポケモンギア''' ''Pokémon Gear''), mostly known as '''Pokégear''' (Japanese: '''ポケギア''' ''Pokégear''), is an electronic device found in [[Johto]]. It looks like a large, advanced wristwatch with the [[Silph Co.]] logo on it. It was first introduced in [[Generation II]]; the [[Hoenn]] region's analog to the Pokégear appears to be the [[PokéNav]], the [[Sinnoh]] counterpart is the [[Pokétch]], and the [[Unova]] counterpart is the [[C-Gear]].

The Pokégear is an important tool for {{pkmn|Trainer}}s, some see it necessary to have one on a Trainer's adventure. The main character of {{game2|Gold|Silver|Crystal}} receives a Pokégear from their mother at the start of their journey. The {{player}} is able to have access to the Pokégear by selecting it from the [[menu]]. At that, it is easy to navigate through the Pokégear by selecting through four different functions located at the top-left of the screen. It displays the map of the region, names of previously fought Trainers, and the current time. It also allows players to call registered Trainers. Certain functions need to be unlocked during the game by receiving special expansion cards.

The Pokégear returns in the Generation IV remakes, {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}. The interface has been completely redesigned, using both screens on the [[Nintendo DS]]. The top will always display the time function on the Pokégear, while the touch screen will display the other different functions of the Pokégear, as well as selecting other functions using the touch screen. The outer aesthetics of the Pokégear have changed abruptly as well. The whole Pokégear is a flip top, while the bottom section of the Pokégear is used to scan special expansion cards to upgrade it with other functions. Its color skin is changeable between blue, pink, a [[Team Rocket]] theme, a Japanese dojo theme, a Pokémon League theme, and teal-and-white with a Silph Co. theme.

==Functions==
[[File:PokeGear.png|thumb|150px|right|Pokégear artwork from [[Generation II]]]]
The Pokégear's functionality comes from the several features and applications that can be installed in it, making it extensible. Many people are willing to give away special expansion cards to upgrade the Pokégear with other functions. In {{game2|Gold|Silver|Crystal}}, there are 4 available functions, two of which are included with the Pokégear. The rest are not available at the start but can be received at a later time.

===Time===
Included in {{game2|Gold|Silver|Crystal}} with the Pokégear, the time function is the most basic feature. The Pokégear will {{wp|digital clock|digitally}} display the time of day using the {{wp|12-hour clock|12-hour AM/PM format}} as well as the day of the week. It runs off the time the {{player}} input at the beginning of the game.

A glitch in Gold and Silver will change the day if the functions are scrolled through; this was addressed in Crystal. A function in Gold and Silver that allowed players to reset the game's time in the title screen was also removed from Crystal.

In {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}, the time will always be displayed on the top screen of the DS. However, unlike in Gold, Silver, and Crystal, the time is displayed using the {{wp|24-hour clock|24-hour format}} instead of the {{wp|12-hour clock|12-hour format}} and runs on the [[Nintendo DS]]'s internal clock, much like the Pokétch. There is also a wireless signal measurement next to the time, though it has no purpose and always displays the same.

<gallery>
File:PokéGearTime.png|The time function in {{3v2|Gold|Silver|Crystal}}
File:PokéGearPhone_HGSS.png‎|The top screen in {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}
</gallery>

===Map===
Obtained after the player receives a map card for the Pokégear after taking a tour of [[Cherrygrove City]] from the Guide Gent, the map function of the Pokégear acts as a [[Town Map]], displaying a map of [[Johto]] and later [[Kanto]] with cities, towns and other important landmarks. It is the most basic of the map devices used by the {{player}}, and is the navigational item for all [[Generation II]] games.

In {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}, the mechanics of the map remain the same, only to have several added features, including the ability to zoom in to display areas of interest, with certain locations having a small flavor text. There is another feature that allows the player to add notes and markings to different locations, to allow the player to make notes about each area about the Pokémon in the area, any [[Apricorn]] or [[Berry]] trees, any special buildings, [[TM]] locations or any other notes. These notes will appear on the top screen when the player highlights that specific area on the map. Like the Marking Map on the [[Pokétch]], it also displays the current locations of all [[Roaming Pokémon]], including {{p|Entei}} and {{p|Raikou}}.

If, in HeartGold and SoulSilver, a non-player character calls the player on the Pokégear phone for a rematch or to give an item, then the Pokégear map will display a small red exclamation point next to the name of the route or location.

<gallery>
File:PokéGearMap.png|The map function in {{3v2|Gold|Silver|Crystal}}, displaying the map for [[Johto]]
File:PokéGearMap HGSS.png|The map function in {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}, displaying the [[Johto]] half of the map
</gallery>

===Phone===
[[File:HGSSPokéGearPhone.png|thumb|left|The phone function in {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}]]
[[File:PokéGearPhone.png|thumb|right|The phone function in [[Generation II]]]]
Included in {{game2|Gold|Silver|Crystal}} with the device, the Pokégear's phone acts like a cellphone, allowing the user to make calls to people that they've traded phone numbers with. This allows the player to talk to other characters and learn information from them, such as battling tips or when rare Pokémon appear. Trainers with whom the player has exchanged numbers may also sometimes call the player to request a rematch, in which they will use higher-level Pokémon than during their initial battle.

The phone can also store numbers of other important people, like the player's [[mom]] or [[Professor Elm]]. Mom will also ring every so often, telling the {{player}} about the money she has saved (if opted for by the player) and occasionally spending that money on decorations for the player's [[bedroom]] or items such as {{DL|Potion|Super Potion}}s for the player. In Generation II, the phone function has a memory bank that can store the numbers for up to ten people.

In {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}, the phone function makes a return and is used in the same way as before, though the interface (like the rest of the Pokégear) can now be controlled with the touch screen in addition to (or as an alternative to) the DS's buttons. In the remakes, the phone has no limit on how many numbers can be stored, though, unlike Generation II, numbers cannot be deleted from it. Also in the remakes, the player now has the option not to answer when someone calls them.

In HeartGold and SoulSilver, Trainers will only begin calling the player for rematches once the player has collected seven Badges and beaten [[Team Rocket]] at the [[Goldenrod Radio Tower|Radio Tower]] in [[Goldenrod City]]. In addition, once the Radio Tower has been saved, the player can call registered Trainers to arrange rematches with them without having to wait for the respective Trainers to call the player. Each Trainer has a specific time during a specific day each week where they will accept a rematch when called; if they are called at any other time of the week, they will use their usual script, and a rematch will not be arranged. When a Trainer is called at the appropriate time, as long as the player is not at the same route or location as the Trainer, they will accept the challenge of a rematch and can then be battled at their original location with higher-level Pokémon at any later point in time (though, once the rematch has taken place, the player will need to call or be called again in order to carry out another rematch). Additionally to further power up the Trainer's team in two additional phases, defeating the Elite Four and later collecting all 16 Badges are the necessary requirements for these powerups as long as each incarnation of that Trainers' team is fought at least once. If a rematch with a Trainer has been arranged but not carried out, a red exclamation point will appear next to the name of the Trainer's location on the Pokégear map (unless it is against a Gym Leader, in which Saffron City will not have the exclamation point).
{{-}}
====Trainer phone listing====
{| class="roundy" align="center" style="background: #73B1B7; border: 5px solid #7A8B8B;"
|-
|
{| border=1 width="100%" align="center" class="sortable" style="background: #FFFFFF; border:1px solid #73B1B7; border-collapse:collapse;"
|- style="background:#73B1B7"
! Person !! Location !! Rematch{{sup|HGSS}} !! Notes
|-
|| [[Mom]]{{tt|*|cannot be removed from phone in Gold, Silver, or Crystal}} || [[New Bark Town]] || || Saves the player's money and buys items.
|-
|| [[Professor Elm]]{{tt|*|cannot be removed from phone in Gold and Silver and Crystal}} || [[New Bark Town]] || || Calls about major events.
|-
|| [[Professor Oak]]{{sup|HGSS}} || [[Pallet Town]] || || Gives phone number when first met at [[Mr. Pokémon]]'s house; call him to have [[Pokédex]] rated
|-
|| Bug Catcher Doug || {{rt|2|Kanto}} || {{sort|41|3=Wednesday morning}}
|-
|| Bug Catcher Rob || {{rt|2|Kanto}} || {{sort|61|3=Friday morning}}
|-
|| Fisher Kyle || {{rt|12|Kanto}} || {{sort|42|3=Wednesday afternoon}}
|-
|| Fisher Kyler || {{rt|12|Kanto}} || {{sort|52|3=Thursday afternoon}}
|-
|| {{tc|Camper}} Tanner || {{rt|13|Kanto}} || {{sort|23|3=Monday night}}
|-
|| Hiker Kenny || {{rt|13|Kanto}} || {{sort|72|3=Saturday afternoon}}
|-
|| {{tc|Young Couple}} Tim & Sue || {{rt|13|Kanto}} || {{sort|62|3=Friday afternoon}}
|-
|| Bird Keeper Josh || {{rt|14|Kanto}} || {{sort||3=Tuesday night}} || Gives away {{evostone|Shiny Stone}}s.{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| Schoolboy Torin || {{rt|14|Kanto}} || {{sort||3=Wednesday night}}
|-
|| Schoolboy Billy || {{rt|15|Kanto}} || {{sort||3=Friday night}}
|-
|| {{tc|Teacher}} Hillary || {{rt|15|Kanto}} || {{sort||3=Thursday night}}
|-
|| {{tc|Twins}} Kay & Tia || {{rt|15|Kanto}} || {{sort||3=Saturday night}}
|-
|| {{tc|Biker}} Aiden || {{rt|17|Kanto}} || {{sort||3=Monday morning}}
|-
|| Biker Ernest || {{rt|17|Kanto}} || {{sort||3=Sunday afternoon}}
|-
|| Biker Reese || {{rt|17|Kanto}} || {{sort||3=Sunday night}}
|-
|| {{tc|Ace Trainer|Cool Trainer}} Beth{{tt|*|Gold and Silver and Crystal}}/Ace Trainer Jamie{{tt|*|HeartGold and SoulSilver}} || {{rt|26|Kanto}} || {{sort||3=Friday afternoon}}
|-
|| Cool Trainer Gaven || {{rt|26|Kanto}} || {{sort||3=Thursday morning}}
|-
|| Cool Trainer Reena || {{rt|27|Kanto}} || {{sort||3=Sunday morning}}
|-
|| {{tc|Bird Keeper}} Jose || {{rt|27|Kanto}} || {{sort||3=Saturday night}} || Gives away {{DL|Valuable item|Star Piece}}s.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| Youngster [[Joey]] || {{rt|30|Johto}} || {{sort||3=Monday afternoon}} || Gives away {{DL|Vitamin|HP Up}}.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| Bug Catcher Wade || {{rt|31|Johto}} || {{sort||3=Tuesday night}} || Reminds player of the [[Bug-Catching Contest]]. Gives away [[Berry|Berries]].{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| Fisher Ralph || {{rt|32|Johto}} || {{sort||3=Wednesday morning}} || Calls during a {{p|Qwilfish}} swarm.
|-
|| Picnicker Liz || {{rt|32|Johto}} || {{sort||3=Thursday afternoon}}
|-
|| {{tc|Hiker}} Anthony || {{rt|33|Johto}} || {{sort||3=Friday night}} || Calls during a {{p|Dunsparce}} swarm.
|-
|| Poké Ball Creator [[Kurt]]{{sup|HGSS}} || [[Azalea Town]] ||
|-
|| Camper Todd || {{rt|34|Johto}} || {{sort||3=Saturday morning}} || Reminds player of the [[Goldenrod Department Store]]'s [[Goldenrod Department Store#Rooftop|bargain sale]].{{sup|C}}
|-
|| Picnicker Gina || {{rt|34|Johto}} || {{sort||3=Sunday afternoon}} ||Gives away {{evostone|Leaf Stone}}s.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| {{tc|Youngster}} Ian || {{rt|34|Johto}} || {{sort||3=Saturday morning}}
|-
|| Day Care Lady{{sup|HGSS}} || {{rt|34|Johto}} ||
|-
|| Day Care Man{{sup|HGSS}} || {{rt|34|Johto}} || Calls when Pokémon left at the Daycare produce an Egg if the player wishes him to{{tt|*|After he gives the player a Pokémon egg the first time around.}}
|-
|| Childhood Friend {{ga|Ethan}}/{{ga|Lyra}}{{sup|HGSS}} || [[New Bark Town]] || || Number is obtained from them when first visiting the Daycare Center on {{rt|34|Johto}}; when contacted, they will give information on how certain Pokémon will react to different areas
|-
|| [[Bill]] || [[Goldenrod City]] || || Calls when Bill's PC box is full{{sup|GSC}} or when every box is full.{{sup|HGSS}} Can be called to find out how much space is left in the current box{{sup|GSC}} or the entire storage system{{sup|HGSS}}.
|-
|| [[Buena]] || [[Goldenrod City]] || || Obtainable after getting 30 Blue Card points.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| {{tc|Bug Catcher}} Arnie || {{rt|35|Johto}} || {{sort||3=Tuesday morning}} || Calls during a {{p|Yanma}} swarm.
|-
|| {{tc|Firebreather}} Walt || {{rt|35|Johto}} || {{sort||3=Monday afternoon}}
|-
|| {{tc|Juggler}} Irwin || {{rt|35|Johto}} ||
|-
|| Lass Krise || [[National Park]] || {{sort||3=Sunday morning}}
|-
|| {{tc|Pokéfan}} Beverly || [[National Park]] || || Requires {{p|Marill}} in party{{sup|C}}: Gives away {{DL|Valuable item|Nugget}}s.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| Schoolboy Jack || [[National Park]] || {{sort||3=Monday morning}}
|-
|| {{tc|School Boy|Schoolboy}} Alan || {{rt|36|Johto}} || Wednesday afternoon}} || Gives away {{evostone|Fire Stone}}s.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| {{tc|Gentleman}} Alfred || [[Glitter Lighthouse]] || {{sort||3=Tuesday afternoon}}
|-
|| {{tc|Sailor}} Huey || [[Glitter Lighthouse]] || {{sort||3=Wednesday night}} || Gives away {{DL|Vitamin|Protein}}.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| {{tc|Lass}} Dana || {{rt|38|Johto}} || {{sort||3=Thursday night}} || Calls during a {{p|Tauros}} swarm{{sup|GSC}}, and gives away {{evostone|Thunderstone}}s.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| Schoolboy Chad || {{rt|38|Johto}} || {{sort||3=Friday morning}} || Calls during a {{p|Snubbull}} swarm.
|-
|| Pokéfan Derek || {{rt|39|Johto}} ||
|-
|| {{tc|Fisherman|Fisher}} Chris{{tt|*|Gold and Silver}}/Tully{{tt|*|Crystal and HeartGold and SoulSilver}} || {{rt|42|Johto}} || Sunday afternoon || Gives away {{evostone|Water Stone}}s.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| Picnicker Tiffany || {{rt|43|Johto}} || {{sort||3=Tuesday afternoon}} ||Gives away [[Escape item|Poké Dolls]]{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| {{tc|PokéManiac}} Brent || {{rt|43|Johto}} || {{sort||3=Monday morning}}
|-
|| Bird Keeper Vance || {{rt|44|Johto}} || {{sort||3=Wednesday night}} || Gives away {{DL|Vitamin|Carbos}}.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| Fisher Wilton || {{rt|44|Johto}} || {{sort||3=Thursday morning}} || Calls during a {{p|Remoraid}} swarm{{sup|GS}}{{sup|HGSS}} and gives away various [[Poké Ball]]s.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| {{tc|Black Belt}} Kenji || {{rt|45|Johto}} || Random || Gives away {{DL|Vitamin|PP Up}}s during random lunch breaks at noon.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| Hiker Parry || {{rt|45|Johto}} || {{sort||3=Friday afternoon}} || Calls during a {{p|Marill}} swarm{{sup|GSC}}{{sup|HGSS}}, and gives away {{DL|Vitamin|Iron}}.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| {{tc|Picnicker}} Erin || {{rt|46|Johto}} || {{sort||3=Saturday night}} || Gives away {{DL|Vitamin|Calcium}}{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| Safari Warden [[Baoba]]{{sup|HGSS}} || [[Johto Safari Zone]] || || Gives phone number on {{rt|39|Johto}}
|-
|}
|}

====Gym Leader phone listing====
''See also [[Rematch#Gym Leader phone listing|Gym Leader Phone Listing (sub-section of Gym Leader Rematch)]]''.

The rematch concept is expanded in HeartGold and SoulSilver to allow players to [[Rematch#Pokémon HeartGold and SoulSilver|rematch the Gym Leaders]] of Johto and Kanto. The phone numbers for most of the sixteen Leaders can be obtained after defeating the [[Elite Four]], but rematches with the Gym Leaders cannot be scheduled until the {{Badge|Earth}} has been obtained (i.e {{ga|Blue}} has been defeated). By speaking with them at the appropriate time and place, players can obtain their phone numbers. At a later, specified date, the player can call the Leader and ask for a rematch. The Leader will always accept, and the battle will be fought at [[Saffron City]]'s [[Fighting Dojo]].

{| class="roundy" align="center" style="background: #73B1B7; border: 5px solid #7A8B8B;"
|-
|
{| border=1 width="100%" align="center" class="sortable" style="background: #FFFFFF; border:1px solid #73B1B7; border-collapse:collapse;"
|- style="background:#73B1B7"
! Leader !! Time and Location of Phone Number !! {{color2|000|Time#Generation IV|Time of Battle}}
|-
|| [[Falkner]] || Mondays in the [[Celadon City]] [[Celadon Department Store|Department Store]]; must have beaten Janine; any time || Saturday morning
|-
|| [[Bugsy]] || Thursdays in [[Viridian Forest]]; any time || Thursday afternoon
|-
|| [[Whitney]] || Any day in the [[Goldenrod City]] [[Goldenrod Department Store|Department Store]]; between 12:00 PM to 4:00 PM || Saturday afternoon
|-
|| [[Morty]] || Mondays and Tuesdays on the [[Bell Tower|Bellchime Trail]]; any time || Tuesday night
|-
|| [[Chuck]] || Any day from [[Chuck's wife]]; any time || Wednesday night
|-
|| [[Jasmine]] || Any day in the {{ci|Olivine}} Café; {{DL|Time|Pokémon HeartGold and SoulSilver|between 1:00 PM and 2:00 PM}} || Wednesday afternoon
|-
|| [[Pryce]] || Any morning by the [[Lake of Rage]]; {{DL|Time|Pokémon HeartGold and SoulSilver|between 6:00 AM and 10:00 AM}} || Monday morning
|-
|| [[Clair]] || Any morning in the [[Dragon's Den]]; must have beaten [[Lance]] and her in a double battle; {{DL|Time|Pokémon HeartGold and SoulSilver|between 6:00 AM and 10:00 AM}} || Friday night
|-
|| [[Brock]] || Any day in [[Diglett's Cave]]; must have beaten Blue; {{DL|Time|Pokémon HeartGold and SoulSilver|between 12:00 PM and 3:00 PM}} || Saturday night
|-
|| [[Misty]] || Any day on {{rt|25|Kanto}} (unless {{p|Suicune}} is present); must have beaten Blue; {{DL|Time|Pokémon HeartGold and SoulSilver|between 4:00 PM and 6:00 PM}} || Wednesday morning
|-
|| [[Lt. Surge]] || Any day by the [[Power Plant]] after {{p|Zapdos}} is captured and the player is {{pkmn2|walking}} with a {{p|Pikachu}}; must have beaten Blue; {{DL|Time|Pokémon HeartGold and SoulSilver|between 9:00 AM and 11:00 AM}} || Friday morning
|-
|| [[Erika]] || Saturdays and Sundays by the [[Celadon City]] fountain; must have beaten Blue; between 3:00 PM and 5:00 PM || Sunday morning
|-
|| [[Sabrina]] || Fridays at the [[Olivine City]] harbor; must have S.S. Ticket; any time || Sunday afternoon
|-
|| [[Janine]] || Any evening by the [[Pokémon League Reception Gate]]; {{DL|Time|Pokémon HeartGold and SoulSilver|between 4:00 PM and 6:00 PM}} || Monday afternoon
|-
|| [[Blaine]] || Tuesdays on [[Cinnabar Island]]; must have beaten Blue; any time || Tuesday afternoon
|-
|| {{ga|Blue}} || Any day from [[Daisy Oak]], after having at least seven massages and showing her a Pokémon with full happiness; any time || Sunday night
|-
|}
|}

===Radio===
After acquiring a Radio Card from a quiz host at the [[Goldenrod Radio Tower]], the Radio function of the Pokégear can now be used. It allows the player to tune in to the various radio stations being broadcast from the two Radio Towers in [[Goldenrod Radio Tower|Goldenrod (Johto)]] and [[Lavender Town#Kanto Radio Tower|Lavender (Kanto)]]. When traveling to Kanto, however, the EXPN Card must be obtained from the manager of the Kanto Radio Tower before all Kanto stations can be played in {{v|Crystal}}, and the Poké Flute station can be played in {{game3|Gold and Silver|Gold, Silver,|s}} {{game3|HeartGold and SoulSilver|HeartGold, and SoulSilver|s}} versions.

The Radio usually allows the players to tune in to the local programs, allowing the player to get tips from [[Professor Oak]] and [[DJ Mary]] on Prof. Oak's Pokémon Talk, or to let the player tune in to specific channels such as [[Buena's Password]] to win prizes. However, the Radio is also capable of picking up other signals within its tunable range, thereby occasionally causing weird noises to be heard such as the Mysterious Transmissions coming from the [[Ruins of Alph]], or Team Rocket's evolution-forcing signals near the [[Lake of Rage]].

During Team Rocket's takeover of the Goldenrod Radio Tower, all other stations were being replaced by the Team Rocket Announcement.

The Radio function also works when the Pokégear is not in use, allowing the player to play tunes from a specific radio show when on the move. Some tunes even affect how wild Pokémon appear, notably in HeartGold and SoulSilver, when {{DL|DJ|Ben}} from the [[Pokémon Music Channel]] occasionally broadcasts the {{DL|Pokémon Music Channel|Hoenn Sound}} or {{DL|Pokémon Music Channel|Sinnoh Sound}} to allow the player to attract wild Pokémon native to [[Hoenn]] or [[Sinnoh]].

====Generation II====
[[File:PokéGearRadio.png|240px|thumb|right|The radio interface in {{3v2|Gold|Silver|Crystal}}]]
In Generation II when the Radio was first introduced, the interface features an interactive box at the top right corner, consisting of a number line divided into 'channels' and a slider that is controlled by the left and right buttons. The channels range from 0 to 20.5, and when the slider reaches a correct channel, a program will play (in this case, 4.5 for Prof. Oak's Pokémon Talk). Most of the screen shows the name of the program and a large space for the dialog box to appear.

The following lists the shows available in Generation II:

''See also [[Goldenrod Radio Tower#Broadcasted programs|Broadcasted programs in Goldenrod Radio Tower]].''
{| align="center" width="100%  style="{{roundy|15px}}; background: #{{locationcolor/light|building}}; border: 5px solid #{{locationcolor/dark|building}};"
|-
! Radio shows in Generation II
|-
|
{| class="sortable" cellspacing="2" width="100%" align="center" style="{{roundy|15px}} background:#{{locationcolor/dark|building}}; border:3px solid #{{locationcolor/dark|building}};"
|- style="background:#73B1B7"
! class="roundytl" width=20% style="text-align:center" | Program
! width=10% | Host(s)
! width=10% | Channel
! class="roundytr" width=50% | Description
|- style="background:#FFF"
| [[Pokédex Show]]
| (no host)
| 4.5 (Johto) 4 AM-10 AM only
| A show that broadcasts [[Pokédex]] entries gathered by the player.
|-style="background:#FFF"
| [[Professor Oak's Pokémon Talk]]
| [[DJ Mary|Mary]] and {{prof|Oak}}
| 4.5 (Johto) 10 AM-4 AM only
| Talk show discussing locations where Pokémon can be found.
|-style="background:#FFF"
| [[Pokémon Music Channel|Pokémon Music]]
| {{DL|DJ|Ben}}
| 7.5 (Johto)
| Broadcasts different music of different effects depending on the [[days of the week|day of the week]].
|-style="background:#FFF"
| [[Lucky Channel]]
| {{DL|DJ|Reed}}
| 8.5 (Johto)
| Broadcasts one ID per week; Trainers who come to the welcome center with a Pokémon whose ID is similar will win a prize.
|-style="background:#FFF"
| [[Buena's Password]] (Crystal only)
| [[Buena]]
| 10.5 (Johto)
| Broadcasts one password per night between 6 PM-12 AM; Trainers who come to Buena and recite the password can get points redeemable for prizes.
|-style="background:#FFF"
| Mysterious Transmission (Un(kn)own Radio Station)
| {{p|Unown}}
| 13.5 (Johto)
| Strange noises will play. Only when the player is at [[Ruins of Alph]].
|-style="background:#FFF"
| [[Places and People]]
| {{DL|DJ|Lily}}
| 16.5 (Kanto)
| Talk show discussing [[Kanto]] locations or Trainers the player has faced. Requires EXPN Card in {{game|Crystal}}.
|-style="background:#FFF"
| [[Pokémon Music Channel|Let's All Sing]]
| {{DL|DJ|Fern}}
| 18.5 (Kanto)
| Broadcasts different music of different effects depending on the day of the week. Requires EXPN Card in {{game|Crystal}}.
|-style="background:#FFF"
| [[Poké Flute]]
| (no host)
| 20.0 (Kanto)
| Plays Poké Flute music. Used to awaken {{p|Snorlax}}. Requires EXPN Card.
|-style="background:#FFF"
| Radio Transmission Team Rocket evolution signal
| [[Team Rocket HQ]]
| 20.5 (Johto)
| An eerie tune plays over and over. Only plays in [[Mahogany Town]], {{rt|43|Johto}}, and [[Lake of Rage]]. No longer plays when the player has cleared the Team Rocket HQ.
|- style="background:#FFF"
| class="roundybl" | Team Rocket Announcement
| [[Team Rocket]]
| All stations (Johto)
| class="roundybr" | Plays on all stations once Team Rocket has succeeded in taking over the [[Goldenrod Radio Tower|Radio Tower]]. A Team Rocket executive announces over the airwaves that they have rejoined, and pleads their boss, [[Giovanni]], to come out of hiding and rejoin them. Begins playing once the player has obtained seven Badges; no longer plays when Team Rocket disbands.
|}
|}

====Generation IV====
[[File:PokéGearRadio HGSS.png|240px|thumb|right|The bottom screen of the radio interface in {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}]]
In {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}, the radio function makes a return, but the interface changes much drastically from [[Generation II]]. Most of the dialog and the reception icon is now shown at the top screen, while tuning can be done at the bottom screens. Tuning is done in two ways: moving a rounded indicator around the circular area using the stylus, or by selecting one of the four buttons at the side of the circular area, which directly tunes the radio to a pre-set Radio Station. (The Mysterious Transmission and the Poké Flute have to be manually tuned using the stylus.)

Programs in HeartGold and SoulSilver are now more varied; Prof. Oak's Pokémon Talk will update the player on recent [[Pokémon outbreak|swarm]], while a [[Variety Channel]] features a documentary and radio play. The broadcast timings for [[Buena's Password]] have also been changed, allowing her program to be received for one out of every three hours. Most programs are also not limited to their respective broadcast regions; the four main stations can be heard in both [[Kanto]] and [[Johto]].

The following lists the shows available in Generation IV:
{| align="center" style="{{roundy|15px}} background: #{{heartgold color}}; border: 5px solid #{{heartgold color dark}};"
|-
! Radio shows in Generation IV
|-
|
{| class="roundy" cellspacing="2" cellpadding="4" width="100%" align="center" style="background:#{{soulsilver color dark}}; border:3px solid #{{soulsilver color dark}};"
|- style="background:#{{silver color}}"
! class="roundytl" width=20% style="text-align:center" | Program
! width=10% | Host(s)
! class="roundytr" width=60% | Description
|- style="background:#{{heartgold color light}}"
!colspan="3"| Station 1 (top-left)
|- style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| [[Pokémon Music Channel|Pokémon Music]]
| {{DL|DJ|Ben}}
| Broadcasts different music of different effects depending on the [[days of the week|day of the week]].
|- style="background:#{{heartgold color light}}"
!colspan="3"| Station 2 (top-right)
|- style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| [[Professor Oak's Pokémon Talk]]
| [[DJ Mary|Mary]] and {{prof|Oak}}
| Talk show discussing locations where semi-rare Pokémon can be found. Also broadcasts updates on [[Pokémon outbreak|swarms]] and where Sinnoh/Hoenn and other Pokémon currently reside after receiving the National Pokédex.
|- style="background:#{{heartgold color light}}"
!colspan="3"| Station 3 (bottom-left)
|- style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| [[Street Corner Channel]]
| {{DL|DJ|Snap}}
| Broadcasts a show called "Trainer Profiles", which describes a randomly selected Trainer class. Switches with the Town Channel every hour.
|-style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| [[Town Channel]]
| Unknown
| Broadcasts a show called "That Town, These People" that selects the top 3 landmarks or persons in any given city or town. Switches with the Street Corner Channel every hour.
|- style="background:#{{heartgold color light}}"
!colspan="3"| Station 4 (bottom-right)
|-style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| [[Variety Channel]]
| [[Silver Drama]]
| Broadcasts Pokémon Search party, Serial Radio Drama and the [[Buena's Password]] channel. The three programs rotate on an hourly basis throughout the day.
|-style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| [[Buena's Password]] (part of Variety Channel)
| [[Buena]]
| Broadcasts one password every hour at 2 AM, 5 AM, 8 AM, 11 AM, 2 PM, 5 PM, 8 PM, and 11 PM; Trainers who come to Buena and recite the password can get points redeemable for prizes.
|- style="background:#{{heartgold color light}}"
!colspan="3"| Others (stations that have to be manually tuned, or otherwise)
|-style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| [[Poké Flute]] (manually tuned)
| (no host)
| Plays Poké Flute music that is used to awaken {{p|Snorlax}}. Only plays in Kanto. Requires EXPN Card upgrade. '''Tuning instructions:''' somewhere near the top, above stations 1 and 2.
|-style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| Mysterious Transmission (Un(kn)own Radio Station, manually tuned)
| {{p|Unown}}
| When the player is at the [[Ruins of Alph]], strange noises will play and there will be no reception from other stations. It also increases the chance of encountering an {{p|Unown}} [[Form differences#Unown|shape]] the player has not yet encountered. Sounds similar to the [[Azure Flute]]. '''Tuning instructions:''' somewhere in the center.
|-style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| Radio Transmission (Team Rocket evolution signal)
| [[Team Rocket HQ]]
| An eerie tune plays over and over. Only plays in [[Mahogany Town]], {{rt|43|Johto}}, and [[Lake of Rage]] and causes interference that prevents the radio from tuning in to other stations. No longer plays when the player has cleared the Team Rocket HQ.
|-style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| class="roundybl"| Team Rocket Announcement
| [[Team Rocket]]
| class="roundybr"| Played on all stations after Team Rocket had succeeded in the taking over the [[Goldenrod Radio Tower|Radio Tower]]. A Team Rocket executive announces over the airwaves that they have rejoined, and pleads their boss, [[Giovanni]], to come out of hiding and rejoin them. Begins playing once the player had defeated the seventh Gym leader, no longer plays when Team Rocket disbands.

|}
|}

==In the anime==
[[File:HGSS Pokegear anime.png|200px|right|thumb|Brock's Pokégear]]
In the anime, it is shown that the Pokégear has at least three designs, a black one, a white one, and a pink one. Several characters in the anime own Pokégears:
* {{mov|Lisa}} lent hers to Ash so that he could keep in contact with Professor Oak in ''[[M03|Spell of the Unown]]''.
* A Pokégear under the ownership of [[Jasmine]], the [[Olivine City|Olivine]] [[Gym Leader]] made a brief appearance in ''[[EP208|Fight for the Light]]''.
* {{jo|Jimmy}}, {{jo|Marina}} and [[Vincent]] all own Pokégears. A plot point of ''[[The Legend of Thunder!]]'' is that it includes a tracking system to show where the other Pokégears currently are.
[[File:{{#switch: {{#expr: {{#time: U}} mod 2}}|0=Pokegear|1=Pokegear black}} anime.png|200px|right|thumb|{{#switch: {{#expr: {{#time: U}} mod 2}}|0=Misty's|1=Jimmy's}} Pokégear]]
* {{an|Misty}} also owns one, so that she can keep in contact with [[The Sensational Sisters|her sisters]] at the [[Cerulean Gym]].
* {{an|Lyra}} owns the new version of the Pokégear, and she owns a pink model. Likewise, her friend [[Khoury]] owns a blue model.
* {{an|Brock}} received his own Pokégear at the end of ''[[DP147|Bagged Then Tagged!]]'' when he was given one by [[Khoury's father]]. It has been used fairly regularly by him since then, normally being used by Brock to track the group's location (similar to how [[Max]] did with the [[PokéNav]]).

==In the manga==
===In the Pokémon Adventures manga===
{{incomplete|section}}
The Pokégear is often used in Pokémon Adventures, first appearing in the {{chap|Gold, Silver & Crystal}}. The Pokégear is the Pokémon world's equivalent of a cellular phone, albeit with more functions such as a Map Card. In addition to the [[Johto]] [[Pokédex holder]]s, {{adv|Red}}, {{adv|Blue}}, {{adv|Green}}, and {{adv|Ruby}} also possess one. [[Misty]], [[Erika]], [[Norman]], [[Juan]], [[Wallace]], [[Volkner]], and {{EF|Flint}} are also seen to own a Pokégear.

In addition to its role as a cellular phone, the Pokégear can also be used as a remote control. It played a large role in the development of the [[Masked Man]]; this gadget was used to send signals to his Pokémon so that the Masked Man and his alter ego could be in "two places at one time."

Later in the {{chap|Ruby & Sapphire}}, Ruby explained to Sapphire how a password is needed to operate an aircar, having learned how to do so from his mentor.

==In the TCG==
Both iterations of the PokéGear appear as cards in the [[Pokémon Trading Card Game]].

{{cardlist/header|Related cards|Trainer|char=yes}}
{{cardlist/entry|cardname={{TCG ID|Neo Genesis|PokéGear|88}}|type=Trainer|enset=Neo Genesis|enrarity=Rare|ennum=88/111|jpsetlink=Neo Genesis|jpset=Gold, Silver, to a New World...|jprarity=Rare}}
{{cardlist/entry|cardname={{TCG ID|HeartGold & SoulSilver|Pokégear 3.0|96}}|type=Trainer|enset=HeartGold & SoulSilver|enrarity=Uncommon|ennum=96/123|jpsetlink=HeartGold & SoulSilver|jpset=SoulSilver Collection|jprarity=Uncommon|jpnum=064/070}}
{{cardlist/footer|Trainer}}

==Trivia==
*Music from the Pokégear doesn't stop when the player uses {{m|Surf}}; however, it does stop when the player gets out of the water.
*In HeartGold and SoulSilver, the Pokégear's map displays Ethan's icon's hat with black sides, however the [[Pokédex]] display Ethan's icon's hat with yellow sides. This may be a leftover from conversion from his Generation II design (where the front of his hat was all black and the back was all yellow) to his Generation IV design (where the sides of his hat are black and the middle is yellow).

==Names==
{{langtable|color={{silver color}}|bordercolor={{gold color}}
|de=PokéCom
|en=Pokégear
|es_eu=PokéGear
|fr_eu=PokéMatos
|it=Pokégear
|pl=PokéŁącze
|ja=ポケギア

|zh_cmn=神奇寶貝裝置 ''Shénqíbǎobèi Zhuāngzhì''
}}
{{-}}
{{Menu}} 
{{Project ItemDex notice}}
[[Category:Map equipment]]

[[de:PokéCom]]
[[es:PokéGear]]
[[fr:PokéMatos]]
[[ja:ポケギア]]
[[pt:PokéGear]]
[[it:Pokégear]]

Pokégear

2012-07-31T17:32:25Z

PatPeter: /* Trainer phone listing */ Enable sorting by day.

[[File:PokéGear HGSS m.png|thumb|right|Blue Pokégear in HeartGold and SoulSilver]]
[[File:PokéGear HGSS f.png|thumb|Pink Pokégear in HeartGold and SoulSilver]]
'''Pokémon Gear''' (Japanese: '''ポケモンギア''' ''Pokémon Gear''), mostly known as '''Pokégear''' (Japanese: '''ポケギア''' ''Pokégear''), is an electronic device found in [[Johto]]. It looks like a large, advanced wristwatch with the [[Silph Co.]] logo on it. It was first introduced in [[Generation II]]; the [[Hoenn]] region's analog to the Pokégear appears to be the [[PokéNav]], the [[Sinnoh]] counterpart is the [[Pokétch]], and the [[Unova]] counterpart is the [[C-Gear]].

The Pokégear is an important tool for {{pkmn|Trainer}}s, some see it necessary to have one on a Trainer's adventure. The main character of {{game2|Gold|Silver|Crystal}} receives a Pokégear from their mother at the start of their journey. The {{player}} is able to have access to the Pokégear by selecting it from the [[menu]]. At that, it is easy to navigate through the Pokégear by selecting through four different functions located at the top-left of the screen. It displays the map of the region, names of previously fought Trainers, and the current time. It also allows players to call registered Trainers. Certain functions need to be unlocked during the game by receiving special expansion cards.

The Pokégear returns in the Generation IV remakes, {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}. The interface has been completely redesigned, using both screens on the [[Nintendo DS]]. The top will always display the time function on the Pokégear, while the touch screen will display the other different functions of the Pokégear, as well as selecting other functions using the touch screen. The outer aesthetics of the Pokégear have changed abruptly as well. The whole Pokégear is a flip top, while the bottom section of the Pokégear is used to scan special expansion cards to upgrade it with other functions. Its color skin is changeable between blue, pink, a [[Team Rocket]] theme, a Japanese dojo theme, a Pokémon League theme, and teal-and-white with a Silph Co. theme.

==Functions==
[[File:PokeGear.png|thumb|150px|right|Pokégear artwork from [[Generation II]]]]
The Pokégear's functionality comes from the several features and applications that can be installed in it, making it extensible. Many people are willing to give away special expansion cards to upgrade the Pokégear with other functions. In {{game2|Gold|Silver|Crystal}}, there are 4 available functions, two of which are included with the Pokégear. The rest are not available at the start but can be received at a later time.

===Time===
Included in {{game2|Gold|Silver|Crystal}} with the Pokégear, the time function is the most basic feature. The Pokégear will {{wp|digital clock|digitally}} display the time of day using the {{wp|12-hour clock|12-hour AM/PM format}} as well as the day of the week. It runs off the time the {{player}} input at the beginning of the game.

A glitch in Gold and Silver will change the day if the functions are scrolled through; this was addressed in Crystal. A function in Gold and Silver that allowed players to reset the game's time in the title screen was also removed from Crystal.

In {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}, the time will always be displayed on the top screen of the DS. However, unlike in Gold, Silver, and Crystal, the time is displayed using the {{wp|24-hour clock|24-hour format}} instead of the {{wp|12-hour clock|12-hour format}} and runs on the [[Nintendo DS]]'s internal clock, much like the Pokétch. There is also a wireless signal measurement next to the time, though it has no purpose and always displays the same.

<gallery>
File:PokéGearTime.png|The time function in {{3v2|Gold|Silver|Crystal}}
File:PokéGearPhone_HGSS.png‎|The top screen in {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}
</gallery>

===Map===
Obtained after the player receives a map card for the Pokégear after taking a tour of [[Cherrygrove City]] from the Guide Gent, the map function of the Pokégear acts as a [[Town Map]], displaying a map of [[Johto]] and later [[Kanto]] with cities, towns and other important landmarks. It is the most basic of the map devices used by the {{player}}, and is the navigational item for all [[Generation II]] games.

In {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}, the mechanics of the map remain the same, only to have several added features, including the ability to zoom in to display areas of interest, with certain locations having a small flavor text. There is another feature that allows the player to add notes and markings to different locations, to allow the player to make notes about each area about the Pokémon in the area, any [[Apricorn]] or [[Berry]] trees, any special buildings, [[TM]] locations or any other notes. These notes will appear on the top screen when the player highlights that specific area on the map. Like the Marking Map on the [[Pokétch]], it also displays the current locations of all [[Roaming Pokémon]], including {{p|Entei}} and {{p|Raikou}}.

If, in HeartGold and SoulSilver, a non-player character calls the player on the Pokégear phone for a rematch or to give an item, then the Pokégear map will display a small red exclamation point next to the name of the route or location.

<gallery>
File:PokéGearMap.png|The map function in {{3v2|Gold|Silver|Crystal}}, displaying the map for [[Johto]]
File:PokéGearMap HGSS.png|The map function in {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}, displaying the [[Johto]] half of the map
</gallery>

===Phone===
[[File:HGSSPokéGearPhone.png|thumb|left|The phone function in {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}]]
[[File:PokéGearPhone.png|thumb|right|The phone function in [[Generation II]]]]
Included in {{game2|Gold|Silver|Crystal}} with the device, the Pokégear's phone acts like a cellphone, allowing the user to make calls to people that they've traded phone numbers with. This allows the player to talk to other characters and learn information from them, such as battling tips or when rare Pokémon appear. Trainers with whom the player has exchanged numbers may also sometimes call the player to request a rematch, in which they will use higher-level Pokémon than during their initial battle.

The phone can also store numbers of other important people, like the player's [[mom]] or [[Professor Elm]]. Mom will also ring every so often, telling the {{player}} about the money she has saved (if opted for by the player) and occasionally spending that money on decorations for the player's [[bedroom]] or items such as {{DL|Potion|Super Potion}}s for the player. In Generation II, the phone function has a memory bank that can store the numbers for up to ten people.

In {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}, the phone function makes a return and is used in the same way as before, though the interface (like the rest of the Pokégear) can now be controlled with the touch screen in addition to (or as an alternative to) the DS's buttons. In the remakes, the phone has no limit on how many numbers can be stored, though, unlike Generation II, numbers cannot be deleted from it. Also in the remakes, the player now has the option not to answer when someone calls them.

In HeartGold and SoulSilver, Trainers will only begin calling the player for rematches once the player has collected seven Badges and beaten [[Team Rocket]] at the [[Goldenrod Radio Tower|Radio Tower]] in [[Goldenrod City]]. In addition, once the Radio Tower has been saved, the player can call registered Trainers to arrange rematches with them without having to wait for the respective Trainers to call the player. Each Trainer has a specific time during a specific day each week where they will accept a rematch when called; if they are called at any other time of the week, they will use their usual script, and a rematch will not be arranged. When a Trainer is called at the appropriate time, as long as the player is not at the same route or location as the Trainer, they will accept the challenge of a rematch and can then be battled at their original location with higher-level Pokémon at any later point in time (though, once the rematch has taken place, the player will need to call or be called again in order to carry out another rematch). Additionally to further power up the Trainer's team in two additional phases, defeating the Elite Four and later collecting all 16 Badges are the necessary requirements for these powerups as long as each incarnation of that Trainers' team is fought at least once. If a rematch with a Trainer has been arranged but not carried out, a red exclamation point will appear next to the name of the Trainer's location on the Pokégear map (unless it is against a Gym Leader, in which Saffron City will not have the exclamation point).
{{-}}
====Trainer phone listing====
{| class="roundy" align="center" style="background: #73B1B7; border: 5px solid #7A8B8B;"
|-
|
{| border=1 width="100%" align="center" class="sortable" style="background: #FFFFFF; border:1px solid #73B1B7; border-collapse:collapse;"
|- style="background:#73B1B7"
! Person !! Location !! Rematch{{sup|HGSS}} !! Notes
|-
|| [[Mom]]{{tt|*|cannot be removed from phone in Gold, Silver, or Crystal}} || [[New Bark Town]] || || Saves the player's money and buys items.
|-
|| [[Professor Elm]]{{tt|*|cannot be removed from phone in Gold and Silver and Crystal}} || [[New Bark Town]] || || Calls about major events.
|-
|| [[Professor Oak]]{{sup|HGSS}} || [[Pallet Town]] || || Gives phone number when first met at [[Mr. Pokémon]]'s house; call him to have [[Pokédex]] rated
|-
|| Bug Catcher Doug || {{rt|2|Kanto}} || {{sort|41|Wednesday morning}}
|-
|| Bug Catcher Rob || {{rt|2|Kanto}} || {{sort|61|Friday morning}}
|-
|| Fisher Kyle || {{rt|12|Kanto}} || {{sort|42|Wednesday afternoon
|-
|| Fisher Kyler || {{rt|12|Kanto}} || {{sort|52|Thursday afternoon}}
|-
|| {{tc|Camper}} Tanner || {{rt|13|Kanto}} || {{sort|23|Monday night}}
|-
|| Hiker Kenny || {{rt|13|Kanto}} || {{sort|72|Saturday afternoon}}
|-
|| {{tc|Young Couple}} Tim & Sue || {{rt|13|Kanto}} || {{sort|62|Friday afternoon}}
|-
|| Bird Keeper Josh || {{rt|14|Kanto}} || Tuesday night || Gives away {{evostone|Shiny Stone}}s.{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| Schoolboy Torin || {{rt|14|Kanto}} || Wednesday night
|-
|| Schoolboy Billy || {{rt|15|Kanto}} || Friday night
|-
|| {{tc|Teacher}} Hillary || {{rt|15|Kanto}} || Thursday night
|-
|| {{tc|Twins}} Kay & Tia || {{rt|15|Kanto}} || Saturday night
|-
|| {{tc|Biker}} Aiden || {{rt|17|Kanto}} || Monday morning
|-
|| Biker Ernest || {{rt|17|Kanto}} || Sunday afternoon
|-
|| Biker Reese || {{rt|17|Kanto}} || Sunday night
|-
|| {{tc|Ace Trainer|Cool Trainer}} Beth{{tt|*|Gold and Silver and Crystal}}/Ace Trainer Jamie{{tt|*|HeartGold and SoulSilver}} || {{rt|26|Kanto}} || Friday afternoon
|-
|| Cool Trainer Gaven || {{rt|26|Kanto}} || Thursday morning
|-
|| Cool Trainer Reena || {{rt|27|Kanto}} || Sunday morning
|-
|| {{tc|Bird Keeper}} Jose || {{rt|27|Kanto}} || Saturday night || Gives away {{DL|Valuable item|Star Piece}}s.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| Youngster [[Joey]] || {{rt|30|Johto}} || Monday afternoon || Gives away {{DL|Vitamin|HP Up}}.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| Bug Catcher Wade || {{rt|31|Johto}} || Tuesday night || Reminds player of the [[Bug-Catching Contest]]. Gives away [[Berry|Berries]].{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| Fisher Ralph || {{rt|32|Johto}} || Wednesday morning || Calls during a {{p|Qwilfish}} swarm.
|-
|| Picnicker Liz || {{rt|32|Johto}} || Thursday afternoon
|-
|| {{tc|Hiker}} Anthony || {{rt|33|Johto}} || Friday night || Calls during a {{p|Dunsparce}} swarm.
|-
|| Poké Ball Creator [[Kurt]]{{sup|HGSS}} || [[Azalea Town]] ||
|-
|| Camper Todd || {{rt|34|Johto}} || Saturday morning || Reminds player of the [[Goldenrod Department Store]]'s [[Goldenrod Department Store#Rooftop|bargain sale]].{{sup|C}}
|-
|| Picnicker Gina || {{rt|34|Johto}} || Sunday afternoon ||Gives away {{evostone|Leaf Stone}}s.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| {{tc|Youngster}} Ian || {{rt|34|Johto}} || Saturday morning
|-
|| Day Care Lady{{sup|HGSS}} || {{rt|34|Johto}} ||
|-
|| Day Care Man{{sup|HGSS}} || {{rt|34|Johto}} || Calls when Pokémon left at the Daycare produce an Egg if the player wishes him to{{tt|*|After he gives the player a Pokémon egg the first time around.}}
|-
|| Childhood Friend {{ga|Ethan}}/{{ga|Lyra}}{{sup|HGSS}} || [[New Bark Town]] || || Number is obtained from them when first visiting the Daycare Center on {{rt|34|Johto}}; when contacted, they will give information on how certain Pokémon will react to different areas
|-
|| [[Bill]] || [[Goldenrod City]] || || Calls when Bill's PC box is full{{sup|GSC}} or when every box is full.{{sup|HGSS}} Can be called to find out how much space is left in the current box{{sup|GSC}} or the entire storage system{{sup|HGSS}}.
|-
|| [[Buena]] || [[Goldenrod City]] || || Obtainable after getting 30 Blue Card points.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| {{tc|Bug Catcher}} Arnie || {{rt|35|Johto}} || Tuesday morning || Calls during a {{p|Yanma}} swarm.
|-
|| {{tc|Firebreather}} Walt || {{rt|35|Johto}} || Monday afternoon
|-
|| {{tc|Juggler}} Irwin || {{rt|35|Johto}} ||
|-
|| Lass Krise || [[National Park]] || Sunday morning
|-
|| {{tc|Pokéfan}} Beverly || [[National Park]] || || Requires {{p|Marill}} in party{{sup|C}}: Gives away {{DL|Valuable item|Nugget}}s.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| Schoolboy Jack || [[National Park]] || Monday morning
|-
|| {{tc|School Boy|Schoolboy}} Alan || {{rt|36|Johto}} || Wednesday afternoon || Gives away {{evostone|Fire Stone}}s.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| {{tc|Gentleman}} Alfred || [[Glitter Lighthouse]] || Tuesday afternoon
|-
|| {{tc|Sailor}} Huey || [[Glitter Lighthouse]] || Wednesday night || Gives away {{DL|Vitamin|Protein}}.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| {{tc|Lass}} Dana || {{rt|38|Johto}} || Thursday night || Calls during a {{p|Tauros}} swarm{{sup|GSC}}, and gives away {{evostone|Thunderstone}}s.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| Schoolboy Chad || {{rt|38|Johto}} || Friday morning || Calls during a {{p|Snubbull}} swarm.
|-
|| Pokéfan Derek || {{rt|39|Johto}} ||
|-
|| {{tc|Fisherman|Fisher}} Chris{{tt|*|Gold and Silver}}/Tully{{tt|*|Crystal and HeartGold and SoulSilver}} || {{rt|42|Johto}} || Sunday afternoon || Gives away {{evostone|Water Stone}}s.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| Picnicker Tiffany || {{rt|43|Johto}} || Tuesday afternoon ||Gives away [[Escape item|Poké Dolls]]{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| {{tc|PokéManiac}} Brent || {{rt|43|Johto}} || Monday morning
|-
|| Bird Keeper Vance || {{rt|44|Johto}} || Wednesday night || Gives away {{DL|Vitamin|Carbos}}.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| Fisher Wilton || {{rt|44|Johto}} || Thursday morning || Calls during a {{p|Remoraid}} swarm{{sup|GS}}{{sup|HGSS}} and gives away various [[Poké Ball]]s.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| {{tc|Black Belt}} Kenji || {{rt|45|Johto}} || Random || Gives away {{DL|Vitamin|PP Up}}s during random lunch breaks at noon.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| Hiker Parry || {{rt|45|Johto}} || Friday afternoon || Calls during a {{p|Marill}} swarm{{sup|GSC}}{{sup|HGSS}}, and gives away {{DL|Vitamin|Iron}}.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| {{tc|Picnicker}} Erin || {{rt|46|Johto}} || Saturday night || Gives away {{DL|Vitamin|Calcium}}{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| Safari Warden [[Baoba]]{{sup|HGSS}} || [[Johto Safari Zone]] || || Gives phone number on {{rt|39|Johto}}
|-
|}
|}

====Gym Leader phone listing====
''See also [[Rematch#Gym Leader phone listing|Gym Leader Phone Listing (sub-section of Gym Leader Rematch)]]''.

The rematch concept is expanded in HeartGold and SoulSilver to allow players to [[Rematch#Pokémon HeartGold and SoulSilver|rematch the Gym Leaders]] of Johto and Kanto. The phone numbers for most of the sixteen Leaders can be obtained after defeating the [[Elite Four]], but rematches with the Gym Leaders cannot be scheduled until the {{Badge|Earth}} has been obtained (i.e {{ga|Blue}} has been defeated). By speaking with them at the appropriate time and place, players can obtain their phone numbers. At a later, specified date, the player can call the Leader and ask for a rematch. The Leader will always accept, and the battle will be fought at [[Saffron City]]'s [[Fighting Dojo]].

{| class="roundy" align="center" style="background: #73B1B7; border: 5px solid #7A8B8B;"
|-
|
{| border=1 width="100%" align="center" class="sortable" style="background: #FFFFFF; border:1px solid #73B1B7; border-collapse:collapse;"
|- style="background:#73B1B7"
! Leader !! Time and Location of Phone Number !! {{color2|000|Time#Generation IV|Time of Battle}}
|-
|| [[Falkner]] || Mondays in the [[Celadon City]] [[Celadon Department Store|Department Store]]; must have beaten Janine; any time || Saturday morning
|-
|| [[Bugsy]] || Thursdays in [[Viridian Forest]]; any time || Thursday afternoon
|-
|| [[Whitney]] || Any day in the [[Goldenrod City]] [[Goldenrod Department Store|Department Store]]; between 12:00 PM to 4:00 PM || Saturday afternoon
|-
|| [[Morty]] || Mondays and Tuesdays on the [[Bell Tower|Bellchime Trail]]; any time || Tuesday night
|-
|| [[Chuck]] || Any day from [[Chuck's wife]]; any time || Wednesday night
|-
|| [[Jasmine]] || Any day in the {{ci|Olivine}} Café; {{DL|Time|Pokémon HeartGold and SoulSilver|between 1:00 PM and 2:00 PM}} || Wednesday afternoon
|-
|| [[Pryce]] || Any morning by the [[Lake of Rage]]; {{DL|Time|Pokémon HeartGold and SoulSilver|between 6:00 AM and 10:00 AM}} || Monday morning
|-
|| [[Clair]] || Any morning in the [[Dragon's Den]]; must have beaten [[Lance]] and her in a double battle; {{DL|Time|Pokémon HeartGold and SoulSilver|between 6:00 AM and 10:00 AM}} || Friday night
|-
|| [[Brock]] || Any day in [[Diglett's Cave]]; must have beaten Blue; {{DL|Time|Pokémon HeartGold and SoulSilver|between 12:00 PM and 3:00 PM}} || Saturday night
|-
|| [[Misty]] || Any day on {{rt|25|Kanto}} (unless {{p|Suicune}} is present); must have beaten Blue; {{DL|Time|Pokémon HeartGold and SoulSilver|between 4:00 PM and 6:00 PM}} || Wednesday morning
|-
|| [[Lt. Surge]] || Any day by the [[Power Plant]] after {{p|Zapdos}} is captured and the player is {{pkmn2|walking}} with a {{p|Pikachu}}; must have beaten Blue; {{DL|Time|Pokémon HeartGold and SoulSilver|between 9:00 AM and 11:00 AM}} || Friday morning
|-
|| [[Erika]] || Saturdays and Sundays by the [[Celadon City]] fountain; must have beaten Blue; between 3:00 PM and 5:00 PM || Sunday morning
|-
|| [[Sabrina]] || Fridays at the [[Olivine City]] harbor; must have S.S. Ticket; any time || Sunday afternoon
|-
|| [[Janine]] || Any evening by the [[Pokémon League Reception Gate]]; {{DL|Time|Pokémon HeartGold and SoulSilver|between 4:00 PM and 6:00 PM}} || Monday afternoon
|-
|| [[Blaine]] || Tuesdays on [[Cinnabar Island]]; must have beaten Blue; any time || Tuesday afternoon
|-
|| {{ga|Blue}} || Any day from [[Daisy Oak]], after having at least seven massages and showing her a Pokémon with full happiness; any time || Sunday night
|-
|}
|}

===Radio===
After acquiring a Radio Card from a quiz host at the [[Goldenrod Radio Tower]], the Radio function of the Pokégear can now be used. It allows the player to tune in to the various radio stations being broadcast from the two Radio Towers in [[Goldenrod Radio Tower|Goldenrod (Johto)]] and [[Lavender Town#Kanto Radio Tower|Lavender (Kanto)]]. When traveling to Kanto, however, the EXPN Card must be obtained from the manager of the Kanto Radio Tower before all Kanto stations can be played in {{v|Crystal}}, and the Poké Flute station can be played in {{game3|Gold and Silver|Gold, Silver,|s}} {{game3|HeartGold and SoulSilver|HeartGold, and SoulSilver|s}} versions.

The Radio usually allows the players to tune in to the local programs, allowing the player to get tips from [[Professor Oak]] and [[DJ Mary]] on Prof. Oak's Pokémon Talk, or to let the player tune in to specific channels such as [[Buena's Password]] to win prizes. However, the Radio is also capable of picking up other signals within its tunable range, thereby occasionally causing weird noises to be heard such as the Mysterious Transmissions coming from the [[Ruins of Alph]], or Team Rocket's evolution-forcing signals near the [[Lake of Rage]].

During Team Rocket's takeover of the Goldenrod Radio Tower, all other stations were being replaced by the Team Rocket Announcement.

The Radio function also works when the Pokégear is not in use, allowing the player to play tunes from a specific radio show when on the move. Some tunes even affect how wild Pokémon appear, notably in HeartGold and SoulSilver, when {{DL|DJ|Ben}} from the [[Pokémon Music Channel]] occasionally broadcasts the {{DL|Pokémon Music Channel|Hoenn Sound}} or {{DL|Pokémon Music Channel|Sinnoh Sound}} to allow the player to attract wild Pokémon native to [[Hoenn]] or [[Sinnoh]].

====Generation II====
[[File:PokéGearRadio.png|240px|thumb|right|The radio interface in {{3v2|Gold|Silver|Crystal}}]]
In Generation II when the Radio was first introduced, the interface features an interactive box at the top right corner, consisting of a number line divided into 'channels' and a slider that is controlled by the left and right buttons. The channels range from 0 to 20.5, and when the slider reaches a correct channel, a program will play (in this case, 4.5 for Prof. Oak's Pokémon Talk). Most of the screen shows the name of the program and a large space for the dialog box to appear.

The following lists the shows available in Generation II:

''See also [[Goldenrod Radio Tower#Broadcasted programs|Broadcasted programs in Goldenrod Radio Tower]].''
{| align="center" width="100%  style="{{roundy|15px}}; background: #{{locationcolor/light|building}}; border: 5px solid #{{locationcolor/dark|building}};"
|-
! Radio shows in Generation II
|-
|
{| class="sortable" cellspacing="2" width="100%" align="center" style="{{roundy|15px}} background:#{{locationcolor/dark|building}}; border:3px solid #{{locationcolor/dark|building}};"
|- style="background:#73B1B7"
! class="roundytl" width=20% style="text-align:center" | Program
! width=10% | Host(s)
! width=10% | Channel
! class="roundytr" width=50% | Description
|- style="background:#FFF"
| [[Pokédex Show]]
| (no host)
| 4.5 (Johto) 4 AM-10 AM only
| A show that broadcasts [[Pokédex]] entries gathered by the player.
|-style="background:#FFF"
| [[Professor Oak's Pokémon Talk]]
| [[DJ Mary|Mary]] and {{prof|Oak}}
| 4.5 (Johto) 10 AM-4 AM only
| Talk show discussing locations where Pokémon can be found.
|-style="background:#FFF"
| [[Pokémon Music Channel|Pokémon Music]]
| {{DL|DJ|Ben}}
| 7.5 (Johto)
| Broadcasts different music of different effects depending on the [[days of the week|day of the week]].
|-style="background:#FFF"
| [[Lucky Channel]]
| {{DL|DJ|Reed}}
| 8.5 (Johto)
| Broadcasts one ID per week; Trainers who come to the welcome center with a Pokémon whose ID is similar will win a prize.
|-style="background:#FFF"
| [[Buena's Password]] (Crystal only)
| [[Buena]]
| 10.5 (Johto)
| Broadcasts one password per night between 6 PM-12 AM; Trainers who come to Buena and recite the password can get points redeemable for prizes.
|-style="background:#FFF"
| Mysterious Transmission (Un(kn)own Radio Station)
| {{p|Unown}}
| 13.5 (Johto)
| Strange noises will play. Only when the player is at [[Ruins of Alph]].
|-style="background:#FFF"
| [[Places and People]]
| {{DL|DJ|Lily}}
| 16.5 (Kanto)
| Talk show discussing [[Kanto]] locations or Trainers the player has faced. Requires EXPN Card in {{game|Crystal}}.
|-style="background:#FFF"
| [[Pokémon Music Channel|Let's All Sing]]
| {{DL|DJ|Fern}}
| 18.5 (Kanto)
| Broadcasts different music of different effects depending on the day of the week. Requires EXPN Card in {{game|Crystal}}.
|-style="background:#FFF"
| [[Poké Flute]]
| (no host)
| 20.0 (Kanto)
| Plays Poké Flute music. Used to awaken {{p|Snorlax}}. Requires EXPN Card.
|-style="background:#FFF"
| Radio Transmission Team Rocket evolution signal
| [[Team Rocket HQ]]
| 20.5 (Johto)
| An eerie tune plays over and over. Only plays in [[Mahogany Town]], {{rt|43|Johto}}, and [[Lake of Rage]]. No longer plays when the player has cleared the Team Rocket HQ.
|- style="background:#FFF"
| class="roundybl" | Team Rocket Announcement
| [[Team Rocket]]
| All stations (Johto)
| class="roundybr" | Plays on all stations once Team Rocket has succeeded in taking over the [[Goldenrod Radio Tower|Radio Tower]]. A Team Rocket executive announces over the airwaves that they have rejoined, and pleads their boss, [[Giovanni]], to come out of hiding and rejoin them. Begins playing once the player has obtained seven Badges; no longer plays when Team Rocket disbands.
|}
|}

====Generation IV====
[[File:PokéGearRadio HGSS.png|240px|thumb|right|The bottom screen of the radio interface in {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}]]
In {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}, the radio function makes a return, but the interface changes much drastically from [[Generation II]]. Most of the dialog and the reception icon is now shown at the top screen, while tuning can be done at the bottom screens. Tuning is done in two ways: moving a rounded indicator around the circular area using the stylus, or by selecting one of the four buttons at the side of the circular area, which directly tunes the radio to a pre-set Radio Station. (The Mysterious Transmission and the Poké Flute have to be manually tuned using the stylus.)

Programs in HeartGold and SoulSilver are now more varied; Prof. Oak's Pokémon Talk will update the player on recent [[Pokémon outbreak|swarm]], while a [[Variety Channel]] features a documentary and radio play. The broadcast timings for [[Buena's Password]] have also been changed, allowing her program to be received for one out of every three hours. Most programs are also not limited to their respective broadcast regions; the four main stations can be heard in both [[Kanto]] and [[Johto]].

The following lists the shows available in Generation IV:
{| align="center" style="{{roundy|15px}} background: #{{heartgold color}}; border: 5px solid #{{heartgold color dark}};"
|-
! Radio shows in Generation IV
|-
|
{| class="roundy" cellspacing="2" cellpadding="4" width="100%" align="center" style="background:#{{soulsilver color dark}}; border:3px solid #{{soulsilver color dark}};"
|- style="background:#{{silver color}}"
! class="roundytl" width=20% style="text-align:center" | Program
! width=10% | Host(s)
! class="roundytr" width=60% | Description
|- style="background:#{{heartgold color light}}"
!colspan="3"| Station 1 (top-left)
|- style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| [[Pokémon Music Channel|Pokémon Music]]
| {{DL|DJ|Ben}}
| Broadcasts different music of different effects depending on the [[days of the week|day of the week]].
|- style="background:#{{heartgold color light}}"
!colspan="3"| Station 2 (top-right)
|- style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| [[Professor Oak's Pokémon Talk]]
| [[DJ Mary|Mary]] and {{prof|Oak}}
| Talk show discussing locations where semi-rare Pokémon can be found. Also broadcasts updates on [[Pokémon outbreak|swarms]] and where Sinnoh/Hoenn and other Pokémon currently reside after receiving the National Pokédex.
|- style="background:#{{heartgold color light}}"
!colspan="3"| Station 3 (bottom-left)
|- style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| [[Street Corner Channel]]
| {{DL|DJ|Snap}}
| Broadcasts a show called "Trainer Profiles", which describes a randomly selected Trainer class. Switches with the Town Channel every hour.
|-style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| [[Town Channel]]
| Unknown
| Broadcasts a show called "That Town, These People" that selects the top 3 landmarks or persons in any given city or town. Switches with the Street Corner Channel every hour.
|- style="background:#{{heartgold color light}}"
!colspan="3"| Station 4 (bottom-right)
|-style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| [[Variety Channel]]
| [[Silver Drama]]
| Broadcasts Pokémon Search party, Serial Radio Drama and the [[Buena's Password]] channel. The three programs rotate on an hourly basis throughout the day.
|-style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| [[Buena's Password]] (part of Variety Channel)
| [[Buena]]
| Broadcasts one password every hour at 2 AM, 5 AM, 8 AM, 11 AM, 2 PM, 5 PM, 8 PM, and 11 PM; Trainers who come to Buena and recite the password can get points redeemable for prizes.
|- style="background:#{{heartgold color light}}"
!colspan="3"| Others (stations that have to be manually tuned, or otherwise)
|-style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| [[Poké Flute]] (manually tuned)
| (no host)
| Plays Poké Flute music that is used to awaken {{p|Snorlax}}. Only plays in Kanto. Requires EXPN Card upgrade. '''Tuning instructions:''' somewhere near the top, above stations 1 and 2.
|-style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| Mysterious Transmission (Un(kn)own Radio Station, manually tuned)
| {{p|Unown}}
| When the player is at the [[Ruins of Alph]], strange noises will play and there will be no reception from other stations. It also increases the chance of encountering an {{p|Unown}} [[Form differences#Unown|shape]] the player has not yet encountered. Sounds similar to the [[Azure Flute]]. '''Tuning instructions:''' somewhere in the center.
|-style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| Radio Transmission (Team Rocket evolution signal)
| [[Team Rocket HQ]]
| An eerie tune plays over and over. Only plays in [[Mahogany Town]], {{rt|43|Johto}}, and [[Lake of Rage]] and causes interference that prevents the radio from tuning in to other stations. No longer plays when the player has cleared the Team Rocket HQ.
|-style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| class="roundybl"| Team Rocket Announcement
| [[Team Rocket]]
| class="roundybr"| Played on all stations after Team Rocket had succeeded in the taking over the [[Goldenrod Radio Tower|Radio Tower]]. A Team Rocket executive announces over the airwaves that they have rejoined, and pleads their boss, [[Giovanni]], to come out of hiding and rejoin them. Begins playing once the player had defeated the seventh Gym leader, no longer plays when Team Rocket disbands.

|}
|}

==In the anime==
[[File:HGSS Pokegear anime.png|200px|right|thumb|Brock's Pokégear]]
In the anime, it is shown that the Pokégear has at least three designs, a black one, a white one, and a pink one. Several characters in the anime own Pokégears:
* {{mov|Lisa}} lent hers to Ash so that he could keep in contact with Professor Oak in ''[[M03|Spell of the Unown]]''.
* A Pokégear under the ownership of [[Jasmine]], the [[Olivine City|Olivine]] [[Gym Leader]] made a brief appearance in ''[[EP208|Fight for the Light]]''.
* {{jo|Jimmy}}, {{jo|Marina}} and [[Vincent]] all own Pokégears. A plot point of ''[[The Legend of Thunder!]]'' is that it includes a tracking system to show where the other Pokégears currently are.
[[File:{{#switch: {{#expr: {{#time: U}} mod 2}}|0=Pokegear|1=Pokegear black}} anime.png|200px|right|thumb|{{#switch: {{#expr: {{#time: U}} mod 2}}|0=Misty's|1=Jimmy's}} Pokégear]]
* {{an|Misty}} also owns one, so that she can keep in contact with [[The Sensational Sisters|her sisters]] at the [[Cerulean Gym]].
* {{an|Lyra}} owns the new version of the Pokégear, and she owns a pink model. Likewise, her friend [[Khoury]] owns a blue model.
* {{an|Brock}} received his own Pokégear at the end of ''[[DP147|Bagged Then Tagged!]]'' when he was given one by [[Khoury's father]]. It has been used fairly regularly by him since then, normally being used by Brock to track the group's location (similar to how [[Max]] did with the [[PokéNav]]).

==In the manga==
===In the Pokémon Adventures manga===
{{incomplete|section}}
The Pokégear is often used in Pokémon Adventures, first appearing in the {{chap|Gold, Silver & Crystal}}. The Pokégear is the Pokémon world's equivalent of a cellular phone, albeit with more functions such as a Map Card. In addition to the [[Johto]] [[Pokédex holder]]s, {{adv|Red}}, {{adv|Blue}}, {{adv|Green}}, and {{adv|Ruby}} also possess one. [[Misty]], [[Erika]], [[Norman]], [[Juan]], [[Wallace]], [[Volkner]], and {{EF|Flint}} are also seen to own a Pokégear.

In addition to its role as a cellular phone, the Pokégear can also be used as a remote control. It played a large role in the development of the [[Masked Man]]; this gadget was used to send signals to his Pokémon so that the Masked Man and his alter ego could be in "two places at one time."

Later in the {{chap|Ruby & Sapphire}}, Ruby explained to Sapphire how a password is needed to operate an aircar, having learned how to do so from his mentor.

==In the TCG==
Both iterations of the PokéGear appear as cards in the [[Pokémon Trading Card Game]].

{{cardlist/header|Related cards|Trainer|char=yes}}
{{cardlist/entry|cardname={{TCG ID|Neo Genesis|PokéGear|88}}|type=Trainer|enset=Neo Genesis|enrarity=Rare|ennum=88/111|jpsetlink=Neo Genesis|jpset=Gold, Silver, to a New World...|jprarity=Rare}}
{{cardlist/entry|cardname={{TCG ID|HeartGold & SoulSilver|Pokégear 3.0|96}}|type=Trainer|enset=HeartGold & SoulSilver|enrarity=Uncommon|ennum=96/123|jpsetlink=HeartGold & SoulSilver|jpset=SoulSilver Collection|jprarity=Uncommon|jpnum=064/070}}
{{cardlist/footer|Trainer}}

==Trivia==
*Music from the Pokégear doesn't stop when the player uses {{m|Surf}}; however, it does stop when the player gets out of the water.
*In HeartGold and SoulSilver, the Pokégear's map displays Ethan's icon's hat with black sides, however the [[Pokédex]] display Ethan's icon's hat with yellow sides. This may be a leftover from conversion from his Generation II design (where the front of his hat was all black and the back was all yellow) to his Generation IV design (where the sides of his hat are black and the middle is yellow).

==Names==
{{langtable|color={{silver color}}|bordercolor={{gold color}}
|de=PokéCom
|en=Pokégear
|es_eu=PokéGear
|fr_eu=PokéMatos
|it=Pokégear
|pl=PokéŁącze
|ja=ポケギア

|zh_cmn=神奇寶貝裝置 ''Shénqíbǎobèi Zhuāngzhì''
}}
{{-}}
{{Menu}} 
{{Project ItemDex notice}}
[[Category:Map equipment]]

[[de:PokéCom]]
[[es:PokéGear]]
[[fr:PokéMatos]]
[[ja:ポケギア]]
[[pt:PokéGear]]
[[it:Pokégear]]

Pokégear

2012-07-31T16:56:30Z

PatPeter: /* Trainer phone listing */ Finish editing after save.

[[File:PokéGear HGSS m.png|thumb|right|Blue Pokégear in HeartGold and SoulSilver]]
[[File:PokéGear HGSS f.png|thumb|Pink Pokégear in HeartGold and SoulSilver]]
'''Pokémon Gear''' (Japanese: '''ポケモンギア''' ''Pokémon Gear''), mostly known as '''Pokégear''' (Japanese: '''ポケギア''' ''Pokégear''), is an electronic device found in [[Johto]]. It looks like a large, advanced wristwatch with the [[Silph Co.]] logo on it. It was first introduced in [[Generation II]]; the [[Hoenn]] region's analog to the Pokégear appears to be the [[PokéNav]], the [[Sinnoh]] counterpart is the [[Pokétch]], and the [[Unova]] counterpart is the [[C-Gear]].

The Pokégear is an important tool for {{pkmn|Trainer}}s, some see it necessary to have one on a Trainer's adventure. The main character of {{game2|Gold|Silver|Crystal}} receives a Pokégear from their mother at the start of their journey. The {{player}} is able to have access to the Pokégear by selecting it from the [[menu]]. At that, it is easy to navigate through the Pokégear by selecting through four different functions located at the top-left of the screen. It displays the map of the region, names of previously fought Trainers, and the current time. It also allows players to call registered Trainers. Certain functions need to be unlocked during the game by receiving special expansion cards.

The Pokégear returns in the Generation IV remakes, {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}. The interface has been completely redesigned, using both screens on the [[Nintendo DS]]. The top will always display the time function on the Pokégear, while the touch screen will display the other different functions of the Pokégear, as well as selecting other functions using the touch screen. The outer aesthetics of the Pokégear have changed abruptly as well. The whole Pokégear is a flip top, while the bottom section of the Pokégear is used to scan special expansion cards to upgrade it with other functions. Its color skin is changeable between blue, pink, a [[Team Rocket]] theme, a Japanese dojo theme, a Pokémon League theme, and teal-and-white with a Silph Co. theme.

==Functions==
[[File:PokeGear.png|thumb|150px|right|Pokégear artwork from [[Generation II]]]]
The Pokégear's functionality comes from the several features and applications that can be installed in it, making it extensible. Many people are willing to give away special expansion cards to upgrade the Pokégear with other functions. In {{game2|Gold|Silver|Crystal}}, there are 4 available functions, two of which are included with the Pokégear. The rest are not available at the start but can be received at a later time.

===Time===
Included in {{game2|Gold|Silver|Crystal}} with the Pokégear, the time function is the most basic feature. The Pokégear will {{wp|digital clock|digitally}} display the time of day using the {{wp|12-hour clock|12-hour AM/PM format}} as well as the day of the week. It runs off the time the {{player}} input at the beginning of the game.

A glitch in Gold and Silver will change the day if the functions are scrolled through; this was addressed in Crystal. A function in Gold and Silver that allowed players to reset the game's time in the title screen was also removed from Crystal.

In {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}, the time will always be displayed on the top screen of the DS. However, unlike in Gold, Silver, and Crystal, the time is displayed using the {{wp|24-hour clock|24-hour format}} instead of the {{wp|12-hour clock|12-hour format}} and runs on the [[Nintendo DS]]'s internal clock, much like the Pokétch. There is also a wireless signal measurement next to the time, though it has no purpose and always displays the same.

<gallery>
File:PokéGearTime.png|The time function in {{3v2|Gold|Silver|Crystal}}
File:PokéGearPhone_HGSS.png‎|The top screen in {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}
</gallery>

===Map===
Obtained after the player receives a map card for the Pokégear after taking a tour of [[Cherrygrove City]] from the Guide Gent, the map function of the Pokégear acts as a [[Town Map]], displaying a map of [[Johto]] and later [[Kanto]] with cities, towns and other important landmarks. It is the most basic of the map devices used by the {{player}}, and is the navigational item for all [[Generation II]] games.

In {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}, the mechanics of the map remain the same, only to have several added features, including the ability to zoom in to display areas of interest, with certain locations having a small flavor text. There is another feature that allows the player to add notes and markings to different locations, to allow the player to make notes about each area about the Pokémon in the area, any [[Apricorn]] or [[Berry]] trees, any special buildings, [[TM]] locations or any other notes. These notes will appear on the top screen when the player highlights that specific area on the map. Like the Marking Map on the [[Pokétch]], it also displays the current locations of all [[Roaming Pokémon]], including {{p|Entei}} and {{p|Raikou}}.

If, in HeartGold and SoulSilver, a non-player character calls the player on the Pokégear phone for a rematch or to give an item, then the Pokégear map will display a small red exclamation point next to the name of the route or location.

<gallery>
File:PokéGearMap.png|The map function in {{3v2|Gold|Silver|Crystal}}, displaying the map for [[Johto]]
File:PokéGearMap HGSS.png|The map function in {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}, displaying the [[Johto]] half of the map
</gallery>

===Phone===
[[File:HGSSPokéGearPhone.png|thumb|left|The phone function in {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}]]
[[File:PokéGearPhone.png|thumb|right|The phone function in [[Generation II]]]]
Included in {{game2|Gold|Silver|Crystal}} with the device, the Pokégear's phone acts like a cellphone, allowing the user to make calls to people that they've traded phone numbers with. This allows the player to talk to other characters and learn information from them, such as battling tips or when rare Pokémon appear. Trainers with whom the player has exchanged numbers may also sometimes call the player to request a rematch, in which they will use higher-level Pokémon than during their initial battle.

The phone can also store numbers of other important people, like the player's [[mom]] or [[Professor Elm]]. Mom will also ring every so often, telling the {{player}} about the money she has saved (if opted for by the player) and occasionally spending that money on decorations for the player's [[bedroom]] or items such as {{DL|Potion|Super Potion}}s for the player. In Generation II, the phone function has a memory bank that can store the numbers for up to ten people.

In {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}, the phone function makes a return and is used in the same way as before, though the interface (like the rest of the Pokégear) can now be controlled with the touch screen in addition to (or as an alternative to) the DS's buttons. In the remakes, the phone has no limit on how many numbers can be stored, though, unlike Generation II, numbers cannot be deleted from it. Also in the remakes, the player now has the option not to answer when someone calls them.

In HeartGold and SoulSilver, Trainers will only begin calling the player for rematches once the player has collected seven Badges and beaten [[Team Rocket]] at the [[Goldenrod Radio Tower|Radio Tower]] in [[Goldenrod City]]. In addition, once the Radio Tower has been saved, the player can call registered Trainers to arrange rematches with them without having to wait for the respective Trainers to call the player. Each Trainer has a specific time during a specific day each week where they will accept a rematch when called; if they are called at any other time of the week, they will use their usual script, and a rematch will not be arranged. When a Trainer is called at the appropriate time, as long as the player is not at the same route or location as the Trainer, they will accept the challenge of a rematch and can then be battled at their original location with higher-level Pokémon at any later point in time (though, once the rematch has taken place, the player will need to call or be called again in order to carry out another rematch). Additionally to further power up the Trainer's team in two additional phases, defeating the Elite Four and later collecting all 16 Badges are the necessary requirements for these powerups as long as each incarnation of that Trainers' team is fought at least once. If a rematch with a Trainer has been arranged but not carried out, a red exclamation point will appear next to the name of the Trainer's location on the Pokégear map (unless it is against a Gym Leader, in which Saffron City will not have the exclamation point).
{{-}}
====Trainer phone listing====
{| class="roundy" align="center" style="background: #73B1B7; border: 5px solid #7A8B8B;"
|-
|
{| border=1 width="100%" align="center" class="sortable" style="background: #FFFFFF; border:1px solid #73B1B7; border-collapse:collapse;"
|- style="background:#73B1B7"
! Person !! Location !! Rematch{{sup|HGSS}} !! Notes
|-
|| [[Mom]]{{tt|*|cannot be removed from phone in Gold, Silver, or Crystal}} || [[New Bark Town]] || || Saves the player's money and buys items.
|-
|| [[Professor Elm]]{{tt|*|cannot be removed from phone in Gold and Silver and Crystal}} || [[New Bark Town]] || || Calls about major events.
|-
|| [[Professor Oak]]{{sup|HGSS}} || [[Pallet Town]] || || Gives phone number when first met at [[Mr. Pokémon]]'s house; call him to have [[Pokédex]] rated
|-
|| Bug Catcher Doug || {{rt|2|Kanto}} || Wednesday morning
|-
|| Bug Catcher Rob || {{rt|2|Kanto}} || Friday morning
|-
|| Fisher Kyle || {{rt|12|Kanto}} || Wednesday afternoon
|-
|| Fisher Kyler || {{rt|12|Kanto}} || Thursday afternoon
|-
|| {{tc|Camper}} Tanner || {{rt|13|Kanto}} || Monday night
|-
|| Hiker Kenny || {{rt|13|Kanto}} || Saturday afternoon
|-
|| {{tc|Young Couple}} Tim & Sue || {{rt|13|Kanto}} || Friday afternoon
|-
|| Bird Keeper Josh || {{rt|14|Kanto}} || Tuesday night || Gives away {{evostone|Shiny Stone}}s.{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| Schoolboy Torin || {{rt|14|Kanto}} || Wednesday night
|-
|| Schoolboy Billy || {{rt|15|Kanto}} || Friday night
|-
|| {{tc|Teacher}} Hillary || {{rt|15|Kanto}} || Thursday night
|-
|| {{tc|Twins}} Kay & Tia || {{rt|15|Kanto}} || Saturday night
|-
|| {{tc|Biker}} Aiden || {{rt|17|Kanto}} || Monday morning
|-
|| Biker Ernest || {{rt|17|Kanto}} || Sunday afternoon
|-
|| Biker Reese || {{rt|17|Kanto}} || Sunday night
|-
|| {{tc|Ace Trainer|Cool Trainer}} Beth{{tt|*|Gold and Silver and Crystal}}/Ace Trainer Jamie{{tt|*|HeartGold and SoulSilver}} || {{rt|26|Kanto}} || Friday afternoon
|-
|| Cool Trainer Gaven || {{rt|26|Kanto}} || Thursday morning
|-
|| Cool Trainer Reena || {{rt|27|Kanto}} || Sunday morning
|-
|| {{tc|Bird Keeper}} Jose || {{rt|27|Kanto}} || Saturday night || Gives away {{DL|Valuable item|Star Piece}}s.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| Youngster [[Joey]] || {{rt|30|Johto}} || Monday afternoon || Gives away {{DL|Vitamin|HP Up}}.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| Bug Catcher Wade || {{rt|31|Johto}} || Tuesday night || Reminds player of the [[Bug-Catching Contest]]. Gives away [[Berry|Berries]].{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| Fisher Ralph || {{rt|32|Johto}} || Wednesday morning || Calls during a {{p|Qwilfish}} swarm.
|-
|| Picnicker Liz || {{rt|32|Johto}} || Thursday afternoon
|-
|| {{tc|Hiker}} Anthony || {{rt|33|Johto}} || Friday night || Calls during a {{p|Dunsparce}} swarm.
|-
|| Poké Ball Creator [[Kurt]]{{sup|HGSS}} || [[Azalea Town]] ||
|-
|| Camper Todd || {{rt|34|Johto}} || Saturday morning || Reminds player of the [[Goldenrod Department Store]]'s [[Goldenrod Department Store#Rooftop|bargain sale]].{{sup|C}}
|-
|| Picnicker Gina || {{rt|34|Johto}} || Sunday afternoon ||Gives away {{evostone|Leaf Stone}}s.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| {{tc|Youngster}} Ian || {{rt|34|Johto}} || Saturday morning
|-
|| Day Care Lady{{sup|HGSS}} || {{rt|34|Johto}} ||
|-
|| Day Care Man{{sup|HGSS}} || {{rt|34|Johto}} || Calls when Pokémon left at the Daycare produce an Egg if the player wishes him to{{tt|*|After he gives the player a Pokémon egg the first time around.}}
|-
|| Childhood Friend {{ga|Ethan}}/{{ga|Lyra}}{{sup|HGSS}} || [[New Bark Town]] || || Number is obtained from them when first visiting the Daycare Center on {{rt|34|Johto}}; when contacted, they will give information on how certain Pokémon will react to different areas
|-
|| [[Bill]] || [[Goldenrod City]] || || Calls when Bill's PC box is full{{sup|GSC}} or when every box is full.{{sup|HGSS}} Can be called to find out how much space is left in the current box{{sup|GSC}} or the entire storage system{{sup|HGSS}}.
|-
|| [[Buena]] || [[Goldenrod City]] || || Obtainable after getting 30 Blue Card points.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| {{tc|Bug Catcher}} Arnie || {{rt|35|Johto}} || Tuesday morning || Calls during a {{p|Yanma}} swarm.
|-
|| {{tc|Firebreather}} Walt || {{rt|35|Johto}} || Monday afternoon
|-
|| {{tc|Juggler}} Irwin || {{rt|35|Johto}} ||
|-
|| Lass Krise || [[National Park]] || Sunday morning
|-
|| {{tc|Pokéfan}} Beverly || [[National Park]] || || Requires {{p|Marill}} in party{{sup|C}}: Gives away {{DL|Valuable item|Nugget}}s.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| Schoolboy Jack || [[National Park]] || Monday morning
|-
|| {{tc|School Boy|Schoolboy}} Alan || {{rt|36|Johto}} || Wednesday afternoon || Gives away {{evostone|Fire Stone}}s.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| {{tc|Gentleman}} Alfred || [[Glitter Lighthouse]] || Tuesday afternoon
|-
|| {{tc|Sailor}} Huey || [[Glitter Lighthouse]] || Wednesday night || Gives away {{DL|Vitamin|Protein}}.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| {{tc|Lass}} Dana || {{rt|38|Johto}} || Thursday night || Calls during a {{p|Tauros}} swarm{{sup|GSC}}, and gives away {{evostone|Thunderstone}}s.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| Schoolboy Chad || {{rt|38|Johto}} || Friday morning || Calls during a {{p|Snubbull}} swarm.
|-
|| Pokéfan Derek || {{rt|39|Johto}} ||
|-
|| {{tc|Fisherman|Fisher}} Chris{{tt|*|Gold and Silver}}/Tully{{tt|*|Crystal and HeartGold and SoulSilver}} || {{rt|42|Johto}} || Sunday afternoon || Gives away {{evostone|Water Stone}}s.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| Picnicker Tiffany || {{rt|43|Johto}} || Tuesday afternoon ||Gives away [[Escape item|Poké Dolls]]{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| {{tc|PokéManiac}} Brent || {{rt|43|Johto}} || Monday morning
|-
|| Bird Keeper Vance || {{rt|44|Johto}} || Wednesday night || Gives away {{DL|Vitamin|Carbos}}.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| Fisher Wilton || {{rt|44|Johto}} || Thursday morning || Calls during a {{p|Remoraid}} swarm{{sup|GS}}{{sup|HGSS}} and gives away various [[Poké Ball]]s.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| {{tc|Black Belt}} Kenji || {{rt|45|Johto}} || Random || Gives away {{DL|Vitamin|PP Up}}s during random lunch breaks at noon.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| Hiker Parry || {{rt|45|Johto}} || Friday afternoon || Calls during a {{p|Marill}} swarm{{sup|GSC}}{{sup|HGSS}}, and gives away {{DL|Vitamin|Iron}}.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| {{tc|Picnicker}} Erin || {{rt|46|Johto}} || Saturday night || Gives away {{DL|Vitamin|Calcium}}{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| Safari Warden [[Baoba]]{{sup|HGSS}} || [[Johto Safari Zone]] || || Gives phone number on {{rt|39|Johto}}
|-
|}
|}

====Gym Leader phone listing====
''See also [[Rematch#Gym Leader phone listing|Gym Leader Phone Listing (sub-section of Gym Leader Rematch)]]''.

The rematch concept is expanded in HeartGold and SoulSilver to allow players to [[Rematch#Pokémon HeartGold and SoulSilver|rematch the Gym Leaders]] of Johto and Kanto. The phone numbers for most of the sixteen Leaders can be obtained after defeating the [[Elite Four]], but rematches with the Gym Leaders cannot be scheduled until the {{Badge|Earth}} has been obtained (i.e {{ga|Blue}} has been defeated). By speaking with them at the appropriate time and place, players can obtain their phone numbers. At a later, specified date, the player can call the Leader and ask for a rematch. The Leader will always accept, and the battle will be fought at [[Saffron City]]'s [[Fighting Dojo]].

{| class="roundy" align="center" style="background: #73B1B7; border: 5px solid #7A8B8B;"
|-
|
{| border=1 width="100%" align="center" class="sortable" style="background: #FFFFFF; border:1px solid #73B1B7; border-collapse:collapse;"
|- style="background:#73B1B7"
! Leader !! Time and Location of Phone Number !! {{color2|000|Time#Generation IV|Time of Battle}}
|-
|| [[Falkner]] || Mondays in the [[Celadon City]] [[Celadon Department Store|Department Store]]; must have beaten Janine; any time || Saturday morning
|-
|| [[Bugsy]] || Thursdays in [[Viridian Forest]]; any time || Thursday afternoon
|-
|| [[Whitney]] || Any day in the [[Goldenrod City]] [[Goldenrod Department Store|Department Store]]; between 12:00 PM to 4:00 PM || Saturday afternoon
|-
|| [[Morty]] || Mondays and Tuesdays on the [[Bell Tower|Bellchime Trail]]; any time || Tuesday night
|-
|| [[Chuck]] || Any day from [[Chuck's wife]]; any time || Wednesday night
|-
|| [[Jasmine]] || Any day in the {{ci|Olivine}} Café; {{DL|Time|Pokémon HeartGold and SoulSilver|between 1:00 PM and 2:00 PM}} || Wednesday afternoon
|-
|| [[Pryce]] || Any morning by the [[Lake of Rage]]; {{DL|Time|Pokémon HeartGold and SoulSilver|between 6:00 AM and 10:00 AM}} || Monday morning
|-
|| [[Clair]] || Any morning in the [[Dragon's Den]]; must have beaten [[Lance]] and her in a double battle; {{DL|Time|Pokémon HeartGold and SoulSilver|between 6:00 AM and 10:00 AM}} || Friday night
|-
|| [[Brock]] || Any day in [[Diglett's Cave]]; must have beaten Blue; {{DL|Time|Pokémon HeartGold and SoulSilver|between 12:00 PM and 3:00 PM}} || Saturday night
|-
|| [[Misty]] || Any day on {{rt|25|Kanto}} (unless {{p|Suicune}} is present); must have beaten Blue; {{DL|Time|Pokémon HeartGold and SoulSilver|between 4:00 PM and 6:00 PM}} || Wednesday morning
|-
|| [[Lt. Surge]] || Any day by the [[Power Plant]] after {{p|Zapdos}} is captured and the player is {{pkmn2|walking}} with a {{p|Pikachu}}; must have beaten Blue; {{DL|Time|Pokémon HeartGold and SoulSilver|between 9:00 AM and 11:00 AM}} || Friday morning
|-
|| [[Erika]] || Saturdays and Sundays by the [[Celadon City]] fountain; must have beaten Blue; between 3:00 PM and 5:00 PM || Sunday morning
|-
|| [[Sabrina]] || Fridays at the [[Olivine City]] harbor; must have S.S. Ticket; any time || Sunday afternoon
|-
|| [[Janine]] || Any evening by the [[Pokémon League Reception Gate]]; {{DL|Time|Pokémon HeartGold and SoulSilver|between 4:00 PM and 6:00 PM}} || Monday afternoon
|-
|| [[Blaine]] || Tuesdays on [[Cinnabar Island]]; must have beaten Blue; any time || Tuesday afternoon
|-
|| {{ga|Blue}} || Any day from [[Daisy Oak]], after having at least seven massages and showing her a Pokémon with full happiness; any time || Sunday night
|-
|}
|}

===Radio===
After acquiring a Radio Card from a quiz host at the [[Goldenrod Radio Tower]], the Radio function of the Pokégear can now be used. It allows the player to tune in to the various radio stations being broadcast from the two Radio Towers in [[Goldenrod Radio Tower|Goldenrod (Johto)]] and [[Lavender Town#Kanto Radio Tower|Lavender (Kanto)]]. When traveling to Kanto, however, the EXPN Card must be obtained from the manager of the Kanto Radio Tower before all Kanto stations can be played in {{v|Crystal}}, and the Poké Flute station can be played in {{game3|Gold and Silver|Gold, Silver,|s}} {{game3|HeartGold and SoulSilver|HeartGold, and SoulSilver|s}} versions.

The Radio usually allows the players to tune in to the local programs, allowing the player to get tips from [[Professor Oak]] and [[DJ Mary]] on Prof. Oak's Pokémon Talk, or to let the player tune in to specific channels such as [[Buena's Password]] to win prizes. However, the Radio is also capable of picking up other signals within its tunable range, thereby occasionally causing weird noises to be heard such as the Mysterious Transmissions coming from the [[Ruins of Alph]], or Team Rocket's evolution-forcing signals near the [[Lake of Rage]].

During Team Rocket's takeover of the Goldenrod Radio Tower, all other stations were being replaced by the Team Rocket Announcement.

The Radio function also works when the Pokégear is not in use, allowing the player to play tunes from a specific radio show when on the move. Some tunes even affect how wild Pokémon appear, notably in HeartGold and SoulSilver, when {{DL|DJ|Ben}} from the [[Pokémon Music Channel]] occasionally broadcasts the {{DL|Pokémon Music Channel|Hoenn Sound}} or {{DL|Pokémon Music Channel|Sinnoh Sound}} to allow the player to attract wild Pokémon native to [[Hoenn]] or [[Sinnoh]].

====Generation II====
[[File:PokéGearRadio.png|240px|thumb|right|The radio interface in {{3v2|Gold|Silver|Crystal}}]]
In Generation II when the Radio was first introduced, the interface features an interactive box at the top right corner, consisting of a number line divided into 'channels' and a slider that is controlled by the left and right buttons. The channels range from 0 to 20.5, and when the slider reaches a correct channel, a program will play (in this case, 4.5 for Prof. Oak's Pokémon Talk). Most of the screen shows the name of the program and a large space for the dialog box to appear.

The following lists the shows available in Generation II:

''See also [[Goldenrod Radio Tower#Broadcasted programs|Broadcasted programs in Goldenrod Radio Tower]].''
{| align="center" width="100%  style="{{roundy|15px}}; background: #{{locationcolor/light|building}}; border: 5px solid #{{locationcolor/dark|building}};"
|-
! Radio shows in Generation II
|-
|
{| class="sortable" cellspacing="2" width="100%" align="center" style="{{roundy|15px}} background:#{{locationcolor/dark|building}}; border:3px solid #{{locationcolor/dark|building}};"
|- style="background:#73B1B7"
! class="roundytl" width=20% style="text-align:center" | Program
! width=10% | Host(s)
! width=10% | Channel
! class="roundytr" width=50% | Description
|- style="background:#FFF"
| [[Pokédex Show]]
| (no host)
| 4.5 (Johto) 4 AM-10 AM only
| A show that broadcasts [[Pokédex]] entries gathered by the player.
|-style="background:#FFF"
| [[Professor Oak's Pokémon Talk]]
| [[DJ Mary|Mary]] and {{prof|Oak}}
| 4.5 (Johto) 10 AM-4 AM only
| Talk show discussing locations where Pokémon can be found.
|-style="background:#FFF"
| [[Pokémon Music Channel|Pokémon Music]]
| {{DL|DJ|Ben}}
| 7.5 (Johto)
| Broadcasts different music of different effects depending on the [[days of the week|day of the week]].
|-style="background:#FFF"
| [[Lucky Channel]]
| {{DL|DJ|Reed}}
| 8.5 (Johto)
| Broadcasts one ID per week; Trainers who come to the welcome center with a Pokémon whose ID is similar will win a prize.
|-style="background:#FFF"
| [[Buena's Password]] (Crystal only)
| [[Buena]]
| 10.5 (Johto)
| Broadcasts one password per night between 6 PM-12 AM; Trainers who come to Buena and recite the password can get points redeemable for prizes.
|-style="background:#FFF"
| Mysterious Transmission (Un(kn)own Radio Station)
| {{p|Unown}}
| 13.5 (Johto)
| Strange noises will play. Only when the player is at [[Ruins of Alph]].
|-style="background:#FFF"
| [[Places and People]]
| {{DL|DJ|Lily}}
| 16.5 (Kanto)
| Talk show discussing [[Kanto]] locations or Trainers the player has faced. Requires EXPN Card in {{game|Crystal}}.
|-style="background:#FFF"
| [[Pokémon Music Channel|Let's All Sing]]
| {{DL|DJ|Fern}}
| 18.5 (Kanto)
| Broadcasts different music of different effects depending on the day of the week. Requires EXPN Card in {{game|Crystal}}.
|-style="background:#FFF"
| [[Poké Flute]]
| (no host)
| 20.0 (Kanto)
| Plays Poké Flute music. Used to awaken {{p|Snorlax}}. Requires EXPN Card.
|-style="background:#FFF"
| Radio Transmission Team Rocket evolution signal
| [[Team Rocket HQ]]
| 20.5 (Johto)
| An eerie tune plays over and over. Only plays in [[Mahogany Town]], {{rt|43|Johto}}, and [[Lake of Rage]]. No longer plays when the player has cleared the Team Rocket HQ.
|- style="background:#FFF"
| class="roundybl" | Team Rocket Announcement
| [[Team Rocket]]
| All stations (Johto)
| class="roundybr" | Plays on all stations once Team Rocket has succeeded in taking over the [[Goldenrod Radio Tower|Radio Tower]]. A Team Rocket executive announces over the airwaves that they have rejoined, and pleads their boss, [[Giovanni]], to come out of hiding and rejoin them. Begins playing once the player has obtained seven Badges; no longer plays when Team Rocket disbands.
|}
|}

====Generation IV====
[[File:PokéGearRadio HGSS.png|240px|thumb|right|The bottom screen of the radio interface in {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}]]
In {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}, the radio function makes a return, but the interface changes much drastically from [[Generation II]]. Most of the dialog and the reception icon is now shown at the top screen, while tuning can be done at the bottom screens. Tuning is done in two ways: moving a rounded indicator around the circular area using the stylus, or by selecting one of the four buttons at the side of the circular area, which directly tunes the radio to a pre-set Radio Station. (The Mysterious Transmission and the Poké Flute have to be manually tuned using the stylus.)

Programs in HeartGold and SoulSilver are now more varied; Prof. Oak's Pokémon Talk will update the player on recent [[Pokémon outbreak|swarm]], while a [[Variety Channel]] features a documentary and radio play. The broadcast timings for [[Buena's Password]] have also been changed, allowing her program to be received for one out of every three hours. Most programs are also not limited to their respective broadcast regions; the four main stations can be heard in both [[Kanto]] and [[Johto]].

The following lists the shows available in Generation IV:
{| align="center" style="{{roundy|15px}} background: #{{heartgold color}}; border: 5px solid #{{heartgold color dark}};"
|-
! Radio shows in Generation IV
|-
|
{| class="roundy" cellspacing="2" cellpadding="4" width="100%" align="center" style="background:#{{soulsilver color dark}}; border:3px solid #{{soulsilver color dark}};"
|- style="background:#{{silver color}}"
! class="roundytl" width=20% style="text-align:center" | Program
! width=10% | Host(s)
! class="roundytr" width=60% | Description
|- style="background:#{{heartgold color light}}"
!colspan="3"| Station 1 (top-left)
|- style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| [[Pokémon Music Channel|Pokémon Music]]
| {{DL|DJ|Ben}}
| Broadcasts different music of different effects depending on the [[days of the week|day of the week]].
|- style="background:#{{heartgold color light}}"
!colspan="3"| Station 2 (top-right)
|- style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| [[Professor Oak's Pokémon Talk]]
| [[DJ Mary|Mary]] and {{prof|Oak}}
| Talk show discussing locations where semi-rare Pokémon can be found. Also broadcasts updates on [[Pokémon outbreak|swarms]] and where Sinnoh/Hoenn and other Pokémon currently reside after receiving the National Pokédex.
|- style="background:#{{heartgold color light}}"
!colspan="3"| Station 3 (bottom-left)
|- style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| [[Street Corner Channel]]
| {{DL|DJ|Snap}}
| Broadcasts a show called "Trainer Profiles", which describes a randomly selected Trainer class. Switches with the Town Channel every hour.
|-style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| [[Town Channel]]
| Unknown
| Broadcasts a show called "That Town, These People" that selects the top 3 landmarks or persons in any given city or town. Switches with the Street Corner Channel every hour.
|- style="background:#{{heartgold color light}}"
!colspan="3"| Station 4 (bottom-right)
|-style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| [[Variety Channel]]
| [[Silver Drama]]
| Broadcasts Pokémon Search party, Serial Radio Drama and the [[Buena's Password]] channel. The three programs rotate on an hourly basis throughout the day.
|-style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| [[Buena's Password]] (part of Variety Channel)
| [[Buena]]
| Broadcasts one password every hour at 2 AM, 5 AM, 8 AM, 11 AM, 2 PM, 5 PM, 8 PM, and 11 PM; Trainers who come to Buena and recite the password can get points redeemable for prizes.
|- style="background:#{{heartgold color light}}"
!colspan="3"| Others (stations that have to be manually tuned, or otherwise)
|-style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| [[Poké Flute]] (manually tuned)
| (no host)
| Plays Poké Flute music that is used to awaken {{p|Snorlax}}. Only plays in Kanto. Requires EXPN Card upgrade. '''Tuning instructions:''' somewhere near the top, above stations 1 and 2.
|-style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| Mysterious Transmission (Un(kn)own Radio Station, manually tuned)
| {{p|Unown}}
| When the player is at the [[Ruins of Alph]], strange noises will play and there will be no reception from other stations. It also increases the chance of encountering an {{p|Unown}} [[Form differences#Unown|shape]] the player has not yet encountered. Sounds similar to the [[Azure Flute]]. '''Tuning instructions:''' somewhere in the center.
|-style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| Radio Transmission (Team Rocket evolution signal)
| [[Team Rocket HQ]]
| An eerie tune plays over and over. Only plays in [[Mahogany Town]], {{rt|43|Johto}}, and [[Lake of Rage]] and causes interference that prevents the radio from tuning in to other stations. No longer plays when the player has cleared the Team Rocket HQ.
|-style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| class="roundybl"| Team Rocket Announcement
| [[Team Rocket]]
| class="roundybr"| Played on all stations after Team Rocket had succeeded in the taking over the [[Goldenrod Radio Tower|Radio Tower]]. A Team Rocket executive announces over the airwaves that they have rejoined, and pleads their boss, [[Giovanni]], to come out of hiding and rejoin them. Begins playing once the player had defeated the seventh Gym leader, no longer plays when Team Rocket disbands.

|}
|}

==In the anime==
[[File:HGSS Pokegear anime.png|200px|right|thumb|Brock's Pokégear]]
In the anime, it is shown that the Pokégear has at least three designs, a black one, a white one, and a pink one. Several characters in the anime own Pokégears:
* {{mov|Lisa}} lent hers to Ash so that he could keep in contact with Professor Oak in ''[[M03|Spell of the Unown]]''.
* A Pokégear under the ownership of [[Jasmine]], the [[Olivine City|Olivine]] [[Gym Leader]] made a brief appearance in ''[[EP208|Fight for the Light]]''.
* {{jo|Jimmy}}, {{jo|Marina}} and [[Vincent]] all own Pokégears. A plot point of ''[[The Legend of Thunder!]]'' is that it includes a tracking system to show where the other Pokégears currently are.
[[File:{{#switch: {{#expr: {{#time: U}} mod 2}}|0=Pokegear|1=Pokegear black}} anime.png|200px|right|thumb|{{#switch: {{#expr: {{#time: U}} mod 2}}|0=Misty's|1=Jimmy's}} Pokégear]]
* {{an|Misty}} also owns one, so that she can keep in contact with [[The Sensational Sisters|her sisters]] at the [[Cerulean Gym]].
* {{an|Lyra}} owns the new version of the Pokégear, and she owns a pink model. Likewise, her friend [[Khoury]] owns a blue model.
* {{an|Brock}} received his own Pokégear at the end of ''[[DP147|Bagged Then Tagged!]]'' when he was given one by [[Khoury's father]]. It has been used fairly regularly by him since then, normally being used by Brock to track the group's location (similar to how [[Max]] did with the [[PokéNav]]).

==In the manga==
===In the Pokémon Adventures manga===
{{incomplete|section}}
The Pokégear is often used in Pokémon Adventures, first appearing in the {{chap|Gold, Silver & Crystal}}. The Pokégear is the Pokémon world's equivalent of a cellular phone, albeit with more functions such as a Map Card. In addition to the [[Johto]] [[Pokédex holder]]s, {{adv|Red}}, {{adv|Blue}}, {{adv|Green}}, and {{adv|Ruby}} also possess one. [[Misty]], [[Erika]], [[Norman]], [[Juan]], [[Wallace]], [[Volkner]], and {{EF|Flint}} are also seen to own a Pokégear.

In addition to its role as a cellular phone, the Pokégear can also be used as a remote control. It played a large role in the development of the [[Masked Man]]; this gadget was used to send signals to his Pokémon so that the Masked Man and his alter ego could be in "two places at one time."

Later in the {{chap|Ruby & Sapphire}}, Ruby explained to Sapphire how a password is needed to operate an aircar, having learned how to do so from his mentor.

==In the TCG==
Both iterations of the PokéGear appear as cards in the [[Pokémon Trading Card Game]].

{{cardlist/header|Related cards|Trainer|char=yes}}
{{cardlist/entry|cardname={{TCG ID|Neo Genesis|PokéGear|88}}|type=Trainer|enset=Neo Genesis|enrarity=Rare|ennum=88/111|jpsetlink=Neo Genesis|jpset=Gold, Silver, to a New World...|jprarity=Rare}}
{{cardlist/entry|cardname={{TCG ID|HeartGold & SoulSilver|Pokégear 3.0|96}}|type=Trainer|enset=HeartGold & SoulSilver|enrarity=Uncommon|ennum=96/123|jpsetlink=HeartGold & SoulSilver|jpset=SoulSilver Collection|jprarity=Uncommon|jpnum=064/070}}
{{cardlist/footer|Trainer}}

==Trivia==
*Music from the Pokégear doesn't stop when the player uses {{m|Surf}}; however, it does stop when the player gets out of the water.
*In HeartGold and SoulSilver, the Pokégear's map displays Ethan's icon's hat with black sides, however the [[Pokédex]] display Ethan's icon's hat with yellow sides. This may be a leftover from conversion from his Generation II design (where the front of his hat was all black and the back was all yellow) to his Generation IV design (where the sides of his hat are black and the middle is yellow).

==Names==
{{langtable|color={{silver color}}|bordercolor={{gold color}}
|de=PokéCom
|en=Pokégear
|es_eu=PokéGear
|fr_eu=PokéMatos
|it=Pokégear
|pl=PokéŁącze
|ja=ポケギア

|zh_cmn=神奇寶貝裝置 ''Shénqíbǎobèi Zhuāngzhì''
}}
{{-}}
{{Menu}} 
{{Project ItemDex notice}}
[[Category:Map equipment]]

[[de:PokéCom]]
[[es:PokéGear]]
[[fr:PokéMatos]]
[[ja:ポケギア]]
[[pt:PokéGear]]
[[it:Pokégear]]

Pokégear

2012-07-31T16:50:20Z

PatPeter: /* Trainer phone listing */ Order by route since the user can always order alphabetically, but ordering by location does not take into account cities/caves, etc.

[[File:PokéGear HGSS m.png|thumb|right|Blue Pokégear in HeartGold and SoulSilver]]
[[File:PokéGear HGSS f.png|thumb|Pink Pokégear in HeartGold and SoulSilver]]
'''Pokémon Gear''' (Japanese: '''ポケモンギア''' ''Pokémon Gear''), mostly known as '''Pokégear''' (Japanese: '''ポケギア''' ''Pokégear''), is an electronic device found in [[Johto]]. It looks like a large, advanced wristwatch with the [[Silph Co.]] logo on it. It was first introduced in [[Generation II]]; the [[Hoenn]] region's analog to the Pokégear appears to be the [[PokéNav]], the [[Sinnoh]] counterpart is the [[Pokétch]], and the [[Unova]] counterpart is the [[C-Gear]].

The Pokégear is an important tool for {{pkmn|Trainer}}s, some see it necessary to have one on a Trainer's adventure. The main character of {{game2|Gold|Silver|Crystal}} receives a Pokégear from their mother at the start of their journey. The {{player}} is able to have access to the Pokégear by selecting it from the [[menu]]. At that, it is easy to navigate through the Pokégear by selecting through four different functions located at the top-left of the screen. It displays the map of the region, names of previously fought Trainers, and the current time. It also allows players to call registered Trainers. Certain functions need to be unlocked during the game by receiving special expansion cards.

The Pokégear returns in the Generation IV remakes, {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}. The interface has been completely redesigned, using both screens on the [[Nintendo DS]]. The top will always display the time function on the Pokégear, while the touch screen will display the other different functions of the Pokégear, as well as selecting other functions using the touch screen. The outer aesthetics of the Pokégear have changed abruptly as well. The whole Pokégear is a flip top, while the bottom section of the Pokégear is used to scan special expansion cards to upgrade it with other functions. Its color skin is changeable between blue, pink, a [[Team Rocket]] theme, a Japanese dojo theme, a Pokémon League theme, and teal-and-white with a Silph Co. theme.

==Functions==
[[File:PokeGear.png|thumb|150px|right|Pokégear artwork from [[Generation II]]]]
The Pokégear's functionality comes from the several features and applications that can be installed in it, making it extensible. Many people are willing to give away special expansion cards to upgrade the Pokégear with other functions. In {{game2|Gold|Silver|Crystal}}, there are 4 available functions, two of which are included with the Pokégear. The rest are not available at the start but can be received at a later time.

===Time===
Included in {{game2|Gold|Silver|Crystal}} with the Pokégear, the time function is the most basic feature. The Pokégear will {{wp|digital clock|digitally}} display the time of day using the {{wp|12-hour clock|12-hour AM/PM format}} as well as the day of the week. It runs off the time the {{player}} input at the beginning of the game.

A glitch in Gold and Silver will change the day if the functions are scrolled through; this was addressed in Crystal. A function in Gold and Silver that allowed players to reset the game's time in the title screen was also removed from Crystal.

In {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}, the time will always be displayed on the top screen of the DS. However, unlike in Gold, Silver, and Crystal, the time is displayed using the {{wp|24-hour clock|24-hour format}} instead of the {{wp|12-hour clock|12-hour format}} and runs on the [[Nintendo DS]]'s internal clock, much like the Pokétch. There is also a wireless signal measurement next to the time, though it has no purpose and always displays the same.

<gallery>
File:PokéGearTime.png|The time function in {{3v2|Gold|Silver|Crystal}}
File:PokéGearPhone_HGSS.png‎|The top screen in {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}
</gallery>

===Map===
Obtained after the player receives a map card for the Pokégear after taking a tour of [[Cherrygrove City]] from the Guide Gent, the map function of the Pokégear acts as a [[Town Map]], displaying a map of [[Johto]] and later [[Kanto]] with cities, towns and other important landmarks. It is the most basic of the map devices used by the {{player}}, and is the navigational item for all [[Generation II]] games.

In {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}, the mechanics of the map remain the same, only to have several added features, including the ability to zoom in to display areas of interest, with certain locations having a small flavor text. There is another feature that allows the player to add notes and markings to different locations, to allow the player to make notes about each area about the Pokémon in the area, any [[Apricorn]] or [[Berry]] trees, any special buildings, [[TM]] locations or any other notes. These notes will appear on the top screen when the player highlights that specific area on the map. Like the Marking Map on the [[Pokétch]], it also displays the current locations of all [[Roaming Pokémon]], including {{p|Entei}} and {{p|Raikou}}.

If, in HeartGold and SoulSilver, a non-player character calls the player on the Pokégear phone for a rematch or to give an item, then the Pokégear map will display a small red exclamation point next to the name of the route or location.

<gallery>
File:PokéGearMap.png|The map function in {{3v2|Gold|Silver|Crystal}}, displaying the map for [[Johto]]
File:PokéGearMap HGSS.png|The map function in {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}, displaying the [[Johto]] half of the map
</gallery>

===Phone===
[[File:HGSSPokéGearPhone.png|thumb|left|The phone function in {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}]]
[[File:PokéGearPhone.png|thumb|right|The phone function in [[Generation II]]]]
Included in {{game2|Gold|Silver|Crystal}} with the device, the Pokégear's phone acts like a cellphone, allowing the user to make calls to people that they've traded phone numbers with. This allows the player to talk to other characters and learn information from them, such as battling tips or when rare Pokémon appear. Trainers with whom the player has exchanged numbers may also sometimes call the player to request a rematch, in which they will use higher-level Pokémon than during their initial battle.

The phone can also store numbers of other important people, like the player's [[mom]] or [[Professor Elm]]. Mom will also ring every so often, telling the {{player}} about the money she has saved (if opted for by the player) and occasionally spending that money on decorations for the player's [[bedroom]] or items such as {{DL|Potion|Super Potion}}s for the player. In Generation II, the phone function has a memory bank that can store the numbers for up to ten people.

In {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}, the phone function makes a return and is used in the same way as before, though the interface (like the rest of the Pokégear) can now be controlled with the touch screen in addition to (or as an alternative to) the DS's buttons. In the remakes, the phone has no limit on how many numbers can be stored, though, unlike Generation II, numbers cannot be deleted from it. Also in the remakes, the player now has the option not to answer when someone calls them.

In HeartGold and SoulSilver, Trainers will only begin calling the player for rematches once the player has collected seven Badges and beaten [[Team Rocket]] at the [[Goldenrod Radio Tower|Radio Tower]] in [[Goldenrod City]]. In addition, once the Radio Tower has been saved, the player can call registered Trainers to arrange rematches with them without having to wait for the respective Trainers to call the player. Each Trainer has a specific time during a specific day each week where they will accept a rematch when called; if they are called at any other time of the week, they will use their usual script, and a rematch will not be arranged. When a Trainer is called at the appropriate time, as long as the player is not at the same route or location as the Trainer, they will accept the challenge of a rematch and can then be battled at their original location with higher-level Pokémon at any later point in time (though, once the rematch has taken place, the player will need to call or be called again in order to carry out another rematch). Additionally to further power up the Trainer's team in two additional phases, defeating the Elite Four and later collecting all 16 Badges are the necessary requirements for these powerups as long as each incarnation of that Trainers' team is fought at least once. If a rematch with a Trainer has been arranged but not carried out, a red exclamation point will appear next to the name of the Trainer's location on the Pokégear map (unless it is against a Gym Leader, in which Saffron City will not have the exclamation point).
{{-}}
====Trainer phone listing====
{| class="roundy" align="center" style="background: #73B1B7; border: 5px solid #7A8B8B;"
|-
|
{| border=1 width="100%" align="center" class="sortable" style="background: #FFFFFF; border:1px solid #73B1B7; border-collapse:collapse;"
|- style="background:#73B1B7"
! Person !! Location !! Rematch{{sup|HGSS}} !! Notes
|-
|| [[Mom]]{{tt|*|cannot be removed from phone in Gold, Silver, or Crystal}} || [[New Bark Town]] || || Saves the player's money and buys items.
|-
|| Bug Catcher Doug || {{rt|2|Kanto}} || Wednesday morning
|-
|| Bug Catcher Rob || {{rt|2|Kanto}} || Friday morning
|-
|| Fisher Kyle || {{rt|12|Kanto}} || Wednesday afternoon
|-
|| Fisher Kyler || {{rt|12|Kanto}} || Thursday afternoon
|-
|| {{tc|Camper}} Tanner || {{rt|13|Kanto}} || Monday night
|-
|| Bird Keeper Josh || {{rt|14|Kanto}} || Tuesday night || Gives away {{evostone|Shiny Stone}}s.{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| {{tc|Biker}} Aiden || {{rt|17|Kanto}} || Monday morning
|-
|| Biker Ernest || {{rt|17|Kanto}} || Sunday afternoon
|-
|| Biker Reese || {{rt|17|Kanto}} || Sunday night
|-
|| {{tc|Ace Trainer|Cool Trainer}} Beth{{tt|*|Gold and Silver and Crystal}}/Ace Trainer Jamie{{tt|*|HeartGold and SoulSilver}} || {{rt|26|Kanto}} || Friday afternoon
|-
|| Cool Trainer Gaven || {{rt|26|Kanto}} || Thursday morning
|-
|| Cool Trainer Reena || {{rt|27|Kanto}} || Sunday morning
|-
|| {{tc|Bird Keeper}} Jose || {{rt|27|Kanto}} || Saturday night || Gives away {{DL|Valuable item|Star Piece}}s.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| Bug Catcher Wade || {{rt|31|Johto}} || Tuesday night || Reminds player of the [[Bug-Catching Contest]]. Gives away [[Berry|Berries]].{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| Fisher Ralph || {{rt|32|Johto}} || Wednesday morning || Calls during a {{p|Qwilfish}} swarm.
|-
|| {{tc|Hiker}} Anthony || {{rt|33|Johto}} || Friday night || Calls during a {{p|Dunsparce}} swarm.
|-
|| Camper Todd || {{rt|34|Johto}} || Saturday morning || Reminds player of the [[Goldenrod Department Store]]'s [[Goldenrod Department Store#Rooftop|bargain sale]].{{sup|C}}
|-
|| Day Care Lady{{sup|HGSS}} || {{rt|34|Johto}} ||
|-
|| Day Care Man{{sup|HGSS}} || {{rt|34|Johto}} || Calls when Pokémon left at the Daycare produce an Egg if the player wishes him to{{tt|*|After he gives the player a Pokémon egg the first time around.}}
|-
|| Childhood Friend {{ga|Ethan}}/{{ga|Lyra}}{{sup|HGSS}} || [[New Bark Town]] || || Number is obtained from them when first visiting the Daycare Center on {{rt|34|Johto}}; when contacted, they will give information on how certain Pokémon will react to different areas
|-
|| [[Bill]] || [[Goldenrod City]] || || Calls when Bill's PC box is full{{sup|GSC}} or when every box is full.{{sup|HGSS}} Can be called to find out how much space is left in the current box{{sup|GSC}} or the entire storage system{{sup|HGSS}}.
|-
|| [[Buena]] || [[Goldenrod City]] || || Obtainable after getting 30 Blue Card points.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| {{tc|Bug Catcher}} Arnie || {{rt|35|Johto}} || Tuesday morning || Calls during a {{p|Yanma}} swarm.
|-
|| {{tc|Firebreather}} Walt || {{rt|35|Johto}} || Monday afternoon
|-
|| {{tc|Juggler}} Irwin || {{rt|35|Johto}} ||
|-
|| Lass Krise || [[National Park]] || Sunday morning
|-
|| {{tc|Gentleman}} Alfred || [[Glitter Lighthouse]] || Tuesday afternoon
|-
|| {{tc|Lass}} Dana || {{rt|38|Johto}} || Thursday night || Calls during a {{p|Tauros}} swarm{{sup|GSC}}, and gives away {{evostone|Thunderstone}}s.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| {{tc|Fisherman|Fisher}} Chris{{tt|*|Gold and Silver}}/Tully{{tt|*|Crystal and HeartGold and SoulSilver}} || {{rt|42|Johto}} || Sunday afternoon || Gives away {{evostone|Water Stone}}s.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| Bird Keeper Vance || {{rt|44|Johto}} || Wednesday night || Gives away {{DL|Vitamin|Carbos}}.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| {{tc|Black Belt}} Kenji || {{rt|45|Johto}} || Random || Gives away {{DL|Vitamin|PP Up}}s during random lunch breaks at noon.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| Fisher Wilton || {{rt|44|Johto}} || Thursday morning || Calls during a {{p|Remoraid}} swarm{{sup|GS}}{{sup|HGSS}} and gives away various [[Poké Ball]]s.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| Hiker Kenny || {{rt|13|Kanto}} || Saturday afternoon
|-
|| Hiker Parry || {{rt|45|Johto}} || Friday afternoon || Calls during a {{p|Marill}} swarm{{sup|GSC}}{{sup|HGSS}}, and gives away {{DL|Vitamin|Iron}}.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-

|| {{tc|Picnicker}} Erin || {{rt|46|Johto}} || Saturday night || Gives away {{DL|Vitamin|Calcium}}{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| Picnicker Gina || {{rt|34|Johto}} || Sunday afternoon ||Gives away {{evostone|Leaf Stone}}s.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| Picnicker Liz || {{rt|32|Johto}} || Thursday afternoon
|-
|| Picnicker Tiffany || {{rt|43|Johto}} || Tuesday afternoon ||Gives away [[Escape item|Poké Dolls]]{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| Poké Ball Creator [[Kurt]]{{sup|HGSS}} || [[Azalea Town]] ||
|-
|| {{tc|Pokéfan}} Beverly || [[National Park]] || || Requires {{p|Marill}} in party{{sup|C}}: Gives away {{DL|Valuable item|Nugget}}s.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| Pokéfan Derek || {{rt|39|Johto}} ||
|-
|| {{tc|PokéManiac}} Brent || {{rt|43|Johto}} || Monday morning
|-
|| [[Professor Elm]]{{tt|*|cannot be removed from phone in Gold and Silver and Crystal}} || [[New Bark Town]] || || Calls about major events.
|-
|| [[Professor Oak]]{{sup|HGSS}} || [[Pallet Town]] || || Gives phone number when first met at [[Mr. Pokémon]]'s house; call him to have [[Pokédex]] rated
|-
|| Safari Warden [[Baoba]]{{sup|HGSS}} || [[Johto Safari Zone]] || || Gives phone number on {{rt|39|Johto}}
|-
|| {{tc|School Boy|Schoolboy}} Alan || {{rt|36|Johto}} || Wednesday afternoon || Gives away {{evostone|Fire Stone}}s.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| Schoolboy Billy || {{rt|15|Kanto}} || Friday night
|-
|| Schoolboy Chad || {{rt|38|Johto}} || Friday morning || Calls during a {{p|Snubbull}} swarm.
|-
|| Schoolboy Jack || [[National Park]] || Monday morning
|-
|| Schoolboy Torin || {{rt|14|Kanto}} || Wednesday night
|-
|| {{tc|Sailor}} Huey || [[Glitter Lighthouse]] || Wednesday night || Gives away {{DL|Vitamin|Protein}}.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|| {{tc|Teacher}} Hillary || {{rt|15|Kanto}} || Thursday night
|-
|| {{tc|Twins}} Kay & Tia || {{rt|15|Kanto}} || Saturday night
|-
|| {{tc|Young Couple}} Tim & Sue || {{rt|13|Kanto}} || Friday afternoon
|-
|| {{tc|Youngster}} Ian || {{rt|34|Johto}} || Saturday morning
|-
|| Youngster [[Joey]] || {{rt|30|Johto}} || Monday afternoon || Gives away {{DL|Vitamin|HP Up}}.{{sup|C}}{{sup|HGSS}}
|-
|}
|}

====Gym Leader phone listing====
''See also [[Rematch#Gym Leader phone listing|Gym Leader Phone Listing (sub-section of Gym Leader Rematch)]]''.

The rematch concept is expanded in HeartGold and SoulSilver to allow players to [[Rematch#Pokémon HeartGold and SoulSilver|rematch the Gym Leaders]] of Johto and Kanto. The phone numbers for most of the sixteen Leaders can be obtained after defeating the [[Elite Four]], but rematches with the Gym Leaders cannot be scheduled until the {{Badge|Earth}} has been obtained (i.e {{ga|Blue}} has been defeated). By speaking with them at the appropriate time and place, players can obtain their phone numbers. At a later, specified date, the player can call the Leader and ask for a rematch. The Leader will always accept, and the battle will be fought at [[Saffron City]]'s [[Fighting Dojo]].

{| class="roundy" align="center" style="background: #73B1B7; border: 5px solid #7A8B8B;"
|-
|
{| border=1 width="100%" align="center" class="sortable" style="background: #FFFFFF; border:1px solid #73B1B7; border-collapse:collapse;"
|- style="background:#73B1B7"
! Leader !! Time and Location of Phone Number !! {{color2|000|Time#Generation IV|Time of Battle}}
|-
|| [[Falkner]] || Mondays in the [[Celadon City]] [[Celadon Department Store|Department Store]]; must have beaten Janine; any time || Saturday morning
|-
|| [[Bugsy]] || Thursdays in [[Viridian Forest]]; any time || Thursday afternoon
|-
|| [[Whitney]] || Any day in the [[Goldenrod City]] [[Goldenrod Department Store|Department Store]]; between 12:00 PM to 4:00 PM || Saturday afternoon
|-
|| [[Morty]] || Mondays and Tuesdays on the [[Bell Tower|Bellchime Trail]]; any time || Tuesday night
|-
|| [[Chuck]] || Any day from [[Chuck's wife]]; any time || Wednesday night
|-
|| [[Jasmine]] || Any day in the {{ci|Olivine}} Café; {{DL|Time|Pokémon HeartGold and SoulSilver|between 1:00 PM and 2:00 PM}} || Wednesday afternoon
|-
|| [[Pryce]] || Any morning by the [[Lake of Rage]]; {{DL|Time|Pokémon HeartGold and SoulSilver|between 6:00 AM and 10:00 AM}} || Monday morning
|-
|| [[Clair]] || Any morning in the [[Dragon's Den]]; must have beaten [[Lance]] and her in a double battle; {{DL|Time|Pokémon HeartGold and SoulSilver|between 6:00 AM and 10:00 AM}} || Friday night
|-
|| [[Brock]] || Any day in [[Diglett's Cave]]; must have beaten Blue; {{DL|Time|Pokémon HeartGold and SoulSilver|between 12:00 PM and 3:00 PM}} || Saturday night
|-
|| [[Misty]] || Any day on {{rt|25|Kanto}} (unless {{p|Suicune}} is present); must have beaten Blue; {{DL|Time|Pokémon HeartGold and SoulSilver|between 4:00 PM and 6:00 PM}} || Wednesday morning
|-
|| [[Lt. Surge]] || Any day by the [[Power Plant]] after {{p|Zapdos}} is captured and the player is {{pkmn2|walking}} with a {{p|Pikachu}}; must have beaten Blue; {{DL|Time|Pokémon HeartGold and SoulSilver|between 9:00 AM and 11:00 AM}} || Friday morning
|-
|| [[Erika]] || Saturdays and Sundays by the [[Celadon City]] fountain; must have beaten Blue; between 3:00 PM and 5:00 PM || Sunday morning
|-
|| [[Sabrina]] || Fridays at the [[Olivine City]] harbor; must have S.S. Ticket; any time || Sunday afternoon
|-
|| [[Janine]] || Any evening by the [[Pokémon League Reception Gate]]; {{DL|Time|Pokémon HeartGold and SoulSilver|between 4:00 PM and 6:00 PM}} || Monday afternoon
|-
|| [[Blaine]] || Tuesdays on [[Cinnabar Island]]; must have beaten Blue; any time || Tuesday afternoon
|-
|| {{ga|Blue}} || Any day from [[Daisy Oak]], after having at least seven massages and showing her a Pokémon with full happiness; any time || Sunday night
|-
|}
|}

===Radio===
After acquiring a Radio Card from a quiz host at the [[Goldenrod Radio Tower]], the Radio function of the Pokégear can now be used. It allows the player to tune in to the various radio stations being broadcast from the two Radio Towers in [[Goldenrod Radio Tower|Goldenrod (Johto)]] and [[Lavender Town#Kanto Radio Tower|Lavender (Kanto)]]. When traveling to Kanto, however, the EXPN Card must be obtained from the manager of the Kanto Radio Tower before all Kanto stations can be played in {{v|Crystal}}, and the Poké Flute station can be played in {{game3|Gold and Silver|Gold, Silver,|s}} {{game3|HeartGold and SoulSilver|HeartGold, and SoulSilver|s}} versions.

The Radio usually allows the players to tune in to the local programs, allowing the player to get tips from [[Professor Oak]] and [[DJ Mary]] on Prof. Oak's Pokémon Talk, or to let the player tune in to specific channels such as [[Buena's Password]] to win prizes. However, the Radio is also capable of picking up other signals within its tunable range, thereby occasionally causing weird noises to be heard such as the Mysterious Transmissions coming from the [[Ruins of Alph]], or Team Rocket's evolution-forcing signals near the [[Lake of Rage]].

During Team Rocket's takeover of the Goldenrod Radio Tower, all other stations were being replaced by the Team Rocket Announcement.

The Radio function also works when the Pokégear is not in use, allowing the player to play tunes from a specific radio show when on the move. Some tunes even affect how wild Pokémon appear, notably in HeartGold and SoulSilver, when {{DL|DJ|Ben}} from the [[Pokémon Music Channel]] occasionally broadcasts the {{DL|Pokémon Music Channel|Hoenn Sound}} or {{DL|Pokémon Music Channel|Sinnoh Sound}} to allow the player to attract wild Pokémon native to [[Hoenn]] or [[Sinnoh]].

====Generation II====
[[File:PokéGearRadio.png|240px|thumb|right|The radio interface in {{3v2|Gold|Silver|Crystal}}]]
In Generation II when the Radio was first introduced, the interface features an interactive box at the top right corner, consisting of a number line divided into 'channels' and a slider that is controlled by the left and right buttons. The channels range from 0 to 20.5, and when the slider reaches a correct channel, a program will play (in this case, 4.5 for Prof. Oak's Pokémon Talk). Most of the screen shows the name of the program and a large space for the dialog box to appear.

The following lists the shows available in Generation II:

''See also [[Goldenrod Radio Tower#Broadcasted programs|Broadcasted programs in Goldenrod Radio Tower]].''
{| align="center" width="100%  style="{{roundy|15px}}; background: #{{locationcolor/light|building}}; border: 5px solid #{{locationcolor/dark|building}};"
|-
! Radio shows in Generation II
|-
|
{| class="sortable" cellspacing="2" width="100%" align="center" style="{{roundy|15px}} background:#{{locationcolor/dark|building}}; border:3px solid #{{locationcolor/dark|building}};"
|- style="background:#73B1B7"
! class="roundytl" width=20% style="text-align:center" | Program
! width=10% | Host(s)
! width=10% | Channel
! class="roundytr" width=50% | Description
|- style="background:#FFF"
| [[Pokédex Show]]
| (no host)
| 4.5 (Johto) 4 AM-10 AM only
| A show that broadcasts [[Pokédex]] entries gathered by the player.
|-style="background:#FFF"
| [[Professor Oak's Pokémon Talk]]
| [[DJ Mary|Mary]] and {{prof|Oak}}
| 4.5 (Johto) 10 AM-4 AM only
| Talk show discussing locations where Pokémon can be found.
|-style="background:#FFF"
| [[Pokémon Music Channel|Pokémon Music]]
| {{DL|DJ|Ben}}
| 7.5 (Johto)
| Broadcasts different music of different effects depending on the [[days of the week|day of the week]].
|-style="background:#FFF"
| [[Lucky Channel]]
| {{DL|DJ|Reed}}
| 8.5 (Johto)
| Broadcasts one ID per week; Trainers who come to the welcome center with a Pokémon whose ID is similar will win a prize.
|-style="background:#FFF"
| [[Buena's Password]] (Crystal only)
| [[Buena]]
| 10.5 (Johto)
| Broadcasts one password per night between 6 PM-12 AM; Trainers who come to Buena and recite the password can get points redeemable for prizes.
|-style="background:#FFF"
| Mysterious Transmission (Un(kn)own Radio Station)
| {{p|Unown}}
| 13.5 (Johto)
| Strange noises will play. Only when the player is at [[Ruins of Alph]].
|-style="background:#FFF"
| [[Places and People]]
| {{DL|DJ|Lily}}
| 16.5 (Kanto)
| Talk show discussing [[Kanto]] locations or Trainers the player has faced. Requires EXPN Card in {{game|Crystal}}.
|-style="background:#FFF"
| [[Pokémon Music Channel|Let's All Sing]]
| {{DL|DJ|Fern}}
| 18.5 (Kanto)
| Broadcasts different music of different effects depending on the day of the week. Requires EXPN Card in {{game|Crystal}}.
|-style="background:#FFF"
| [[Poké Flute]]
| (no host)
| 20.0 (Kanto)
| Plays Poké Flute music. Used to awaken {{p|Snorlax}}. Requires EXPN Card.
|-style="background:#FFF"
| Radio Transmission Team Rocket evolution signal
| [[Team Rocket HQ]]
| 20.5 (Johto)
| An eerie tune plays over and over. Only plays in [[Mahogany Town]], {{rt|43|Johto}}, and [[Lake of Rage]]. No longer plays when the player has cleared the Team Rocket HQ.
|- style="background:#FFF"
| class="roundybl" | Team Rocket Announcement
| [[Team Rocket]]
| All stations (Johto)
| class="roundybr" | Plays on all stations once Team Rocket has succeeded in taking over the [[Goldenrod Radio Tower|Radio Tower]]. A Team Rocket executive announces over the airwaves that they have rejoined, and pleads their boss, [[Giovanni]], to come out of hiding and rejoin them. Begins playing once the player has obtained seven Badges; no longer plays when Team Rocket disbands.
|}
|}

====Generation IV====
[[File:PokéGearRadio HGSS.png|240px|thumb|right|The bottom screen of the radio interface in {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}]]
In {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}, the radio function makes a return, but the interface changes much drastically from [[Generation II]]. Most of the dialog and the reception icon is now shown at the top screen, while tuning can be done at the bottom screens. Tuning is done in two ways: moving a rounded indicator around the circular area using the stylus, or by selecting one of the four buttons at the side of the circular area, which directly tunes the radio to a pre-set Radio Station. (The Mysterious Transmission and the Poké Flute have to be manually tuned using the stylus.)

Programs in HeartGold and SoulSilver are now more varied; Prof. Oak's Pokémon Talk will update the player on recent [[Pokémon outbreak|swarm]], while a [[Variety Channel]] features a documentary and radio play. The broadcast timings for [[Buena's Password]] have also been changed, allowing her program to be received for one out of every three hours. Most programs are also not limited to their respective broadcast regions; the four main stations can be heard in both [[Kanto]] and [[Johto]].

The following lists the shows available in Generation IV:
{| align="center" style="{{roundy|15px}} background: #{{heartgold color}}; border: 5px solid #{{heartgold color dark}};"
|-
! Radio shows in Generation IV
|-
|
{| class="roundy" cellspacing="2" cellpadding="4" width="100%" align="center" style="background:#{{soulsilver color dark}}; border:3px solid #{{soulsilver color dark}};"
|- style="background:#{{silver color}}"
! class="roundytl" width=20% style="text-align:center" | Program
! width=10% | Host(s)
! class="roundytr" width=60% | Description
|- style="background:#{{heartgold color light}}"
!colspan="3"| Station 1 (top-left)
|- style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| [[Pokémon Music Channel|Pokémon Music]]
| {{DL|DJ|Ben}}
| Broadcasts different music of different effects depending on the [[days of the week|day of the week]].
|- style="background:#{{heartgold color light}}"
!colspan="3"| Station 2 (top-right)
|- style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| [[Professor Oak's Pokémon Talk]]
| [[DJ Mary|Mary]] and {{prof|Oak}}
| Talk show discussing locations where semi-rare Pokémon can be found. Also broadcasts updates on [[Pokémon outbreak|swarms]] and where Sinnoh/Hoenn and other Pokémon currently reside after receiving the National Pokédex.
|- style="background:#{{heartgold color light}}"
!colspan="3"| Station 3 (bottom-left)
|- style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| [[Street Corner Channel]]
| {{DL|DJ|Snap}}
| Broadcasts a show called "Trainer Profiles", which describes a randomly selected Trainer class. Switches with the Town Channel every hour.
|-style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| [[Town Channel]]
| Unknown
| Broadcasts a show called "That Town, These People" that selects the top 3 landmarks or persons in any given city or town. Switches with the Street Corner Channel every hour.
|- style="background:#{{heartgold color light}}"
!colspan="3"| Station 4 (bottom-right)
|-style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| [[Variety Channel]]
| [[Silver Drama]]
| Broadcasts Pokémon Search party, Serial Radio Drama and the [[Buena's Password]] channel. The three programs rotate on an hourly basis throughout the day.
|-style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| [[Buena's Password]] (part of Variety Channel)
| [[Buena]]
| Broadcasts one password every hour at 2 AM, 5 AM, 8 AM, 11 AM, 2 PM, 5 PM, 8 PM, and 11 PM; Trainers who come to Buena and recite the password can get points redeemable for prizes.
|- style="background:#{{heartgold color light}}"
!colspan="3"| Others (stations that have to be manually tuned, or otherwise)
|-style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| [[Poké Flute]] (manually tuned)
| (no host)
| Plays Poké Flute music that is used to awaken {{p|Snorlax}}. Only plays in Kanto. Requires EXPN Card upgrade. '''Tuning instructions:''' somewhere near the top, above stations 1 and 2.
|-style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| Mysterious Transmission (Un(kn)own Radio Station, manually tuned)
| {{p|Unown}}
| When the player is at the [[Ruins of Alph]], strange noises will play and there will be no reception from other stations. It also increases the chance of encountering an {{p|Unown}} [[Form differences#Unown|shape]] the player has not yet encountered. Sounds similar to the [[Azure Flute]]. '''Tuning instructions:''' somewhere in the center.
|-style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| Radio Transmission (Team Rocket evolution signal)
| [[Team Rocket HQ]]
| An eerie tune plays over and over. Only plays in [[Mahogany Town]], {{rt|43|Johto}}, and [[Lake of Rage]] and causes interference that prevents the radio from tuning in to other stations. No longer plays when the player has cleared the Team Rocket HQ.
|-style="background:#{{soulsilver color light}}"
| class="roundybl"| Team Rocket Announcement
| [[Team Rocket]]
| class="roundybr"| Played on all stations after Team Rocket had succeeded in the taking over the [[Goldenrod Radio Tower|Radio Tower]]. A Team Rocket executive announces over the airwaves that they have rejoined, and pleads their boss, [[Giovanni]], to come out of hiding and rejoin them. Begins playing once the player had defeated the seventh Gym leader, no longer plays when Team Rocket disbands.

|}
|}

==In the anime==
[[File:HGSS Pokegear anime.png|200px|right|thumb|Brock's Pokégear]]
In the anime, it is shown that the Pokégear has at least three designs, a black one, a white one, and a pink one. Several characters in the anime own Pokégears:
* {{mov|Lisa}} lent hers to Ash so that he could keep in contact with Professor Oak in ''[[M03|Spell of the Unown]]''.
* A Pokégear under the ownership of [[Jasmine]], the [[Olivine City|Olivine]] [[Gym Leader]] made a brief appearance in ''[[EP208|Fight for the Light]]''.
* {{jo|Jimmy}}, {{jo|Marina}} and [[Vincent]] all own Pokégears. A plot point of ''[[The Legend of Thunder!]]'' is that it includes a tracking system to show where the other Pokégears currently are.
[[File:{{#switch: {{#expr: {{#time: U}} mod 2}}|0=Pokegear|1=Pokegear black}} anime.png|200px|right|thumb|{{#switch: {{#expr: {{#time: U}} mod 2}}|0=Misty's|1=Jimmy's}} Pokégear]]
* {{an|Misty}} also owns one, so that she can keep in contact with [[The Sensational Sisters|her sisters]] at the [[Cerulean Gym]].
* {{an|Lyra}} owns the new version of the Pokégear, and she owns a pink model. Likewise, her friend [[Khoury]] owns a blue model.
* {{an|Brock}} received his own Pokégear at the end of ''[[DP147|Bagged Then Tagged!]]'' when he was given one by [[Khoury's father]]. It has been used fairly regularly by him since then, normally being used by Brock to track the group's location (similar to how [[Max]] did with the [[PokéNav]]).

==In the manga==
===In the Pokémon Adventures manga===
{{incomplete|section}}
The Pokégear is often used in Pokémon Adventures, first appearing in the {{chap|Gold, Silver & Crystal}}. The Pokégear is the Pokémon world's equivalent of a cellular phone, albeit with more functions such as a Map Card. In addition to the [[Johto]] [[Pokédex holder]]s, {{adv|Red}}, {{adv|Blue}}, {{adv|Green}}, and {{adv|Ruby}} also possess one. [[Misty]], [[Erika]], [[Norman]], [[Juan]], [[Wallace]], [[Volkner]], and {{EF|Flint}} are also seen to own a Pokégear.

In addition to its role as a cellular phone, the Pokégear can also be used as a remote control. It played a large role in the development of the [[Masked Man]]; this gadget was used to send signals to his Pokémon so that the Masked Man and his alter ego could be in "two places at one time."

Later in the {{chap|Ruby & Sapphire}}, Ruby explained to Sapphire how a password is needed to operate an aircar, having learned how to do so from his mentor.

==In the TCG==
Both iterations of the PokéGear appear as cards in the [[Pokémon Trading Card Game]].

{{cardlist/header|Related cards|Trainer|char=yes}}
{{cardlist/entry|cardname={{TCG ID|Neo Genesis|PokéGear|88}}|type=Trainer|enset=Neo Genesis|enrarity=Rare|ennum=88/111|jpsetlink=Neo Genesis|jpset=Gold, Silver, to a New World...|jprarity=Rare}}
{{cardlist/entry|cardname={{TCG ID|HeartGold & SoulSilver|Pokégear 3.0|96}}|type=Trainer|enset=HeartGold & SoulSilver|enrarity=Uncommon|ennum=96/123|jpsetlink=HeartGold & SoulSilver|jpset=SoulSilver Collection|jprarity=Uncommon|jpnum=064/070}}
{{cardlist/footer|Trainer}}

==Trivia==
*Music from the Pokégear doesn't stop when the player uses {{m|Surf}}; however, it does stop when the player gets out of the water.
*In HeartGold and SoulSilver, the Pokégear's map displays Ethan's icon's hat with black sides, however the [[Pokédex]] display Ethan's icon's hat with yellow sides. This may be a leftover from conversion from his Generation II design (where the front of his hat was all black and the back was all yellow) to his Generation IV design (where the sides of his hat are black and the middle is yellow).

==Names==
{{langtable|color={{silver color}}|bordercolor={{gold color}}
|de=PokéCom
|en=Pokégear
|es_eu=PokéGear
|fr_eu=PokéMatos
|it=Pokégear
|pl=PokéŁącze
|ja=ポケギア

|zh_cmn=神奇寶貝裝置 ''Shénqíbǎobèi Zhuāngzhì''
}}
{{-}}
{{Menu}} 
{{Project ItemDex notice}}
[[Category:Map equipment]]

[[de:PokéCom]]
[[es:PokéGear]]
[[fr:PokéMatos]]
[[ja:ポケギア]]
[[pt:PokéGear]]
[[it:Pokégear]]

List of glitches in Generation I

2012-07-14T06:42:28Z

PatPeter: /* Intangible PC */ Missed word.

This is a '''list of glitches''' that occur in the [[Generation I]] [[main series]] [[Pokémon games]].

==In Pokémon Red and Green==

===Dokokashira door glitch===
{{main|Dokokashira door glitch}}

===Prevented progress===
If the player's [[starter Pokémon]] evolves before they obtain their [[Pokédex]] from Prof. Oak, the game will assume, since they have 2 Pokémon registered as caught, that they already have a Pokédex, and will not allow them to proceed. This glitch is only present in the Japanese {{game|Red and Green|s}}.

{{youtubevid|OS-v0tGk90g|ChickasaurusGL|Normal}}

===Second type glitch===
{{main|Second type glitch}}

==In Pokémon Red and Blue==
===Item duplication glitch===
{{main|Item duplication glitch}}

===Lift Key glitch===
[[File:RB Lift Key Glitch.png|thumb|right|256px|The Lift Key glitch]]
In the [[Rocket Hideout]], if the player is standing to the left of the Rocket Grunt who has the Lift Key and talks to him, the Lift Key will appear underneath the player when he drops it. The player can still move around and collect it if he moves downward.

This glitch was fixed in Yellow, FireRed and LeafGreen due to the Grunt automatically dropping the Lift Key as soon as he is defeated.
{{-}}

===Man on roof===
If the player does not have the {{DL|List of key items in Generation I|Secret Key}} to the [[Cinnabar Gym]], and {{m|surf}}s on the east coast and returns to land directly in front of the Gym, a man will appear on the roof of the Gym.

A similar effect happens if the player walks into the [[Vermilion Gym]], walks directly left and then up so that they are facing the bottom-left trash can and press A to inspect it, or if the player is in the gate to [[Kanto Route 17|Cycling Road]]. One of the Trainers in the Gym will be misplaced and return to his usual spot once the text box disappears, and when in the gate there may be a man standing on an object somewhere behind the guard.

Both of these variations of this glitch were fixed in some European versions of Red and Blue, such as the Spanish version, as well as all versions of Yellow.

===Old man glitch===
{{main|Old man glitch}}

===Pewter Gym skip===
This glitch occurs in {{game|Red and Blue|s}}. It allows the player to enter {{rt|3|Kanto}} without defeating [[Brock]] at [[Pewter Gym]] and earning the {{badge|Boulder}}. There are two ways to perform this glitch. Both of these variations were fixed in the Spanish (and possibly other European) versions of Red and Blue.

====Walking directly in front of the Youngster====
To perform the glitch, the player must first open the menu and move the cursor to "Save" without selecting it. Then the player must walk on the tile in front of the {{tc|Youngster}} at the east exit of Pewter City and close the dialogs with the B-button (not the A-button), then immediately press Start and save the game (the cursor is frozen). The player must then reset the game. The conversation will happen again, and the player will then be forced to follow him. After that, the Youngster will be gone, and the player can walk across where the Youngster used to stand to enter Route 3.

{{youtubevid|ynzSKiOZ_Ew|ultiomos|rock}}

====Walking a tile away from the Youngster====
To perform the glitch, the player must first open the menu and move the cursor to "Save" without selecting it. Then the player must walk past the {{tc|Youngster}} at the east exit of Pewter City, leaving at least one empty tile between them, which will allow the player to walk two tiles past the Youngster. The player must then close the dialogs with the B-button (not the A-button), then immediately press Start and save the game (the cursor is frozen). The player must then reset the game. The conversation will happen again, but the player will not be forced to follow him. The player can continue walking along Route 3, but if the player walks into the Youngster's line of sight from the east, they will walk down infinitely.

{{youtubevid|IL3dt06QpgI|v0id19|rock}}

==In all Generation I games==
===--===
{{main|-- (move)}}
If a {{p|Ditto}} transforms into another Pokémon and then switches around the copied moves with the Select button, after the battle the Ditto will not have transform and will instead have {{m|--}}.

===0 ERROR===
{{main|0 ERROR}}
A glitch similar to the [[Mew glitch]] that causes {{rt|6|Kanto}} to become glitched.

===0 PP glitch===
In Generation I, {{m|Struggle|struggling}} can be avoided by allowing the game to self-select a move to be used, which can happen to any move used immediately after a Pokémon is {{status|Freeze|defrosted}}, or due to a handful of moves' effects ({{m|Bind}}, {{m|Clamp}}, {{m|Fire Spin}}, {{m|Hyper Beam}}, {{m|Metronome}}, {{m|Mimic}}, and {{m|Wrap}}) because of the auto-selection involved with {{cat|moves that partially trap|partial-trapping moves}}. A move used with 0 {{PP}} in this way would {{wp|arithmetic underflow|underflow}} to the maximum possible value, 63 PP, and, due to the way the data is structured, a move that 0 [[PP Up]]s had been used on would gain full PP Up status, while those on which PP Ups had been used would lose one PP Up boost. This glitch was addressed in Generation II games and later, which prevent a move from being executed if it has 0 PP.

===Cable Club escape glitch===
{{main|Cable Club escape glitch}}

===Critical hit ratio boost glitch===
{{m|Focus Energy}} and {{DL|Battle item|Dire Hit}}  were intended to quadruple the {{DL|Damage modification|critical hit}} rate, but due to a glitch, they instead have no effect if the user is faster than the opponent, or prevent the user from getting a critical hit (0/511 chance) if the user is slower than the opponent. <ref>[http://hax.iimarck.us/files/rbymoveinfo.txt R/B/Y move information - IIMarck.us]</ref> <ref>[http://www.psypokes.com/lab/criticalhits.php Psypoke - Pokémon Games Critical Hit]</ref> This was fixed in {{g|Stadium}}.

===Cut glitch===
{{main|Cut glitch}}

===Cycling Road glitch===
If the player does not have a [[Bicycle]] (or it has been deposited in the PC), it is still possible to reach [[Kanto Route 17|Cycling Road]] by holding down the left button while the guard attempts to prevent the player from entering the Cycling Road. Upon entering Cycling Road, the player will be automatically riding a bike, despite not having one.

===Deposit glitch===
It is possible for the player to deposit all Pokémon except [[fainting|fainted]] ones and a [[black out]] will occur but only after four steps in the same session. In {{2v2|Red|Blue}} it is possible to progress further by saving the game before traveling four steps to reset the 'remaining step count' to 4 when the game is reset, though this is no longer the case in {{game|Yellow}} because the remaining step count was changed to default to 1 step. The player immediately has a black out if entering a battle with just fainted Pokémon.

===Draw audio glitch===
Prior to [[Generation II]], having the player character draw in a [[Pokémon battle]] causes the victory theme to play even though the player has lost.

{{youtubevid|HDWoG2BCGbU|ChickasaurusGL|Normal}}

===Dual-typed Pokémon glitch===
In [[Generation I]], Pokémon with two types that have a weakness and resistance to the same type receive neutral damage from that type, but the incorrect message is displayed.

For example, {{type|Grass}} moves do neutral damage to {{p|Gyarados}}, but if Gyarados is hit by a Grass-type move, the game erroneously states that the attack is "not very effective...".

The game prioritizes on which message to display for each 'special' scenario (where normal damage is not dealt) based on each scenario's internal ordering. The higher the ordering determines what message the game will display. Grass against Water as 200% damage for instance is the 4th entry, whilst Grass against Flying as 50% damage is the 27th. Consequently in this example the game chooses the message for scenario #27, returning the wrong message "It's not very effective...".

This glitch does not occur in {{eng|Pokémon Stadium}}.

If an attack is super effective or not very effective against one type and does no damage against another type (for example, {{m|Dig}} against {{p|Charizard}}), the game will erroneously state that the attack missed.

====Order of priority of messages====
Messages higher on the list take priority to those lower on the list. This list is the reverse order to which they are stored in the game data, which is likely the order they were added to the game.

{| {| align="center" style="background: #{{unknown color light}}; {{roundy|1em}}; border: 5px solid #{{unknown color}};"
|-
|
{| border=1 width="100%" align="center" style="background: #FFFFFF; border:1px solid #{{unknown color light}}; border-collapse:collapse;"
|-
! Attacking type
! Effectiveness
! Defending type
|-
{{typetable|Dragon}}
| align="center" | 2×
{{typetable|Dragon}}
|-
{{typetable|Ice}}
| align="center" | 2×
{{typetable|Dragon}}
|-
{{typetable|Grass}}
| align="center" | ½×
{{typetable|Dragon}}
|-
{{typetable|Electric}}
| align="center" | ½×
{{typetable|Dragon}}
|-
{{typetable|Water}}
| align="center" | ½×
{{typetable|Dragon}}
|-
{{typetable|Fire}}
| align="center" | ½×
{{typetable|Dragon}}
|-
{{typetable|Ghost}}
| align="center" | 0×
{{typetable|Psychic}}
|-
{{typetable|Ghost}}
| align="center" | 0×
{{typetable|Normal}}
|-
{{typetable|Rock}}
| align="center" | 2×
{{typetable|Ice}}
|-
{{typetable|Rock}}
| align="center" | 2×
{{typetable|Bug}}
|-
{{typetable|Rock}}
| align="center" | 2×
{{typetable|Flying}}
|-
{{typetable|Rock}}
| align="center" | ½×
{{typetable|Ground}}
|-
{{typetable|Rock}}
| align="center" | ½×
{{typetable|Fighting}}
|-
{{typetable|Rock}}
| align="center" | 2×
{{typetable|Fire}}
|-
{{typetable|Bug}}
| align="center" | 2×
{{typetable|Poison}}
|-
{{typetable|Bug}}
| align="center" | ½×
{{typetable|Ghost}}
|-
{{typetable|Bug}}
| align="center" | 2×
{{typetable|Psychic}}
|-
{{typetable|Bug}}
| align="center" | ½×
{{typetable|Flying}}
|-
{{typetable|Bug}}
| align="center" | ½×
{{typetable|Fighting}}
|-
{{typetable|Bug}}
| align="center" | 2×
{{typetable|Grass}}
|-
{{typetable|Bug}}
| align="center" | ½×
{{typetable|Fire}}
|-
{{typetable|Psychic}}
| align="center" | 2×
{{typetable|Poison}}
|-
{{typetable|Psychic}}
| align="center" | 2×
{{typetable|Fighting}}
|-
{{typetable|Flying}}
| align="center" | ½×
{{typetable|Rock}}
|-
{{typetable|Flying}}
| align="center" | 2×
{{typetable|Grass}}
|-
{{typetable|Flying}}
| align="center" | 2×
{{typetable|Bug}}
|-
{{typetable|Flying}}
| align="center" | 2×
{{typetable|Fighting}}
|-
{{typetable|Flying}}
| align="center" | ½×
{{typetable|Electric}}
|-
{{typetable|Ground}}
| align="center" | 2×
{{typetable|Poison}}
|-
{{typetable|Ground}}
| align="center" | 2×
{{typetable|Rock}}
|-
{{typetable|Ground}}
| align="center" | ½×
{{typetable|Bug}}
|-
{{typetable|Ground}}
| align="center" | ½×
{{typetable|Grass}}
|-
{{typetable|Ground}}
| align="center" | 2×
{{typetable|Electric}}
|-
{{typetable|Ground}}
| align="center" | 2×
{{typetable|Fire}}
|-
{{typetable|Poison}}
| align="center" | ½×
{{typetable|Ghost}}
|-
{{typetable|Poison}}
| align="center" | ½×
{{typetable|Rock}}
|-
{{typetable|Poison}}
| align="center" | 2×
{{typetable|Bug}}
|-
{{typetable|Poison}}
| align="center" | ½×
{{typetable|Ground}}
|-
{{typetable|Poison}}
| align="center" | ½×
{{typetable|Poison}}
|-
{{typetable|Poison}}
| align="center" | 2×
{{typetable|Grass}}
|-
{{typetable|Fighting}}
| align="center" | 0×
{{typetable|Ghost}}
|-
{{typetable|Fighting}}
| align="center" | 2×
{{typetable|Ice}}
|-
{{typetable|Fighting}}
| align="center" | 2×
{{typetable|Rock}}
|-
{{typetable|Fighting}}
| align="center" | ½×
{{typetable|Bug}}
|-
{{typetable|Fighting}}
| align="center" | ½×
{{typetable|Psychic}}
|-
{{typetable|Fighting}}
| align="center" | ½×
{{typetable|Flying}}
|-
{{typetable|Fighting}}
| align="center" | ½×
{{typetable|Poison}}
|-
{{typetable|Fighting}}
| align="center" | 2×
{{typetable|Normal}}
|-
{{typetable|Ice}}
| align="center" | 2×
{{typetable|Flying}}
|-
{{typetable|Ice}}
| align="center" | 2×
{{typetable|Ground}}
|-
{{typetable|Ice}}
| align="center" | 2×
{{typetable|Grass}}
|-
{{typetable|Ice}}
| align="center" | ½×
{{typetable|Water}}
|-
{{typetable|Grass}}
| align="center" | ½×
{{typetable|Flying}}
|-
{{typetable|Grass}}
| align="center" | 2×
{{typetable|Rock}}
|-
{{typetable|Grass}}
| align="center" | ½×
{{typetable|Poison}}
|-
{{typetable|Grass}}
| align="center" | ½×
{{typetable|Flying}}
|-
{{typetable|Grass}}
| align="center" | 2×
{{typetable|Ground}}
|-
{{typetable|Electric}}
| align="center" | 2×
{{typetable|Flying}}
|-
{{typetable|Electric}}
| align="center" | 0×
{{typetable|Ground}}
|-
{{typetable|Water}}
| align="center" | 2×
{{typetable|Ground}}
|-
{{typetable|Fire}}
| align="center" | ½×
{{typetable|Rock}}
|-
{{typetable|Fire}}
| align="center" | 2×
{{typetable|Bug}}
|-
{{typetable|Ghost}}
| align="center" | 2×
{{typetable|Ghost}}
|-
{{typetable|Normal}}
| align="center" | 0×
{{typetable|Ghost}}
|-
{{typetable|Normal}}
| align="center" | ½×
{{typetable|Rock}}
|-
{{typetable|Electric}}
| align="center" | ½×
{{typetable|Grass}}
|-
{{typetable|Water}}
| align="center" | ½×
{{typetable|Grass}}
|-
{{typetable|Grass}}
| align="center" | ½×
{{typetable|Fire}}
|-
{{typetable|Fire}}
| align="center" | ½×
{{typetable|Water}}
|-
{{typetable|Psychic}}
| align="center" | ½×
{{typetable|Psychic}}
|-
{{typetable|Grass}}
| align="center" | ½×
{{typetable|Grass}}
|-
{{typetable|Ice}}
| align="center" | ½×
{{typetable|Ice}}
|-
{{typetable|Electric}}
| align="center" | ½×
{{typetable|Electric}}
|-
{{typetable|Fire}}
| align="center" | ½×
{{typetable|Fire}}
|-
{{typetable|Water}}
| align="center" | ½×
{{typetable|Water}}
|-
{{typetable|Ground}}
| align="center" | 0×
{{typetable|Flying}}
|-
{{typetable|Water}}
| align="center" | 2×
{{typetable|Rock}}
|-
{{typetable|Electric}}
| align="center" | 2×
{{typetable|Water}}
|-
{{typetable|Grass}}
| align="center" | 2×
{{typetable|Water}}
|-
{{typetable|Fire}}
| align="center" | 2×
{{typetable|Ice}}
|-
{{typetable|Fire}}
| align="center" | 2×
{{typetable|Grass}}
|-
{{typetable|Water}}
| align="center" | 2×
{{typetable|Fire}}
|}
|}

===Error codes===
{{main|Error codes}}

===Evolutionary stone glitch===
{{GlitchResearch|Glitch Pokémon which evolve by items}}
Pokémon can be evolved without the use of an [[evolutionary stone]], provided that the player has sent out a Pokémon with the equivalent identifier of the relevant evolutionary stone item and finishes the battle with that Pokémon in the same battle that a Pokémon that evolves using an evolutionary stone levels up.

Much as the {{ga|Red's Pikachu|starter Pikachu}} from {{game|Yellow}} will refuse to evolve if a [[Thunderstone]] is used on it while in the game it is the starter of, leveling up Pikachu and switching to {{p|Growlithe}} will not cause it to evolve, though outsider Pikachu and Eevee will all do so the same as in Red and Blue.

Some [[glitch Pokémon]] with unusual evolutionary flags may evolve this way according to the game 'after exposure to an item', which is not necessarily an evolutionary stone.

{| align="center" style="background: #fff; {{roundy}} border: 5px solid #333399"
|-
! style="background: #333399; color:white; {{roundytl|5px}}" | Pokémon
! style="background: #333399; color:white; {{roundytr|5px}}" | {{color2|FFF|Evolutionary stone|Stone}}
|- style="background: #D8D8F2;"
| {{p|Exeggutor}}
| {{evostone|Moon Stone}}
|- style="background: #E5F2D8;"
| [[Missingno.]]{{tt|*|decimal index number 32}}
| {{evostone|Fire Stone}}
|- style="background: #D8D8F2;"
| {{p|Psyduck}}
| {{evostone|Leaf Stone}}
|- style="background: #E5F2D8;"
| {{p|Growlithe}}
| {{evostone|Thunderstone}}
|- style="background: #D8D8F2;"
| {{p|Onix}}
| {{evostone|Water Stone}}
|}
{{youtubevid|dUzx5hEcvvU|v0id19}}

===Experience underflow glitch===
{{main|Experience#Experience underflow glitch}}
In Generations I and II, level 1 Pokémon using the "medium-slow" growth algorithm will jump from level 1 to level 100 after gaining a {{tt|low amount|less than 54 if total experience is 0}} of experience points.

{{youtubevid|QgRA_Ot4R0U|Dukstless|Red}}

===Fishing in statues===
The player can use a [[Fishing|Fishing rod]] when facing the right or left of a gym statue. It will always say "Looks like there's nothing in here...", except in the [[Cerulean Gym]], where all the [[Pokémon]] obtainable in the Gym can be caught. The player is also able to surf on these statues.

===Gate glitch===
Certain [[gate]]s which can be accessed after the player passes [[Cycling Road]] will have guards that restrict the player from passing if the [[Bicycle]] is deposited in the PC, even though the player does not require a Bicycle.

===Ghost glitch===
When encountering a [[literal ghost|ghost]] in [[Pokémon Tower]] without having a [[Silph Scope]], it is possible to see its true identity by viewing the stats of any Pokémon in the player's party. However, this glitch is only graphical, and it is still impossible to [[Pokémon battle|fight]] or catch it.

===Ghost Marowak glitch===
Using a [[Poké Doll]] on the [[Marowak (literal ghost)|ghost Marowak]] in [[Pokémon Tower]] with or without the [[Silph Scope]] will cause it to permanently disappear.

===Glitch City===
{{main|Glitch City}}

===Hall of Fame glitch===
[[File:Halloffameglitches.png|thumb|right|160px|Some corrupted Hall of Fame entries]]
{{main|Missingno.#Glitches caused}}
When [[glitch Pokémon]] have been seen on the save file, the player's [[Hall of Fame]] is badly corrupted with entirely different Pokémon, even glitch Pokémon, and very glitched characters, names and levels. This does not affect the Pokémon themselves, rather the data seen in the Hall of Fame.

==={{m|Haze}} glitch===
If {{m|Haze}} is used to thaw a frozen Pokémon when it still needs to recharge from {{m|Hyper Beam}}, the Pokémon will thaw out but it will be unable to make a move until it faints even if a {{t|Fire}} type move is used later. This glitch was fixed in [[Pokémon Stadium]]. It is similar to the [[Sky Drop glitch]] in [[Generation V]], because both glitches permanently make the opponent unable to move until fainting or switching (although switching out the Pokémon is normally not possible).

{{youtubevid|FjZreYA2m_w|ChickasaurusGL|Poison}}
(Glitch starts at 1:56)

===Index 000 post-capture===
In [[Generation I]], if the player manages to capture an [['M]], an invisible wild {{p|Ditto}} will still be in battle with the player where 'M was before, and the battle will not end. This Ditto can then be caught.

===Invisible tree===
{{main|Cut glitch#Invisible tree}}
There is a tree near the bottom of {{rt|14|Kanto}}. If this particular tree is cut down and then the player walks five steps west from where the tree was (so that the spot where the tree used to be is at the edge of the screen) and then walks back their path will be blocked as if a tree was still there. Even though the tree is not visible, it can still be cut down normally using the move {{m|Cut}}.

===Intangible PC===
In Generation I, there is an intangible PC in the hotel in [[Celadon City]]. This fact is explained by the close resemblance between the hotel and a Pokémon Center. This was less a glitch, and more likely an oversight by the programmers, who may have forgotten to remove the code to activate the PC at that particular point, though the sprite of the PC itself is no longer there. It is possible to walk on the tile where the PC is.

{{youtubevid|odGZR7nKjnA|Gligar13Vids|Normal}}

===Landing on an NPC===
If the player lures an NPC below a ledge that can be jumped over, it is possible to land on top of the NPC.

{{youtubevid|ztlm3AuPBBI|ChickasaurusGL|Normal}}

===Leech Seed and Toxic stacking===
If the target of {{m|Leech Seed}} is also under the effect of {{m|Toxic}}, Leech Seed damage will increase every turn as the N value of Toxic increases because Leech Seed and Toxic both use the same damage algorithm (N * max(1, int(0.0625*MaxHP). This was fixed as of [[Generation II]]. If the current {{stat|HP}} of the recipient of Leech Seed's HP-restoring effect is greater than its maximum HP, its current HP will be set equal to its maximum HP.

{{youtubevid|bNjEFgsIIIY|ChickasaurusGL|Grass}}

===Level-up moves glitch===
Pokémon cannot learn moves they should learn at a level if they earn enough experience at once to skip that level.

For a example, if a level 6 {{p|Bulbasaur}} earned enough experience points for defeating a single Pokémon to reach level 8, it will not learn {{m|Leech Seed}}, a move it would normally learn at level 7.

===Leveling past 100===
In Generation I and II, if a Pokémon is obtained at a level above 100, it can be leveled up with [[Rare Candies]] up to level 255. If a Rare Candy is fed to a level 255 Pokémon, its level will be reset to 0. If a Pokémon above level 100 levels up due to [[experience]], its level will be reset to 100.

===Mew glitch===
{{main|Mew glitch}}

===Pokémon merge glitch===
{{main|Pokémon merge glitch}}

===Pokémon storage system cloning===
{{main|Cloning glitches#Storage system method}}

===Rhydon glitch===
{{main|Rhydon glitch}}

===Save Surf glitch===
The glitch is performed by standing next to a [[water tile]] that is facing up, left, or right, walk in that direction and pressing start without letting go of the D-Pad. The game then needs to be [[save]]d and reset. When loading the saved data, the player will be facing in the direction that was being held down when the start button was pressed. Using {{m|Surf}} will cause the player to surf on the tile immediately south, even if it is not a water tile.

When loading a saved file, the player usually starts facing south. This is because of the limited data in the game. This glitch causes the player to face in a different direction, which confuses the game.

==={{m|Selfdestruct}}/{{m|Explosion}} and {{m|Substitute}} glitch===
In {{3v2|Red|Blue|Yellow}} using a sacrificial move like Explosion on a Substitute and having the damage break the Substitute prevents the user from fainting. The sprite of the user vanishes regardless.

{{youtubevid|lr05doU5oAQ|ChickasaurusGL|Normal}}

===Silent Indigo Plateau glitch===
In the battle against {{ga|Blue}} at [[Indigo Plateau]], if the player [[evolution|evolves]] a Pokémon in battle and defeats Blue, the music will be muted until [[Professor Oak]] comes to congratulate the player.

(Video comparing the battle where a {{p|Caterpie}} evolves, to the same battle where no Pokémon evolves):
{{youtubevid|KxMstD8iWNM|ChickasaurusGL|Normal}}

===Sprite glitch===
[[File:Sprite glitch.png|thumb|170px|right|The sprite glitch as seen in [[Generation I]] games]]
The '''sprite glitch''' is a [[glitch]] that alters the appearance of the {{wp|Sprite (computer graphics)|sprites}} in [[Generation I]], making the sprites appear to be cut into pieces or even unrecognizable in some instances.

In [[Generation I]], many [[glitch Pokémon]] will distort battle sprites upon their encounter; however, this can be fixed by viewing the stats of a non-glitched Pokémon. There are other methods to the glitch, some of which involve using a [[Pokémon Center]] to heal the player's Pokémon when in a glitched area, visiting [[Glitch City]], or catching certain glitch Pokémon.

In other generations, it may occur when a [[Cheating|cheating device]] is used.

===Standing on a tree===
[[File:Cut glitch.png|thumb|right|220px|{{ga|Red}} standing on top of the tree outside [[Vermilion Gym]]]]
{{main|Cut glitch#Standing on a tree}}
In [[Generation I]], if the player {{m|cut}}s down a tree, stands on the spot where the object was, [[Saving|saves]], turns the game off, then loads it, the player will be standing on the tree. It is no longer possible to stand on a tree in later generations, nor is it possible to stand on a boulder.

This glitch occurs because the [[Generation I]] engine would not store the data needed to remember that the tree had been cleared. [[Generation II]] does not remember this data either, but is not susceptible to the glitch.

===Stuck in a wall===
If the player lures an NPC into the grass above [[Pallet Town]], she will block the player from following [[Professor Oak]] correctly, causing the player to become stuck in the wall of Oak's laboratory.

===Trade cloning===
{{main|Cloning glitches#Trading method}}

===Transform assumption glitch===
In Generation {{gen|I}} and {{gen|II}}, any Pokémon that uses {{m|Transform}} is regarded as a {{p|Ditto}} in its new form; this means that if the player catches a {{p|Mew}} or a [[glitch Pokémon]] which has used the move Transform, or a Pokémon which has used Transform via {{m|Mirror Move}}, instead they will obtain a Ditto. Mew turning into Ditto was not an issue, because wild Mew could not have been be legitimately encountered. This system was later changed in Generation III, where wild Mew could be encountered.

===ZZAZZ glitch===
{{main|ZZAZZ glitch}}

==Glitches involving communication with the Generation II games==
===Johto guard glitch===
{{main|Johto guard glitch}}

===Shiny Ditto glitch===
The Shiny Ditto glitch requires a game from [[Generation I]] and [[Generation II]], but only has an effect on a Generation II game. By trading any [[Shiny Pokémon]] to a Generation I game, having a wild {{p|Ditto}} transform into that Pokémon, then catching and trading the Ditto into a Generation II game, the Ditto will be Shiny.

===Trade evolution glitch===
[[Generation I]] Pokémon that can evolve by trading can be taught glitch moves through this glitch. This can be achieved by trading a trade evolution Pokémon from a Generation I game to a Generation II, at a level where its evolved form will learn a move not in Generation I. Trading the Pokémon back to the Generation I game will cause the move to become a glitch move.

For example, trading a level 34 {{p|Graveler}} from {{game3|Red and Blue|Pokémon Red|s}} to {{game3|Gold and Silver|Pokémon Gold|s}} will make the Graveler evolve into {{p|Golem}}. Since it is level 34, it will learn {{m|Rollout}}. If it is then traded back to Pokémon Red, it will still have the move, but the game won't recognize it properly since it is a Generation II move, so will become {{m|TM05}}.

==References==
<references/>
{{-}}
{{Glitches}} 
{{Project GlitchDex notice}}

[[Category:Glitches by game]]
[[Category:Lists]]

[[de:Bugs in der ersten Generation]]

List of glitches in Generation I

2012-07-14T06:41:56Z

PatPeter: /* Invisible PC */ Correct term is tntangible.

This is a '''list of glitches''' that occur in the [[Generation I]] [[main series]] [[Pokémon games]].

==In Pokémon Red and Green==

===Dokokashira door glitch===
{{main|Dokokashira door glitch}}

===Prevented progress===
If the player's [[starter Pokémon]] evolves before they obtain their [[Pokédex]] from Prof. Oak, the game will assume, since they have 2 Pokémon registered as caught, that they already have a Pokédex, and will not allow them to proceed. This glitch is only present in the Japanese {{game|Red and Green|s}}.

{{youtubevid|OS-v0tGk90g|ChickasaurusGL|Normal}}

===Second type glitch===
{{main|Second type glitch}}

==In Pokémon Red and Blue==
===Item duplication glitch===
{{main|Item duplication glitch}}

===Lift Key glitch===
[[File:RB Lift Key Glitch.png|thumb|right|256px|The Lift Key glitch]]
In the [[Rocket Hideout]], if the player is standing to the left of the Rocket Grunt who has the Lift Key and talks to him, the Lift Key will appear underneath the player when he drops it. The player can still move around and collect it if he moves downward.

This glitch was fixed in Yellow, FireRed and LeafGreen due to the Grunt automatically dropping the Lift Key as soon as he is defeated.
{{-}}

===Man on roof===
If the player does not have the {{DL|List of key items in Generation I|Secret Key}} to the [[Cinnabar Gym]], and {{m|surf}}s on the east coast and returns to land directly in front of the Gym, a man will appear on the roof of the Gym.

A similar effect happens if the player walks into the [[Vermilion Gym]], walks directly left and then up so that they are facing the bottom-left trash can and press A to inspect it, or if the player is in the gate to [[Kanto Route 17|Cycling Road]]. One of the Trainers in the Gym will be misplaced and return to his usual spot once the text box disappears, and when in the gate there may be a man standing on an object somewhere behind the guard.

Both of these variations of this glitch were fixed in some European versions of Red and Blue, such as the Spanish version, as well as all versions of Yellow.

===Old man glitch===
{{main|Old man glitch}}

===Pewter Gym skip===
This glitch occurs in {{game|Red and Blue|s}}. It allows the player to enter {{rt|3|Kanto}} without defeating [[Brock]] at [[Pewter Gym]] and earning the {{badge|Boulder}}. There are two ways to perform this glitch. Both of these variations were fixed in the Spanish (and possibly other European) versions of Red and Blue.

====Walking directly in front of the Youngster====
To perform the glitch, the player must first open the menu and move the cursor to "Save" without selecting it. Then the player must walk on the tile in front of the {{tc|Youngster}} at the east exit of Pewter City and close the dialogs with the B-button (not the A-button), then immediately press Start and save the game (the cursor is frozen). The player must then reset the game. The conversation will happen again, and the player will then be forced to follow him. After that, the Youngster will be gone, and the player can walk across where the Youngster used to stand to enter Route 3.

{{youtubevid|ynzSKiOZ_Ew|ultiomos|rock}}

====Walking a tile away from the Youngster====
To perform the glitch, the player must first open the menu and move the cursor to "Save" without selecting it. Then the player must walk past the {{tc|Youngster}} at the east exit of Pewter City, leaving at least one empty tile between them, which will allow the player to walk two tiles past the Youngster. The player must then close the dialogs with the B-button (not the A-button), then immediately press Start and save the game (the cursor is frozen). The player must then reset the game. The conversation will happen again, but the player will not be forced to follow him. The player can continue walking along Route 3, but if the player walks into the Youngster's line of sight from the east, they will walk down infinitely.

{{youtubevid|IL3dt06QpgI|v0id19|rock}}

==In all Generation I games==
===--===
{{main|-- (move)}}
If a {{p|Ditto}} transforms into another Pokémon and then switches around the copied moves with the Select button, after the battle the Ditto will not have transform and will instead have {{m|--}}.

===0 ERROR===
{{main|0 ERROR}}
A glitch similar to the [[Mew glitch]] that causes {{rt|6|Kanto}} to become glitched.

===0 PP glitch===
In Generation I, {{m|Struggle|struggling}} can be avoided by allowing the game to self-select a move to be used, which can happen to any move used immediately after a Pokémon is {{status|Freeze|defrosted}}, or due to a handful of moves' effects ({{m|Bind}}, {{m|Clamp}}, {{m|Fire Spin}}, {{m|Hyper Beam}}, {{m|Metronome}}, {{m|Mimic}}, and {{m|Wrap}}) because of the auto-selection involved with {{cat|moves that partially trap|partial-trapping moves}}. A move used with 0 {{PP}} in this way would {{wp|arithmetic underflow|underflow}} to the maximum possible value, 63 PP, and, due to the way the data is structured, a move that 0 [[PP Up]]s had been used on would gain full PP Up status, while those on which PP Ups had been used would lose one PP Up boost. This glitch was addressed in Generation II games and later, which prevent a move from being executed if it has 0 PP.

===Cable Club escape glitch===
{{main|Cable Club escape glitch}}

===Critical hit ratio boost glitch===
{{m|Focus Energy}} and {{DL|Battle item|Dire Hit}}  were intended to quadruple the {{DL|Damage modification|critical hit}} rate, but due to a glitch, they instead have no effect if the user is faster than the opponent, or prevent the user from getting a critical hit (0/511 chance) if the user is slower than the opponent. <ref>[http://hax.iimarck.us/files/rbymoveinfo.txt R/B/Y move information - IIMarck.us]</ref> <ref>[http://www.psypokes.com/lab/criticalhits.php Psypoke - Pokémon Games Critical Hit]</ref> This was fixed in {{g|Stadium}}.

===Cut glitch===
{{main|Cut glitch}}

===Cycling Road glitch===
If the player does not have a [[Bicycle]] (or it has been deposited in the PC), it is still possible to reach [[Kanto Route 17|Cycling Road]] by holding down the left button while the guard attempts to prevent the player from entering the Cycling Road. Upon entering Cycling Road, the player will be automatically riding a bike, despite not having one.

===Deposit glitch===
It is possible for the player to deposit all Pokémon except [[fainting|fainted]] ones and a [[black out]] will occur but only after four steps in the same session. In {{2v2|Red|Blue}} it is possible to progress further by saving the game before traveling four steps to reset the 'remaining step count' to 4 when the game is reset, though this is no longer the case in {{game|Yellow}} because the remaining step count was changed to default to 1 step. The player immediately has a black out if entering a battle with just fainted Pokémon.

===Draw audio glitch===
Prior to [[Generation II]], having the player character draw in a [[Pokémon battle]] causes the victory theme to play even though the player has lost.

{{youtubevid|HDWoG2BCGbU|ChickasaurusGL|Normal}}

===Dual-typed Pokémon glitch===
In [[Generation I]], Pokémon with two types that have a weakness and resistance to the same type receive neutral damage from that type, but the incorrect message is displayed.

For example, {{type|Grass}} moves do neutral damage to {{p|Gyarados}}, but if Gyarados is hit by a Grass-type move, the game erroneously states that the attack is "not very effective...".

The game prioritizes on which message to display for each 'special' scenario (where normal damage is not dealt) based on each scenario's internal ordering. The higher the ordering determines what message the game will display. Grass against Water as 200% damage for instance is the 4th entry, whilst Grass against Flying as 50% damage is the 27th. Consequently in this example the game chooses the message for scenario #27, returning the wrong message "It's not very effective...".

This glitch does not occur in {{eng|Pokémon Stadium}}.

If an attack is super effective or not very effective against one type and does no damage against another type (for example, {{m|Dig}} against {{p|Charizard}}), the game will erroneously state that the attack missed.

====Order of priority of messages====
Messages higher on the list take priority to those lower on the list. This list is the reverse order to which they are stored in the game data, which is likely the order they were added to the game.

{| {| align="center" style="background: #{{unknown color light}}; {{roundy|1em}}; border: 5px solid #{{unknown color}};"
|-
|
{| border=1 width="100%" align="center" style="background: #FFFFFF; border:1px solid #{{unknown color light}}; border-collapse:collapse;"
|-
! Attacking type
! Effectiveness
! Defending type
|-
{{typetable|Dragon}}
| align="center" | 2×
{{typetable|Dragon}}
|-
{{typetable|Ice}}
| align="center" | 2×
{{typetable|Dragon}}
|-
{{typetable|Grass}}
| align="center" | ½×
{{typetable|Dragon}}
|-
{{typetable|Electric}}
| align="center" | ½×
{{typetable|Dragon}}
|-
{{typetable|Water}}
| align="center" | ½×
{{typetable|Dragon}}
|-
{{typetable|Fire}}
| align="center" | ½×
{{typetable|Dragon}}
|-
{{typetable|Ghost}}
| align="center" | 0×
{{typetable|Psychic}}
|-
{{typetable|Ghost}}
| align="center" | 0×
{{typetable|Normal}}
|-
{{typetable|Rock}}
| align="center" | 2×
{{typetable|Ice}}
|-
{{typetable|Rock}}
| align="center" | 2×
{{typetable|Bug}}
|-
{{typetable|Rock}}
| align="center" | 2×
{{typetable|Flying}}
|-
{{typetable|Rock}}
| align="center" | ½×
{{typetable|Ground}}
|-
{{typetable|Rock}}
| align="center" | ½×
{{typetable|Fighting}}
|-
{{typetable|Rock}}
| align="center" | 2×
{{typetable|Fire}}
|-
{{typetable|Bug}}
| align="center" | 2×
{{typetable|Poison}}
|-
{{typetable|Bug}}
| align="center" | ½×
{{typetable|Ghost}}
|-
{{typetable|Bug}}
| align="center" | 2×
{{typetable|Psychic}}
|-
{{typetable|Bug}}
| align="center" | ½×
{{typetable|Flying}}
|-
{{typetable|Bug}}
| align="center" | ½×
{{typetable|Fighting}}
|-
{{typetable|Bug}}
| align="center" | 2×
{{typetable|Grass}}
|-
{{typetable|Bug}}
| align="center" | ½×
{{typetable|Fire}}
|-
{{typetable|Psychic}}
| align="center" | 2×
{{typetable|Poison}}
|-
{{typetable|Psychic}}
| align="center" | 2×
{{typetable|Fighting}}
|-
{{typetable|Flying}}
| align="center" | ½×
{{typetable|Rock}}
|-
{{typetable|Flying}}
| align="center" | 2×
{{typetable|Grass}}
|-
{{typetable|Flying}}
| align="center" | 2×
{{typetable|Bug}}
|-
{{typetable|Flying}}
| align="center" | 2×
{{typetable|Fighting}}
|-
{{typetable|Flying}}
| align="center" | ½×
{{typetable|Electric}}
|-
{{typetable|Ground}}
| align="center" | 2×
{{typetable|Poison}}
|-
{{typetable|Ground}}
| align="center" | 2×
{{typetable|Rock}}
|-
{{typetable|Ground}}
| align="center" | ½×
{{typetable|Bug}}
|-
{{typetable|Ground}}
| align="center" | ½×
{{typetable|Grass}}
|-
{{typetable|Ground}}
| align="center" | 2×
{{typetable|Electric}}
|-
{{typetable|Ground}}
| align="center" | 2×
{{typetable|Fire}}
|-
{{typetable|Poison}}
| align="center" | ½×
{{typetable|Ghost}}
|-
{{typetable|Poison}}
| align="center" | ½×
{{typetable|Rock}}
|-
{{typetable|Poison}}
| align="center" | 2×
{{typetable|Bug}}
|-
{{typetable|Poison}}
| align="center" | ½×
{{typetable|Ground}}
|-
{{typetable|Poison}}
| align="center" | ½×
{{typetable|Poison}}
|-
{{typetable|Poison}}
| align="center" | 2×
{{typetable|Grass}}
|-
{{typetable|Fighting}}
| align="center" | 0×
{{typetable|Ghost}}
|-
{{typetable|Fighting}}
| align="center" | 2×
{{typetable|Ice}}
|-
{{typetable|Fighting}}
| align="center" | 2×
{{typetable|Rock}}
|-
{{typetable|Fighting}}
| align="center" | ½×
{{typetable|Bug}}
|-
{{typetable|Fighting}}
| align="center" | ½×
{{typetable|Psychic}}
|-
{{typetable|Fighting}}
| align="center" | ½×
{{typetable|Flying}}
|-
{{typetable|Fighting}}
| align="center" | ½×
{{typetable|Poison}}
|-
{{typetable|Fighting}}
| align="center" | 2×
{{typetable|Normal}}
|-
{{typetable|Ice}}
| align="center" | 2×
{{typetable|Flying}}
|-
{{typetable|Ice}}
| align="center" | 2×
{{typetable|Ground}}
|-
{{typetable|Ice}}
| align="center" | 2×
{{typetable|Grass}}
|-
{{typetable|Ice}}
| align="center" | ½×
{{typetable|Water}}
|-
{{typetable|Grass}}
| align="center" | ½×
{{typetable|Flying}}
|-
{{typetable|Grass}}
| align="center" | 2×
{{typetable|Rock}}
|-
{{typetable|Grass}}
| align="center" | ½×
{{typetable|Poison}}
|-
{{typetable|Grass}}
| align="center" | ½×
{{typetable|Flying}}
|-
{{typetable|Grass}}
| align="center" | 2×
{{typetable|Ground}}
|-
{{typetable|Electric}}
| align="center" | 2×
{{typetable|Flying}}
|-
{{typetable|Electric}}
| align="center" | 0×
{{typetable|Ground}}
|-
{{typetable|Water}}
| align="center" | 2×
{{typetable|Ground}}
|-
{{typetable|Fire}}
| align="center" | ½×
{{typetable|Rock}}
|-
{{typetable|Fire}}
| align="center" | 2×
{{typetable|Bug}}
|-
{{typetable|Ghost}}
| align="center" | 2×
{{typetable|Ghost}}
|-
{{typetable|Normal}}
| align="center" | 0×
{{typetable|Ghost}}
|-
{{typetable|Normal}}
| align="center" | ½×
{{typetable|Rock}}
|-
{{typetable|Electric}}
| align="center" | ½×
{{typetable|Grass}}
|-
{{typetable|Water}}
| align="center" | ½×
{{typetable|Grass}}
|-
{{typetable|Grass}}
| align="center" | ½×
{{typetable|Fire}}
|-
{{typetable|Fire}}
| align="center" | ½×
{{typetable|Water}}
|-
{{typetable|Psychic}}
| align="center" | ½×
{{typetable|Psychic}}
|-
{{typetable|Grass}}
| align="center" | ½×
{{typetable|Grass}}
|-
{{typetable|Ice}}
| align="center" | ½×
{{typetable|Ice}}
|-
{{typetable|Electric}}
| align="center" | ½×
{{typetable|Electric}}
|-
{{typetable|Fire}}
| align="center" | ½×
{{typetable|Fire}}
|-
{{typetable|Water}}
| align="center" | ½×
{{typetable|Water}}
|-
{{typetable|Ground}}
| align="center" | 0×
{{typetable|Flying}}
|-
{{typetable|Water}}
| align="center" | 2×
{{typetable|Rock}}
|-
{{typetable|Electric}}
| align="center" | 2×
{{typetable|Water}}
|-
{{typetable|Grass}}
| align="center" | 2×
{{typetable|Water}}
|-
{{typetable|Fire}}
| align="center" | 2×
{{typetable|Ice}}
|-
{{typetable|Fire}}
| align="center" | 2×
{{typetable|Grass}}
|-
{{typetable|Water}}
| align="center" | 2×
{{typetable|Fire}}
|}
|}

===Error codes===
{{main|Error codes}}

===Evolutionary stone glitch===
{{GlitchResearch|Glitch Pokémon which evolve by items}}
Pokémon can be evolved without the use of an [[evolutionary stone]], provided that the player has sent out a Pokémon with the equivalent identifier of the relevant evolutionary stone item and finishes the battle with that Pokémon in the same battle that a Pokémon that evolves using an evolutionary stone levels up.

Much as the {{ga|Red's Pikachu|starter Pikachu}} from {{game|Yellow}} will refuse to evolve if a [[Thunderstone]] is used on it while in the game it is the starter of, leveling up Pikachu and switching to {{p|Growlithe}} will not cause it to evolve, though outsider Pikachu and Eevee will all do so the same as in Red and Blue.

Some [[glitch Pokémon]] with unusual evolutionary flags may evolve this way according to the game 'after exposure to an item', which is not necessarily an evolutionary stone.

{| align="center" style="background: #fff; {{roundy}} border: 5px solid #333399"
|-
! style="background: #333399; color:white; {{roundytl|5px}}" | Pokémon
! style="background: #333399; color:white; {{roundytr|5px}}" | {{color2|FFF|Evolutionary stone|Stone}}
|- style="background: #D8D8F2;"
| {{p|Exeggutor}}
| {{evostone|Moon Stone}}
|- style="background: #E5F2D8;"
| [[Missingno.]]{{tt|*|decimal index number 32}}
| {{evostone|Fire Stone}}
|- style="background: #D8D8F2;"
| {{p|Psyduck}}
| {{evostone|Leaf Stone}}
|- style="background: #E5F2D8;"
| {{p|Growlithe}}
| {{evostone|Thunderstone}}
|- style="background: #D8D8F2;"
| {{p|Onix}}
| {{evostone|Water Stone}}
|}
{{youtubevid|dUzx5hEcvvU|v0id19}}

===Experience underflow glitch===
{{main|Experience#Experience underflow glitch}}
In Generations I and II, level 1 Pokémon using the "medium-slow" growth algorithm will jump from level 1 to level 100 after gaining a {{tt|low amount|less than 54 if total experience is 0}} of experience points.

{{youtubevid|QgRA_Ot4R0U|Dukstless|Red}}

===Fishing in statues===
The player can use a [[Fishing|Fishing rod]] when facing the right or left of a gym statue. It will always say "Looks like there's nothing in here...", except in the [[Cerulean Gym]], where all the [[Pokémon]] obtainable in the Gym can be caught. The player is also able to surf on these statues.

===Gate glitch===
Certain [[gate]]s which can be accessed after the player passes [[Cycling Road]] will have guards that restrict the player from passing if the [[Bicycle]] is deposited in the PC, even though the player does not require a Bicycle.

===Ghost glitch===
When encountering a [[literal ghost|ghost]] in [[Pokémon Tower]] without having a [[Silph Scope]], it is possible to see its true identity by viewing the stats of any Pokémon in the player's party. However, this glitch is only graphical, and it is still impossible to [[Pokémon battle|fight]] or catch it.

===Ghost Marowak glitch===
Using a [[Poké Doll]] on the [[Marowak (literal ghost)|ghost Marowak]] in [[Pokémon Tower]] with or without the [[Silph Scope]] will cause it to permanently disappear.

===Glitch City===
{{main|Glitch City}}

===Hall of Fame glitch===
[[File:Halloffameglitches.png|thumb|right|160px|Some corrupted Hall of Fame entries]]
{{main|Missingno.#Glitches caused}}
When [[glitch Pokémon]] have been seen on the save file, the player's [[Hall of Fame]] is badly corrupted with entirely different Pokémon, even glitch Pokémon, and very glitched characters, names and levels. This does not affect the Pokémon themselves, rather the data seen in the Hall of Fame.

==={{m|Haze}} glitch===
If {{m|Haze}} is used to thaw a frozen Pokémon when it still needs to recharge from {{m|Hyper Beam}}, the Pokémon will thaw out but it will be unable to make a move until it faints even if a {{t|Fire}} type move is used later. This glitch was fixed in [[Pokémon Stadium]]. It is similar to the [[Sky Drop glitch]] in [[Generation V]], because both glitches permanently make the opponent unable to move until fainting or switching (although switching out the Pokémon is normally not possible).

{{youtubevid|FjZreYA2m_w|ChickasaurusGL|Poison}}
(Glitch starts at 1:56)

===Index 000 post-capture===
In [[Generation I]], if the player manages to capture an [['M]], an invisible wild {{p|Ditto}} will still be in battle with the player where 'M was before, and the battle will not end. This Ditto can then be caught.

===Invisible tree===
{{main|Cut glitch#Invisible tree}}
There is a tree near the bottom of {{rt|14|Kanto}}. If this particular tree is cut down and then the player walks five steps west from where the tree was (so that the spot where the tree used to be is at the edge of the screen) and then walks back their path will be blocked as if a tree was still there. Even though the tree is not visible, it can still be cut down normally using the move {{m|Cut}}.

===Intangible PC===
In Generation I, there is an invisible PC in the hotel in [[Celadon City]]. This fact is explained by the close resemblance between the hotel and a Pokémon Center. This was less a glitch, and more likely an oversight by the programmers, who may have forgotten to remove the code to activate the PC at that particular point, though the sprite of the PC itself is no longer there. It is possible to walk on the tile where the PC is.

{{youtubevid|odGZR7nKjnA|Gligar13Vids|Normal}}

===Landing on an NPC===
If the player lures an NPC below a ledge that can be jumped over, it is possible to land on top of the NPC.

{{youtubevid|ztlm3AuPBBI|ChickasaurusGL|Normal}}

===Leech Seed and Toxic stacking===
If the target of {{m|Leech Seed}} is also under the effect of {{m|Toxic}}, Leech Seed damage will increase every turn as the N value of Toxic increases because Leech Seed and Toxic both use the same damage algorithm (N * max(1, int(0.0625*MaxHP). This was fixed as of [[Generation II]]. If the current {{stat|HP}} of the recipient of Leech Seed's HP-restoring effect is greater than its maximum HP, its current HP will be set equal to its maximum HP.

{{youtubevid|bNjEFgsIIIY|ChickasaurusGL|Grass}}

===Level-up moves glitch===
Pokémon cannot learn moves they should learn at a level if they earn enough experience at once to skip that level.

For a example, if a level 6 {{p|Bulbasaur}} earned enough experience points for defeating a single Pokémon to reach level 8, it will not learn {{m|Leech Seed}}, a move it would normally learn at level 7.

===Leveling past 100===
In Generation I and II, if a Pokémon is obtained at a level above 100, it can be leveled up with [[Rare Candies]] up to level 255. If a Rare Candy is fed to a level 255 Pokémon, its level will be reset to 0. If a Pokémon above level 100 levels up due to [[experience]], its level will be reset to 100.

===Mew glitch===
{{main|Mew glitch}}

===Pokémon merge glitch===
{{main|Pokémon merge glitch}}

===Pokémon storage system cloning===
{{main|Cloning glitches#Storage system method}}

===Rhydon glitch===
{{main|Rhydon glitch}}

===Save Surf glitch===
The glitch is performed by standing next to a [[water tile]] that is facing up, left, or right, walk in that direction and pressing start without letting go of the D-Pad. The game then needs to be [[save]]d and reset. When loading the saved data, the player will be facing in the direction that was being held down when the start button was pressed. Using {{m|Surf}} will cause the player to surf on the tile immediately south, even if it is not a water tile.

When loading a saved file, the player usually starts facing south. This is because of the limited data in the game. This glitch causes the player to face in a different direction, which confuses the game.

==={{m|Selfdestruct}}/{{m|Explosion}} and {{m|Substitute}} glitch===
In {{3v2|Red|Blue|Yellow}} using a sacrificial move like Explosion on a Substitute and having the damage break the Substitute prevents the user from fainting. The sprite of the user vanishes regardless.

{{youtubevid|lr05doU5oAQ|ChickasaurusGL|Normal}}

===Silent Indigo Plateau glitch===
In the battle against {{ga|Blue}} at [[Indigo Plateau]], if the player [[evolution|evolves]] a Pokémon in battle and defeats Blue, the music will be muted until [[Professor Oak]] comes to congratulate the player.

(Video comparing the battle where a {{p|Caterpie}} evolves, to the same battle where no Pokémon evolves):
{{youtubevid|KxMstD8iWNM|ChickasaurusGL|Normal}}

===Sprite glitch===
[[File:Sprite glitch.png|thumb|170px|right|The sprite glitch as seen in [[Generation I]] games]]
The '''sprite glitch''' is a [[glitch]] that alters the appearance of the {{wp|Sprite (computer graphics)|sprites}} in [[Generation I]], making the sprites appear to be cut into pieces or even unrecognizable in some instances.

In [[Generation I]], many [[glitch Pokémon]] will distort battle sprites upon their encounter; however, this can be fixed by viewing the stats of a non-glitched Pokémon. There are other methods to the glitch, some of which involve using a [[Pokémon Center]] to heal the player's Pokémon when in a glitched area, visiting [[Glitch City]], or catching certain glitch Pokémon.

In other generations, it may occur when a [[Cheating|cheating device]] is used.

===Standing on a tree===
[[File:Cut glitch.png|thumb|right|220px|{{ga|Red}} standing on top of the tree outside [[Vermilion Gym]]]]
{{main|Cut glitch#Standing on a tree}}
In [[Generation I]], if the player {{m|cut}}s down a tree, stands on the spot where the object was, [[Saving|saves]], turns the game off, then loads it, the player will be standing on the tree. It is no longer possible to stand on a tree in later generations, nor is it possible to stand on a boulder.

This glitch occurs because the [[Generation I]] engine would not store the data needed to remember that the tree had been cleared. [[Generation II]] does not remember this data either, but is not susceptible to the glitch.

===Stuck in a wall===
If the player lures an NPC into the grass above [[Pallet Town]], she will block the player from following [[Professor Oak]] correctly, causing the player to become stuck in the wall of Oak's laboratory.

===Trade cloning===
{{main|Cloning glitches#Trading method}}

===Transform assumption glitch===
In Generation {{gen|I}} and {{gen|II}}, any Pokémon that uses {{m|Transform}} is regarded as a {{p|Ditto}} in its new form; this means that if the player catches a {{p|Mew}} or a [[glitch Pokémon]] which has used the move Transform, or a Pokémon which has used Transform via {{m|Mirror Move}}, instead they will obtain a Ditto. Mew turning into Ditto was not an issue, because wild Mew could not have been be legitimately encountered. This system was later changed in Generation III, where wild Mew could be encountered.

===ZZAZZ glitch===
{{main|ZZAZZ glitch}}

==Glitches involving communication with the Generation II games==
===Johto guard glitch===
{{main|Johto guard glitch}}

===Shiny Ditto glitch===
The Shiny Ditto glitch requires a game from [[Generation I]] and [[Generation II]], but only has an effect on a Generation II game. By trading any [[Shiny Pokémon]] to a Generation I game, having a wild {{p|Ditto}} transform into that Pokémon, then catching and trading the Ditto into a Generation II game, the Ditto will be Shiny.

===Trade evolution glitch===
[[Generation I]] Pokémon that can evolve by trading can be taught glitch moves through this glitch. This can be achieved by trading a trade evolution Pokémon from a Generation I game to a Generation II, at a level where its evolved form will learn a move not in Generation I. Trading the Pokémon back to the Generation I game will cause the move to become a glitch move.

For example, trading a level 34 {{p|Graveler}} from {{game3|Red and Blue|Pokémon Red|s}} to {{game3|Gold and Silver|Pokémon Gold|s}} will make the Graveler evolve into {{p|Golem}}. Since it is level 34, it will learn {{m|Rollout}}. If it is then traded back to Pokémon Red, it will still have the move, but the game won't recognize it properly since it is a Generation II move, so will become {{m|TM05}}.

==References==
<references/>
{{-}}
{{Glitches}} 
{{Project GlitchDex notice}}

[[Category:Glitches by game]]
[[Category:Lists]]

[[de:Bugs in der ersten Generation]]

PC

2012-07-14T06:41:04Z

PatPeter: /* Glitches */ The correct term would be intangible, as it cannot be touched or seen.

{{samename|character controlled by the player|player character}}
[[File:Red on computer.png|thumb|150px|right|{{ga|Red}} using a PC]]
A '''PC''' (Japanese: '''パソコン''' ''personal computer'') is a technology used in all of the [[Version|main series]] [[Pokémon games]]. They are found in every [[Pokémon Center]], as well as in any main character's [[bedroom]], in all [[Secret Base]]s in the form of a laptop, and sometimes in other buildings as well. Their primary purpose is for storing {{OBP|Pokémon|species}} and [[item]]s.

==Networking==
PCs are shown to be networked throughout a region, requiring special systems in place to connect between regions, as is shown in the [[Sevii Islands]], where [[Celio]] and [[Bill]] work together on the [[Network Machine]] to allow Sevii PCs to be able to connect to [[Kanto]]'s computer network. However, the issue is not present in communication between Kanto and [[Johto]]; however, this network was set up entirely by Bill, and due to the compatibility, are in fact likely to be a single network. Also, despite not being in Kanto or Johto, the PC in the [[Sinjoh Ruins]] can still connect to the Kanto and Johto network.

==PC functions==
===Pokémon Storage System===
[[File:Bill PC HGSS.png|thumb|right|The main interface of Bill's PC in {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}]]
{{main|Pokémon Storage System}}
Every [[Pokémon Trainer]] is allowed to access a Pokémon Storage System set up by either [[Bill]] in [[Johto]] and [[Kanto]], [[Lanette]] in [[Hoenn]], [[Bebe]] in [[Sinnoh]], or [[Amanita]] in [[Unova]].

Until the player meets the regional PC developer, the Pokémon Storage System option will appear as "Someone's PC", while afterwards, it will appear as the developer's PC ("Bill's PC" and so on). The player can withdraw or deposit Pokémon in a number of Boxes, allowing them to own more Pokémon than just the six permitted in their [[party]]. When a Pokémon is {{pkmn2|caught}} but the player's party is full, the Pokémon will be sent directly to the last box that was accessed on the PC; from Generation III onward, if this box is full, the Pokémon will be placed in the next free box; in Generations I and II, the Pokémon is simply deleted.

===Pokédex checking===
In almost all Pokémon games, the {{player}} can use a PC to have the [[Pokémon Professor]] of that game check the progress of the player's Pokédex. In {{game2|Diamond|Pearl|Platinum}}, the professor that checks the progress of the Pokédex changes from [[Professor Rowan]] to [[Professor Oak]] upon obtaining the [[National Pokédex]]. However, in {{2v2|HeartGold|SoulSilver}}, the Pokégear serves this purpose instead.

===Item storage system===
In [[Generation]]s {{gen|I}}, {{gen|II}}, and {{gen|III}}, due to not having unlimited Bag space as in Generation IV onward, [[item]] storage is done on the player's own personal computer, noted as "<{{player|player name}}>'s PC". The system is much simpler than the Pokémon Storage System as it does not have multiple Boxes for organizing items. Also, unlike the Pokémon Storage System, when an item is found but the [[Bag]] is full in the main series games, it will not automatically be sent to this part of the PC, and instead it cannot be picked up; this does occur in {{g|Colosseum}} and {{XD}}.

[[Mail]] that is taken from a Pokémon will also be stored in the PC in the mailbox, preserving the message.

In [[Generation IV]], this function is no longer necessary since the bag has nearly unlimited space for all items. Instead, the personal PC manages only [[Mail]], [[Seal]]s, and [[photography|photos]]{{sup|HGSS}}.

In [[Generation V]], with the omission of Seals and photos from the games, the PC's only function is to store Mail.

===Hall of Fame===
{{main|Hall of Fame}}
This function only becomes accessible after defeating the [[Elite Four]]. It shows up to 25 records of past victories over the Elite Four.

===Decorations===
In bedrooms and Secret Bases, the PC has a secondary purpose of managing [[Decoration|decorations]].

===Saving===
In {{g|Colosseum}}, PCs also function as save points. This feature was removed in {{Pokémon XD}}, which retains the "save anywhere" feature of every other main series game.

==In the anime==
{{incomplete|section}}
[[File:Orange Islands Map Oak.png|thumb|Viewing a map on {{an|Professor Oak|Oak}}'s PC]]
The PC is not frequently used by {{pkmn|Trainer}}s in the {{pkmn|anime}}. {{an|Professor Oak}} tends to keep {{Ash}}'s extra Pokémon at his [[Professor Oak's Laboratory|laboratory]] until the {{series|Best Wishes}}, when [[Professor Juniper]] keeps Ash's [[Unova]]-native Pokémon at her laboratory.

PCs are sometimes used for communication rather than by calling on a {{wp|video phone}}; for example, in ''[[EP169|Beauty and the Breeder]]'', {{an|Brock}} is shown using an {{wp|e-mail}} account on the PC to keep in contact with [[Suzy]], and {{an|May}} mentions to her mother in ''[[AG121|Hi Ho Silver Wind]]'' that she keeps in touch with her friends by e-mail, in addition to phone calls and letters.

In ''[[EP269|The Ties That Bind]]'', Ash is shown using a PC to look up [[Gary Oak]]'s profile. PCs were also used by [[Paul]] in ''[[DP184|Casting a Paul on Barry!]]'' to get information on {{an|Barry}}'s Pokémon and vice-versa. It was also used by Ash in the same episode to look up info on [[Conway]] and Conway then used it to study {{si|Tobias}}. In addition, [[Nurse Joy]] and many officials for the [[Pokémon League]] and [[Pokémon Contest]]s are often shown using PCs.

The PCs in the anime appear to have {{wp|Graphical user interface|operating systems}} that are visually similar to {{wp|Mac OS}}.

==Glitches==
There are numerous [[glitch]]es associated with PCs in various generations of the games.

===Intangible PC===
{{main|List of glitches in Generation I#Intangible PC|List of glitches in Generation I}}
In the [[Generation I]] games, there is an invisible PC in the hotel in [[Celadon City]], which appears very similar to a [[Pokémon Center]]. The invisible PC is located where the PC would be in a Pokémon Center.

===Hall of Fame glitch===
{{main|List of glitches in Generation I#Hall of Fame glitch|List of glitches in Generation I}}
In the [[Generation I]] games, seeing certain [[glitch Pokémon]] such as [[Missingno.]] will corrupt the player's [[Hall of Fame]] records.

===Cloning glitches===
{{main|Cloning glitches}}
Almost all cloning glitches are related to the PC.

[[Category:Pokémon world]]
[[Category:Equipment]]

[[de:PC]]
[[it:PC]]
[[ja:パソコン]]